| 
πὶ 


ι. 


| 


-- = 


δι ὦ 


μι 





οὐ 
ty "4 
ἔς 
Ἦ 














GIFT OF 


Harold Wheeler 



































mead ie. Pads yp] 
ς 1s 
ὃΣ \ ‘a 
a \ 
ὍΝ 
a 
8 
ἣ 
ἣ 
i? 
ἾΣ 
BS 
ξ 
δὴ 
75 
ire! 
᾿ is 
Ns 
y\ te 
ΠΕ 


¥ ick mei ( 
S ‘= 


Vee ee MWR 


τ 


Gos 











Tai i 


re = 
SS SERIE 
ra EY 
























































A SERIES 


GOODWIN’S GREEK GRAMMAR, 


AND DESIGNED AS 


AN INTRODUCTION 


EITHER TO 


GOODWIN’S GREEK READER, OR TO HIS SELECTIONS FROM XENOPHON 
AND HERODOTUS, OR TO THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


BY 


JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE, Pu. D., 


ASSISTANT PROFESSOR OF GREEK thy HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 


“- 


Οὐκοῦν οἷσθ᾽ ὅτι ἀρχὴ παντὸς ἔργου μέγιστον, ἄλλως τε καὶ νέῳ 
καὶ ἁπαλῷ ὁτῳοῦν ; — Pat. Rep. Il. 377 Δ. 


BOSTON: 
GINN AND HEATH. 
; EST T: 


Coprricut, 1876. 
By JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE. 


GIFT OF 


H recta WW) Wee λοις 


University Press: ει η, Βισειόν, & Co., 
CAMBRIDGE, 


PREFACE. 



















᾿ς For some yeurs it was a part of ny work to instruct begin- 
ners in Greek. * During that time the method of this book, 
_ which is in some regards peculiar, was developed. 

It will, perhaps, hardly be necessary to give reasons for 
_ the introduction of the verb at the very outset, and the sub- 
sequent development of its inflection alternately with that of 
~ the other parts of speech. We should teach Greek, as far. 
as the changed conditions will allow, in the natural way in 
~ which in adult years we learn to speak a modern language. 
In this case, the object being ¢he expression of thought, about. 
_ the first thing that we do is to put noun and verb together. 
There is, however, related to this a question that is more in 
~ doubt. It will be observed that the three voices of Avw have 
_ been developed by moods and not by tenses. This has been 
> done for reasons that seem sufficient. The uses of the Greck 
subjunctive and optative, though delicate, are nevertheless 
clearly defined. When the student first learns their forms, 
he should at once have the more common of these uses ex- 
_ plained to him. The proposition is the element of language, 
~ and from this individual words and forms derive their whole 
8 relational significance. In fact, when a study is not made of 
"one mood at a time, but the subjunctive and optative are 
_ presented tense by tense along with the other moods, fre- 
~ quently a blind and often incorrect translation of the one by 


968316 


1V PREFACE. 


may, ete., and of the other by mzgAt, etc., is. allowed, as if 
they were independent in their use like the indicative, a 
translation in which the pupil has no adequate feeling of their 
force. It may be easier to learn the mere forms of the verb 
by tenses than by moods, a single tense-stem being presented 
at once, but in the case of a pure verb the changes of stem 
in the different tenses resulting from augment and tense-sign 
can hardly be called a matter of great difficulty. In these 
lessons, however, to meet whatever increase of difficulty there 
really is, care has been taken that the development of the 
indicative mood of Avw, which shows, with a single slight 
exception, all of the tense-stems in a pure jverb, should be 
gradual. This development runs through seven lessons. Be- 
sides this, as soon as possible, at Lesson XXXII., a synopsis 
by tenses has been given. 

The exercises in immediate connection with the lessons have 
been taken mainly from the first four books of Xenophon’s 
Anabasis. They are designed from the first as a drill τοί 
only on forms, but also in syntax, the simpler principles of 
which are early introduced and illustrated. With but. few 
exceptions they consist. of complete sentences, and these have 
been transferred with as little change as possible from the 
original. It is obvious that it will be a great advantage to 
those who subsequently read the Anadaszs to have previously 
studied in this careful way so great a part of it. Forms, 
however, cannot be learned, especially by English-speaking 
boys, whose own language is almost destitute of inflections, 
without constant and recurring practice. To. supply mate- 
rials for this practice there have been added to the lessons, 
αὖ the end of the book, twenty-five additional exercises on 
forms to be taken by way of review, as the lessons proceed. 
In these no attempt has been made to illustrate syntax 


PREFACE. | Vv 


systematically, and the sentences (for phrases have not been. 
᾿ς admitted even here) have been made as brief as possible, 
Ι though each introduces one or two, often many, illustrations 
. of the forms under consideration. ‘These additional exercises 
are drawn from all sources, but mainly from excellent books 
for beginners by Béckel, by Schenkl, and by Kiihner. 
In introducing the syntax, care has been: taken that any 
idiom peculiar to Greek should be explained on its first occur- 
rence, and the explanation subsequently repeated ; but idioms 
identical with the English, as e. g. the infinitive not in indi- 
rect discourse, have-been freely employed from the first. The 
᾿ first year’s knowledge of Latin also has been assumed in in- 
 troducing constructions. The last twenty lessons are intended 
- to give a-drill on the general principles of syntax, and only 
the largest print of the sections in the grammar, cited at the 
head of the lessons, is to be learned. If under any sartcnnr 
_ construction there is ἃ special fact likely to occur often, atten- 
_ tion is called to it in the notes. It is recommended that these 
lessons be taken at the rate of one or two a week in connec- 





Ἶ tion with the author whom the class shall have taken up on 
finishing Lesson LV. It should be added that the English 
Ἴ parts of the exercises of these twenty lessons are not designed 
as a systematic course in Greek Composition; to meet this 
~ want, another book is in preparation to be taken by third- 
year classes. 

The vocabularies, both special and general, have been made 
_ with care and from the point of view of the derivation and 
~ composition of words, on the study of which too great stress 
can scarcely be laid. Lessons LIV. and LV. should be intro- 
duced early in parts, and the student taught the habit of 
analyzing the words in his exercises to get at their meaning. 
In the Greek-English vocabularies; English words that are 


V1 PREFACE. 


cognate with or derived from the preceding Greek words have 
generally been printed in small capitals; but no distinction has 
been made between the two classes. It should, however, be 
observed that the former show the influence of the phonetic 
principle, familiarly known as Grimm’s Law, according to which 
Every Greek smooth wute (7, x, τ) appears in English as a rough; 
Every Greek middle mute (8, y, δ) appears in English as a smooth ; 
Every Greek rough mute (¢, x, 6) appears in English as a middle. 
See πατήρ, πῦρ, πούς, γόνυ, δάκρυ, φέρω, etc. This con- 
nection between the Greek and English words has not been 
traced out exhaustively. What is given is intended to be 
suggestive, and leaves much that may be done by the teacher. 
The special vocabularies should be well committed to mem- 
ory. In these, in the course of the book, the student learns 
four hundred good Xenophontic words, if we count twice some 
verbs necessarily repeated. The parts of the verbs have been 
given from Veitch, late forms being excluded. When he does 
not catalogue the verb, only the present and future are given 
in the general vocabulary, unless the verb has occurred also 
in one of the special vocabularies. After Lesson XLI. every 
verb should be classified according to § 108. The prepo- 
sitions, besides being briefly treated in the general vocabulary, 
have also been systematically grouped, with their meanings, 
in Lesson LXIL. The pupil should refer to this lesson con- 
stantly from the first. In the English-Greek vocabulary there 
is no systematic treatment of synonymes, which have been 
given only so far as necessary to guide the pupil in his choice 
of words. It is scarcely necessary to add that this vocabulary 
is special, and not designed for use with any other English 
sentences than those occurring in this book. 
The use of black-boards, extensive enough for the entire 
class, is strongly recommended. The Greek of the English 





PREFACE. “as 


exercises might the first day be put on the board, and the 


second day recited orally. By this use of the black-board, 


classes are soon initiated into the mysteries of accentuation. 
The teacher should also, with the material here given, make 
other short sentences to be translated, both Greek and English. 
This additional drill should be mainly oral, and conducted 
rapidly. We should train not only the eye, but also the ear. 

As to the order of the words in translating the English sen- 
tences into Greek, the pupil should be warned against the 


- wrong placing of post-positive and adjective words and phrases, 


and further against followmg the English arrangement slav- 
ishly. Asa general guide, he should know that in Greek the 
subject followed by its modifiers stands first, the verb preceded 
by its modifiers last, though often, as in English, the verb pre- 
cedes its modifiers either wholly or in part. These English 
sentences are for the most part translations, and for the satis- 
faction of teachers who may care to know what was the 


original order and choice of words, the original sentences have 


been published in pamphlet form, and may be had on appli- 
cation to the publishers. 

There has been prepared also, by request, a companion 
pamphlet of parallel references to Hadley’s Greek Grammar, 
for the accommodation of those who, using his grammar, 
would like to use also the materials collected in these les- 
sons. ‘These are not numerically arranged in columns, but 
given in sets under the head of each-lesson, repeating the refer- 
ences made to Goodwin’s Grammar; a method of references, 
it is believed, as complete and satisfactory as could be desired. : 

It cannot be expected that the book as it stands, without 
omission or division of the lessons, will meet the wants of all 
schools. ΤῸ make the shortening of the lessons, when neces- 
sary, easier, the exercises up to syntax have been divided into 


vil PREFACE. 


four sections, the second and fourth of which need not be 
taken. ‘The additional exercises on forms also may either be 
omitted or drawn from on occasion. In general, however, tlie 
book had best be taken entire, in the manner prescribed, at 
such rate of progress as is possible in each particular case. 
It is believed that ordinarily, excluding the twenty lessons on 
syntax, it can be completed and the class set to reading an 
author in two terms of three months each. There will be much 
difference of opinion, also, as to how much introductory mat- 
ter should be learned before the class -proceeds to the subject 
of inflection, and on this account this part of the book has 
not been divided into lessons. The parts of § 15, ὃ 16, and 
δ 17, that are specified, might be omitted until Lesson XVI. 

I would express my thanks to the University Press for the 
elegance and care with which they have printed the book, and 
in particular to Mr. Gustave Weinschenk, by whom mainly it 
has been composed. It is the first Greek book of this grade, 
of which I have any knowledge, ever printed in Porson pica 
Greek. 

It remains only to say to those ito whose hands it may 
come, that if this series of first lessons prove practicable 
and valuable in the class-room, their thanks with mine are 
due to three friends whom I may not name, who, with rare 
kindness and patience, have permitted me in this undertak- 
ing, where the questions that have arisen have necessarily 
related to first principles,'to draw at will upon the extensive 
and varied stores of their knowledge of the general subject, so 
“much in demand in higher fields. I but inadequately express 
the obligation I feel when I say that much of what is valuable 
in these pages is due to them ;—if there remain mistakes, 


they are my own. 
JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE. 


Harvarp UNIVERSITY, June 28, 1876. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 











᾿ 


ἤσαν 


ip Mane (a Rae ae = le ite 





FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


as 25.0; > δ΄ > “sh 
a2 28 0% 3 6 9 © ) >So 
δ. 8, δον ". ὁ 


INTRODVORGRYE 2382) 4 

ΤῊΝ portions of the Grammar designated by the following 
numerals are to be well learned before taking up Lesson 1.3 The 
parts of § 15, § 16, and § 17, here specified, are given that the 
student may have at the start a comprehensive view of the Euphony 
of Consonants, the principles of which will be cited singly in the 
following Lessons as needed. - Before any attempt to learn these 
paragraphs, the teacher should go over them carefully with the 


class, pointing out in each case how the examples illustrate the 
principle. 


Gramman?®: ὁ 1, with n. 1, together with the system of 
pronunciation given on page vi. § 2, withn. §3. ὃ 4,1 
(with n.) and 2. §5,land2. § 6, with 1 and 2, and Ν. 
§7. §15,land2. § 16, with 1 (and ν.), 2, 3, 4, and 5. 
δ 17,1, 2, πᾶ 3. ᾧ 18,] ἀπᾶ ὃ. §19,1,2,and 3. § 21, 
Land2. ὃ. 22,land2. § 23,1. § 81. 


After learning § 1, with the system of pronunciation, give the 
name and English equivalent of each letter in the following Exercise. 
After § 2 and § 3 point out the vowels and diphthongs and give their 
sounds. After § 5 classify the consonants, and after § 6 classify them 

‘a second time, minutely. After the remainder of Part I. point out 
and name the breathings and accents, and name the words according 
to their accentuation ({ 21, 2), and then pronounce the Exercise entire. 
(The hyphens show the division of the words into syllables according 
to αὶ 18, n.) 

1 


y FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


Exercise. 


Ταῦ-τα δὲ λέτγων θο-ρύ-βου ἤ-κου-σε δι-ἃ τῶν 
τά-ξε-ων᾿ ἰ-ὄν-τος, καὶ ἤτρεττο τίς" 0° θό-ρυ-βος 
εἴη. ὃ δὲ eee εἶςπεν ὅ-τι τὸ σύν-θη-μα 
πα-ρέρ- ve-rau® Sel-repor 7- ay, Kal Os i gl ia 
σε τίς. Ta: Parga καὶ ἤτρειτο OTL εἴτη TO 
σύν-θή-μα: ὃ 8°? ἀςπε-κρί-να-το ZET> ΣΩ-ΤῊΡ 
ΚΑΙ ΝΙ-ΚΗ. 


NOTES. 


1 The number of lessons into which this introductory matter had best be 
divided has been left to the judgment of the teacher. 

2 Let the teacher at the outset go over the “ Introduction” (pages xix, xx of 
the Grammar) with the class, using maps. 

3 Those portions of the Grammar that are to be studied are designated here 
and in the following Lessons by paragraph and subdivision. Occasionally, how- 
ever, more specific directions are given. 


πες 22 Nn. 2. Ξ 6 § 29, 
5 ᾧ 23,1, N. 7 § 21, 1, Nn. 2. 
8 § 22, n. 1. 


9 That is, δέ (ὁ 12). Pronounce as if a part of the following word. 


0.0300 — 


LESSON 1. 
Preliminary. 


Grammar: ὃ 32, 1 and 2. Read § 32, Nn. $33, 1, 2, 
and 3, with notes 1 and 2. ὃ 88,land2. § 89. ὃ 90, 
1 and 2. ὃ 91. § 93. § 78} declension of the Definite 
Article ὁ, ἡ, τό. § 141. § 86, declension of the Relative 
Pronoun ὅς, ἥ, 6. 

NOTE. 


1 The first colamn gives the masculine forms; the second, the feminine; the 
third, the neuter. See, further, § 29. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 3 
LESSON II. 
Verbs: Present Indicative Active. 


Grammar: § 94. § 96,1, the Present Indicative Active 
of Avw, together with the meaning of this tense, § 95, 2, first 
column, and its ¢erménations, § 114, 2, L., first column.! 


Vocabulary.’ 


ἀληθεύω, -εις, to speak the truth.® 

βασιλεύω, -εις, to be king, to reign. 
? γράφω, -€LS, fo write, to GRAVES 

ἐθέλω, -εις, to wish, to desire. 

ἐλαύνω, -εις, fo march. 

λύω, -εις, to LOOSE, ἕο destroy. 

πέμπω, -ELS, fo send. 

τρέχω, -ELS, fo run. 

Exercises. 


Translate into English. 


I. 1. λύουσι" 2. βασιλεύω. 3. βασιχεύεις. 
4. ὁ μάντις (soothsayer) ἀληθεύει. 5. γράφω. 
6. γράφετον 7. λύετε. 8. πέμπεις. 9. ἐθέλει 
γράφειν. : 

II. 1. ὁ ἀνὴρ (man) γράφει. 2. πέμπομεν. 
3. ἀληθεύετον. 4. λύετον. 5. γράφουσι. 6. ἐθέ- 


λει βασιλεύειν. ᾿ 


4 FIRST LESSONS IN. GREEK. 


Translate into Greek. 


Ill. 1. He writes. 2. They (two) speak the 


truth. 3. I desire torun. 4. They send. 5. You 


(singular) march. 6. He looses. 


IV. 1. You (two) run. 2. We speak the truth. 
3. 1 write. 4. We wish to write. 


τ 


NOTES. 


1 If the teacher thinks best, the subdivision of the terminations into con- 
necting vowels and personal endings can be introduced even here. It is first 
given in the book in Lesson X., which is a review of the active voice. 


2 On the special vocabulary of each Lesson see the suggestions in the 
Preface. 


3 The definitions are given in the Infinitive to express the simple meaning 
of the verb without reference to person or number. 


4 In the vocabularies the capitals point to the fact that the English word 
is either a direct derivative from the Greek word or of kindred origin with it. 

5 Tory /oose. Be careful to use as subject in each case in the English 
translation the pronown appropriate to the person and number of the verb, pro- 
vided that no noun-swbject occurs. 


ὁ You (two), or they (two), write (dual). 
7 To write, Present Infinitive Active of γράφω, the ending being -εἰν. 


LESSON III. 


: Nouns: First Declension. 


Grammar: ὃ 34. § 35. § 36, except the terminations 
of the masculine singular. Read carefully § 36,N. § 25, 
land 2. § 37, 1, the declension of the first three nouns, and 
2, with Ν. 2. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. δ 


Vocabulary. 
γέφυρα, -as, 7," a bridge. 
εἰς, prep. taking the ace. only, anto,. to. 
ἐξ," prep. taking the gen. only, out of, Jrom. 
ἐπιστολή, -ἧς, ἡ, a letter, an EPISTLE. 
Oddatra,* -ἡς, ἡ, the sea. 
κρήνη, της, ἢ, : a spring. 
κώμη, της, ἡ». a village. 
χώρα, -as, ἢ, a country. 
Exercises. 


I. 1. γεφυρῶν, Oaddrrais, κώμῃ, χώρας, ἐπιστο- 
Ad, κώμας. 2. γράφει ἐπιστολήν. 3. τρέχουσινϑὔ 
eis τὴν θάλατταν. 4. τὰς ἐπιστολὰς as’ πέμπομεν 
γράφει. 5. τὴν γέφυραν λύει (he destroys). 6. ἐκ 
τῶν κωμῶν ἐλαύνει. 7. τρέχομεν εἰς τὰς σκηνάς. 

II. 1. ἐλαύνει εἰς τὰς κώμας. 2. τὴν στρα- 
τιὰν θαυμάζει. 3. πρὸς (by) τῇ κρήνῃ κόρας 
καταλαμβάνει (he finds). | 7 

ΠΙ|. 1. Of a village, for the bridge, of (two) 
countries, for the houses. 2. He has® a letter.® 


3. He marches into the village. 4. Théy destroy 
the bridges. 


IV. 1. We run into the sea. 2. He marches 
from the sea to the tents. 


θ FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


NOTES. 


1 The article shows the gender of the substantive, § 33, 2, N. 1. 

#929. 

3 Also a proclitic. See, further, § 13, 2. eee 

# In earlier Attic Greek and the other dialects, θάλασσα. The fo:m in 
double ¢az (rr) occurs in the later Attic. 

5. ¢:13, 1. 

6 § 138. 

7 15]. 

8 Words not found in the special vocabulary of the Lesson are to be looked 
for in the general vocabularies at the end of the book. 

9 On the order of words in Attic Greek Prose, consult the Preface. 


——-0£05 00o—_—_ 


LESSON ΤΥ. 


Nouns: First Declension (continued). — Subject, Predicate, 
Object. 


Grammar: § 36. § 37, 1 and 2, with notes 1 and 2. 
§ 133, 1 and 2. § 134,-1. § 135, 1. § 158. 


Examples.* 


§ 153, 1: Ξέρξης βασιλεύει, XERXES (subject) 1s KING 
(predicate). 
§ 133, 2: βοήθειαν πέμπομεν τοῖς στρατιώταις, we 
send ard (direct object in the accusative) 
TO THE SOLDIERS (indirect object in the 
dative). 
§ 134, 1: ὁ πολίτης γράφει, THE CITIZEN (subject nomi- 
native) writes. 
§ 135, 1: (ἐγὼ)" λέγω, I say; ὁ πολέτης λέγει, the 
citizen SAYS; ob πολῖται λέγουσι, the citi- 
zens SAY; etc. 


a χὶ 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 7 


\ ᾧ 158: TOUS στρατιώτας ἔχει, he has THE SOLDIERS 
(direct object in the accusative). 


Vocabulary. 
βοήθεια, -as, ἡ, aid, assistance. 
Oavpalo, -εις, to wonder at, to admire. 
( κελεύω, -ELS, fo command, to order. 
πέτρα, -ας, ἡ, a rock, a mass of rock. 
πολίτης, -ου, ὁ, a citizen. 


σατράπης, του, 0, @ SATRAP. 
στρατιώτης, -ov, 0, αὶ soldier. — 
φέρω, -€L5, to BEAR, to bring, to produce. 


Exercises. 


1. 1. σατράπου, πολῖτα, στρατιώταις, πολίτα, To- 
λίτῃ. 2. βοήθειαν πέμπομεν τῷ σατράπῃ. 8. εἰς 
Ν , > ΄ ΠῚ τ > ‘ 
τὴν χώραν ἐλαύνει. 4. καὶ" (and) al πέτραι εἰς τὴν 
θάλατταν καθήκουσιν" (reach down). 5. τὸ πεδίον 
. ,ὕ / 
(plain) μελίνην φέρει. 

II. 1. ὅρος (a mountain) τὸ πεδίον περιέχει (sur- 
rounds) ἐκ θαλάττης εἰς θάλατταν. 2. ἐνταῦθα (there- 
upon) ὁ σατράπης Λυδίας τε καὶ" Φρυγίας κελεύει 
τοὺς" στρατιώτας φυλάττειν. 

: 1Π|. 1. O soldier, for the citizens, of the satraps, 
~ the letters of the (two) citizens. 2. Orontas writes a 


letter. 3. And I march to the tents. 4. The satrap 
sends aid to the citizens. 


g FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


IV. 1. He marches from the village into Phrygia. 
2. ‘Thereupon the soldiers run into their (τὰς) tents. 


NOTES. 


1 To be used in place of the illustrations given in the articles of the Syntax 
that -are cited, since these would not be understood. 

2 § 184, 2, n. 1. 

3 In continued discourse, the sentence commonly has a conjunction or some 
other expression connecting it with what goes before. In the detached sen- 
tences of the exercises these have necessarily often been dropyed (less and less, 
howevér, as the Lessons proceed), but the principle should be carefully kept 
in mind. 

4. § 13, 1, Nn. 2. 

5 +e καί, Loth...and, correlative conjunctions. τέ is enclitic (§ 27, 4) and 
follows the word it emphasizes. 

6 § 141, ν. 2. ; 

7 § 134, 2. 


-----οοζῷξοο------ 
LESSON Υ. 
Verbs: Imperfect and Future Indicative Active. 


Grammar: § 96, 1., the Lmperfect and Future Indicative — 


Active of Avw, together with the meanings of these tenses, 
§ 95, 2, first column, and their terminations, § 114, 2, L., 
first and third columns. § 99,1 and 2. ὃ 100. § 110.) 
§ 26. | 


Vocabulary. 
ἅμαξα, -ης, ἡ, a wagon. 
ἔχω," to have, to possess, to hold. 
θύω, fut. θύσω, fo sacrifice. 
ὁπλίτης, του, ὁ, a heavy-armed foot-soldier, 


ad HOPLITE. 





FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 9 


παίω, fut. παίσω, to strike. 
πελταστής, -οὔ, ὃ, (πέλτη, : : 
a target or shield) a targeteer, αὶ PELITAST. 


πεῤι-έχω, (περί, around, and ἔχω) to hold one’s self around, 
to surround. 


σκηνή, -ἧς, ἡ, a tent. 


Exercises. 


I. 1. ἐλύετε, βασιλεύσει, ἐβασίλευε, κελεύσω, 
ἐκέλευες, λύσεις, ἀληθεύσετον. 2. τῷ στρατιώτῃ 
τιμὴν ἔφερεν" (ἰέ brought). 3. ὃ σατράπης ἔχει 
ὁπλίτας. 4. οἱ de* (bul) στρατιῶται" ἐχαλέπαινον. 
5. οἱ ὁπλῖται ovs® ἔχει θύσουσιν." 


II. 1. λύσουσι yap* (for) τὴν γέφυραν. 2. οἱ 

“ » Ν ε ’ ’ὔ Ν 
πολῖται ἔπαιον τοὺς ὁπλίτας. 3. κελεύσουσι τοὺς 
Πέρσας λύειν τὰς γεφύρας. 


III. 1. You (plural) will sacrifice, we were strik- 
ing, they were striking, they (two) were sacrificing, 
he was running. 2. They were striking the targe-— 
teers. 3. The sea surrounds the country. 


IV. 1. The soldiers were running from their tents. 
2. He will command the hoplites to guard their 
tents. 


NOTES. 


1 The characteristic of the Future Active iso. The Present and Imperfect 
have no characteristic in any of the voices. 

2 The Future, ἔξω or σχήσω (two forms), and Imperfect, εἶχον, of this verb 
are both peculiar in formation. 


10 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


3 § 13, 1, with n. 2. 

* A postpositive conjunction, i. 6. a conjunction which is always put after one 
or more words ofthe sentence. See also again note 3, Lesson LV. 

5 § 22,n.1. Cf. ὁ 22, 2. 

6 § 151. 


—0595 00——__ 


LESSON VI. 
. Nouns: Second Declension. — Prepositions. 
Grammar: ὃ 40. Read $40,n. §.41. ὃ 42,1. 


Remarks on the Use of Prepositions.' 


1. The genitive is used with prepositions to denote the object 
Jrom which an action proceeds, as ἥκει παρὰ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ, he is 
come FROM the general. 

2. The dative is used to denote the object dy which an action 
takes place, as μένει παρὰ τῷ στρατηγῷ, he remains BY (at the side 
of) the general. | 

8. The accusative is used to denote the object towards which the 


=~ 


motion is directed, as ἐλαύνει παρὰ τὸν στρατηγὸν, he is advancing 


ΤῸ the general. - 
Vocabulary. 
ἄγγελος, -ov, 0, a messenger. 
λίθος, -ov, ὁ, a stone. 
λόφος, -ov, ὁ, a hill. 
λοχαγός, -οὔ, ὁ, (λόχος, a company, and ἄγω) a captain. 
νόμος, -ου, ὃ, a law. 
πεδίον, -ου, TO, a plain. 


στρατηγός, -οὔ, ὃ, (στρατός, an army, and ἄγ a general. 
χρυσίον, -ου, TO, (dim. of χρυσός, gold) gold money, 


gold. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 11 


Exercises. 


‘I. 1. ἀνθρώπους, ayyédow, λίθων, στρατηγοῦ, 

la , 3 ’ A > ’, Ν 
νήσω, λόγῳ, πεδία, λοχαγοῖς. 2. ἐμένετε παρὰ 
τῷ στρατηγῷ. ὃ. ὁ στρατηγὸς πέμπει στρατιώτας 
ἐκ" τῆς κώμης. 4. καὶ" στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ 
θύσουσιν. 5. καὶ ἐξαπίνης οἱ στρατιῶται φέρουσι 
λίθους. 6. παρὰ τῶν στρατιωτῶν πέμπει τῳ Κύρῳ 


ἄγγελον. 


II. 1. δ΄ ody’ Κλέαρχος πέμπει Λύκιον ἐπὶ (upon) 
τὸν λόφον. 2. τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους κλέπτειμ κωλύει. 
, ε Ν Ν , Ν ey 
νόμος. 3. 6 δὲ στρατηγὸς λαμβάνει τὸ χρυσίον. 


III. 1. To the captain, O general, for the mes- 
sengers, from (the side of) the tent into the plain, of 
the laws. 2. But Clearchus takes the gold and sends 
(it)® to the soldiers. 3. The generals will lead’ the 
army. 


IV. 1. For the general destroys the bridge and 
marches into Phrygia. 2. The soldiers desire to 
sacrifice to both gods and goddesses. 


NOTES. 

1 To be learned with care. 

2 παρά with the genitive means strictly from the side of, while ἐξ means ont 
of. So παρά with the accusative means ¢o the side of, but els, into. ‘The dis- 
tinction, however, is often not observed. 

3 καί... «καί, correlative conjunctions, Joth...and. 

#§ 141, ν. 1, (a). 

5 Postpositive. See note 4, Lesson V. 

6 Omit. 

7 The Future of ἄγω is ἄξω, § 16, 2. 


12 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON VII. 


Verbs: Aorist, Perfect, and Pluperfect Indicative Active. 


Grammar: § 96, 1., Aorzst,) Perfect, and Pluperfect In- 
dicative Active of vw. § 95, 2, first column. § 114, 2, L, 
second and fourth columns. § 101, 1, 2, and 3. 


Vocabulary. 
ἀδελφός, «οὗ, ὁ, (voc. sing. with irregular ac- 
cent, ἄδελφε) a brother. 
βουλεύω, fut. -εύσω; aor. -ευσα, to plan, to de- 
perf. -€uKa, (βουλή, a plan) vise. : 
δασμός, -ov, ὁ, a tax; an impost. 
δῶρον, του, TO, a gift. 
ὅρκος, -ου, ὁ, (εἴργω, to restrain) an oath. 
σιγή, -ῆς, ἡ, silence. 
τοξεύω, fut: τευσω,, aor. -Evora, (τόξον, a bow) to shoot with a bow. 
τοξότης, του, ὁ, (τόξον, a bow) a bowman. 
Exercises. 


I. 1. ἐπαίσατε, ἐλελύκειμεν, κεκέλευκας, ἐβεβου- 
λεύκεισαν, πέπαικα, ἐλελύκειτον. 2. οἱ τοξόται οὗ: 
3 , Eo ε δὲ : id ΔῊ τ ὰὖ 
ἐπέμπομεν ἐτόξευσαν. 3. οἵ δὲ πολέμιοι τοὺς" ὅρ-. 
κους λελύκασιν. 4. τεθύκαμεν" τοῖς θεοῖς: 5. τὴν 

4 no) WEL 4. A δε Ἅ,...5 os , e5 
γέφυραν ἐλύσατε" καὶ ἐμένετε ἐν τῇ νήσῳ. 6. ὁ 
δὲ Κλέαρχος Τολμίδην" κεκέλευκε σιγὴν κηρύτ- 
Τειν. ᾿ " 





Fd 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 13 


II. 1. ὁ Κῦρος μένειν τὸν στρατηγὸν ἐκέλευσεν. 
2. δῶρα ἐλάμβανε παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 3. καὶ ὁ 
στρατηγὸς ἔχει ὁπλίτας καὶ πελταστὰς καὶ τοξότας. 


III. 1. We had loosed, they have planned, he 
shot, you (s’agular) have sacrificed, I sacrificed, we 
have. 2. But the barbarians shot from’ their? 
horses. 3. For® Cyrus sent’ the imposts to his 
brother. 4. The captain has ordered the hoplites 
to take the arms. 


IV. 1. And Cyrus commanded Orontas to take 
the soldiers. 2. he generals have broken their 
oaths ; for they have not’ sacrificed to the gods. 


NOTES. 

1 The characteristic (δ 110) of the dorisé in the Active is σ, and that of 
the Perfect and Pluperfect is κ. 

2 § 141, N. 2. 

3 § 17, 2. -45-1 

4 § 200, wn. 5, first paragraph. 

5 ¢ 141, ν. 1, (a). 

6 § 134, 2. 

7 ἀπό, with the genitive. ᾿ 

8 The Greek word is postpositive. See note 4, Lesson V. 


9 Imperfect, to denote the repetition of the action. 
0), ¢ 29. * 


LESSON VIII. 


4 ouns: The Attic Second Declension. — The Adnominal 
ἐξ Genitive. 


: Oe δ § 22. nN. 2..§ 25, 2, Nn. § 167, 
23,4, 5, a 


> 


14 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


ie cy eae 1Ὶ 
§ 167, 2: 


αὐ : 
δ 167,8: 


§ 167, 4: 
§ 167, 5: 


§ 167, 6: 


ἡμέρα, -ας, 


Examples. 


αἱ τοῦ σατράπου κῶμαι, the SATRAP'S villages. 

ἡ τῶν στρατιωτῶν εὔνοια, the good-will or 
THE SOLDIERS (1. 6. which the soldiers feel). 

ὁ τῶν πολεμίων φόβος, the fear OF THE ENEMY 
(i.e. which ts felt toward them). 

δέκα ἅμαξαι πετρῶν, ten wagon-loads OF STONES. 

ποταμὸς πλέθρου, ὦ Tiver OF (ONE) PLETHRUM 
(tn breadth); δέκα ἡμερῶν ὁδός, α journey 
OF TEN DAYS; δίκη δέκά ταλάντων, a law- 
suit OF (i.e. 7avolving) TEN TALENTS, 

δέκα τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ten OF THE MEN. 


Vocabulary. 


ἢ; a day. 


Onpaw, fut. «ἄστω, aor. -aoa, perf. “aKa,” fo hunt wild beasts. 


κωμάρχης, του, ὁ, (κώμη and ἄρχω, ἐο rule) a village-chief. 


λαγώς, -@, ὁ, a hare. 
μισθός, -ov, ὃ, pay, hire. 
οἶνος, -ου, ὃ, WINE.” 
παιδίον, -OV, TO, (dim. of παῖς, a child) a little child. 


es “ e 
=> VLOS, του, O, 


a 502. 


Exercises. 


5 ’ τ ’ὕ la 5 ’ 5 - ’ 
I. 1. ἀνώγεων, ved, νεῶν, ἀνώγεῳν, ἀνώγεῳ, νεῴ, 

“~ 3 ’ὔ ‘al e Ἀ al 5» 4 “ 
νεῷν, ἀνώγεω, νεῷ. 2. ὁ δὲ Κῦρος ἔπεμψε" τῷ Θετ- 


τάλῳ δέκα 


ἡμερῶν «μισθόν. 8. τῶν δὲ Πελοποννη- 


4 
‘ 

᾿ 
ξ 
ἐ 
J 





FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 17 


(what) ἐν νῷ ἔχετε; 4. ὁ δὲ πλοῦς Eotiv® (is) εἰς ᾿ 
τὰς ᾿Αθήνας. 5. ἔπεμψε τὸν ἀνθρωπον ᾿Αριαῖος ὁ 
στρατηγός. 6. ἐν τῇ γῇ ἄρχουσι Λακεδαιμόνιοι 
καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ. 


II. 1. ἐμπόριον δ᾽ ἦν (was) τὸ χωρίον. 2. ἡ δὲ 
Κίλισσα τὴν στρατιὰν ἐθαύμαζεν. 8. ὁ δὲ Κῦρος 
τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δῶρα ἔπεμψεν, ἵππον καὶ ψέλια καὶ 
μνᾶν ἀργυρίου. 


III. 1. He wishes to send five minae of silver. 
2. The horses and asses kept running‘ through the 
plain into the sea. 3. Cyrus, the brother of Arta- 
xerxes, sends the bowmen ten days’ pay, five minae 
of silver. | 


Ἐν Cyrus, the (son)*® of Darius, wishes to be 
king in place of ® his brother. 2. He therefore orders 
his generals to assemble’ hoplites and targeteers, and 
marches through Lydia to® the river Maeander.? 


NOTES. 


1 § 33, 2, N. 2, first two lines. 
-2 The neuter singular accusative of the interrogative pronoun τίς, Consult, 


further, § 23, N., and § 31. 


° 
3 Enclitic, § 27, 8, and § 28,1. See also § 18, 1, nN. 1. 
* Kept running, Imperfect. 
5 Omit, § 141, n. 4. 
In place of, ἀντί with the genitive, 
T ἀθροίζω. 
8 ἐπί. 
9 § 142, 2, Nn. 5. 


2 
f 


ag 


18 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON X. 


Verbs: The Indicative Active. 


Grammar: § 96, L., the Lndicative Active. ὃ 112, except 
the Middle and Passive endings. Read carefully § 112, Ν. 
§ 114, land2,I. § 95, 1, the synopsis τὰ the Active voice 
of the Indicative of Avw. § 102, 1 and 2. § 105, 1. 
§ 106. § 195. § 200. 


Examples. 


§ 195: τοὺς ὁπλίτας ἦγον, THEY LED the hoplites (the 
subject is represented as actzng). 
Πέρσης ἦν' ᾿Αρταξέρξης, Artarerxes was a Per- 
sian (the subject is represented as deing). 


Vocabulary. 
ἄγω, ἄξω, ἦχα, to lead. 
ἐκκλησία, -as, 7, (ἐξ and καλέω, to 
call, to summon) an assembly. 


ἐπι-χειρέω, fut. ἐπιχειρήσω, aor. 
ἐπ εχείρησα, (ἐπί and χείρ, the hand) to lay hand fo, fo try. 


ποιέω, -ἡσωΐ -ησα, -ηκα, to do, to make. 
πολιορκέω, -ἥσω, -ησα, (πόλις, a 
city, and εἴργω) to besiege, to blockade. 


4 
τελευτάω, -ἥσω, -NTA, -NKa, 
(τέλος through τελευτή, each meaning end) fo end one’s life, fo die. 


4 
τιμάω, -ἥσω, -Noa, -nKa,” (ry) to honor. 
φωνή, -ῆς, ἡ, speech, language. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 19 


Exercises. 


I. 1. ὁ δὲ Δαρεῖος τετελευτήκειϊ καὶ ᾿Αρταξέρξης 
ἐβασίλευεν. 2. διὰ τοῦ πεδίου ὃ εἰς τὴν θάλατταν 
καθήκει ἐλαύνει εἰς Ταρσούς. 3. ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς 
τότε ἐποίησεν ἐκκλησίαν τῶν στρατιωτῶν. 4. ὁ δὲ 
Κῦρος πολιορκήσει Μίλητον καὶ κατὰ (by) γὴν καὶ 
κατὰ θάλατταν. 5. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται τὸν στρατηγόν 
τε ἔβαλλον καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια. 6. ηὕρισκον" δὲ καὶ 
νεῦρα ἐν ταῖς κώμαις καὶ μόλυβδον. 


II. 1. ἐπεὶ (when) δὲ ἐτελεύτησε Δαρεῖος, ὁ σα- 
τράπης διέβαλλε Κῦρον. 2. ἐνταῦθα οἱ πολέμιοι 
καίειν ἐπεχείρησαν τὰς κώμας. ὃ. καὶ τῷ στρατηγῷ 
προσετρεχέτην δύο νεανίσκω. 


III. 1. We shall besiege the emporium by land 
and sea. 2. He has written® a letter to’ Artaxerxes. 
3. For I have been a slave and know the men’s lan- 
ouage. 

IV. 1. But thence he descended into ἃ plain. 
2. For Cyrus had honored him* on account of (his)” 
fidelity. 

NOTES. 


1 Imperfect Indicative third person singular of εἰμί, to be. For the case of 
the first noun, see § 136. , 

2 § 32, 2, N., first paragraph. # See note 3, Lesson VI. 

ἘΦ 101, σις 2. 5 εὑρίσκω. 

δ Stems in (as γράφω) do not take « as the characteristic in the Perfect 
and Pluperfect, but remain unchanged, § 110, 2. 

Ἰ παρά with the accusative, 

8 αὐτόν. 

9 Omit. 


20 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON XI. 


Verbs: The Present and Imperfect Indicative of eiu/.— Neuter 
Plural Subject and Dative of the Possessor. 


Grammar: § 129, 1., the Present and Imperfect Indicative 
of εἰμί ὃ 26, with n. 4. § 27, with 3. ὃ 28, with 1, 2, 
and 38. § 133, 1,Nn.1. § 185, 2. § 184, 4. 


Examples. 


§ 135, 2: ov! yap ἔστι πλοῖα, for there aRrE not boats. 
§ 184, 4: ἔστι" Κύρῳ παράδεισος, Cyrus has a park. 


Vocabulary. 
κίνδυνος, -ου, 6, danger, peril. 
παράδεισος, του, ὃ, a park. 
πηγή, -ἧς, ἡ, a Spring, a (river’s) Source. 
πλοῖον, -ov, τό, (πλέω, to sail) a vessel, a transport. 
πόλεμος, του, ὃ, war. 
πολέμιος, κου, ὁ, (πόλεμος) an enemy in war: plur. ol 

πολέμιοι, the enemy. 
σῖτος, -ov, 6, grain, food. 
φίλος, -ov, ὃ, a friend. 
Exercises. 


I. 1. ἦμεν, εἶ, ἦστε, ἦσθα, ἐστόν, ἐσμέν, ἤστην. 
2. ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν κῶμαι. 3. ἐν κινδύνοις ἐσμέν. 
A. Κλέαρχος Λακεδαιμόνιος". ἦν. 5. εἶ ἐπὶ (in the 








FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 21] 


power of) τῷ" ἀδελφῷ. 6. ἐνταῦθα Κύρῳ βασίλεια" 
nv! καὶ παράδεισος. 


11. 1. σατραπεύσουσιν οἱ Κύρου φίλοι. 2. ἦν 
τῷ Κύρῳ πόλεμος πρὸς Μυσούς. 8. ἔστι" δὲ καὶ 
(also) ᾿Αρταξέρξου βασίλεια ἐν Κελαιναῖς ἐπὶ ταῖς 
πηγαῖς τοῦ Μαρσύου ποταμοῦ. 


ΠΙ|. 1. For there was food in the villages. 
2. And it was πού" possible’ to capture the asses. 
3. Cyrus has a stronghold at the sources of the river. 
4. He will therefore” try to capture the enemy. 


IV. 1. You (plural) are in the power of the gen- 
erals. 2. Since (ἐπεί) he has soldiers and boats, he 
will besiege the enemy’s stronghold. 


NOTES. 
1 § 29. 6 A neuter plural. 
2 § 28.n.1l,attheend. ἴ § 135, ν. 1. 
3 § 60, 2. 8 § 13, 2, second paragraph. 
4 § 136. 9 It was possible, use simply the proper form of εἰμί. 
5 § 141, Nn. 2. 10 οὖν, a postpositive conjunction. 
0295 0o——_. 


LESSON XII. 


Adjectives: First and Second Declensions.— Accusative of 
Extent. 


Grammar: § 62, 1, 2, and 3. § 63. § 64. § 188. 
Read ὁ 138, Rem. § 161. 


22 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


Examples. 


§ 188: 1) ὁ σοφὸς ἄνθρωπος, the WISE man ; τοῦ σοφοῦ 
ἀνθρώπου, τῷ σοφῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, τὸν σοφὸν 
+ a a 2 / 
ἄνθρωπον, τῶν σοφῶν ἀνθρώπων, etc. 
2) ἦν δὲ παρὰ τὸν Εὐφράτην πάροδος στενή, 
but there was a NARROW passage along the 
Euphrates (an attributive adjective). 
3 Ν ¢e 7 , r 
3) nv yap ἡ πώροδος στενή, for the passage was 
NARROW (a predicate-adjective). 
§ 161: ἔμενε δέκα ἡμέρας, he remained TEN DAYS 
(time). 
ἐξελαύνει παρασάγγας εἴκοσι, he advances 
TWENTY PARASANGS (space). 


Vocabulary. 


ἄγριος, -α, -ον, (ἀγρός, a field) Living in the field, wild. 
ἁμαξιτός, -ds, -όν, (duata) passable by wagons. 


ἵλεως, -ως, των, propitious. 

καλός, -7), -όν, beautiful. 

μακρός, -ά, -OV, (μῆκος, length) long. 

ὁδός, -0v, ἡ, - away, a road. 

παρασάγγης, -ov, 0, a league (about), 4 PARASANG. 

σταθμός, -οὔῦ, ὃ, a day's journey, a stage. 
Exercises. 


T 1 9 ES > a λ \ Sais 1 
. Ll. ἐνταυῦα εἰσι κωμαι καλαι μεσται σίτου 


Ν 3» > “ , 4» 7 Ἄν Ν 
καὶ οἴνου. 2. ἐνταῦθα μένει Κυρος καὶ ἢ στρατια 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 23 


e , » 

ἡμέρας εἴκοσιν. 3. οἱ θεοὶ ἵλεῳ ἦσαν. 4. ὄνοι δ᾽ 
¥ en ε na , > a , 
ἄγριοι ‘ovs ol στρατιῶται θηράσουσιν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ 


\3 


εἰσίν. 5. ot Χαλδαῖοι ἐλεύθεροί τε καὶ ἄλκιμοι 


ἦσαν ὅπλα δ᾽ εἶχον᾽ γέρρα μακρὰ καὶ λόγχας. 


11. 1. ἕτοιμός εἰμι ἐλαύνειν. 2. ἡ δὲ εἰσβολὴ 
ἣν ὁδὸς ἁμαξιτὸς ὀρθία mi ast ὃ. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξε- 
λαύνει gl asa δύο παρασάγγας δέκα. ἐπὶ τὸν 
Ψάρον ποταμόν. 


III. 1. He sends two thousand hoplites and ten 
thousand targeteers. 2. (I'here)® were a thousand 
wild asses in the plain. 3. Thence he marches ten 


days through Phrygia, a friendly country. 


IV. 1. The generals marched forth into a friendly 
country. 2. Thence he marches five stages, thirty 
parasangs, to® the sources of the river. 3. In this 
place there was a beautiful park. 


NOTES. 


1 Adjectives of fulness and want, like the corresponding verbs, take the geni- 
tive, § 180, with 1, and § 172, 1. 4 § 1038. 

2 § 13, 1, with n. 2. 5 Omit. 

3 Cf. note 5, Lesson IV. Ὁ ἐπί. 


-- -οτοϑοο---- 


LESSON XIII. . 
Verbs: Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative Middle. 


Grammar: § 96, 1.1 Present, Imperfect, and Future? In- 
τ΄ dicative Middle of Avo. § 95, 2, second paragraph. § 112, 


24 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


Middle and Passive endings. § 114, 1 and 2, IL., first and 
second columns, with Ν. 1. § 199, 1, 2, and 3. : 


Examples. 


ᾧ 199, 1: τρέπονται πρὸς λῃστείαν, they turn THEM- 
SELVES ἕο piracy. | 

§ 199, 2: πορίζονται ottov, they procure food YOR 
THEMSELVES. ‘ 

ὃ 199, 3: λύσονται τὰ παιδία, they will ransom THEIR 
(own) children.. 


So also: ditona, 20 ward off, but ἀμύνομαι, to ward off from one’s 
self; ἀπ-έχω, to hold off, but ἀπ-έχομαι, to hold one’s self off, to 
refrain; βουλεύω, to plan, but βουλεύομαι, to plan with one’s self, 
to deliberate ; πορεύω, to make go, but πορεύομαι, to make one’s self 
go, to proceed; φαίνω, to show, but φαίνομαι, to show one’s self, to 
appear ; etc. | 


Vocabulary. 

3 , A e : . 
ἀρχή: -NS, Ἢ, (ἄρχω, to rule) rule, command, province. 
διώκω, διώξω, ἐδίωξα, to pursue, to chase. 
θεός, -οὔ, 6 or ἡ, a god, a deity. 
ἴχνιον, κου, τό, (dim. ἐμ form of 

ixvos, a track) a track. 
Ψ , . 
oor, του, τό, an implement : plur. arms. 
πορεύω, -εύσω, -ευσα, (πόρος, : 

a way across) to make 20, to COnvEY. 
OT Pat ιά, -as, ἡ; (στρατός, an 

army) an army. 


τόξον, του, TO, a bow. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 25 


Exercises. 


I. 1. λύει, ἐτρέπου, ἀξεται, τρεψόμεθα, ἤγοντο, 
ἄγομαι, ἐλύοντο, τρέπεσθε, λύσεσθον. 2. ὁ δὲ 
, 5 4 e \ Ν 5 a 
σατράπης ἐβουλεύετο. 3. ἡ δὲ στρατιὰ ἐπορίζετο 
σῖτον. 4. εἰς τὰς κώμας οἱ στρατιῶται τρέψονται." 


3 χοροὺς πολεμίους. 6. καὶ 


5. οἱ ὁπλῖται τρέπονται 
ἘΣ ον δ᾿ ΕΣ 3 a 

ep * ἁμάξης ἐπορεύετο. 
IL. 1. ἐφαίνετο ἴχνια ἵππων. 2. ἀπειχόμεθαὔ 
διὰ τοὺς τῶν θεῶν" ὅρκους. 3. Κῦρον δὲ μετα- 
πέμπεται ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἧς αὐτὸν (him) σατράπην 


7 


ἐποίησε. 4. τὸν ᾿Αρταξέρξην μέντοι πειρασόμεθα 


Ἀ lal “A 5 ’ 
σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς ἀμύνεσθαι. 


III. 1. They brought gifts and ransomed their 
(own) children. 2. Wild asses appeared in the 
plain. 3. Thereupon the bowmen sent for their 
bows. 4. He will lead his (own) army into Cilicia. 


IV. 1. We shall send for ten thousand hoplites. 
2. They procured themselves horses and proceeded to 
the river. 3. The enemy appeared and put the army 
to flight. : 

NOTES. 
1 Page 67. | 
2 The characteristic (§ 110) of the Future Middle, as of the Active, is σ᾿ 
3 Consult the general vocabulary, τρέπω. 
πὸ 40}... 
5 § 108. 
6 § 167, 3. 
7 The English idiom requires the Pluperfect. For the two accusatives, see 
§ 166. 
8 § 106. 


26 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON XIV. 


Adjectives: Contracts of the First and Second Declensions. — 
Position of the Article. 


Grammar: ὃ 65. § 9, with 1, 2 (and n.), 3 (and y.), 
and 4. ὃ 24,1, with n. § 43, n., 1, 2, 3. § 142, 1, 2, 
and 3. 


Examples. 


§ 142, 1: ὁ σοφὸς ἄνθρωπος, the WISE man; οἱ τῶν 
Θηβαίων στρατηγοί, the generals OF THE 
THEBANS. 

§ 142, 2: ἄνθρωπος ὁ σοφός Or ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ σοφός, 
the WISE man; οἱ στρατηγοὶ οἱ τῶν Θη-. 
βαίων, the generals or THE THEBANS. 

§ 142, 3: ὁ ἄνθρωπος σοφός or σοφὸς ὁ ἄνθρωπος (ϑο. 
ἐστίν), the man is WISE. 


Vocabulary. 

ἀγαθός, -7, -ov, good, virtuous, brave. 
ἀετός, -οὔ, ὃ, an eagle. 
5 , . , 
άλόγιστος, τος, -OV, (a priv! and λογί- 

fouat, to consider; ef. λόγος, λέγω) enconsiderate. 
βασίλειος, -ος, -ov, (βασιλεύς) royal, kingly. 
εὔνους (εὔνοος), -ous, τ-ουν, | 

(εὖ, well, and νοῦς) well-disposed. 
θηρίον, του, τό, (dim. ἐμ form of θήρ, . 

a wild beast) a wild animal. 
μέσος, -ἡ, τον, MIDDLE. 


A , = * . 
σημεῖον, του, TO, (σῆμα, a sign) a sign, a standard. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 27 


Exercises. 


2\\> ¥ 2 , ες. ὦ are , 

I. 1. ἀλλ᾽ ἔστι" Κύρῳ ἡ ἀρχὴ ἡ πατρῴα. 2. θη- 

, re A ε ν 297 Ν . 
pia δὲ παντοῖα οἵ στρατηγοὶ ἐδίωκον. 8. τὰ δὲ 
χωρία σατραπεύσουσιν ot τοῦ Κύρου ἀδελφοῦ φί- 
λοι. 4. οἱ καλοί" τεῦ κἀγαθοὶ" Κύρῳ εὖνοι ἦσαν. 

lal A » 7 ~ 5 ’ a 

5. Κῦρος δὲ ἔδωκεῖ (gave) τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ στρεπτὸν 
χρυσοῦν καὶ ψέλια καὶ ἀκινάκην χρυσοῦν. 


II. 1. ἔδωκε δὲ καὶ φιάλην ἀργυρᾶν. 2. ἔμενον 
3 a , uy Fe RT: ‘ay , Ν 
ἐν ταῖς κώμαις ταῖς ὑπὲρ (above) Tov πεδίου. 3. διὰ 
, 8 Se ΄ ΄ erg ¢ , 
μέσου" δὲ Tov παραδείσου pet? ὁ Μαίανδρος ποτα- 
, “νὴ τῷ naan ἐξ, ΄, δ ἐὰν ,» 5 
pos. 4. οὐχ΄ οὕτως, ὦ Κλέαρχε, ἀλογιστοί ἐσμεν. 


III. 1. But the Persian bows are long. 2. The 
royal standard was a golden eagle. 3. ‘The soldiers 
are well-disposed toward” their general. 


IV. 1. He sends Lycius the Syracusan upon” the 
hill. 2. And he brings back word” that (ὅτῳ) the 


enemy are fleeing. 


NOTES. 

t.§ 132, 1. 

2 § 28, Nn. 1, at the end. For the following dative, see § 184, 4. 

3 English order: of φίλοι τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ. 

1 § 139,-1. 

5 Cf. note 5, Lesson IV. 

6 καὶ ἀγαθοί, § 11, 1, with (a), and § 24,2. The coronis (’) is used to 
mark the crasis. 

7 Aorist third singular (first singular ἔδωκα) of δίδωμι, a verb in -μι, § 93. 

8 § 142, 4, ν. 4. 

9 That is, ῥέει, contracted third singular Present Indicative Active of péw. 

10 § 13, 2, second paragraph. 12 ἐπί with the accusative. 

11 Cf. above, I. 4. 13 70 bring back word, ἀπαγγέλλω. 


28 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON XV. 


Verbs: Aorist, Perfect, and Pluperfect Indicative Middle. 


. Grammar: § 96, 1.,1 Aorist,? Perfect, and Pluperfect In- 
dicative Middle of Avw. § 112, Middle and Passive endings. 
δ 113. § 114, 1 and 2, IL., third column, with. 1. § 95, 
1, the syzopsis in the Middle voice of the Indicative of λύω. 


™ 


Vocabulary. 
ἄρχω, ἄρξω, ἦρξα, npya, —‘ to take the lead, to begin, 
᾿ ἦργμαι, to rule. | 
κωμήτης, του, ὃ, (κώμη) a villager. 


μάχη, -NS, ἡ, ὠάχομαι, to fight) a battle. , 
παύω, παύσω, ἔπαυσα, Té- ἰοϑδίορ, toend: mid. to stop 


TAVKA, πέπαυμαι, one’s self, to desist. 
πείθω, πείσω, ἔπεισα, πέ- to persuade: mid. to obey 
πεικα, πέπεισμαι, (i. 6. to persuade one’s self). 


TELPAW, -άσω, -ασα, -αμαι,; 

(πεῖρα, a trial) fo try, fo attempt.’ 
στρατοπεδεύω, -εύσω, -ευσα, 

(στρατόπεδον, a camp, fr. στρατός, and 

πέδον, ground) to encamp, to bivouac.® 
ὑποψία, ας, ἡ; (ὑπό, and the root é1r-, 

look, i.e. to eye stealthily) suspicion, apprehension. 


Exercises. 


” 3 
I. 1. ἐθύσατο, πέπαυσαι, ἦγμαι, τέθυνται, ἐβε- 
5 
βουλεύμην, ἐλέλυσθε, ἐτέθυτο, ἐπαυσάμεθα, ἐπο- 


- 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 29 


pevow. 2. ὁ στρατηγὸς ἔπαυσε τὰς ὑποψίας. 
3. τοῦ πολέμουϊ ἐπαύσατο. 4. ὁ δὲ Κῦρος βεβού- 
λευται ὅπως: (how) βασιλεύσει ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ. 
5. οἱ δὲ Μιλήτου πολῖται ἡδέως πείσονται. 6. καὶ 
ὁ ᾿Αριαῖος ἐστρατοπεδεύσατο. 


II. 1. δισχίλιοι ἐλάμβανον τὰ ὅπλα καὶ ἐστρατο- 
πεδεύσαντο παρὰ Κλεάρχῳ. 2. καὶ κατέβαινε ἀπὸ 
τῆς ἁμάξης καὶ ἐθωρακίζετο. 3. οἱ ὁπλῖται ὧπλί-: 
ζοντο καὶ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο. 


III. 1. The bowmen have desisted from battle. 
2. ‘he hoplites descended into the plain and armed® 
themselves. 3. And then® they. proceeded to the 
sources of the river, and attempted to surround the 
villages. 


IV. 1. Hereupon the village-chief called an assem- 
bly” of the villagers. 2. The satrap is deliberating 
how he shall end the apprehensions of the citizens. 


NOTES. 

1 Page 67. 

2 The characteristic of the Aorist Middle, as of the Active, is ‘oc. The Per- 
fect and Pluperfect Middle have no characteristic. 

3 § 110, 2. 

* For the euphonic change in the Future and Aorist (πείθ-σω and ἔπειθ-σα), 
see § 16, 9. For those in the Perfect, see § 16, 1, ν., and § 16, 3. 

5 § 106. 

᾿ § Commonly used in the middle voice as a deponent. 

7 From the war, ὃ 174. 

8 ὀπλίζω. ΄ Note that the substantive and verb both come from ὅπλον. 

9 And then, εἶτα δέ. 

10 Cf, Lesson X., I. 3. 


90 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON XVI. 
Nouns: Third Declension. 


Grammar: § 45, 1 and 2. § 46, with 1, 2, 3, and 4. 
§ 47, land 2. § 48, 1 and 2, (a), (b), (c), and (4). § 49. 
§ 50, 1., the inflection of the first four nouns. § 16, with 
2 and 5 (with notes 1 and 2). § 25, 3. 


Vocabulary. 


ἄρχων, -οντος, 6, (ἄρχω a ruler, a commander. 


γέρων, -OVTOS, ὃ, (οἴ. γῆρας, 


old. age) ΄ an old man. 
θώραξ, -axos, ὃ, a breastplate, a cuirass. 
κηρυξ, ευκος, ὁ, (κηρύττω, to 

proclaim) a herald. 
μάστιξ, -vyos, ἡ, a whip, a lash. 
φάλαγξ, -ayyos, ἡ, a line of battle, a PHALANX. 
φεύγων,' -ovTos, ὃ, (φεύγω, 

to flee) @ FUGITIVE, an exile. 
φύλαξ, -ακος, ὁ, (φυλάττω, 

to guard) a guard. 

Exercises. 


I. 1. τότε δὲ κήρυκας ἔπεμψε περὶ σπονδῶν. 
2. οἱ βάρβαροι ἐτόξευσαν ὑπὸ μαστίγων. 3. ἐκέ- 
λευσε πορεύεσθαι" ὅλην τὴν φάλαγγα. 4. τὸν δὲ 
κήρυκα ἐκέλευσε σιγὴν κηρύττειν. ὅ. ἔχει μισθο- 


1M 


- 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 81 


td , > A 
φόρους XahvBas. 6. οἶνον ἐκ τῆς βαλάνου πεποιή- 
κασι τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ φοίνικος. 


II. 1. εἶχον δὲ θώρακας λινοῦς, ἀντὶ δὲ τῶν 
πτερύγων σπάρτα πυκνά. 2. καὶ οὐκέτι πέντε 
στάδια διειχέτην τὼ φάλαγγε. 3. ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν 
τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς κώμης σύνδειπνον ἐποιήσατο." 
4. καὶ παίει τὸν ἀδελφὸν κατὰ (on) τὸ στέρνον καὶ 
τιτρώσκει διὰ τοῦ θώρακος. 8. καὶ οἱ στρατιῶ- 

> , 6 ‘ , 
ται ἀντιπαρετάξαντο" κατὰ φάλαγγα. 


III. 1. He was wearing his’ cavalry breastplate. 
2. And he ordered the fugitives to take part in the 


_expedition.* 3. But the Cilician woman had guards. 


4. But (as)° commander of the hoplites he has 
Xenias. 


IV. 1. And first I warred against’ the Thracians. 
2. They kept leaving the old men behind at home. 
3. (The trumpeter)" sounds with his trumpet,” and 
at once the soldiers run to close quarters’ with the 


enemy. 
NOTES. 


1 For the vocative singular of this word, see the general vocabulary. 

2 Shot under the lash, that is, of their leaders, who were urging them on. 
This was a part of Persian discipline. 

3 Present Infinitive Middle, the ending being -εσθαι, 

4 ᾧ 78, ν. 2. 

5 § 166. 

6 The stem of the simple verb τάττω is ray-. See § 108, 4, I. 

7 Cf. note 6, Lesson IV. 


8 στρατεύεσθαι. 11 § 134, n. 1, (4). 
ΕΓ κι Ὁ 12 § 188, 1. 
10 πρός with the accusative. 13 ὁμόσε with the dative, § 186. 


82 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON XVII. 
Nouns: Third Declension (continued). 


Grammar: § ὅθ, the remainder of I., and II. Review the 
Grammar of the last Lesson, and, in addition, read ᾧ 47, Nn. 


Vocabulary. 
γέλως, -WTOS, ὃ, (γελάω, to laugh) laughter. 
ε , , ε 4 ; 
NYELOV, -OVOS, O, (ἡγέομαι, to lead; 
cf. ἄγω) a leader, a guide. 
ε ,’ 4 ε 
ἱμάς, -ἄντος, 0, a leathern strap. 
μήν, μηνός, ὃ, a MONTH. 
πούς, ποδός, ὃ, ὦ FOOT. 
στράτευμα, -aTOS, TO, (στρατός, an 
army) an army, a host. 
φυγάς, -ἄδος, ὁ, (φεύγω) α FUGITIVE, an exile. 
χάρις, -\TOS, ἡ: (χαίρω, to rejoice) gratitude. 
Exercises. 


I 1 obs de ε “Ὁ ᾿Ξ ε , > , 

. 1. τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ" ἄνευ ἡγεμόνος ἐπορεύοντο. 
2. Μένων δὲ συνέλεξε τὸ στράτευμα χωρὶς τῶν ἀλ- 
λων. 8. of δὲ ἄλλοι στρατιῶται ἐνυκτέρευσαν ἄσι- 
Tou καὶ ἄνευ πυρός. 4. εἶτα δὲ παρήλαυνεν ἐφ᾽ ὅ 
ἅρματος καὶ ἡ Κίλισσα ἐφ᾽ ἁρμαμάξης. 5. ὁ de! 
στράτευμα συνέλεξεν ἀπὸ τῶν χρημάτων." 6. εἶσε- 
δύοντο εἰς τοὺς πόδας οἱ ἱμάντες. 


II. 1. οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες σὺν γέλωτι ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνὰς 
ἦλθον. 2. ἐνταῦθα φυγὰς Σάμιος ἔλεξεν. 8. κατε- 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. an 


AapBavov (found) ’Appeviovs παῖδας σὺν tats” 
βαρβαρικαῖς στολαῖς. 4. τῷ σατράπῃ" οὐ τοῦ 
μισθοῦ ἕνεκα μόνον ὑπηρετήσομεν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς 
χάριτος. 


III. 1. And Clearchus, the Lacedaemonian exile, 
was come. 2. But. the prizes were golden flesh- 
scrapers. 3. But Cyrus gave the general pay for 
six months.” 4. But the men descended’ upon” 


a ladder. 


~ IV. 1. The army has™ fair hopes of safety. 
2. He will make war with the aid of” the fugitives 
of the Milesians. 


NOTES. 


1 πούς (for rods) in the nominative irregularly lengthens the short vowel of 
the stem. 
2 § 189. 
8 § 142, 2, n. 3, and § 139, 1. 
~ £6§ 138, Rem. 
5 A heteroclite. See § 60, 1, and in the general vocabulary, πῦρ. 
6 Cf. note 4, Lesson XIII. 
7 § 148, Nn. 2. 
8 By means of the money. See the general vocabulary, χρῆμα. 
9 Came, Second Aorist (§ 90, N.) Indicative third plural of the deponent verb 
ἔρχομαι. 
10 § 25, 3. N. 
1 The (well known). The article is often used in Greek to mark a particular 
object as well known, 
12 § 184, 2. : 
18 ¢ 141, ν. 1, (b). 
14 ὁ δὲ Κῦρος. Cf. note 4, Lesson VI. 
15 § 167, 5. 
16 A customary action, Imperfect tense. 
17 ἐπί with the genitive. 
"18 § 184, 4. 
29 With the aid of, σύν. 


3 


94 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON XVIII. 
Verbs: Indicative Passive. — Historical Present. 


Grammar: § 96, I.) Indicative Passive? § 95, 2, third 
paragraph. ὃ 112. ὃ 1138.2 § 114,1 διὰ 2,11. § 95,1, 
the synopsis in the Passive voice of the Indicative of Ave. 
§ 88,2. § 92. Read ὃ 92, yn. $196. § 197, 1 and 2, 
first paragraph. § 200, N. 1. 


Examples. 


§ 196: ᾿Αρταπάτης ἐτετίμητο ὑπὸ Κύρου, Arta- 
pates HAD BEEN HONORED by Cyrus. (Δο- 
tive: ᾿Αρταπάτην ἐτετιμήκει Κῦρος.) 

ὁ 197,23: πάντα τοῖς στρατηγοῖς πεποίηται, Cvery- 
thing has been done BY THE GENERALS. 

§ 200, N. 1: Κῦρον μεταπέμπεται, he SENT FOR Cyrus. 


Vocabulary. 

βούλομαι, -ἥσομαι, -ημαι, -ἠθην," to wish. 
λέγω, -ἕω, -ξα, -γμαι, τχθην," to say. 
μισθόω, -ώσω, ete. reg., (μισθός) _ to hire. 
παιδεύω, -εύσω, etc. reg., (παῖς, a child) fo educate. 
πέμπω, -ψω, -ψα, -ha,’ -μμαι,) -τφθην, ἰο send. 
ποιέω, ποιήσω, ete. reg. to do, to make. 
τιμάω, τιμήσω, etc. reg., (τιμή ; οἷ. τίω, to pay) to honor. 
φιλέω, φιλήσω, etc. reg.,° (φίλος) fo love. 

: Exercises. 


I, 1. ἐτετιμήμεθα, ἐκυκλώθησαν, ἐλέγετο, ἐμι- 
σθώθημεν, ἠθροιζόμεθα, πεφίληται, παιδευθήσονται. 











FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 35 


2. εἰς Καστωλοῦ πεδίον ἀθροίζονται. 3. φίλος τοῖς 

στρατιώταις λελείψεται. 4. ἐνταῦθα δὴ Κύρου ἀπο- 
4 ε Ν ‘\ Ν ε 4 ε ἣν 

τέμνεται ἡ κεφαλὴ καὶ χεὶρ ἡ δεξιά. 5. οἱ γὰρ στρα- 


τιῶται οὐκ ἐβουλήθησαν πορεύεσθαι. 


II. 1. ἄλλο" δὲ στράτευμα συνελέγετο" ἐν Χερ- 

4 > 4, Ν La A , 

poryow. 2. ἐπαιδεύετο σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις παισί. 

3. ὡς (how) Κῦρος ἐτελεύτησε ἐν τῷ ἔμπροσθεν" 

λόγῳ δεδήλωται. 4. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐτελεύτησε Δαρεῖος, 6 
σατράπης διαβάλλει τὸν Κῦρον πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφόν. 


III. 1. He was sent. 2. The bridges will have 
been destroyed. 3. The boys will be honored by 
the satrap. 4. He wishes an army to be collected." 

They learned” both to rule and to be ruled. 


IV. 1. Miletus was besieged both by land and 
sea. 2. The army was encircled on both sides. 
3. He has been made satrap’ of Lydia by Darius. 


NOTES. 

1 Page 69. 

2 The characteristic in the passive voice of the Future is Ons, of the Aorist, 
θη, and of the Future Perfect, σ. The last also reduplicates (ᾧ 101, 1). 

3 The Aorist Indicative Passive uses the secondary endings of the Active. 

4 Neuter plural nominative of the adjective was, literally αὐ (things). 

5 The stem of βούλομαι is BovA-, but except in the Present and Imperfect it 
is lengthened by the addition of ε and becomes BovAe-. 

* ¢ 16, 1. 

7 The ε of the stem is irregularly changed to o in the Perfect Active. 

8 For πέπεμπ-μαι, see § 16, 3, and § 113, Ν. 3. 


9 § 17, 2. 11 See the general vocabulary, ἄλλος. 
10 Historical Present. 12 Look for συλλέγω, § 16, 5, second paragraph. 
19 § 141, Nn. 3. 


14 The Present Infinitive Passive, as the Middle, uses he ending -εσθαι, 
16 § 200, n. 1. 16. § 136. 


90 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON XIX. 
Nouns: Contracts of the Third Declension.— The Declension 


of οὗτος. 


Grammar: § 51, land 2. § 52,1 and 2, with notes 1, 
2,and 3. Read § 52,1, ν. § 33, 2, notes 1, 2, and 8. 
§ 58, with 1, 2,and 3. ὃ 83, ne declension of the Demon- 
strative Pronoun οὗτος. § 142, 


ee 


Example. 
§ 142, 4: οὗτος ὁ ἀνήρ, or ὁ ἀνὴρ οὗτος (never ὁ οὗτος 


ἀνήρ), THIS man. 


Vocabulary. 
εὖρος, -€0S, TO, (εὐρύς, wide, broad) width, breadth. 
κράνος, -€0S, TO, (κάρα, the head) a helmet. 


«patos, -€0S, TO, might, power. 
Bakes, Ξεῦν, τό, length. 
ὄρος, -εος, TO, a mountain. 
τεῖχος, -€0S, τό, a wall for defence. 


τέλος, -εος, TO, (τέλλω, ἐο accomplish) accomplishment, end : yl. 
by meton. magestrates. 
ὕψος, -εος, τό, (ὕψι, on high, aloft) height. 


Exercises. 


I. 1. διώκει τούτους τοὺς στρατηγοὺς Κῦρος 

΄ 2 Se 50 ss an 7 s , 3 
τριήρεσι." 2. καὶ ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἐδίωκον κατὰ κράτος 
εν ἮΝ ἀντ ἣν A og , > 
ot EdAnves. 3. τῆς ἡμέρας τοῦτο TO τέλος ἦν. 
4. Ὀρόντας δὲ γένει προσῆκε" τῷ ᾿Αρταξέρξῃ. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 87 


: 
Ν \ > , ¥ 
5. τούτου δὲ τοῦ ποταμοῦ TO εὖρός ἐστιν εἴκοσι καὶ 


πέντε ποδῶν. 6. ἔνθα δὴ ἔφευγον ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη. 
II. 1. καὶ ὁ Σωκράτης συμβουλεύει τῷ Ξενο- 
a τς ε , ae Aq > 
φῶντι. 2. ἕπονται ἡγεμόνι τῷ Hpaxdet.’ 3. Hv 
Se a x A 5 8 »¥ iy σ Se 
€ τοῦτο TO τεῖχος EUPOS” εἰκοσι TOOWY, ὑψος OE 
ἑκατόν - μῆκος δ᾽ ἐλέγετο εἶναι εἴκοσι παρασαγγῶν. 
4. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις ταῖς Τισσαφέρνους, 
ries ie ‘ χήϑ ¥ e ἊΣ 
οἱ μὲν" στρατηγοὶ παρεκλήθησαν εἴσω" οἱ δὲ λοχα- 
γοὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις ἔμενον. 


III. 1. He tells this oracle to Socrates. 2. The 
breadth of this river is two plethra. 3. Thence they 
sent the scout upon the mountains. 4. He announces 
that they are fleeing at full speed.” 


IV. 1. But the enemy were kindling fires upon™ 
the mountains. 2. This man was condemned. to 
death by the magistrates at Sparta.” 3. But they 
had. brazen helmets and purple tunics. 


NOTES. 


1 Tn inflecting nouns and adjectives, especially in the third declension, great 
attention should be given to the formation of the various cases from the stem, 
particularly of the nominative, accusative, and-vocative singular, and the dative 
plural. Consult the references to the Grammar given in Lessons XVI. 

2 § 188, 1. 

3 κατὰ κράτος, according to might, with all their might. ὁ. § 169, 3. 

*§ 188, 1, n. 1. 7 § 184, 2. 

5 § 26, Nn. 1. 8 § 160, 1. 

® When two parts of a sentence are contrasted, they are very commonly cor- 
related by μέν (postpositive) and δέ, in the sense of indeed...but, on the one hand 

-..0” the other ; though, in many cases, ὡς can hardly be rendered in English. 
. 10 At full speed, ἀνὰ κράτος. 
_ 4 ἐπί with the genitive. 

12 4t Sparta, ἐν τῇ Σπάρτῃ. See, further, § 142, 1. 


38 - FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON XxX. 


Verbs: Augment and Characteristic, 
Grammar: § 99, 1 and 2. § 100. § 101, 1, 2, and 3. 
§ 102, 1 and 2% § 103. § 104. § 105, 1. § 106. 
§ 110, with 1, 2, 3, and 4, with n. Read ᾧ 90, n. 


Vocabulary. 


ἐάω, ἐάσω, εἴασα, εἴακα, εἴαμαι, to permit, to allow, to 


εἰάθην, let alone, to let go. 
ἐθέλω, -ἥσω, -ησα, -nKa, to wish, to desire. 
ἐλαύνω, ea,” ἥλασα, ἐλήλακα, ᾿ ο drive, to ride, to 
ἐλήλαμαι, ἠλάθην, march. 


θηρεύω, -εύσω, -ευσα, -€evKa,° 


“EVAL, -εύθην, (θήρ, a wild beast) to hunt wild beasts. 


, ,ὔ 
θύω, -Vow, -υσα, -υκα, τ-υμαι, 


-vOnv,* to sacrifice to a god. 
πρᾶττω, -Ew, -Ea, -χα, -γμαι, 
-χθην," to do, to practise. 
ῥίπτω, ῥίψω, -ψα, -φα, -μμαι, 
-φθην," to throw, to hurl. 
ταράττω,ἷ -ξω, reg. like πράττω, to disturb, to trouble. 
Exercises. 


I. 1. πραχθήσεται. 2. εἶχε δὲ τὸ δεξιόν. 
3. τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἐγεγράφει. 4. εἶτα δὲ ἐξῆγον τὸν 


ἘΙΒΗ͂Τ ΤΕΞΒΟΝΒ IN GREEK. 39 


"Opdvrav. 5. καὶ ot μὲν ηὔχοντο, οἱ δὲ w 

ρ heat 2 μὲν" ηὔχοντο, οἱ WKT ELPOV. 
ε Ν ‘\ A 3 4 

6. οἱ στρατηγοὶ σὺν Ἐενοφῶντι ἠκολούθησαν. 


II. 1. ἀχάριστον εἴασε τὴν προθυμίαν. 2. ὀλίγοι 
ἀμφὶ Κῦρον ᾿κατελείφθησαν. 3. καὶ δηλώσει ὅθεν 
περὶ Τισσαφέρνους ἀκούει. 4. ἐπὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν 
ἐστρατεύετου 5. Κῦρος δὲ οὔπω ἧκεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι 
προσήλαυνεν. 


Ill. 1. But he was marching against? Menon’s 
soldiers. 2. But a mountain surrounded” the plain. 
3. For Cyrus honored his guest. 4. He has hunted 
wild beasts on horseback." °5. We had broken our 
oaths. 


IV. 1. They have sought the commanders. 2. He 
has been loved by the barbarians. 3. But the gen- 
eral was greatly troubled. 


NOTES. 


1 The present stem is €0eA-. Elsewhere, ε being added, the stem is ἐθελε-. 

2 The simple stem (§ 107) of ἐλαύνω is ἔλα-, which does not lengthen the 
final vowel in any of the tenses. The present stem of many verbs in Greek is 
formed by adding vv to the simple stem, and so from the stem éAa-, through 
ἐλα-νυ-ὦ, we get ἐλαύνω. The Future ἐλῷ is common Attic for éAdow, CE. 
§ 120, 2, second paragraph. 

3 See note 9, Lesson XVIII. 

# $17, 2, N. 

5 Stem mpay-. Cf. § 108, 4, I. 

6 Stem ῥιφ-. Simple labial (π, B, -) stems generally add + to form the 
present stem and so end in -wrw (§ 16,1). See also § 15, 2. 

7 Stem rapax-. 

§ § 143, 1. - 

9 ἐπί, 

10 Imperfect. 

11 ἀπὸ ἵππου. 


40 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON XXI. 


Nouns: Contracts of the Third Declension (continued). 


GramMar: § 53, with 1 (and notes 1 and 2), 2, and 3 (with 
Ν. 1). Δ § 54. »§ 55, A§ 56, Land 2. Read § 56, 1, κ. 


Vocabulary. 
ἀνάβασις, -εως, ἡ, (ἀνά, up, : 
and βαίνω, to go) ; an. ascent, a march inland. , 
δύναμις, -εως, ἡ, (δύναμαι, to ability, power, military force, 
be able) troops. 
ἐξέτασις, -EWS, ἢ, (ἐξετάζω, 
to inspect) an inspection, a review. 
ε ΄ ΄ ΡΝ 
ἱππεύς, -EWS, ὃ, (ἱππο:ς) a horseman: νυ]. cavalry. 
κατάβασις, -εως, ἡ, (κατά, 
down, and βαίνω) a descent, areturn to the coast. 
πλῆθος, -εος, τό, (πλέως, full) fulness, a great number, an 
amount. = 
4 ε 
πρόφασις, -εως, ἡ, a pretext. 
τάξις, -EWS, ἡ, (τάττω, toar- arrangement, good order, 
range) discipline. 
Exercises. 


I. 1. τὸ δὲ στράτευμα ἔκοπτε τοὺς βοῦς καὶ 

x Ν , ee Pie 29 AP 30, > 

ὄνους. 2. τὰ θηρία οἱ ἱππεῖς ἐνίοτε ἐδίωκον. 3. εἶ- 
\ Ν , ε / / 

xov δὲ καὶ δόρυ ὡς (about) πεντεκαίδεκα πήχεων. 

4. καὶ ἐνταῦθα Κῦρος ἐξέτασιν τῶν “Ἑλλήνων ἐποί- 

σεν. 5. δῆλον ἦν. ὅτι (that) ἐγγύς που βασιλεὺς" 
ἦν. 6. καὶ παρῆσαν αἱ ἐκ Πελοποννήσου νῆες. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK, 4] 


a \ ee eed Ν ἃ. καὶ aA vas 

II. 1. παρὴν δὲ καὶ ὁ στρατηγὸς ἐπὶ τῶν "νεῶν. 
2. τὰ δεξιὰ τοῦ κέρατος ἔχει. 8. ἦσαν ai Ἴωνι- 
καὶ πόλεις Τισσαφέρνους ἡ τὸ ἀρχαῖον. 4. χρόνου 

nO ~ 5» ’ \ ’ > Ν 5 
πλῆθος τῆς ἀναβάσεως καὶ καταβάσεως ἐνιαυτὸς 
καὶ τρεῖς (three) μῆνες. 5. καὶ βασιλεὺς δὴ ἐπεὶ 
ἤκουσε Τισσαφέρνους τὸν Κύρου στόλον, ἀντιπα- 
ρεσκευάζετο. 


III. 1. But he was collecting his Grecian force. 
2. For Cyrus kept remitting the tributes to the king’ 
from’ the cities. 3. He proceeds to® the king. 
4. For they cast aside their purple robes. 5. But 
Menon holds the left wing. . 


IV. 1. He had ships, with which® he was besieg- 
ing Miletus. 2. Cyrus’ had another pretext. ὃ. But 
the Cilician woman admired the discipline of the 
army. 


NOTES. 
1 βασιλεύς, when used to designate the king of Persia, commonly omits the 
article. 6 §¢ 171, 2, n. 1. 
2 § 26, n. 1. T ἐκ. 
3 § 169, 1. 8 ὡς, § 191, 3. 
* Formerly, § 160, 2. 9. §.188, 1. 
5 Sc. qv. 10 Use the dative of the possessor, 
-----͵-οοΐξῷΞξοο.---.... 


LESSON XXII. 
Verbs: Subjunctive Active. 


Grammar: ὁ 96,1, the Subjunctive Active of Ava. Read 
§ 95, 2, n.1 § 115, the terminations of the Active voice. 


42 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


§ 129, L., the Future Indicative and Present Subjunctive of 
εἰμί. ὃ 253. § 219, 1, 2 (first paragraph), and 3 (first 
paragraph, ᾧ 223. 


Examples. 


§ 253: μὴ τοῦτο ποιήσωμεν, LET US not DO this. 
§ 223: τί3 τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ἔσται, ἐὰν κρατήσωσιν ; 
what will the generals have, ΤῈ THEY CONQUER? 


Vocabulary. 


δια-τρίβω, -ψω, -ψα, τφα, -μμαι, to rub through, to wear 
-φθην, (διά, through, and τρίβω) away, to waste. 

θαρραλέος, -a, -OV, (θάρρος, courage) courageous. 

κόπτω, -ψω, -ψα, bg -upat, to strike, to cut, to 


slaughter. 
μάντις, “EWS, ὁ or ἡ, (μαίνομαι, to 
rave) a seer, soothsayer. 
παραπλήσιος, -α or -OS, -OV, 
(παρά and πλησίος, near, close to) similar, like. 
πρᾶξις, -EWS, ἡ, (πράττω) a transaction, an under- 
taking. 
σώζω, σώσω, ἔσωσα, σέσωκα, | 
σέσωσμαι, ἐσώθην, to save. 
τήμερον," adverb, to-day. 


Exercises. 


I. 1. ἐὰν δὲ ἀναστρέψωσιν οἱ πολέμιοι, θέωμεν 

Ν ’ Ν - \ 3N e A 

καὶ διαβαίνωμεν τὸν ποταμόν. 2. Kal ἐὰν ἡ πρᾶ- 
5 ~ 

Eis ἢ παραπλησία, ἑψόμεθα. 3. ἐὰν πρὸς ταῦταΐ 


λέγῃ, βουλευσόμεθα. 4. ἐὰν γὰρ διατρίψωμεν τὴν 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 48 


, ae e , “ » 
τήμερον" ἡμέραν, οἱ πολέμιοι θαρραλέοι ἔσονται. 
5. κἂν" ἀπῇ," ἐκεῖ πρὸς ταῦτα βουλευσόμεθα. 6. ἢν 

Si 9 et μά 
δὲ ἀγαθοὶ ἦτε, ἕψονται. 


3 δῷ Ἂν A A 
Il. 1. ἀλλὰ πρὸς τῶν θεῶν, μὴ ἀναμένωμεν. 
2. ἣν οὕτω προσάγωμεν, περιττεύσουσιν ἡμῶν" οἱ 
πολέμιοι. 3. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν γέφυραι ὦσι, σωθησόμεθα. 


ΠῚ. 1. And let us not now delay. 2. Cyrus will 
pursue the enemy, if they flee to the mountains. 
3. Let us slaughter the cattle. 4. The soldiers will 
follow, if their general end their suspicions. 


IV. 1. But let us burn” the king’s® country. 
2. But if he do this, the seer shall have ten talents. 


NOTES. 


1 Note that in the dependent moods the Present and Aorist (the tenses com- 
monly occurring) do not differ as to time (except in the Optative and Infinitive 
in Indirect Discourse), and read carefully § 202, 1. . 

2 The neuter singular nominative of the interrogative pronoun τίς, what. 
See § 23, 1, N. 

_ _3 See note 6, Lesson XX. 

* Only in composition. 

5 The stem is either σωδ- or ow-, the Aorist Passive being formed from the 
latter. 

6 For its derivation consult the general vocabulary. 

Τ In respect to this, literally these (things). The Greek constantly viewe 
objects with reference to their parts, and so used the plural when we should use 
the singular. 

8 § 141, N. 3. 
9 καὶ ἄν, § 11, 1 and 2. 

10 There is no irregularity in accent, the form representing ἀπ-έ(σ) -ἢ before 
contraction. See § 127, 9. The stem of eéué, it will be remembered, is eo-. 

11 Us, genitive plural of the first personal pronoun ἐγώ, For the case, see 
Φ 17, 2. 

12 κάωμεν, common Attic for καίωμεν, the τ being dropped between the two 
vowels, 13 See note 1, Lesson XXI. 


44. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON XXIII. 
Verbs: Subjunctive Middle and Passive. 


Grammar: § 96, I., Subjunctive Middle? and Passive? of 
Avo. § 115, the terminations of the Middle and Passive, 
with n.2 § 98,2.4 § 95, 1, the synopsis in all the voices of 
the Subjunctive of Avw. § 215, with A.andC. ὁ 216, 1. 
§ 218, first paragraph. ὃ 90, 2. ἃ 


ἢ Examples. 


§ 216, 1: φίλους ποιήσεται, ws συνεργοὺς ἔχῃ, he will 
make himself friends, THAT HE MAY HAVE 

| co-workers. 
§ 218: δδεδοικαῦ μὴ βασιλεὺς κατακύψη τὸ Βλληνι- 
xov,° I fear test the king May cut the Greek 

Jorce TO PIECES. 3 


_ Vocabulary. 

ἀπο-σπάω, -σω, -σα, -ακα,ΐ-ασμαι, to draw off, to sep- 

-ἄσθην, (ἀπό and σπάω, to draw) arate. 
ἀσφαλῶς, adverb, (ἀσφαλής, safe) safely, in safety. 
βασιλικός, -7), -dv, (βασιλεύς) kingly, royal. 
εἰρήνη, -ἡς, ἡ, peace. 
ἐπ᾿ ἴπονος, -ος, -ov, (ἐπί, for, and πόνος, 

toil; cf. πένομαι, to toil) . towlsome, laborious. 
ἱκανός, -ή, -dv, ἄκω, to reach) sufficient, enough. 
λόχος, -ov, ὁ, (λέγω, to collect) a company of soldiers. 


OlKEW,” -ἥσω, ete. reg., (ols, a home) to inhabit. 


a se ες 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 45 


Exercises. 


I. 1. ἐὰν δὲ ἡ πρᾶξις φαίνηται ἐπίπονος, οὐχ" 
9 4 ν 5» lal -" 
ἕψονται. 2.. πορευώμεθα, ἵνα ἀποσπασθῶμεν τοῦ 
βασιλικοῦ στρατεύματος." 3. τί (what) ἔσται τοῖς 


στρατιώταις, ἐὰν βασιλεῖ" ταῦτα" χαρίσωνται ; δ 


4. ἐγὼ γὰρ ὀκνῶ" μὴ τὰς τριήρεις καταδύσῃ. 
5. ἢν δὲ τὴν εἰρήνην ποιησώμεθα, ἀσφαλῶς τὴν 


πόλιν οἰκήσομεν. 6. δέδοικα μὴ λήθην πεποιήκῃ."" 


II. 1. ἀλλὰ πορευώμεθα ἔνθεν "᾽ ἀπελθεῖν ἴ ἔσται 
ἣν βουλώμεθα. 2. ἐὰν δὲ ταῦτα διαπράξωμαι, 
πάλιν ἥξω. 3. οὐ δέδοικα μὴ ovK” ἔχω δῶρα 
ἱκανά. 4. ἐάν τέ Tis” πιέζηται, ὃ πλησίον" βοη- 


θήσει. 
ΠΤ 1. But if they obey, he will proceed. 


2. They will cross” the sources of the river Ti- 
gris,” if they wish. 3. The army will slaughter 
the cattle, that it may procure food for itself. 
4. I fear that the bridges will be destroyed. 


IV. -1.:If the king encamp in the plain, the 
hoplites will arm themselves. 2. He is collecting 
an army that he may proceed against his brother. 


᾿ NOTES. 
ες Ζ Page 67. 


2 Page 69. 

3 4 110, 3, second sentence. 

4The Perfect Passive Participle of Avw is formed by adding -pévos to the 
reduplicated stem, thus: λελυ-μένος. It is declined like σοφός (ὁ 62). Cf. 
further, § 26, n. 3, (1). 


A6 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


5 Perfect of δείδω. Cf. § 200, n. 6. 1 § 184, 2. 


6 Sc. στράτευμα. 12 § 160, 1. 

7 Cf. § 101, ὃ, and § 118, n. 1. 13 Cf. § 108, 4, I., second paragraph. 
8 § 102, 2. 14 Te. dxvéw, § 9, 2. 

9 § 13, 2. 15 § 202, 2, first example. 

10 § 174. 16 (To the place) from which. 


17 To depart, Second Aorist Active Infinitive of ἀπ-έρχομαι. 

18 § 215, Nn. 1. 

19 Any one, the nominative singular masculine of the Indefinite Pronoun — 
(§ 84) which is enclitic. The pregenng τέ is also enclitic. Cf. ᾧ 28, N. 2. 

20 § 141, n. 3. 

21 The Future of διαβαίνω is διαβήσομαι, the simple stem of βαίνω being Ba-. 

22 See note 9, Lesson IX. 


—2.059500—_ 


LESSON XXIV. 


Adjectives: Third Declension, and First and Third Declensions 
Combined. 


Grammar: § 66. § 67,1 and 2. § ὅ8, 2, ν. 2. § 16, 
5, N. 2. 


Vocabulary. 

ἀφανής, -ἧς, -ἔς, (a priv. and φαίνω (stem φαν-), wuseen, out of 

to show) sight. 
βαθύς, -eta, -v, 3 deep. 
εὐρύς, -εἴα, -ύ, . wide, broad. 
εὐδαίμων, εὐδαίμων, εὔδαιμον, (εὖ, well, fortunate, 

and δαίμων, destiny, fortune) prosperous. 
καταφανής, - ἧς, -ές (κατά, intens., and palvw) clearly seen, in 

plain sight. 

πλήρης, -NS; -ες, (πλέως, full) full. 
πρανής, -ἧς, -ές, PRONE, steep. 


ψευδής, -ἧς, -€s, (ψεύδω, to deceive) Jalse. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 47 


Exercises. 

I. 1. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα" ψευδῆ ἦν. 2. at λόγχαι καὶ 
ai τάξεις καταφανεῖς ἦσαν. 3. ἐξελαύνει εἰς Κο- 
“λοσσάς, πόλιν εὐδαίμονα. 4. περὶ δὲ τὸ χωρίον ἦν 
χαράδρα ἰσχυρῶς βαθεῖα. 5. ἦν δὲ ὁ ποταμὸς πλή- 
ρης ἰχθύων πραέων, ods οἱ Σύροι θεοὺς ἐνόμιζον." 
6. τοῖς στρατηγοῖς τὸ μὲν" ἐνθύμημα χαρίεν ἔδοξεν 
εἶναι," τὸ δ᾽ ἔργον ἀδύνατον. 

II. 1. ἐντεῦθεν οἱ πολέμιοι ἱππεῖς φεύγουσι κατὰ 
τοῦ πρανοῦς. 2. οἱ ἡμέτεροι φίλοι τῆς ἀρχῆς ὃ τῆς 
πατρῴας ἐγκρατεῖς ἔσονται. 3. Κῦρος γὰρ ἔπεμπε 
βίκους οἴνου ἡμιδεεῖς πολλάκις. 4. ἔδοξε τῷ Κλε- 
άρχῳ ἀληθῆ λέγειν. 

III. 1. They were out of sight. 2. (There) was 
a broad ditch about the place. 3. And the enemy 
were not yet in sight. 4. They have the (well- 
known)’ costly tunics. 


IV. 1. They kept running” down a very steep 
hill. 2. Thence he marches away to Celaenae, a 
prosperous city. 3. There Cyrus" had a park full 
of wild animals, which he hunted” on horseback.” 


NOTES. 

1 Note the accent. This is the form of the vocative singular also, masculine, 
feminine, and neuter. #§ 166. 

2 ἃ 135, 2. 5 See note 9, Lesson XIX. 

3§ 70, N. 6 To be. 

T Down the steep, the neuter of πρανής used. substantively. 

8 § 180, 1, and § 171, 3. 11 Dative. 

9 See note 11, Lesson XVII. 12 A customary action. 


10 Imperfect. 13 ἀφ᾿ ἵππου (§ 17, 1). 


48 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON XXYV. 
Verbs: Optative Active. 


Grammar: § 96, 1.,1 the Optative Active of Avw. Read 
ὃ 95,2, N. § 116 (except the Middle and Passive termina- 
tions), with n. 1. ὃ 129, I., the Present Optative of εἰμί. 
ὃ 215, with A. and C. § 216,1. § 218, first paragraph. 
§ 219, 1, 2 (first half of the second paragraph), and 3 (first 
paragraph). § 224. | 


Examples. 


§ 216, 1: Κῦρον ἤτησαν" πλοῖα, ὡς ἀποπλέοιεν, they 
asked Cyrus for boats, THAT THEY MIGHT 
SAIL OFF. 

§ 218: μάλα évevorOycav® μὴ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια οὐκ ἔχοιεν, 
they were very anxious LEST THEY MIGHT not 
HAVE provisions. 

§ 224: εἰ Τισσαφέρνει κακὸν βουλεύοις, κακόνους ἂν 
εἴης, IF YOU SHOULD pLoT harm to Tissa- 
phernes, YOU. WOULD BE evil-minded. 


Vocabulary. 


ἄπορος, -OS, “OV, (a priv. and πόρος, a re- ὶ 

source) dificult, impassable. 
ἀχαρίστως, adv., (ἀχάριστος, unrewarded ; 

a priv. and χαρίζομαι, to gratify ; ef. xdps) without gratitude. 


βάρβαρος, -os, -ov, _ BARBAROUS, rude: 
as subst. @ BARBA- 
RIAN. 
ἔκβασις, -εως, ἡ, (ἐξ and βαίνω) an outlet, a pass. 


- 
πον eer Ὑ δι 


FIRST-LESSONS IN GREEK. 49 


ὀπισθοφύλαξ, -ακος, ὃ, (ὄπισθεν, one of the rear-guard: 


behind, and φύλαξ) pl. the rear-guard. 
πιστός, -ἤ, -OV, (πείθω) trustworthy, faithful. 
πύλη, -NS ἢ, one fold of a double gate: 


pase pl. a gate, a pass. 
φανερός, -d, -OV, (daira, stem pav-) conspicuous, plain. 


Exercises. 


01. 1. Κῦρος τὰς ναῦς μετεπέμψατο, ὅπως ὁπλίτας 
ἀποβιβάσειεν᾽ εἴσω καὶ ἔξω τῶν πυλῶν" 2. οἱ 
, 3, Ν re ake a ΄ > Ks 
βάρβαροι ὥκνησαν μὴ ot Ἕλληνες μένοιεν ἐν τῇ 
e ἐξῇ »» 
νήσῳ. 3. πολλοῦ" ἄξιοι ἂν εἴημεν φίλοι, εἰ ἔχοιμεν 
A Ν ε 
τὰ ὅπλα. 4. εἰ ἀποσώσαιμι ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν “Ἑλλάδα, 
> x > , _»¥ 8 
οὐκ ἂν ἀχαρίστως ἔχοι. 
»Ὁ ν 
II. 1. εἰ βασιλεὺς τοῖς Ἕλλησι βούλοιτο φίλος 
Ἄν: " \ ἃ » ἡ aN Ν a 
εἶναι, πιστοὶ ἂν εἴησαν. 2. εἰσὶ δὲ ποταμοὶ, ovs 
yO? “Ὁ ὃ ’ 3 Ἀ Si UA ὃ ’ - 
οὐδ᾽" ἂν. διαβαίνοιτε, εἰ μὴ ὑμᾶς διαπορεύοιμεν. 
8. Ξενοφῶν δὲ τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας ἢγε πρὸς τὴν 
x ¥ cae τ “τ , , 
φανερὰν ἔκβασιν, ὅπως ταύτῃ" οἱ πολέμιοι προσέ- 
χοιεν τὸν νοῦν. 


III. 1. If the hoplites should destroy the bridge, 
the enemy would flee. 2. He built a wall" that the 
way might be impassable. 3. He feared that the 
enemy might cut the army to pieces. 


IV. 1. But he said this, that the Greeks might be 
of good hope.” 2. If the general should make an 


assembly of the soldiers, it would be well. — 


4 


50 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


NOTES. 


1 Page 66. In reading § 95, 2, n., cf. note 1, Lesson XXII. 

2 § 164. 

3 Aorist passive of the deponent (§ 88, 2), ἐννοέομαι. 

4 From ἀποβιβάζω. 

5 § 182, 2. 

ὃ πολλοῦ ἄξιοι, worth much, valuable, πολλοῦ being the genitive singular 
neuter of the Irregular Adjective πολύς. For the case, see § 178, Ν. 

7 You, accusative plural of the second Personal Pronoun σύ, thou. 

8 ἔχω and an adverb are often joined in the sense of the verb fo de and an 
adjective; as καλῶς ἔχει, τὲ ἐδ well, literally, ἐξ has (ἐέ5 67 well. 

9 § 24, 3. 

10 Agrees with its antecedent ἔκβασιν in gender and number. For the case, 
see § 187. 11. ἀπετείχιζεν. 12 § 66, N. ὃ. 


06300 


LESSON XX VI. 


Verbs: Optative Middle and Passive. 


Grammar: ὃ 96, I., the Optative Middle? and Passive? 
of λύω. ὃ 116, Middle and Passive terminations, with Ν. 2 
through (a). § 98, 2 . § 95, 1, the synopsis in all the voices 


4 
of the Se bead of λύω. 


Vocabulary. 


ἀπο-κλείω, -εἰσω, -εισα, -ειμαι or -ecopat, to shut off, to 
-εἰσθην, (ἀπό and κλείω, to shut) entercept. 
κολάζω, -άἄσω, -ασα, -ασμαι, “άσθην, fo check, to 
(κόλος, docked, stunted) punish. 
κωλύω, -VTw, -υσα, -upat, -ύθην, (Kddos) to hinder, to 
prevent. 
; οἴκαδε, adverb, (οἶκος, a house), homeward. 





FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 51 


πρόθυμος, -ος, -ον, (πρό, forward, and θυμός, earnest, zeal- 


soul) ; Οὐδ. 
τέθριππον, του, τό, (τέτταρες, four, and ἵππος) a Jour-horse 
: chariot. 
φοβέομαι," -ἥσομαι, -ημαι, -ἤθην, (φόβο, to fear, to 
fear) dread. 
χράομαι, -ἥσομαι, -ἡμαι, -ησάμην and 
-ἦσθην, ᾿ to use. 
Exercises. ᾿ 
I. 1. ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς ἐφοβήθη μὴ mig 


ἑκατέρωθεν. 2. οἱ dé’ καθεῖλκον τὰς τριήρεις, 
ε > “Ὁ ’ 4 ἈΝ > ’ 
ὡς ἐν ταῖς τριήρεσι σώζοιντο. 3. καὶ εἰ θέλοι 
5. » » , , > + 
ἐπ᾿ Αἴγυπτον στρατεύειν, συγκαταστρεψαίμεθ᾽ ἄν. 
4. ἔδεισαν μὴ ἀποκλεισθεΐζσαν. 5. ὁδοποιήσειέ 
γ᾽ ἂν Μυσοῖς βασιλεύς, καὶ εἰ σὺν τεθρίπποις βού- 
λοιντο πορεύεσθαι. 


5 2. Αἰγυπτί- 


II. 1. ἔδεισαν μὴ ἀποτμηθείησαν. 
δέ 3 ἊΝ ὃ , 9 a A Ν 9 Ν͵0 ΄ θ 
ous δέ, εἰ TH δυνάμει" τῇ νῦν σὺν ἐμοὶ χρήσαισθε, 
4 3 3 \ ν ε δ / “A 
κολάσαισθε av. ὃ. εἰ yap οὕτως ἑποίμεθα, φίλοι TO 
Κύρῳ καὶ πρόθυμοι ἂν ἑποίμεθα. 4. εἰ σωθείημεν, 
, ΄, dit & , 
χάριν-Τισσαφέρνει av ἔχοιμεν δικαίως. 


ΠΕ...}, Xenophon feared that he might be hemmed 
im on all sides. 2. But, if the king siete not hin- 
der (us), we should proceed homeward. 3. If the 
soldiers should show themselves zealous, the ad- 
vantage would be common. 


59 ‘FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


IV. 1. He wished to be a friend to Tissaphernes, 
that he might be honored by the king. 2. How 
should we proceed with safety, if it should be neces- 
sary (δέου) to proceed? 3. The general marched on 
rapidly, that he might not be separated from the rest 
of the army. 


NOTES. 


1 Page 68. 3 § 118, ν 1. 
2 Page 69. ee ee oe 


5 § 61. : 

δ The active occurs in the sense of to frighten. See the general vocabulary. 
On the reduplication of the Perfect, see § 17, 2. 

T § 143, 1, κ 2. 

8 From ἀπο-τέμνω, stem tep- (§ 108, 5, second paragraph), the Aorist Pas- 
sive being ἀπ-ετμήθην (by metathesis, § 14, 1). 

9 ¢ 188, 1, N. 2. 

10 Me, dative singular of ἐγώ, I. 


LESSON XXVII. 


Nouns: Syncopated of the Third Declension.— Two Accusa- 
tives with one Verb. 


Grammar: § 57, with 1 (and κ. 1) and 2. § 164. § 166. 


Examples. 
§ 164: ἤἥτησε τὸν Κῦρον μισθόν, he-asked Cyrus for 
PAY, ; 
§ 166: βασιλέα Σεύθην ἐποίησαν, they made ΘΕΤΗΕΒ 
: KING. 


τι le 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 53 


Vocabulary. 
ἀπο-στερέω, -ἥσω, -nKa,' (ἀπό, intens, fo 706, to de- 
and orepéw, to deprive) Si raud. 
a 
γάμος, -ου, marriage. 
καλέω, καλῶ, ἐκάλεσα, κέκληκα, 
κέκλημαι, ἐκλήθην, to call. 
KpvTTo, -ψω, -ψα, -pa, -μμαι, -τφθην, to conceal. 
κτῆμα, -ατος, TO, (κτάομαι, to acquire) ὦ POSsession. 
νομίζω, νομιῶ, -ἰσα, -ἰκα, -ισμαι, toregardas acus- 
La Any, (νόμος, custom, law ; cf. νέμω) tom, to believe. 
φρούραρχος, -ov, ὃ, (φρουρός (προ-οράω), a a commandant of 
garrison-soldier, and ἄρχω) a garrison. 
χρῆμα, -ατος, TO, (χράομαι) a thing: pl. goods, 
wealth. 
Exercises. 


I. 1. pera Κύρου ἀνέβαινον παρὰ τὸν πατέρα. 
2. καταλαμβάνει ἔνδον τοὺς κωμήτας καὶ τὸν κωμάρ- 
χὴν καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα τοῦ κωμάρχου. 3. ἐντεῦθεν 
δὲ ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς τὰς Παρυσάτιδος κώμας τῆς Κύ- 

Ν ’ ¢ Ἁ Ν ’ὔ 
ρου καὶ βασιλέως μητρός. 4. τοὺς δὲ στρατιώτας 
3 AD Ν / ἢ , -- A 9 
ἀποστερεῖ" τὸν μισθόν. 5. πατέρα Ξενοφῶντα ἐκα- 
λεῖτε." ᾿ 
Il... 1. ἦγε δὲ καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα τὴν βασιλέως ἐπὶ 
γάμῳ. 2. παραγγέλλει τοῖς φρουράρχοις λαμβά- 
νειν ἄνδρας Πελοποννησίους. ὃ. ἔχεις πόλιν, ἔχεις 

: f ,ὕ 
τριήρεις, ἔχεις χρήματα, ἔχεις ἄνδρας. 4. κατεπέμ- 
φθη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς σατράπης.“ 


δά FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


III. 1. But his mother sends him® back again to 
his province. 2. But I have two men. 3. We have 
robbed the citizens of their ship. 4. The river was 
full of fish, which the Syrians believed (to be) gods. 


IV. 1. They concealed their possessions from the 
king. 2. They asked the general for boats, that they 
might sail away. 3. His father had made” him 
satrap of both Lydia and Phrygia. 


NOTES. 

1 § 101, 3. 

2 See § 106, n. 2. The Future καλῶ is common. Attic for καλέσω, § 120, 2. 
In the last three principal parts the stem καλε- is syncopated and becomes κλε-- 

3 Stem κρυβ- or kpvd-. See note 6, Lesson XX. 

4 § 108, 4. The Future νομιῶ is common Attic for νομέσω, § 120, 3. 

5 The contracted form of ἀποστερέει. 

6 The contracted form of ἐκαλέετε. 

7 ἐπὶ γάμῳ, in marriage, as his wife. 

8 § 166, N. 2, second paragraph. 

9 αὐτόν. 


10 See note 7, Lesson XIII. 


LESSON XXVIII. 


Verbs: Imperative Active. — Personal Pronouns. 


Grammar: ὃ 96, I.) the Imperative Active of λύω. 
§ 95, 2, second column.? § 117, 1 (omitting the Middle and 
Passive endings), 2 (omitting the Middle and Passive termina- 
tions), and 3, first sentence. § 129, L., the Present Imperative 
of εἰμί. ὃ 252. ὃ 254. § 79, 1, the declension of ἐγώ and 
ov in the singular and plural. § 27, with the first part of 1. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


Examples. 


δῦ 


§ 252: λέγε, speak thou; φεῦγε, begone! ἀρχέτω, let 
him rule; χαιρόντων, let them rejoice. 

ὃ 254: μὴ κλέπτε, do not steal (the habit is forbidden) ; 
μὴ κλέψῃς, do not steal (in a particular in- | 


stance). 


Vocabulary. 


βλέπω, ~bowat,® -ψα, 
δέ 4 , 
XOpP at, -ξομαι, μαι, -ξάμην, 
C4 Ψ 5 ,; 
ἥκω, ἤξω, 
θαυμάζω, -dcopat,” -ασα, -ακα, 
/ 
-άσθην, (θαῦμα, a wonder; θάομαι, to 


wonder at). 


a σπονδή, -ἧς, ἡ, (σπένδω, to pour) 


στρατόπεδον, του, τό, (στρατός and 
πέδον, ground) 

συμ-βουλεύω, -evow, etc. (σύν and 
βουλεύω) 


"4 4 
TATTOO, -a&0, etc. reg. 


Exercises. 


I. 1. λεγέτω, λεξάτω. 
πρὸς θεῶν. 
ec an ἈΝ A 9 “a > / 
ἡμῖν τὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ὀνόματα. 


2. ἀκούσατε οὖν μου 
3. βλέψον πρὸς τὰ ὄρη. 4. λέξον δὲ 
5. μηκέτι με Κῦρον 


fo see, to look. 

to receive, to accept. 

to come, to be come. 

to wonder, to admire, 
to be surprised. 


a libation: plw. 


a 
truce. 

a camp, an encamp- 
ment. | 

to plan with,/to ad- 
vise. 

to arrange, marshal. 


6 


/ Ἀ , a 
νομίζετε. 6. μὴ ποιήσῃς ταῦτα. 


56 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


II. 1. παῖε, wate, βάλλε, Barre. 2. ἄλλως 
ἐχέτω. 3. λέξον δὲ καὶ σύ, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν. 4. αἱ 

\ , Ν “Ὰ Ν Spe , 
σπονδαὶ μενόντων. 5. σὺ οὖν πρὸς θεῶν συμβού- 


λευσον ἡμῖν." 


Til. 1. Fellow-soldiers, do not be surprised. 
2. Bring the commanders. 3. But since Cyrus is 
dead," carry back word to your commander. 4. Be 


both brave and of good hope, O soldiers. 


IV. 1. But send the generals hither. 2. And 
now let us not delay, fellow-soldiers, but do you 
come into the middle of the encampment. 3. Do 
not pursue the enemy, but remain in the camp. 


‘ NOTES. 
1 Page 66. 

2 See note 1, Lesson XXII. 

3 The Future Middle in some verbs has an Active sense, especially in such as 
express an action or function of the body. 


4 § 88, 2. οὐ See note 8, Lesson XXV. ; 
5 § 200, n. 3. 8 § 134, ν. 1. 
6 ¢ 171, 2. 9 § 187. 


10 J. e. has died. Use the Perfect of reXevrdw. 


-----οοζῶξοο.----- 


LESSON XXIX. 


Verbs: Imperative Middle and Passive. 


Grammar: § 96, L., the Imperative Middle! and Passive? 
of Avw. § 117, 1, 2, and 3 (omitting the second paragraph). 
§ 95, 1, the synopszs in all the voices of the Imperative of Ave. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. Be 


Vocabulary. 


διαφερόντως, adv., (δια-φέρω, to DIF-FER) pre-eminently. 

5 ΄,΄ ΄ 2 ς- 

ἐν-θυμέομαι, -ἥσομαι, -ημαι, to reflect (i.e. to have in 
<A Onv, (ἐν and θυμός, mind) mind). 

ἐπιτήδειος, -α, -OV, (ἐπιτηδές, adv. suitable: plur. τὰ ἐπιτή- 


for a purpose) bea, DIOVISLONS. 


μιμνήσκω, μνήσω, ἔμνησα, to remind: wid. to re- 
μέμνημαι, ἐμνήσθην, member, to mention. 

pvp.os,* -a, -ov, ten thousand. 

οἴομαι, οἰήσομαι, ῴφήθην, to think, to suppose. 


πορίζω, -ιῶ, -ἰσα, -ἰκα, -ἰσμαι, 
-ἰσθην (πόρος, a way across, ὦ means) to jind, to procure. 
σκέπτομαι; -ψομαι, -μμαι, to look intently, to con- 
-ψάμην, sider. 


Exercises. 


I. 1. ἀμύνεσθε, φαινέσθω, σκεψάσθωσαν, ἀπέ- 
χου, λῦσαι. 2: λελύσθω," τιμηθήτωσαν, ποιηθήτω, 
ἀθροιζέσθωσαν. ὃ. σοφοῦ παρ᾽ ἀνδρὸς προσδέχου 
συμβουλήν. ᾿4. ἀλλά, εἰ βούλει, μένε ἐπὶ τῷ στρα- 
τεύματι, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐθέλω πορεύεσθαι" εἰ δὲ χρήζεις, 

, ὡς ἀν ep 2 A \ Ag Δ ΤΟΝ 
πορεύου ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος, ἐγὼ δὲ μενῶ" αὐτοῦ. 


Il. 1. μεμνήσθω ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς εἶναι. 2. λέξατε 
οὖν πρός με, τί (what) ἐν νῷ ἔχετε. 3. ἐνθυμήθητε 
ὅτι οἵ μύριοι ἱππεῖς μύριοί εἰσιν ἄνθρωποι. 4. καὶ 
σύ, ὦ φίλε, πείσθητι." 


58 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


III. 1. Procure yourselves provisions. 2. Let 
this man be honored" pre-eminently. 3. Send for 
the ships. 4. Let the soldiers always show them- 
selves friendly and zealous. - 


IV. 1. Let us deliberate in regard to this. 2. Let 
the hoplites follow.” 8. Consider what the barba- 
rians have done. 4. Proceed, fellow-soldiers, and 
remember to be brave men. 


NOTES. 

1 Page 68. 2 Page 69. 

3 The simple stem of μι-μνή-σκω is pva-, from which the present stem is 
formed by reduplication (§ 108, 8) and the addition of σκ (108, 6). The Per- 
fect μέμνημαι is Present in meaning, I remember, memini, § 200, N. 6. The 
Aorist Passive has the force of the Middle. 

4 § 77, 2, ν. 3. 

5 The present stem is elsewhere, by adding ε, lengthened to ole-. The 
Present and Imperfect first person singular are commonly (§ 14, 2) οἴμαι and 
ᾧμην. 

δ Cf. note 4, Lesson XXVII. 

7 Stem oxer-. See § 108, 3. For σκέπτομαι in the Present and Imperfect 
common Attic uses σκοπέω. 

8 § 202, 2, n. 1. ; 

9 Will remain, the first person singular of the Future of μένω, the Future 
Active of liquid verbs being formed with the characteristic € in place of o. 
Thus pev-é-w, μενῶ. 

10 First Aorist Passive of πείθω, § 16, 1. 11 Aorist. , 23 Present. 


—0595 00——- 


LESSON XXX. 
| Adjectives: Irregular.— Comparison. 


Grammar: ὃ 70, omitting the last two sentences. § 71, 
with Ν. 1. § 72, 1 and 2. 


,’ 


Δ ΩΣ» λων...» 0. τὼ 





FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 59 


Vocabulary. 
ἄθεος," -ος, -ov, (a priv. and θεό) godless, impious. 
ἄθυμος, -0S, -ον, (a priv. and θυμός, soul, dispirited, dis- 
spirit) couraged. 


aio χρός, -d, -όν, (αἶσχος, disgrace, shame) shamefi ul, base. 
ἀσφαλής, -ἧἥς, «ἔς, (a priv. and σῴφάλλω, jirm (i.e. not liable to 


to trip up) be tripped up), safe é. 
5 , 4 ’ a 
εὐειδής, -ἧς, -ES, (εὖ, well, and εἶδος, form) well-formed, fine 
looking. 
¥ 
εὔοπλος, -OS, -OV (εὖ and ὅπλον) well-armed. 
πανοῦργος, -OS, -OV, (πᾶς, all, and ἔργον, unprincipled (i. e. 
work) ready for every act), 
perfidious. 
φοβερός, -d, -dv, (φόβος, fear) Jearful, alarming. 
Exercises. 


I. 1. ἐνῆν δὲ ταῖς κώμαις otros πολύς. 2. στρα- 
τιὰν πολλὴν ἄγεις. 8. ἀθυμότεροι ἦσαν. 4. τὰ δὲ 
f:. ἃ “ 3 ὃ “ὃ > » ’ 3 
κρέα“ τῶν WTLOWY διστα ἣν. ὅ. αἰἱσχιὸν ἐστιν. 
6.- νῦν δὲ πορευσόμεθα ὁδὸν μακροτέραν. 7. βα- 
σιλεῖ εἰσι πιστότατο. 8. καὶ παρὰ μεγάλου 

a A 
βασιλέως ἧκε 6 τῆς βασιλέως γυναικὸς" ἀδελφός ' 
δοῦλοι δὲ πολλοὶ εἵποντο. 


Π. 1. βουλευσόμεθα, μὴ αἴσχιστοι ἄνδρες ἀπο- 
φαινώμεθα. 2. ἥδιον" καὶ προθυμότερον συνεπο- 
ρεύοντο. 3. φοβερώτατον" δ᾽ ἐρημία: μεστὴ γὰρ 


00 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK, 


~ 4 nw “a 
πολλῆς ἀπορίας" ἐστίν 4. οὐκοῦν τῶν imméwr® 


πολὺ" ἡμεῖς ἐπ᾽ ἀσφαλεστέρου ὀχήματός ἐσμεν. 
III. 1. But Cyrus kept finding many pretexts. 
2. He sends back the Cilician (queen) into Cilicia 
by the quickest τὰν 3. They were much® more 
zealous. 4. Along the river there was a great city. 


IV. 1. They will be more courageous. 2. He 
has both the best-armed and finest looking of the 
soldiers. 3. The good” appeared most prosperous.” 
4. He was a most impious and perfidious man. 


NOTES. 

1 68. 7 § 28, 8. 
2 § 56, 1. § ¢.175, 1, 
3 Genitive singular of γυνή. 9 § 74, 2.° 
* ¢ 75. 10 § 160, 2, second example. 
5 § 138, N. 2, (c). 11 ¢ 139, 1. 
6 See note.1, Lesson XII. 12 7], ν. 4. * 

——_.0£05 00—— 


LESSON XXXI. 
Verbs: Infinitive Active, Middle, and Passive. 


Grammar: § 96.,1.,! the Infinitive Active, Middle, and 
Passive of λύω.2 § 95, 2, third column. § 118. § 95,1], 
the synopsis in all the voices of the Infinitive of Avw. § 129, 
I., the Pres. Infin. of εἰμί, ὃ 184, 9. § 258. § 259. Read 
ὃ 259, n. § 260, with 1 and 2, omitting the last sentence.® 

ὃ 129, IV., the Present and Imperfect Indicative of φημέ. 


_ δ ὟΝ ὡνιόλν λα .-ϑϑ...... ϑὕὦὦ 





FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 61 


Examples. 


§ 134, 2: ἐβούλετο τὼ παῖδε ἀμφοτέρω παρεῖναι, he 
wished BOTH HIS SONS to be present. 
§ 259: εἰ ἀνάγκη ἐστὶ μάχεσθαι, δεῖ" παρασκευάσα- 
σθαι, if wt is necessary to fight, τέ behooves 
(ws) TO PREPARE OURSELVES (subject of a 
finite verb). 
τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ ψεύδεσθαι, this is TO LIE 
(predicate). 
φησὶ δεῖν τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, he says it is neces- 
sary TO DO this (subject of another Infinitive). 
§ 260, 1: βούλεται θηρεῦσαι, he wishes TO HUNT; but 
§ 260, 2: φησὶ θηρεῦσαι, he says THAT HE HUNTED (the 
original speaker said, ἐθήρευσα, I hunted). 


Vocabulary. 

ἀναγκάζω, -άσω, -ακα, (ἀνάγκη, 

constraint) to constrain, to compel. 
ἀνάγκη, -s, ἡ, constraint, necessity. 
ἀνα-πείθω, -εἰσω, ete. (ἀνά, intens., 

and πείθω) to persuade, 
κἀτα-κόπτω, -ὄψω, etc. (κατά and 70 cut down, to cut to 

κόπτω) preces. 
μάχομαι -οῦμαι, -τημαῖι, 

-εσάμην, - to fight. 
OTPATEVOMAL, -εύσομαι, -ευμαι, 
-ευσάμην, (στρατός) to make an expedition. 


bat oe ε , Ἶ 

χρόνος, -ου, ὃ, time. 
4 

ψεύδομαι, -εύσομαι, -ευσμαι, 


-ευσάμην, ; to lie. 


62 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


Exercises. 


I. 1. βουλεῦσαι, τεθηρακέναι, πορεύσεσθαι, πε- 
a 4 A Ν Ἂς 

παιδεῦσθαι, τιμηθήσεσθαι, ποιηθῆναι. 2. τὰ γὰρ 
> “ὃ > » 8.ϑ ἡ Ὁ τῷ ὦ τες Ag 
ἐπιτήδεια οὐκ EoTW® ἔχειν. ὃ. Kal τὰ δὴ ἀφανῆ 
ἔξεστι ψεύδεσθαι. 4. ἕπεσθαι βούλομαι. 5. Me 
dav τὸν Σάτυρον θηρεῦσαί φασιν." 6. ἔφασαν ὑπὸ 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων Κῦρον φιλεῖσθαι." 


Ν ; A 
II. 1. καὶ κελεύει τοὺς στρατηγοὺς λέγειν ταῦτα 
τοῖς στρατιώταις καὶ ἀναπείθειν ἔπεσθαι. 2. τοξευ- 
A Y » wn 
θῆναι" Ἕλληνα ἔφασαν. ὃ. ἐὰν ταῦτα ποιήσητε 
¥ ry. 13 
οἴεται κατακεκόψεσθαι. 


Ill. 1. (it) is safer’* to flee. 2. He wishes to 
make an expedition into the country of’ the Pisidians. 
3. But he says that the enemy will come’ at day- 
break.” 4. But it is necessary to proceed at once. 


IV. 1. You are not willing to obey nor” to follow. 
2. But it is sometimes possible® to capture the bus- 
tards. 3. Wherefore the Greeks were i hd to 
proceed slowly. 


NOTES. 


1 Pages 66, 68, and 69, bottom. 

2 The First Aorist Active Infinitive, all Infinitives in «ναι, and the Perfect 
Middle and Passive Infinitive accent the penult. Cf. § 26, ν. 3, (1). 

3 Read carefully the fine print at the end of § 260, 1, consulting the ref- 
erences. Cf. with this the statement in ᾧ 260, 2 (second sentence), in regard 
to the time-force of each tense of the Infinitive in indirect discourse. The verb 
implying thought in the following exercises, after which the Infinitive in in- 
direct discourse will occur, will always be one whose force will be easily seen, 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 63 


and generally will be a verb of saying. Cf. ὁ 260, ν. 1. For what is meant by 
indirect discourse, cf. § 241, 1 and 2. 
_ * For δέει, the contracted Present third singular, used impersonally, of δέω, 
to need. So in the fourth example δεῖν for déew. Cf. § 9. 
5 The present stem is elsewhere, by adding ε, lengthened to paye-. The 
Future μαχοῦμαι is common Attic for μαχέσομαι, § 120, 2, second paragraph. 
; 6 A deponent. Forms of the Active occur with the same meaning, but used 
only of the commander. ‘The Middle is used of both leaders and followers. _ 
7 Forms of the Active occur, commonly with the transitive meaning, 4o deceive. 
8 § 28, Nn. 1, at the end. 9 § 160, 1. 
10 What they say in their own words is, Midas ἐθήρευσε, Midas caught, ete. 
On the accent, ef. § 27, 3, and § 28, 2. 
11 They said, Κῦρος φιλεῖται (contracted from φιλέεται). 
12 They said, ἐτοξεύθη “Ελλην. 
13 His thought is, κατακεκόψομαι, I shall be (instantly) eut to pieces. Cf. 


§ 200, Nn. 9. 16 He says, ἥξουσιν οἱ πολέμιοι. 
14 § 138. 11 ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ. 
15 Into the country of, εἰς. 18 οὐδέ. 
------οοζῷξοο.---- 


LESSON XXXII. 
Verbs: Participles Active. 


Grammar: § 96, 1.,! the Participles, in the Active voice, of 
Avo.” § 95, 2, fourth column. § 119, 1, first paragraph, 
with n. § 08,5 decline λύων, λύσας (like ioras*), and 
᾿ λελυκώς. § 95,1, the synopsis by tenses (across the page) 
of the Active voice of Avw. ὃ 129, L., the Pres. Part. of εἰμί. 
§ 204.5 § 275. § 276, 1 and 2. 


Examples. 


§ 276, 1: ἀνὴρ καλῶς πεπαιδευμένος, ὦ man WHO HAS 
ο΄ - BEEN well EDUCATED (or @ wel/-EDUCATED 
man). 
οἱ στρατιῶται οἵ ὑπὸ Κύρου πεμφθέντες, the. 
soldiers WHO WERE SENT by Cyrus. 


64 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


᾽7ὔ ι 
§ 276, 2: τοὺς φεύγοντας ὑπελάμβανεν, he took THOSE 
THAT WERE FLEEING (or THE FUGITIVES) 

‘ under his protection. 


4 


Vocabulary. 
ἀγορά, -as, ἡ. (ἀγείρω, to collect; an assembly of the people, 
οἵ, ἄγω) a place of assembly, 
a market-place. 
΄ ε 
ἥλιος, του, ὃ, the sun. 
πάρ-ειμι, -έσομαι, -ἣν, (ταρά 
and εἰμί) to be by, to be present. 
πλέκω, -Ew, εἰς. reg. to plat, to braid. 
σύμμαχος, -ου, ὃ, (σύν and μάχομα) an ally, an auxiliary. 
σφενδόνη, ns, ἡ, a sling. 
τελέω, -G, -εσα, -εκα, -εσμαι, fo finish, to fulfil au obi- 
-ἔσθην, (réXos) gation, Zo pay. 
, ’ ’ τ Η 
χαλεπός, -ἥ, -ὸν, hard, grievous, cruel. 
Exercises. 


I. 1. ἐπιλέγειν rade® ἐκέλευε τὸν φέροντα τὰ 
δῶ ᾿ > κ ε a. ΄ 9 Ν 
ὥρα. 2. ἦσαν γὰρ οἱ κώλύσοντες πέραν" πολλοὶ 
e nw ~ \ ¥ Ν “ ε » 
ἱππεῖς. 8. ταῦτα δὲ ἤγγελλον πρὸς Κῦρον ot αὐτο- 
μολήσαντες πρὸ τῆς μάχης. 4. οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἐκά- 
θισαν χωρὶς τοὺς τοῦτο φάσκοντας. 5. καὶ ἤδη 
= . 9 \ Ψ Ν ΄ 
ἦν (wt was) ἀμφὶ ἀγορὰν πλήθουσαν. 

Il. 1. ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν τὰ βασίλεια τοῦ Συρίας " 
ἄρξαντος." 22. τότε δὲ ἅμα ἡλίῳ ἀνατέλλοντι κήρυ- 

¥ Y \ nA > A , 13 = 
Kas ἔπεμψε. 3. ὅμως δὲ δεῖ ἐκ τῶν παρόντων" av- 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 65° 


Spas'* ἀγαθοὺς τελέθειν. 4. ἣν δέ Tus” μὴ πείθηται, 
ψηφισώμεθα τὸν ὑμῶν ἐντυγχάνοντα“ σὺν τῷ ἀρ- 
χοντι κολάζειν. 


III. 1. The soldiers obey those who command” 
(them). 2. Cyrus marches on to the river Chalus, 
being of (one) plethrum in breadth.’* 3. Fellow- 
soldiers,” the present (circumstances) are hard. 4. He 
has the force of Orontas, him who has (in marriage) 
the daughter of the king. 


IV. 1. But they paid money to him who was will- 
ing to plait slings. 2. Those who were” before allies 
have broken their oaths 3. Those who command,” 
therefore, must be” much more vigilant. 


NOTES. 


1 Page 66, bottom. 

2 The Perfect Active Participle is oxytone, § 26, ν. 8, (2). 

3 § 26, N. 2. 

# Except in accent. See § 68, Ν. 

> For illustrations, see in particular the first three sentences in the Exercises. 

66 26,N.1. — 

Τα 113, Nn. 1. 

8. Neuter plural accusative of ὅδε, § 83. Translate, what follows, lit. these 
(things), and see 148, ν. 1. 
_ ® Modifies the preceding Participle, which with the article is the subject 
of ἦσαν. 

10 From καθ-ίζω. See § 105, n. 3. 

ΣΕ 171, 3. 

12 Note the tense, Aim who HAD governed, ete. 

13 Neuter plural of the Participle of πάρειμι with the article, used substan- 
tively. See the general vocabulary. ' 


14 Tn the accusative to agree with ἡμᾶς understood, the subject of τελέθειν. 
See § 136. 


15 Any one, an enclitic. 
5 


00 FI 


RST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


16 τὸν ἐντυγχάνοντα is the subject of κολάζειν. Translate: Let us decree 
that he of you who falls in with (him), ete. 


17 § 184, 9. 


18 § 160, 1. 


19 In Greek the vocative is much oftener accompanied by ὦ, than the cor- 
responding case in English by its equivalent. 
20 Use the Present Participle, § 204, n. 1. 


21 § 134, 2. 


22 Must be, δεῖ.. 


2 
«ναι, 


203800 —_ 


LESSON XXXIII. 


Verbs: Participles Middle and Passive. 


4 
GRAMMAR: 


§ 96, I.) the Participles Middle and Passive 


of λύω.2 § 119, 1, second paragraph. § 68, decline λυθεές 
(like tiOeds).2 § 95, 1, the synopsis in all the voices of the 
Participles of Avw, and the synopsis by tenses (across the 


page) of the 
§ 277, with 


§ 277, 1: 


δ΄ 277, 2: 


§ 271,8: 


§ 277, 4: 


Middle and Passive voices of the same verb. 
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6.4 


Examples. 


ταῦτα λέγων θορύβου ἤκουσε, WHILE SAYING 
this he heard a noise. 

τούτων τῶν κερδῶν ἀπείχοντο αἰσχρὰ νομίζον- 
τες εἶναι, they abstained from these gains BE- 
CAUSE THEY CONSIDERED them to be shameful. 

ἐπορεύοντο ἄδοντες, they advanced SINGING. 

ληϊζόμενοι ξήσουσι, they will live BY PLUN- 
DERING. 

ὁ δ᾽ ἀνὴρ λαγὼς ᾧχετο θηράσων, her husband 
was gone ΤῸ HUNT hares. 

τοῦτο ποιήσαντες εὖ πράξουσιν, IF THEY DO 
this, they will prosper.® | 3 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 67 
ο 277, 5: αὐτὸν προσεκύνησαν ἐπὶ θάνατον ἀγόμενον, 
they saluted him, THOUGH HE WAS BHING 
LED to execution. 
§ 277, 6: ἀναβαίνει ἔχων ὁπλίτας, he goes up WITH 


hoplites. 
Vocabulary. 
5 ΄ ε 3 Ὰ 
ἀντιστασιωτης, -OV, Ο, (ἀντί, against, 
and ἵσταμαι, to stand) an opponent. 
ἀπόμαχος, -ος, -OV, (ἀπό and μάχη) disabled, out of the 
ranks. 
ἀσπίς, -ἴδος, ἡ, a shield. 
ἀτιμάζω, -άσω, etc. reg., (ἄτιμος, dis- 
honored, fr. a priv. and τιμή) fo dishonor. 
, 4, , 
γελάω, -acopat, -aca, -ἄάσθην, to laugh. 
δεξιός, -d, -όν," right, on the right. 
κινδυνεύω, -εύὐσω, ete. reg., (κίνδυνος) to run a risk. 
λογίζομαι, -ιοῦμαι,ἷ -ισμαι, -σάμην, 
(λόγος, λέγω) to consider. 


- 


ἘχοΙοΐβοϑ. 


1 4 £5." % A ¥ o> a 
. 1. πιεζόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν οἴκοιδ ἀντιστασιωτῶν 
» A ; 9 ΄ ὍΣ A eee 4 
nTnoe Κῦρον μισθόν. 2. ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα ἐγέ- 
λασεν. 3. ἀπέπεμπε τοὺς γιγνομένους δασμοὺς 
a 4 ’ > ‘ > 
βασιλεῖ. 4. περιέμενον Τισσαφέρνην ἐγγὺς ἐστρα- 
ὃ , > , > § κοι. Ν 

τοπεδευμένοι. 5. ἐπορεύοντο ἐν δεξιᾷ" ἔχοντες τὸν 
ν 

ἥλιον, λογιζόμενοι ἥξειν ἅμα ἡλίῳ δύνοντι εἰς κώμας. 


II. 1. εἶχον δὲ τὰς ἀσπίδας ἐκκεκαλυμμένους. 
> ’ ’ ’ὔ’ Ν 5 , 
ὦ. .ἐπεσφάξατο Κύρῳ σπασάμενος τὴν ἀκινάκην. 


@ 


68 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


3. ὁ δὲ κινδυνεύσας καὶ ἀτιμασθεὶς βουλεύεται 

9 , \ \ > wel 

ὅπως βασιλεύσει. 4. πολλοὶ yap ἦσαν ἀπόμαχοι, 

οἱ τετρωμένοι καὶ οἱ ἐκείνους" φέροντες καὶ οἱ τῶν 
, Ἁ ν 4 

φερόντων τὰ ὅπλα δεξάμενοι. 


III. 1. They descend into the plain to sacrifice. 
2. When he had heard this, he was greatly troubled. 
3. They were fighting with those who had been 
drawn up” in front. 4. But his mother, when she 


had begged (him) off, sends him back again. 


IV. 1. He was of those who were making war™® 
about Miletus. 2. He was not willing to withdraw 
the right wing, since he feared” that he might be en- 
circled.” 3. He hits Cyrus with a javelin while strik- 
ing’® the king. 


NOTES. 

1 Pages 68 and 69, bottom. 

2 The Perfect Participle Middle and Passive is paroxytone, § 26, N. 8, (1). 
The First Aorist Passive Participle is oxytone, § 26, N. 3, (2). 

3 All Participles in -os, on the other hand, are declined like σοφός, § 62, 3. 

4 The Participle in Greek, while it expresses all of these relations, does not 
do so definitely and distinctly. Hence the different uses run into each other, 
and cases occur in which the Participle expresses at the same time two or even 
more of them. Ξ 

5 § 165, Nn. 2, at the end. 

6 See the general vocabulary. 

_ 4 § 120, 3. 
8 § 22 κ 1, at the end.. 

9 Se. χειρί, 

10 § 143, N. 2. 

11 καὶ 83. 

12 Use the Perfect. 

13 § 169, 1. 

14 Use the proper form of φοβέομαι, applying § 9, 2, second sentence. 

15 Use the Aorist. 

16 That is, while Cyrus was striking, ete. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 69 


LESSON XXXIV. 


Adjectives: Irregular Comparison. — Verbals. 
Grammar: § 73,1. § 119, 2. ἐς 281, with land 2. 


Examples. 


§ 281, 1: ὠφελητέα σοι ἡ πόλις ἐστίν, the city MUST BE 


BENEFITED Oy you. 


§ 281, 2: ἡμῖν πάντα! ποιητέον ἐστίν, We MUST DO every- 


thing. 


Vocabulary. 


3 a = 
ἄδειπνος, τος, τον, (a priv. and δεῖπνον, supper) 
3 ’ 4 
ALTE, -Ὥσω, etc. reg: 
j 


3 4 . 
ἀφύλακτος, τος, -OV, ἴα priv. and φυλάττω, fo 
guard) 


> , 4 
ἐξιαπατάω, “NOW, etc. reg., (ἐξ, intens., and 


᾿ ἀπατάωυ, to deceive, fr. ἀπάτη, deceit) 

» " , 

εργον, του, TO, (ἔργω, Fépyw,* to do work) 
» 

€UTPAKTOS, -OS -OV, (εὖ and πράττω) 


ae. 
ονομα, -aTOS, τό, 

΄ 
φυλάτ Τω, -ἄξω, etc. reg. 


Exercises. 


supperless. 
to ask, to de- 
mand. 


unguarded. 

fo deceive 
grossly. 

a WORK, deed. 


PRACTICABLE, 
easy to do. 
a name. 


to guard. 


I. 1. ποταμὸς δ᾽ ἄλλος ἡμῖν ἐστι διαβατέος. 


2. πᾶς δὲ ποταμὸς ᾿διαβατός. 8. 


ἀλλὰ νομίζω 


“0 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


“τῷ ν , val , 3 Ἔκ 
ἀμείνονας καὶ κρείττους πολλῶν βαρβάρων" ὑμᾶς 
> / . 3, 7 4 , Χ 
εἶναι. 4. λαμβάνουσιν ἄνδρας ὅτιδ πλείστους καὶ 
βελτίστους. 5. τοὺς στρατιώτας παρεκάλεσαν ἐπὶ 
ν , ¥ > , 3 cs ae 
τὰ κάλλιστα ἔργα. 6. ὦ κάκιστε ἀνθρώπων, οὐκ 
3 4 4 > Ν Ν “ 
αἰσχύνει; 7. κολαστέον ἐστὶ τὸν παῖδα. 


: 
II. 1. πλείονος" ἂν ἄξιοι εἴημεν φίλοι ἔχοντες 
A 9 ,ὕ’ 8° e ἴω; A 4 8 

τὰ ὅπλα. 2. πορευτέον δ᾽ ἡμῖν τοὺς πρώτους" στα- 

θμοὺς ws* μακροτάτους. 3. ἦσαν δ᾽ ot ἵπποι μείονες 
a an QA ’ 3 , A 

tov ἹΠερσικῶν. 4. τὴν Κίλισσαν ἀποπέμπει τὴν 

ταχίστην ὁδόν. 5. πειστέον" ἐστὶ τῷ στρατηγῷ. 


ΠΙ..- 1. These are worse than we. 2. The most 
of the Greeks were supperless. 3. There are many 
Persians better than this (man). 4. I must not do 
this. 5. This is more practicable. 


IV. 1. But it-is easiest to. take” the unguarded 
(property) of one’s” friends. 2. This girl is very 
fair.* 3. There were very many” wild asses in the 
plain. 4. But nevertheless I must state what I know. 
5. We must persuade the soldiers. 


NOTES. 


a4 8754, 2 §1,N. 2. εν ἐπὶ oe 

* ὅτι or ὡς is often prefixed to the superlative to strengthen it, as ὅτι πλεῖ- 
στοι, as many as possible, etc. 

© § 282, 2. 7 § 224, 226, 1, and 277, 4. 

6 § 178, N. S$ § 73,2. 

9. From πείθομαι. For the following dative, see § 184, 2. 

10 Present tense. 

11 Neuter plural. 13 Very fair, superlative of καλός. 

12 The article. Cf. § 141, ν. ὃ. 14 Use the superlative. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. =a gi 


LESSON XXXYV. 
Adverbs and their Comparison. — Numerals. 


Grammar: ὃ 74,land2. $75. § 761 § 77,1 and 2. 


Vocabulary. 


βλάπτω, -ψω, ete. reg. to harm, to ture. 
ἐπι-μελέομαι, -ἥσομαι, -ημαῖυ, 


-nOnv, (ἐπί and μέλομαι, the mid. of 2 
 pédw, to take care of) to care for. 
μαστός, -0v, 0, one of the breasts, a 
| breast : also, a hill. 
πλευρά, -aS, ἡ, ὁ α rib of the body, a flank 
of an army. 
πονέω, -ἥσω, ete. reg., (πόνος, foil; οἵ. 
mévouat, to toil) fo toil. 
σπεύδω, -εύσω, -ευσα, to hasten, to press on. 
στέρνον, -ου, TO, the breast, the chest. 
σωτηρία, κας, ἡ, (σωτήρ, a saviour; 
cf. σώζω) safe ely 3 
Exercises. 


I. 1. ἥδιον καὶ προθυμότερον συνεπορεύοντο. 
2. ἐξελαύνει σταθμὸν ἕνα, _ Ταρασάγγας ὀκτώ. 
8. ἔβλαψαν τοὺς Ἕλληνας μεγάλα. 4. Κῦρος 
ἐπορεύετο ἠμελημένως μᾶλλον" 5. πολὺ γὰρ τῶν 
ἵππων ἔτρεχον θᾶττον. 6. πολλαὶ ἡμῖν καὶ καλαὶ 
ἐλπίδες εἰσὶ σωτηρίας. 


᾿ 


72 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


II. 1. oreppws πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀπειχόμεθα. 
2. ἥδιστ᾽ ἂν ἀκούσαιμι" τοὔνομα 8. πολὺ δὲ 
μᾶλλον ἔσπευδεν. 4. οὐκ ἐπόνησαν τῶν ἄλλων 
πλέον στρατιωτῶν. 5. τῶν δὲ πλευρῶν" δύο τῶν 
πρεσβυτάτων στρατηγὼ ἐπιμελήσεσθον. 


III. 1. But they® obeyed gladly. 2. They were 
greatly deceived. 3. He asked Cyrus for pay for 
three months.’ 4. And no one of those who crossed’ 
theeriver was wet higher® than his breast.” 


IV. 1. He sent gifts with great liberality. 2. But 
he gave" the army pay for four months. 3. He 
marches thence five stages, thirty parasangs, to the 
sources of the river, of which the breadth was a 
plethrum.” 


NOTES. 
1 Parts of § 76 can be omitted, or read only, at the discretion of the teacher. 
2 § 75, ν. 2. 7 § 167, 5. 
3 § 224, and § 226, 2. 8 § 276, 2. 
8. § 11, 1 and 2. 9 § 75, N. 1. 
5 § 171, 2. 10 Plural of μαστές. 
δ ἃ 143, N. 2. 11 Cf. note 7, Lesson XIV. 


12 § 169, 3.. A predicate genitive of measure. 


-----οοξϑξοο---- 


LESSON XXXVI. 


Verbs: Contract. τέ 


᾿ 
a 


Grammar: ὃ 123. § 116, n. 2, with (c), first. paragraph. 
§ 69. § 9, with 1, 2, 3, and 4 (and Ν.). 


| 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 73 


Vocabulary. 


Boaw,-yoopat,' “Noa, (Bo%,aloudery) to shout out. 
> , ΄ , 4 ’ 
ἐπι-θυμέω, -ἥσω, -yoa, -nka, ἐπί ἰο set one’s heart on, 


and θυμός) to desire. 
Caw, -ἥσω, | to live. 
ἡγέομαι, -HTOPAL, -ἡμαι, -σάμην, 

(ἄγω, to lead) to lead, to think. 
κτάομαι,-ἥσομαι,-ημαι," -σάμην, to acquire. 
νικάω, -ἥσω, ete. reg., (vixen, victory) to conquer, to defeat, 

to be victorious. 

πολεμέω, -ἥσω, ete. reg., (πόλεμον) to wage war. 
ὠφελέω, -ἥσω, etc. reg., (ὄφελος, ad- 

vantage; cf. ὀφέλλω, fo further) to aid. 

Σ Exercises. 


J. 1. συλλέξας στράτευμα ἐπολιόρκει Μίλητον. 

2. αἱρεῖται πολεμεῖν. 8. ἐβόων δὲ “μὴ θεῖν. 
»Ὁ» e ,ὔ ἃ A 

4. ἐσπουδαιολογεῖτο, ws δηλοίη ovs τιμᾷ. 5. ἡγεί- 

σθωβ. 6. ἐφοβοῦντο 7. ἐνταῦθα κεῖτο πόλις 

Ν᾿ , 5 4 + ἜΣ. , e ~ a 3 

μεγάλη. 8. ἐλαύνει ἀνὰ κράτος ἱδροῦντι τῷ ἵππῳ. 

° 4 RES rat ὔ A 
9. doris’ ζῆν" ἐπιθυμεῖ, πειράσθω νικᾶν. 


A , 

II. 1. κατεθεᾶτο ἑκατέρωσε. 2. κατελείφθησαν 
e ¢ , , Gone ΠΟΙ Stay, \ 
οἱ ὁμοτράπεζοι καλούμενοι" 3. ἡδέως ἐπόνουν Kal 
θαρραλέως ἐκτῶντο. 4. συντομωτάτην ᾧετο ὁδὸν 
4." ὃ ν A > ae \ 3 P= > 
εἶναι διὰ. τοῦ ἐπιορκεῖν τε καὶ ἐξαπατᾶν. 5. ἐπε- 
θύμει τιμᾶσθαι, ἵνα πλείω κερδαίνοι. 6. Κῦρος δ᾽ 
ὁρῶν τοὺς Ἕλληνας νικῶντας, προσκυνούμενος" ὡς 


474 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


βασιλεύς, οὐκ ἐξήχθη διώκειν, ἀλλὰ ἐπεμελεῖτο τί 


(what) ποιήσει βασιλεύς. 


III. 1. He was calling out to lead the army. 
2. He defeats the barbarians. 3. It is necessary” 
to do this. 4. They kept casting stones into the 
river. 5. The river is called Marsyas. 6. But if — 
we conquer, we shall be honored. 


IV. 1. For they were occupying strongholds. 
2. He desired exceedingly to be rich. 3. He pre- 
fers by warring’? to make his means less. 4. -He 
kept warring with the Thracians" and aiding the 


Greeks. 


NOTES. 
1 See note 3, Lesson XXVITI. 7 § 262, 1. 
2 Generally κέκτημαι, rarely in Attic ἔκτημαι, § 101, 8." 8. § 277, 5. 
3 § 188, 1. 9 δεῖ, § 123, ν. 1 
1 § 86. 10 § 277, 2. 
5 § 123, wn. 2. ? 11 § 186, with n.1. 


8 οἱ καλούμενοι, those who were called (ἢ 276, 2), his so-called, etc. 


—_0£04 0o—_—— 


LESSON XXXVII. 


Pronouns: Personal, Intensive, Reflexive, Reciprocal, and 
Possessive. 


Grammar: § 79,1 (omitting the forms in parenthesis) and 
2 (with N.). § 27, 1 (omitting the forms in parenthesis). 
§ 144, 1 (with Ν.) and 3. § 145, 1 and 2. § 80, and the 
first. half of then. § 146. $81. § 82. § 147. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. "5 


Examples. — 


§ 79,2: ὁ αὐτὸς ἀνήρ, the SAME man ; τὸν αὐτὸν πόλεμον, 

the SAME war. 

§ 145, 1: αὐτὸς ὁ oTpaTnyos, the general HIMSELF ; ταῦτα 
ἐποιεῖτε αὐτοί (sc. ὑμεῖς), you did this your- 
SELVES. 

§ 145, 2: αὐτὸν σατράπην ἐποίησεν, he made HIM satrap; 

. ἄρχει αὐτῶν, he commands THEM. 

§ 144, 2: λέγεται ᾿Απόλλων νικῆσαι' Μαρσύαν ἐρίζοντά 
ot, Apollo is said to have defeated Marsyas when 
contending with HIM. 

§ 146: ἔσφαξεν ἑαυτόν, he slew HIMSELF; νομίζει τοὺς 
πολίτας ὑπηρετεῖν ἑαυτῷ," he thinks that the 
citizens are servants TO HIMSELF. 

δ 147: ὁ ἡμέτερος πατήρ = ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν," οὐκ father. 

Vocabulary. 

ἀδικέω, -ἥσω, ete. reg., (ἄδικος, fr. a priv. and δίκη) fo do wrong, fo 

wrong. 
ἀπαρασκεύαστος, -ος -ον, (a priv. and παρα- 

- σκευάζω, to prepare; cf. σκευάζω, σκεῦος) unprepared. 
ἀρετή, -ἧς, ἢ, goodness, virtue, 
valor. 

δαπανάω, -ἥσω, ete. reg., (δαπάνη, expense) 0 expend. 
εὐώνυμος, -0S, -OV, (εὖ and bvoyia)* left. 

πληγή, -ς, ἡ, (πλήττω, to strike) a blow. 

στόλος, -οὐ, ὁ, (στέλλω, to send) an expedition, 


χείρ, -0S, ἡ, (gen. and dat. dual χεροῖν, dat. pl. 


xepat) 


the hand. 


76 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


Exercises. 


\ Ν A 
I. 1. καὶ αὐτὸν ἐτίμησε. 2. ἀλλ᾽ εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐδα- 
, 1 ae Ab Se ἝΝ , Ν = Ν > Ν 
πάνων. 3. σὺ ἐμοὶ" ἐπιβουλεύεις καὶ τῇ σὺν ἐμοὶ 
: a ε 3: 08 ΄ Sok eames a 
στρατιᾷ. 4. 0 αὑτὸς στόλος ἐστὶ καὶ ἡμῖν. 5. TH 
δὲ 5 “A ε , > 4 > Χ ἈΝ ε ~ < 
€ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἀφιππεύει ἐπὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνήν. 
Ἄν ἢ 
6. πληγὰς ἐνέτεινον ἀλλήλοις." 7. ταχθεὶς ὑπὸ αὐὖ- 
~ lal μήν" > »“ 
τοῦ τοῦ ἐμοῦ" ἀδελφοῦ ἐπολέμησεν ἐμοί. 8. ταὐτὸν 


4 
ἐποίουν. 


II. 1. νομίζω γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ εἶναι φίλους. 2. αὐ- 
τὸς ἐπεβούλευε διαβάλλειν με πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 3. wpa 
ΝΗ ΩΝ ΄ ee Ἦν ε A “aR ψὰ ’ Ν 
ἡμῖν βουλεύεσθαι ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν. 4. σύ τε γὰρ 
y > ἣν ε A ε Ν , 5 “2ν ε la 
Ελλην εἶ καὶ ἡμεῖς. 5. ὁ δὲ λέγει αὐτῷ. 6. ὁρᾷ 
δὲ τοὺς Ἕλληνας νικῶντας τὸ καθ᾽ αὑτούς. 7. ὑμεῖς 
ἐπὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν χώραν ἔρχεσθε. 


Tif. 1. But send us back. 2. He remains in the 

same (place). 3. They lead him to the general. 

~—4. He has been wronged by us. 5. I myself will 

proceed to my own province.» 6. They kept warring 

with one another. 7. Your valor is worthy of ad- 
miration. 


IV. 1. He brings together his own soldiers. 

2. 1 summoned you. 3. The crags reach down to 
the. river itself. -4. Let us not neglect ourselves.* 
_.. 5. We must benefit our friends. 6. He himself 
slays him with his own hand.’ » 


o 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. T7 


NOTES. 


1 After many of the verbs that take the Infinitive in indirect discourse 
(Lesson XXXI.), both a personal and impersonal (§ 134, N. 2) construction is 
allowed in the passive. In this example, to illustrate, we might have also 
χέγεται ᾿Απόλλωνα νικῆσαι, it is sad that Apollo defeated, where the noun is 
the subject of the Infinitive and the Infinitive is the subject of λέγεται, rep- 
resenting the possible active construction, λέγουσιν ᾿Απόλλωνα νικῆσαι, etc. 
λέγω, however, in the active voice rarely takes the Infinitive in indirect dis- 
course. Cf. § 260, 2, N. 1. 

2 of also would be correct, § 144, 2. 

8 § 142, 4, ν. 3. 

* On the derivation of this word see further the general vocabulary. 

5 § 187. 

6 Not the genitive of the first Personal Pronoun. Cf. note 3, above. 

T Sc. μέρος or κέρας. 6 ¢-171, 2. 9 § 188, 1. 


0504 oo —— 


LESSON XXXVIII. 


Pronouns: Demonstrative, Interrogative, Indefinite, and 
Relative. 


Grammar: § 83, with Nn. 1, first paragraph. § 28, Nn. 3. 
δ 148. § 142, 4.1 § 84, with the first half of ν. 2. ὃ 149, 
land2. ὃ 150. § 86, withw. 1. § 151. 


Examples. 


§ 149, 1: τίνας ὁρῶ; Wuom do TI see? τίνας ἄνδρας ὁρῶ; 
wHat men do I see? 
§ 149, 2: τί βούλεται ; wHat does he want? ἐρωτᾷ τί (or 
6 tt”) βούλεσθε, he asks WHat you want. 
§ 150: TOUTO λέγει τίς, SOME ONE says this ; ἄνθρωπός 
tis, SOME man; ὁρῶ ἄνθρωπόν τινα, 1 see 
A CERTAIN man, or 7} sce A man. 
ᾧ 151: οὗτοι ods ὁρᾶτε βάρβαροι πολέμιοι ἡμῖν ἔσονται, 
these barbarians WHOM you see will be hostile to us. 


78 FIRST LESSONS IN. GREEK. 


Vocabulary. 
ἀργός, -ος, -ov, (a priv. and ἔργον) without work, idle. 
γνώμη, “1S; ἡ, (γιγνώσκω, to KNOW) judgment, purpose, 
opinion. 
δοκέω, δόξω," ἔδοξα, δέδογμαι, 
ἐδόχθην, to seem, to think. 
ἐπ-αινέω, -έσω,-εσα,-εκα,-ημαι, 
-έθην," (ἐπί, intens., and αἰνέω, to praise ; 
ef. aivos, praise) to approve, to praise. 
παῖς, -δός," ὁ or ἡ, a child, a son, a 
daughter. 


TANTOV, -OV, TO, (πάλλω, to brandish) a javelin. 
τεκμήριον, -OV, TO, (τέκμαρ, a sure a sure sign, a posilive 


sign) proof. 
’ ε 
τρόπος, -οΟυ, O, (τρέπω, to turn) a turn, a manner, (of 
persons) disposition, 
character. 
Exercises. 


Ke 
I. 1. καὶ οὗτοι μὲν ἔμενον, ot δ᾽ addov® ἐπο- 
ρεύοντο. 2. εἰ Δαρείου ἐστὶ παῖς, ἐμὸς δὲ ἀδελφός, 
οὐκ ἀμαχεὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἐγὼ λήψομαι. 8. εἰ δέ τις ἄλλο 
ὁρᾷ βέλτιον, λεξάτω. 4. εὐθὺς δὲ ἐκεῖνος ἀπελαύνει 
τοὺς στρατιώτας. 5. τί πραχθήσεται; 6. ἐρωτᾷ 
a σ΄ a \ σ ¥ , 
οὗτος ὁ τι ποιουμεν. 7. καὶ αὐτὴ addy πρὸ- 
2 A Y ξ 

φασις ἦν αὐτῷ: 8. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται, οἵ τε 
> A > 7 A ε ¥ ἴω > , 
αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι, ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες, 
9 4, 
ἐπήνεσαν. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. "9 


II. 1. τοῦτο αὐτοὶ ἐποιεῖσθε. 2. οὗτος δὲ ὁ αὐ- 
ἷκ , ε “~ ’ ’ Y 4 
τὸς κελεύει ἡμᾶς πορεύεσθαι. 3. Tis οὕτω μαίνεται 
> > 
ὅστις ov βούλεταί σοι φίλος εἶναι; 4. σὺ οὖν συμ- 
’, ε “ 4 ἊΝ > Q 
βούλευσον ἡμῖν, 6 τι σοι δοκεῖ ἄριστον εἶναι. 5. τὰ 
αὐτὰ ταῦτα βουλεύονται. 6. βασιλεύσει ἀντ᾽ ἐκεί- 
νου. 7. λέγουσι δέ τινες τάδε. 


III. 1. And he commands them to say this. 
2. What will the rest of® the soldiers doP 3. And 
these did so."° 4. He speaks as follows.’ 5. Ivpur- 
sued with the aid of these. 6. But there was ἃ 
certain Athenian in the army. 


IV.. 1. He collected his own army and spoke as 
follows.. 2. What opinion have you? 8. But an- 
other army was collected for him in the following 
manner.” 4. But the following (fact) is a proof of 
this. 

NOTES. 


. 1. See the erample in Lesson XIX. 
2 See the remark at the top of page 126 in the Grammar. 
3 The stem is γνω-. On the formation of the Present from this simple stem, 
ef. μιμνήσκω, note 3, Lesson XXIX. 
* § 108, 7. 
5 Except in the Perfect passive, the short vowel of the stem is retained, 
ὁ 106, N. 2. 
6 § 25, 3, N. 
7 § 148, n. 1. 
8 § 142, 2, ν, 8. 
9 Future of χαμβάνω. 
10 οὕτως, 
11. With the aid of, σύν. 
12 \; 160, 2, where an; first éxample means, ἐπ the PRECEDING manner. 


ΜΌΝ 


80 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON XXXIX. 


\ Verbs: Second Tenses in the Active Voice. 


Grammar :~§ 96, IT.,? the Second Tenses of the Active voice 
of λείπω. § 90,2,N. § 107, with Ν. 1 andy. 2. ὃ 108, 
with 1, 2, and 5. § 109, with 2. ὃ 110, ν. § 95, 1, the 
synopsis of the entire Active voice both by moods and by 
tenses. 


Vocabulary.* 


ἄγω, ἄξω, ἦχα, ἦγμαι, ἤχθην ; sec. aor. 

ἤγαγον," to lead. 
ἁμαρτάνω (ἁμαρτ-), -ἤσομαι, -ηκα, 

-npat, -ἤθην ; sec. aor. ἥμαρτον, to err, to miss. 
ἔχω (σεχ-), ἕξω or σχήσω, ἔσχηκα, 

ἔσχημαι, ἐσχέθην 5 sec. aor. ἔσχον, ἷ to have, to hold. 
λαμβάνω (daB-),° λήψομαι, εἴληφα," to take, to cap- 

εἴλημμαι, ἐλήφθην ; see. aor. ἔλαβον, ture. 
λείπω(λιπ-), λείψω, λέλειμμαι, ἐλείφθην; 

sec. perf. λέλοιπα 3 sec. aor. ἔλιπον, to leave. 
μανθάνω(μαθ:), μαθήσομαι, μεμάθηκα; 

sec. aor. ἔμαθον, to learn. 
τυγχάνω (Tvx-),° τεύξομαι, τετύχηκα ; toobtain, tohit, 

sec. aor. ἔτυχον, to happen. 
φεύγω (pvy-), φεύξομαι or hevEovpar’; to flee, to flee 

sec. perf. πέφευγα 3 sec. aor. ἔφνγον, Jrom. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 91 


Exercises. 


I. 1. Μένων δὲ τὸ εὐώνυμον κέρας ἔσχεν. 2. ev 
¥ A @ 
Bis δ᾽ ἔλαβε τὰ παλτὰ εἰς Tas χεῖρας. 3. Kal ot 
~ 9 
Tos αὐτοῦ" ἥμαρτεν. 4. ὀκτὼ μόνους κατέλιπον... 
5. ἀλλὰ πολλὰς προφάσεις Κῦρος εὕρισκεν, ἵνα ὑμᾶς 
Te , ΄, Le OW > ΄ 5 , 
τε ἀπαρασκευάστους λάβοι καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐνθάδε avayd- 
γοι. 6. ἡ δὲ Κίλισσα ἔφυγεν ἐκ τῆς ἁρμαμάξης καὶ 
ry Aes A 1] , uy ¥ 

οἱ ἐκ τῆς Ayopas” καταλιπόντες τὰ ὦνια ἔφυγον. 

11. 1. καὶ οὐκ ἦν τοὺς ὄνους λαβεῖν. 2. καὶ 
ἔταξεν αὐτοὺς, λαβόντας τοῦ βαρβαρικοῦ στρατοῦ," 

4 Ν ε 4 “A te , 

συνεκβιβάζειν Tas ἁμάξας. 3. τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ KaTa- 

’ Ν 4 \ > ’ 5 / 13 Ν 3. 2 
καύσας τὰς κώμας καὶ οἰκίαν οὐδεμίαν" λιπὼν ἐξής- 

’ Ν Ν 5 4 ε ’ὔ’ 

λαυνε πάλιν 4. τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ἐκέλευεν ὁπλίτας 
ἀγαγεῖν - οἱ δὲ ταῦτα ἐποίησαν, ἀγαγόντες ws τρι- 
σχιλίους ὁπλίτας. 


III. 1. And first learn who they are. 2. They 
have not escaped. 3. But no one captured an ostrich. 
4. Corn” failed the army. 5. But he himself took 
the horsemen and proceeded.” 


IV. 1. But when* he had learned” this, he com- 
manded them to set the houses on fire. 2. And you 
again took pledges from’ me. 3. For a line ‘of the 
hoplites chanced to be following.” 


NOTES. 


1 Analyze each tense, pointing out the present stem, the simple stem, aug- 
ment, tense stem, connecting vowels, aud personal endings. 


6 


82 FIRST LESSONS ΙΝ. GREEK. 


2 Page 70. 

3 On the accent of the Infinitives and Participles, cf. § 26, n. 3. 

# After this in the vocabularies when the simple stem of any verb does not 
appear in the Present, it will be added in parentheses. In every such case the 
pupil should be required to show how the present stem is formed from the siin- 
ple stem, and to tell to which one of the nine classes the verb belongs. When 
no stem is given the verb, of course, belongs to the first class. 

5 In the Second Aorist the stem is doubled, becoming dyay-. 

§ Mute stems which assume v or ay in the Present, have their proper form 
only in the Second Aorist ; elsewhere they either lengthen the short vowel (like 
verbs of the second class, § 108,.2), or are lengthened by the addition of ε. 

7 In the Present ἔχω is for éx-w (cf. the Future, ἕξω) and that for cex-w. 
The stem oex- is syncopated in ἔσχον (for ἐ-σεχ-ον, § 14, 2), and appears in the 
form σχε- in σχήσω, etc. The Imperfect is εἶχον, § 103. 

§ ¢ 101, 2, N. 1. 

9 In the Future some verbs take oe as characteristic instead of o, contract- 
ing ε with the ending. This formation is found only in the Future Middle, and 
only where it has an active meaning. It is called the Dorie Future. 

20: § 171, 1. 

11 Those in the market-place. See Lesson LXII., Remark. 

12 § 170; 1. 

33 § 77, 1, N. 2. 

14 About. 

“15 Use the Second Aorist. 

16 ὁ σῖτος. 

Greek idiom, having taken (Aorist Participle) the horsemen he proceeded. 
as. 

παρά. 

ἑπομένη, § 279, 2. 


8&&5 





POSG5 0° 


LESSON XL. 


Verbs: Second Tenses in the Middle Voice. 


Grammar: § 96, 11.,1 Second Aorist Middle of λείπω." 
§ 108, with 6,7, and 8. § 109, with 1, 2, and 3. § 95, 1, 
_ the synopsis of the entire Middle voice both by moods and by 
tenses. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 83 


Vocabulary. 
ἀφ-ικνέομαι (ik-), -ίξομαι, -ὑγμαιἷ; sec. aor. 70 come, to 
΄ ᾿ ἀξ 
-ἰΚομήν, (ἀπό and ἵκνεομαι, fr. ἕκω, to come) arrive. 
γίγνομαι (yev-), γενήσομαι, γεγένημαι; 
sec. aor. ἐγενόμην ; sec. perf. γέγονα, I am, to become. 


ἐπι-λανθάνομαι(λαθ-),-λήσομαι,"-λέλησμαι; 
sec. aor. -ελαθόμην, (ἐπί and λανθάνομαι, to forget, 


mid. of λανθάνω, to lie hid from) to Sorget. 
εὑρίσκω (evp); EUpy ow, -ηκα, μαι, -€Onv; 

sec. aor. εὗρον, to find. 
πάσχω" (παθ-, rev0-"), πείσομαι; sec. pert. 

πέπονθα ; sec. aor. ἔπαθον, to suffer. 
πίπτω (πετ-, TTw-"), πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα; 

sec. aor. ἔπεσον, to Fall. 
πυνθάνομαι (πυθ-), πεύσομαι, "πέπυσμαι; to ascer- 

sec. aor. ἐπυθόμην, ἢ lain. 
τρέπω, τρέψω, ἔτρεψα, GOP rérpajuia, 

ἐτρέφθην; sec. aor. mid. ἐτραπόμην, to turn. 

Exercises. 


Y ν᾿ ε 
I. 1. ἔνθα δὴ πολὺς τάραχος ἐγένετο. 2. ἐν 
ταύτῃ τῇ μάχῃ ἔπαθεν οὐδεὶς οὐδέν." 8. ἔδοξεν 
αὐτῷ σκηπτὸς πεσεῖν" εἰς τὴν πατρῴαν οἰκίαν. 
“ 


4. ἀλλὰ δέδοικα, μὴ, ἂν" ἅπαξ μάθωμεν ἀργοὶ 
Cav, 


γένοιτο" τῷ ἐμῷ ἀδελφῴ πολέμιος. 


ἐπιλαθώμεθα τῆς οἴκαδε ὁδοῦ. 5. οὐκ ἂν 


84 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK: 


II. 1. οὐδ᾽ 7 εἰ πιστὸς γενοίμην, σοί γ᾽ ἂν δό- 
ξαιμιι 2. ὁ πιστότατος τῶν σκηπτούχων λέγεται 
“ 3 A Ν . 
περιπεσεῖν αὐτῷ. 3. ὡς δ᾽ ἡ τροπὴ ἐγένετο, δια- 
, 4 ε δ) \ 2 aS , ΄ 
σπείρονται. 4. ἡ δὲ γυνὴ προτέρα Κύρου πέντε 
ε a 25.5 4 as “5 bs Pred 4 
ἡμέρας ἀφίκετο. 5. Κῦρος ἔδεισε μὴ ὄπισθεν yevo- 
μενος βασιλεὺς κατακόψειε τὸ Ἑλληνικόν. 


III. 1. A shout arose.” 2. These arrived at” 
Sardis. 3. And these (two) died. 4. And he 
ascertained the matter. 5. He questioned Cyrus 
thus.”! 


IV. 1. But Cyrus himself was killed.” 2. I 
should not wonder, if you would find some one. 
3. But the enemy betook themselves to flight. 
4. But he grappled with (it) and was dragged™ 


down from his horse. 


NOTES. 


1 Page 71. Cf. note 1, Lesson XXXIX. 

2 On the accent of the Infinitive and the second person singular of ‘the 
Imperative, cf. § 26, nN. 3, (1) and (3). 

3 § 16, 38. In compound verbs the accent cannot precede the augment 
or reduplication, § 26, N. 1. 

# In many verbs (especially of the first, fifth, and sixth classes) the simple 
stem is modified in certain tenses (not the Present or Imperfect) by adding ¢, 
which is then generally lengthened, § 106. 

5 Cf. note 6, Lesson XXXIX. 

6 The Present before euphonic change is πάθ-σκω, § 16, 2. For the 
euphonie change in the Future, cf. § 16, 5, N. 1. 

7 These stems are not essentia//y different; a and € are often interchanged 
in verb-stems (παθ-, πεθ-), and the insertion of the nasal is parallel with what 
is done in the case of such verbs as μανθάνω, § 108, 5. 

8 The stems are not essential/y different. 

9 Cf. note 9, Lesson XXXIX. @-zec-ov is for ἔ-πετ-ον, which is in fact the 
form of the Second Aorist in Dorie Greek. 


ee ae Se 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 85 


10 Cf. note 6, Lesson XXXIX. The Perfect Passive, however, does not 
“Jengthen the simple stem. 

11 There is a rarer form of the Perfect, τέτραφα. 

12 § 283, 8, second paragraph. 

13 70 have fallen; δοκέω, in the meaning ¢o seem, takes the Infinitive 
in indirect discourse, usually in the personal construction, Cf. note 1, 
Lesson XXXVII. 

14 Tc. ἐάν. 

15 § 123, N. 2. 

16 § 224, and § 226, 2. 

17 § 24, 8. 

18 ᾧ 138, n. 7. For the following genitive, cf. § 175, 1. 

19 Use γίγνομαι. 

20 εἰς: 

21 Τρ, as follows. Use an adverb. 

22 Use ἀποθνήσκω, aud cf. the general vocabulary. 

23 The Greck idiom is, having grappled with (it) he was dragged, ete. 


LESSON XLI. 


Verbs: Second Tenses in the Passive Voice. 


Grammar: § 96, III.,1 Second Tenses of the Passive voice 
of στέλλω.2 ὁ 108, 3, 4, and 9.4Read § 108, 4, n. ὁ 109, 
1,2, and 8. §110,3 and 4. § 95,1, the synopsis of the 
entire Passive voice both by moods and by tenses. 


Vocabulary. 


aipew(aipe-, €d-), αἱρήσω, ἤρηκα, ἤρημαι, to take; mid. 
npeOnp ;. sev. aor. εἷλον, to choose. 

βοηθέω, -yow, -noa, -ηκα, -ἡμαι, (βοηθός, to aid, to as- 
aiding*) sist. 


86 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


ἐκ-πλήττω (πληγ-), -ἥξω, -ηξα, -nypat, to strike out. 

-ἤχθην 2. sec. perf. πέπληγα; sec. aor. pass. of one’s senses, 

ἐπλάγην," to terrify. 
ἔρχομαι (ἐρχ-, ἐλυθ.), ἐλεύσομαι," 

ἐλήλυθα ; sec. aor. ἦλθον, to go, to come. 
θάπτω (θαφ-), θάψω, ἔθαψα, τέθαμμαι; 

‘sec. aor. ἐτάφην,ἷ fo bury. 
κατ-αλλάττω (adday-), -a&o, etc. reg.; sec. 

aor. pass. -ηλλάγην, (κατά and ἀλλάττωϑ) to reconcile. 
παρα-σκευάζω (oKevad-), -dow, -ασα, to make ready, 

“AT LAL, (παρά and σκεῦος) to prepare. 
στρέφω, -ψω, ἔστραμμαι, ἐστρέφθην ; 

sec. aor. pass. ἐστράφην, fo turn. 


Exercises. 


I. 1. καὶ ot Ἕλληνες στραφέντες παρεσκευά- 
Ν Ν , Ν ᾿ ἢ jokes κὰν ἢ 
ζοντο. 2. πολλοὺς δὲ ποιήσει τὰ Tap ἑαυτῷ ἑἐλέ- 
σθαι. 3. καὶ ἐβουλευόμεθα σὺν αὐτοῖς ὅπως ἂν 
ταφείησαν" οἱ νεκροί. 4. ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ τὴν διάβασιν 
» ’ 3 Ν Ν ε a“ , 4 
ἀφιππεύει ἐπὶ THY ἑαυτοῦ σκηνήν. 5. κατελήφθη 
5» , » >) ’ ω 
ἐκπλαγείς τις. 6. ἔφασαν τοὺς λόχους κατακοπῆναι 
iis" aA , Ν “Ὁ .Φ ὦ ¥ , 
ὑπὸ τῶν Κιλίκων. 7. καὶ οὗτος δή, ὃν ῴᾧετο πιστόν 
οἱ εἶναι, ταχὺ αὐτὸν εὗρε Κύρῳ didairepov" ἢ ἑαυ- 
τῷ. 8. παρὰ δὲ βασιλέως πολλοὶ πρὸς Κῦρον 
ἀπῆλθον, ἐπειδὴ πολέμιοι ἀλλήλοις ἐγένοντο. 


II. 1. ἐπιβουλεύει Κύρῳ, καὶ (also) πρόσθεν 
πολεμήσας, καταλλαγεὶς dé. 2. ζῶντας πολλοὺς 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 87 
͵ : 


2A 2 ¥ 9 ΕΣ ὃ , ὁ AID , , 
avTwy ἐλοι av. 3. aye On, εἰπέ," τίνα γνώμην 


» Ν > »9 3 “ Ὧν ἐν “ > ’ 
ἔχεις. 4. καὶ ἐκέλευσεν εἰπεῖν αὐτὸν ποῦ ἐπλήγη. 


"epee, ἘΣ thai a 
TO ἐκείνων πλοῖον. 


5. ἔχω γὰρ τριήρεις ὥστε ἑλεῖν" 
6. ἐὰν δὲ οὗτος σφαλῇ, οὐ σπανίσει τῶν βοηθη- 
σόντων."" 

ΠΙ|. 1. And the barbarians turned and fled.” 
2. He said this. 3. I should prefer? freedom.” 
4. He saw the general. 5. We did not come to- 


gether for the purpose of warring” with the king. 


IV. 1. Cyrus said this to the soldiers. 2. But 
he came to his own army and spoke as follows. 
3. And they chose men and sent them with him. 
4. The army came along this pass and got!” within 


the ditch. 


NOTES. 


1 Page 72. Cf. note 1, Lesson XXXIX., pointing out in the present Lesson 
the characteristic also. 

2 For the accent of the Second Aorist Infinitive and Participle, cf. § 26, 
N. 3, (1) and (2). ‘ 

3 In the case of verbs of the ninth class, since the stems are essentially 
different, the present stem is given along with the others. Cf. note 4, 
Lesson XXXIX. ; , 

4. Cf. the general vocabulary for the derivation of βοηθός. 

5 The simple (uncompounded) verb has the Second Aorist Passive ἐπλήγην," 
formed from the simple stem without change. 

6 In Attic prose εἶμι (§ 129, II.) is used for ἐλεύσομαι (ἢ 200, N. 3). The 
Future ἐλεύσομαι lengthens the stem after the analogy of verbs of the second 
class (§ 108, 2). On the reduplication of the Perfect, cf. § 104. The Second 
Aorist ἦλθον is for ἤλυθον by syncopation. 


7 $17, 2, nN. 

8. For the derivation in full, cf. the general vocabulary. 

® See note 16, Lesson XL. 13 § 266, 1. 17 § 277, 3, and 
106 144,9. 14 § 172, 1. N. 2. 

1 § 71, π᾿ 2. CEI. 1. 18 πρός. 


12 § 26, Nn. 3, (2), at the end. 16 § 141, n. 1, (4). 19 Use γίγνομαι. 


88 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON XLII. . 
Verbs: Liquid! 


GramMaR:\§ 97. §120,1. ὃ 121. Inflect in all the 


moods the Perfect and Pluperfect Middle and Passive of 


φαίνω." 


Vocabulary. 


ἀγγέλλω (ἀγγελ-),-ελῶ,-ειλα,-ελκα,-ελμαι, 
-έλθην, (ἄγγελος, a messenger, fr. ἄγω, to bring) fo announce. 


Baddw(Badr-), βαλῶ, βέβληκα." βέβλημαι, 


ἐβλήθην; sec. aor. ἔβαλον, to throw. 
ἐκ-δέρω, -δερῶ, -έδειρα, -δέδαρμαι; sec. aor. p. 
᾿ -εδάρην, to flay. 
μένω, μενῶ, ἔμεινα, μεμένηκα, ἢ ‘to remain. 
στέλλω (στελ-), -ελῶ, -ειλα, -αλκα, -αλμαι; 

sec. aor. p. ἐστάλην, fo send. 
τείνω (τεν-), TEVO, ἔτεινα, τέτακα, TETAPAL, 

ἐτάθην ὃ. to stretch. 
tpéxo (θρεχ-. Spap-), Spapodpar 

δεδράμηκα:; sec. aor. ἔδραμον, to run. 


daivw (φαν-), φανῶ, ἔφηνα, πέφαγκα, to show: wid. 
πέφασμαι, ἐφάνθην ; sce. perf. πέφηνα; «πᾶ pass. 70 
sec. aor. p. ἐφάνην, appear. 


Exercises. 


\ A ¥ la 3 , ¥ 
I. 1. μετὰ ταῦτα οὔτε ζῶντα Opovrav οὔτε τεθνη- 
κότα οὐδεὶς εἶδε πώποτε: τάφος δὲ οὐδεὶς πώποτε 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 3989 


αὐτοῦ ἐφάνη. 2. ἀπεκρίνατο Κλέαρχος. 3. καὶ 
ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν οἱ στρατιῶται ἡμέρας πέντε. 
4. ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα, ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χεῖρα. 5. καὶ 

Ἁ ε , > A8 i A < » 
τοὺς ὁπλίτας αὐτοῦ" ἐκέλευσε μεῖναι. 6. καὶ εἴ τι 

. ~ ’ὔ 5 ε / oN / > 4 

παραγγεῖλαι χρήζοιεν, ἐν ἡμίσει av χρόνῳ αἰσθά- 
voto τὸ στράτευμα. 7. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐξῆλθεν, ἐξήγγειλε 

A ,ὔ Ν , 9. 16 Ps Ψ X 
τοῖς φίλοις τὴν κρίσιν" ws ἐγένετο. ὃ. ὅ τι δὲ ποι- 
ἥσει οὐ διασημανεῖ. 


II. 1. σὺ δὲ πρῶτος ἀπόφηναι" γνώμην. 2. ne 
κα δὲ δείλη ἐγίγνετο, ἐφάνη κονιορτός. 3. ἐνταῦθα͵ 


ΗΠ ᾿ῬΑπόλλων ἐκδεῖραι Μαρσύαν. 4. οἱ δὲ 


λέγεται 
, > , 12 \ > , δ x 

κάμνοντες ἀνακραγόντες " Tas ἀσπίδας πρὸς τὰ 

δό »Ἤ᾽ 286 Ν ͵,ὕ 5 , 
Opata ἔκρουσαν. 5. ἐδόκουν τοὺς πολεμίους ἀτά- 

κτοις σφίσιν" ἐπιπεσεῖσθαι. 6. ἐπειδὴ πεπτω- 
’ > “ , 9 Ν 2 

κότα εἶδε Κῦρον, καταπηδήσας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου περι- 


ἔπεσεν αὐτῷ. 


Tif. 1. I will announce this. 2. Cyrus remained 
there thirty days. 3. I will quickly answer you. 
4. They did not await the hoplites. 5. He inflicted 
blows. ᾿ 


ITV. 1. Shall I announce a treaty or war? 
2. What will the rest answer to Cyrus? 3. Let 
us not wait for others to come to us! 4. And the 
asses ran forward. 

NOTES. 


Ὁ Analyze (note 1, Lesson XLI.) each form in the paradigm, and classify 
(§ 108) the verbs in the vocabulary. Do this also in each of the following 
Lessons where possible. 


00 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. , 


2 § 113, ν. 3. The third person plural of the Perfect Indicative is πεῴα- 
σμένοι εἰσί, and of the Pluperfect, πεφασμένοι ἦσαν, from the impossibility of 
pronouncing πέφαν-νται and πέφαν-ντος. Cf. § 98,1. Cf. also § 16, 4. 

8 § 14, 1. 

4. Some verbs of the first class add € to the simple stem in some of their 
tenses. Cf. βούλομαι, Lesson XVIII.; ἐθέλω, Lesson XX.; οἴομαι, Lesson 
XXIX.; ete. Cf. also note 4, Lesson XL. 

5 § 109, note 1. 

6 § 17, 2, N. 

7 ᾧ 283, 8, second paragraph. 

8 An adverb. 

% A noun which properly belongs to the dependent sentence is often trans- 
ferred (usually with change of case) to the principal sentence. The object is to 
give it a more emphatic position. We might have had, ws ἡ κρίσις ἐγένετο. 

τὸς §:199. 3: 

11 Cf. note 1, Lesson XX XVII. 

12 In English, in place of the Participle use a finite mood connected with the 
following verb by the conjunction and. 

13 § 144, 2. On the accent, ef. § 27, 1. 

14 Cf. note 9, Lesson XXXIX. 


LESSON XLIII. 


Verbs: Euphonic Changes in Mute Verbs Summarized. bor 
Periphrastic Forms. . 


1. According to § 94, verbs are divided into three classes: “pure verbs, 
whose stem ends in a vowel; mute verbs, whose stem ends in a mute 
(§ 6, 2); and diguid verbs, wigan stem ends in a liquid. 

2. It will be noted, however, that many verbs (properly called azoma- 
lous, § 107, n. 2) have a strengthened stem in the Present. In this 
ease, because of the different forms in which the stem appears, it is often 
difficult to designate the verb as pure, mute, or liquid. This designa- 
tion, however, is not a necessary one, and in such cases need not be 
attempted. - 

3. Of mute simple stems that appear in the Present in a strengthened 
form, the following should be carefully noted: 


Pe ἐκ... ... 





FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 01 


᾿ 1) Those whose Present Indicative ends in πτω ({ 108, 3), where 
‘the final mute of the simple stem is a /adial. 

2) Those whose Present Indicative ends in σσὼ or rrw' (§ 108, 4, 
I.), where the final mute is generally a palatal. 

8) Those whose Present Indicative ends in ζω (ᾧ 108, 4, I.), where 
the mute is with one exception (vito, νιβ-, to wash) either a lingual or 

a palatal, to be seen in the Future. 

Notr. — Mute simple stems are found also in each of the remaining classes 

\ of anomalous verbs, but in general are easy to recognize. 

ἮΝ 4, Give a synopsis in all the voices of the Indicative mood of the 
following regular verbs with simple stems ending in a mute, explaining 
the euphonic changes: τρίβω (rptB-), fo rub; γράφω (ypadg-), 
to write; πλέκω (πλεκ-), fo braid: πράττω (mpay-), to do; 
ταράττω (rapay-), to disturb; φράζω (ppad-), to tell; πείθω 
(7t0-),” to persuade. 


Grammar: § 98 entire. Review § 16 entire.3 


Vocabulary. 
αἴξ, αἶγός, ὁ ΟΥ̓ ἡ, (ἀΐσσω, to leap) a goat. 
ἐλέγχω, ἐλέγξω, ἤλεγξα, Edjreypat,” to confute, to 
ἠλέγχθην, convict. 
κρατήρ, ~HPOS, ὃ, (κεράννυμε, to mix) a large bowl, a 


mining vessel. 

κρίνω (κρὶν-), κρινῶ, ἔκρινα, κέκρικα, to separate, to 
κέκριμαι, EKplOnv, judge. 

κτῆνος, -€0S, TO, («rdouau) a domestic ani- 

3 mal : pi. cattle. 

μέλλω, μελλήσω, ἐμέλλησα, or to be about, to 
ἠμέλλησα,ἷ intend. 

ὄρνις, -\Bos, ὁ or ἡ, a bird, a fowl. 
χάλκωμα, -ατος, TO, (χαλκός, Jronze) a bronze utensil. 


92, FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


Exercises. 


3 A Ἁ ε Ν ¢ 
I. 1. ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ στρατηγοὶ συνειλημμένοι ἦσαν, 
ἐν πολλῇ δὴ ἀπορίᾳ ἣ i στρατιῶ i 
nH On pia σαν οἱ στρατιωται. 2. ayo- 
oN Ν > Ν 
ρὰν δὲ οὐδεὶς ἔτι παρέξειν ἔμελλεν. 3. ἄνδρες, ἐάν 
A a ΕΝ 
μοι πεισθῆτε, τῶν ἄλλων πλέον προτιμήσεσθε στρα- 
τιωτῶν ὑπὸ Κύρου. 4. ἐσταλμένος ἐπὶ πόλεμον Hv. 
5. αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐπαινῶ, εἰ ταῦτα πεποιηκώς ἐστι. 
Ψ Ν lal ᾿ A 
6. χρή, ἐὰν ἐλεγχθῶσι, τούτους τιμωρηθῆναι. 7. ἐν 
δὲ ταῖς οἰκίαις ἦσαν αἶγες, οἷες, βόες, ὄρνιθες, καὶ 
Ν ¥ , Ν Ν ’ ’ a” Ue 
τὰ ἔκγονα τούτων! τὰ δὲ κτήνη πάντα χιλῷ ἔνδον 
5 ’ὔ > Ν Ν Ν Ν Ν Ν 
ἐτρέφετο. ἦσαν δὲ καὶ πυροὶ καὶ κριθαὶ καὶ ὄσπρια 


καὶ οἶνος κρίθινος ἐν KpaTnpow. 


II. 1. ἦσαν δὲ καὶ χαλκώμασι παμπόλλοις κατε- 
σκευασμέναι αἱ οἰκία. 2. ἣν οὖν τῷ σφενδονᾶν 
ἐντεταγμένῳ ἄλλην τινὰ ἀτέλειαν εὑρίσκωμεν, ἴσως 
τινὲς φανοῦνται ἱκανοὶ ἡμᾶς ὠφελεῖν. 3. ποῖ πορεύ- 
εσθαι ἔμελλον ; 4. χρὴ αὐτὸν κριθέντα τῆς δίκης" 
τυχεῖν. 5. πόσοι τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὑπολελειμμένοι 
εἰσίν ; 

III. 1. But they had been left behind alone. 
2. And the stopping-place was near, where he was 
about to halt. 3. For they had been armed. 
4. They left their cattle behind” and fled. 5. No 
friend has been left to us. | 


IV. 1. But these on the other hand had been 
drawn up before the king himself. 2. But on the 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 93 


next day heralds were sent. 3. The soldiers have 
been drawn. up in line of battle.” 


NOTES. 


Cf. note 4, Lesson ITT. 

§ 108, 2, second paragraph. 

Lesson XVI. and XVII. might here be reviewed with advantage. 
§ 113, v.38. 

§ 109, N. 1. 

Cf. note 4, Lesson XLII. 

§ 102, 1, N. 

§ 47, 2. 

§ 171, 1. 

Cf. Lesson XLII., IT. 4, with the note on the sentence. 
Cf. Lesson XVL., II. 5. 


oer ooh wns Μμ 


» 
a) 


LESSON XLIV. 


Verbs: Formation of the Present from the Simple Stem. 


Grammar: § 107, entire. ἐξ 108, entire. 


Vocabulary. 
elrov' (ἐπ-, €p-), ἐρῶ, εἶπα, εἴρηκα, 
εἴρημαι, ἐρρήθην, fo say. 
θνήσκω (θαν-), θανοῦμαι, τέθνηκαΐ; 
τ sec. aor. ἔθανον, to dre. 
κτείνω(κτεν-), KTEVO, ἔκτεινα; sec. pert. 
ἔκτονα“; sev. aor. EXTAVOD,” fo kill. 
λανθάνω (hal-),* λήσω, λέλησμαι; to escape the notice 
sec. perf. λέληθα; sec. aor. ἔλαθον, ; of: mid. fo Sorget. 


04 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


πείθω (πιθ.), πείσω, etc. reg.; see. pert. to persuade: mid. to 

πέποιθα, as present, to trust, obey. 
τέμνω (Tep-), τεμῶ, τέτμηκα," 

τέτμημαι, ἐτμήθην ; 566. aor. 

¥ ¥ 

ἔτεμον and ἐταμον, to cut. 
τιτρώσκω (TPw-),” τρώσω, ἔτρωσα, 

’ 9 Ψ 

τέτρωμαι, ἐτρώθην, to wound. 
527 > » ¥ 6 Ὁ 
ὠθέω (ὧθ-), ὥσω, ἔωσα," ἔωσμαι, 


ἐώσθην, to push. 


Exercises. 


I. 1. τὴν χιόνα εἴκαζον τετηκέναι. 2. οὗτοι 
‘4 9 ~ ’ ε “ἘΝ ’ 

ο site - 
λὲν leg OTL Epes eee 3. ὕμεις δάξετε κα 
κοὶ εἶναι. 4. ἐκήρυξε τοῖς Ἕλλησι συσκευάζεσθαι. 
5. εἷς δὲ δὴ εἶπε (advised) στρατηγοὺς ἑλέσθαι ἀλ- 
λους. 6. σφενδόνας πλέκειν ἐθέλει. 7. οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεί- 


θοντο, πλὴν εἴϊ τίς τι ἔκλεψεν" 8. Δαρείου" καὶ 
4, ’ ~ , 7 
Παρυσάτιδος γίγνονται παῖδες δύο. 9. ὥστε βασι- 


Ἂς “A Ν ε Ν » ~ > > ’ 
λεὺς τῆς πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπιβουλῆς οὐκ ῃσθάνετο. 


A , 

II. 1. ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐπαύσατο. 2. ἐτάχθησαν 
SS 5 A , ¥ A 5 4 ε 
οὖν ἐπὶ τεττάρων. ὃ. ἔλεξεν ἃ ἐγίγνωσκεν. 4. ὡς 
δ᾽ ἤσθετο Κῦρον πεπτωκότα," ἔφυγεν. 5. τὰ © 
σ > , ᾿ 95 A A , ‘\ 
ἅρματα ἐφέροντο διὰ αὐτῶν τῶν πολεμίων. 6. καὶ 


> αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς τάξεως. 7. λελοιπώς 


ὃς". ὠθεῖται" 
3 Ν » oe > Ἀ ’ὔ Ν la 

ἐστι τὰ ἄκρα. 8. ol ἰατροὶ κάουσι Kal τέμνουσιν 
a a sy > κ᾿ 13 ΡΒ ε 
ἐπ᾿ ἀγαθῷ. 9. σκέψασθε εἰ κρεῖττον “ αὐτὸν nye 


¥ 
μόνα exe ιν. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 95 


Ill. 1. They concealed this. 2. He tried to 
escape the notice of the enemy. 38. But they flee 
through their own encampment. 4. And he wounds 
him through his breastplate. 5. Cyrus, therefore, 
went up with three hundred hoplites. 6. You are 
not willing to obey. 7. And being pressed by his 
opponents he comes to Cyrus. ᾿ 


IV. 1. But we will fight with” these. 2. But 
I am exceedingly fatigued. 3. Let him remember" 
to be a brave man. 4. They killed all the slaves. 
5. But 1 will choose you. 6. His wife persuaded 
him. 7. But the soldiers kept knocking at the gate. 


~ 


NOTES. 


1 A Second Aorist, the Present and Imperfect being supplied by λέγω and 
φημί. The form εἶπον comes from é-er-ov, Fe-Fer-ov, a reduplicated Second 
Aorist. Cf. ἔπος, vemos, word. In the Perfect, and in the Aorist Passive, 
the stem ép- appears in the form pe-. The Perfect, further, reduplicates accord- 


ing to § 101, 2, n. 1. 9 § 169, 1. 
2§ 14,1. 10 That Cyrus had fallen. 
8. § 109. 11 ¢ 151, N. 8, second paragraph, 
* Cf. ἐπι-λανθάνομαι, Lesson XL. 12. § 199, 2. 
5 ¢§ 108, 9, N. 13 Se. ἐστί. 
6 § 103. 14 With, ἔχων. 
T Evcept if, i. e. unless. 15 With, σύν. 
᾿ 8 Translate as if a Pluperfect. 16 Use the Perfect Imperative Middle. 
---- 0594 00——. 


LESSON XLV. 
Verbs: Regular in MI, ἵστημι. 


GRAMMAR Ag 126, 2, the inflection of ἕστημε through- 
out? ὁ 125, 1 and 2. Read § 125, 1, notes 1 and 2. In 


96 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


§ 126, 1, read the first and second paragraphs, learn the 


_ synopsis of ἵστημι, and in th 
parts.” 


N. 2. § 68, declension of ἑστάς. 


Vocabulary. 


Baive (Ba-),’ βήσομαι, βέβηκα; sec. aor. ἔβην, 
δύναμαι, δυνήσομαι, δεδύνημαι, ἐδυνήθην," 
ἐπίσταμαι, ἐπιστήσομαι, ἠπιστήθην, 


note learn its principal 
Read with especial care $°127, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, and 


lo go. 
to be able. 


‘to under- 


stand. 
ὁράω (dpa-, ὁπ-, id-), ὄψομαι, ἑώρακα or 
ἑόρακα, ἑώραμαι or ὥμμαι, ὦφθην; sec. 
aor. εἶδον, lo see. 
πίμπλημι (πλα-), πλήσω, ἔπλησα, πέπληκα, 
πέπλησμαι, ἐπλήσθην, fo fill. 


συλ-λέγω, -λέξω, -έλεξα, -είλοχα, -είλεγμαι 


to gather 


or τλέλεγμαι, -ελέχθην ; sec. aor. pass.-eheynv, together, 
to collect. 
, “yee ” ¥ 62.7 
φέρω(φερ-. οἱ-, EVEK-), OLOW, NVEYKA, ἐνήνοχα, 
ἐνήνεγμαι, ἠνέχθην ; sec. aor. NVEYKOY, lo bear. 
ὠνέομαι, ὠνήσομαι, ἐώνημαι, ἐωνήθην. 
(Classie writers use ἐπριάμην, § 126, 1, for the later 
ὠνησάμην.) to bu LY. 


Exercises. 


e ; Α 
I. 1. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι οὐκέτι ἔστησαν. 2. οἱ μετὰ 


᾿Αριαίου οὐκέτι ἵστανται, ἀλλὰ φεύγουσιν. 


ἊΝ ’ὔ 
Tl δύνωμαι, TAUTA TOLNOW. 


3. ἐάν 


4. ov yap ἃν δύναιντο 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. “γί 


πορευθῆναι. 5. στήτωσαν οἱ ὁπλῖται. 6. τὸ δὲ 
, A Σ εχ 

στράτευμα ὁ σῖτος ἐπέλιπε, καὶ πρίασθαι οὐκ ἦν. 

; > 5 

7. ὡς δ᾽ ἀνέβησαν, θύσαντες καὶ τρόπαιον στησά- 
, > Ν ’, 53 , ε 

μενοι κατέβησαν εἰς τὸ mediov. 8. ἀνέστησαν οἱ 

fe 

Ἕλληνες καὶ εἶπον ὅτι ὥρα νυκτοφύλακας καθιστά- 

ναι. 9. ἡ δὲ Κίλισσα ἰδοῦσα τὴν τάξιν τοῦ στρα- 

τεύματος ἐθαύμασεν. 


II. 1. ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τοῦτό γε ἐπίστασθε. 2. Κῦ- 
ὔ A » Ἁ , 5 A , 
pos δέ, ψιλὴν ἔχων τὴν κεφαλήν, εἰς THY μάχην 
4 . ’ὔ 3 ~ 3 ’ ε 5 ΄ 
καθίστατος 3. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο ὡς ἐδύναντο 
, 8 > ΄ — Ard) Bile > 
τάχιστα. 4. ἐκ τούτου Ξενοφων ἀνίσταται ἐσταλ- 
μένος ἐπὶ πόλεμον ὡς ἐδύνατο κάλλιστα. 5. ἀλλ᾽ 
aifet 9 , “ δεν 3 , 9 
εὖ ἐπιστάσθωσαν ὅτι οὐκ ἀποπεφεύγασιν. 6. ἐβου- 
λεύοντο, ὅπως ἂν κάλλιστα διαβαῖεν. 7. καὶ οὔτε 
ἀνελέσθαι οὔτε θάψαι αὐτὼ ἐδυνάμεθα. 8. σοὶ 


Ν » Ν » ’ 
τιμὴν οἴσει εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον. 


II]. 1. And accordingly Cyrus went up on the 
mountains. 2. For it will not be possible to pur- 
chase food. 3. He halted the soldiers. 4. Cyrus 
halted. 5. They kept filling the skins with grass.’ 
6. Having said this he mounted his horse and rode 
away. 

IV. 1. He was not able to sleep. 2. You must” 
cross the river. 3. Here he collected an army. 
4. And. they raised them up. 5. But then these 
cities had revolted" to Cyrus. 6. For if he should 


go up on the mountains, [ should follow. 
ἢ 


08 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


NOTES. 


1 In this and the next three Lessons analyze with care, according to the 
directions given in note 1, Lesson XXXIX. For the accent of the Present In- 
finitive and Present Participle Active, cf. § 26, ν, 3, (1) and (2). . 

2 In the Active voice the Second Aorist ἔστην, I stood, Perfect ἕστηκα, T 
am standing, Pluperfect éorjxew, I was standing, and Future Perfect ἑστήξω 
(§ 120, 3, N.), 1 shall stand, are intransitive, a distinction that prevails also in 
the numerous compounds of this verb. 

3 Cf. § 108, 9, n. The Perfect and Aorist Passive, βέβαμαι and ἐβάθην, 
occur only in composition. 

4 ¢ 102, 1, N. 

5 Cf. 103, at the end before the Ν. 


6 The first Aorist Active is irregularly formed without characteristic on the — 


strengthened stem éveyx-. The Perfect Active (§ 104) follows the analogy of 
the cases in § 109, 1. The Second-Aorist Active is, by syncopation of the 
second € (with euphonic change, § 16, 5), for 7v-evex-ov, a reduplicated form 
(év-evex-ov before receiving the augment). 

T § 103. 

8 Literally, as they were able most quickly, i.e. as quickly as possible. This 
is the origin of the use of ὅτε and ws explained in note 4, Lesson XXXIV. 

9 § 172, 2. 


10 χρή. 
11 Pluperfect Active of ἀφ-ίστημι. 


LESSON XLVI, 


Verbs: Regular in MI (continued), τίθημι. 


Grammar: ὃ 126, 2, the inflection of τέθημε through- 
out ὃ 125, land 2. Read ὃ 125, 1, notes 1 and 2. In 
§ 126, 1, read the first and second paragraphs, learn the 
synopsis of τέθημι, and in the notes learn its principal 
parts.2. Read with care § 127, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, and ν. 1. 
§ 68, declension of τιθείς. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 99 
Vocabulary. | 
δέω, δήσω, ἔδησα, Sédexa, δεδεμαι, 
ἐδέθην, to bind. 
Ε΄ δίκη, -NS, 7 right, justice, 
penalty. 


ἐσθίω(ἐσθι-, ἐδ-, φαγ-), Cdopat,* ἐδήδοκα, 
ἐδήδεσμαι, ἠδέσθην ; sec. aor. ἔφαγον, to eat. 


κύων, κυνός, ὃ ory, ὁ a dog. 
πλέω (πλυ-),." πλεύσομαι or πλευσοῦμαι, 
ἔπλευσα, πέπλευκα, πέπλευσμαι, to sail. 
σφάλλω (cdadr-), σφαλῶ, ἔσφηλα, fo trip up, to 
᾿ἔσφαλμαι ; sec. aor. pass. ἐσφάλην, deceive. 
φόβος, -ου, ὁ, (φέβομαι, to flee affrighted) fear, fright. 
φράζω, φράσω, ete. reg. to tell. 
Exercises. 


1. 1. ἐπιθήσεται ἡμῖν. 2. καὶ κελεύουσι φυλάτ- 
θ \ Cu A > θῶ “ Ν 7 ε , 
τεσθαι, μὴ ὑμῖν ἐπιθῶνται τῆς νυκτὸς οἱ βάρβαροι. 
3. τὴν δίκην χρήζω ἐπιθεῖναι αὐτῷ. 4. τούτους 
δὲ ed , et ον \ \ ε δ: , 
€ ἐκέλευε θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα περὶ THY αὑτοῦ σκηνήν. 
5. ἀλλ᾽ ot ὀλίγον ἐδηδοκότες σφόδρα μεθύουσιν 
». 8 ν 9 \ , > , \ 
ἐῴκεσαν. 6. Kal ἰατροὺς κατέστησαν ὀκτώ. 7. καὶ 
ns > ΄ ¥ ν , 3 ΄ μεν 
οἰκίαν οὐδεμίαν ἔλιπεν, ὅπως φόβον ἐνθείη τοῖς 
ἣν φ A 4 > , ε , a 
ἄλλοις. 8. οὐκέτι ἐπετίθεντο οἱ πολέμιοι τοῖς κατα- 


y ζ΄ ἢ Ν 5 ’ 
βαίνουσι, δεδοικότες μὴ ἀποτμηθείησαν. 


Il. 1. καὶ ἐν τάξει θέμενοι τὰ ὅπλα συνῆλθον οἱ 


Ν Ν \ SE - “ ‘ ‘\ \ 
στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ παρὰ Apiaioy. 2. Tous μὲν 


100 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


e ,ὕ 3 “τ A Ν 3 , Ἂς Ν 
ὁπλίτας αὐτοῦ ἐκέλευσε μεῖναι, τὰς ἀσπίδας πρὸς τὰ 
/ id Ν Ν ’ Ν Ν 
γόνατα θέντας. 3. τοὺς γὰρ κύνας τοὺς χαλεποὺς 

‘ e ’ ὃ ὃ ᾽ ‘ Ἢ 9 > \ 

Tas ἡμέρας διδέασι. 4. Kal κατέστη εἰς THY Bact 
λείαν ᾿Αρταξέρξης. 5. τοῖς τελευταίοις ἐπέθεντο, 
\ > 4 , ‘\ > , > a 
Kal ἀπέκτεινάν τινας. 6. Kat ἐμβάντες εἰς πλοῖον, 


Ν Ν ’, 3» 5 , 5» la 
καὶ Ta πλείστου ἄξια ἐνθέμενοι, ἀπέπλευσαν. 


III. 1. But the hoplites. stood under arms. 2. Let 
us, therefore, go up on the hill. 3. He will inflict 
punishment on them. 4. They are about to attack 
us. 5. They halted under arms near the general’s 
tent. 6. They grounded arms beside the river. 


IV. 1. I fear that he may take’ me and inflict 
punishment on (me). 2. And having said this he 
arose. 3. The army will go up® on the hill and 
attack the enemy. 4. Let us appoint other generals. 


NOTES. 


1 Cf. note 1, Lesson XLV. 

2 On the form of the simple stem in the Aorist Passive, ef. (17, 2, N. 

3 There is a rare form of the Present, δίδημι, inflected like τέθημι. 

4 The Future is formed without characteristic. In the Perfect Active the 
stem ἐδ-- appears in the form ἐδο-. The addition of € to the simple stem (as in 


the Perfect and Aorist Passive) is common. Cf. note 4, Lesson XL. Cf. also 


§ 113, n. 1. 

5 The vocative singular is κύον. All other cases than the nominative and 
vocative singular are formed from the stem κυν-. 

6 A verb of the second class (ὁ 108, 2), to which class are admitted six verbs 
with vowel stems. The ev of this lengthened stem before vowels became €F, 
from which the F finally was dropped. Cf. for a similar case, § 53, 3, Ν. 1. 
On the second form of the Future, cf. note 9, Lesson XXXIX. 

7) Κ 17.011. 

8 The Pluperfect (in the sense of the Imperfect) of ἔοικα, to be Like. 

9 Cf. Lesson XL., LV. 4, and the note. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 101 


LESSON XLVII. 
Verbs: Regular in MI (continued), 


δίδωμι. 


Grammar: Repeat the references of the last Lesson, sub- 
stituting δίδωμι for τέθημι. But on the declension of 


διδούς, cf. § 68, N. 


Voeabulatry.°. °° 2°: τς 


ἁλίσκομαι(άλ-, ἅλω-), ἁλώσομαι, ἑάλωκα 
Ψ εὔ Ψ l 
or ἥλωκα ; sec. aor. ἐάλων or ἥλων, 
γιγνώσκω (yvw-), γνώσομαι, ἔγνωκα, 
ἔγνωσμαι, ἐγνώσθην ; sec. aor. ἔγνων, 
ἐρωτάω," -ἥσω, etc. reg. 
, ε 2 
θυσία, -as, ἡ, (θύω) 
πιπράσκω(πρα:). πέπρακα, πέπραμαι, 
ἐπράθην, 
στερέω, -ήσω, etc. reg. 
, , ; 
σύνθημα, τατος, ΤΟ, (συν-τίθημι) 


σῶμα, -ατος, τό, 


Exercises. 


to be captured. 


fo KNOW. 
to enquire. 
a sacrifice. 


to sell. 

to deprive. 

an agreement, 
a password. 


the body. 


; A A , 
I. 1. δίδωσι δὲ αὐτῷ Κῦρος μυρίους δαρεικούς. 
2. μετὰ ταῦτα ἐδίδοτο λέγειν τῷ βουλομένῳ. 3. ἐν- 
vA de A 9X , > A , ὃ ὃ A 
ταῦθα δὲ μενοῦσιν, ἐὰν μή τις αὐτοῖς χρήματα διδῳ. 
A ω 9" 
4. ἠρώτων ἐκεῖνοι, ci* δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά. 
ἴω lanl ᾿ Ν 
δ.. καὶ δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν πιστὰ ἐθέλομεν. 6. καὶ 


102 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


ε “a \ > A 7 3 ‘\ ‘ 5 Ἂς 
ὑμεῖς μὴ ἐκδῶτέ pe. 7. ἀναγνοὺς τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 
3 “A ’ὔ = 9 4 bs} 
ἀνακοινοῦται Σωκράτει. 8. Kal ἵπποι ἥλωσαν εἰς 
εἴκοσι, καὶ ἡ σκηνὴ ἑάλω. 

II. 1. παραδόντες δ᾽ ἂν τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τῶν σωμά- 

6 , > x » > »¥ ΄ 
των" στερηθείημεν. 2. οὐ γὰρ ἔγωγ᾽ ἔτι πρεσβύ- 
τερος ἔσομαι, ἐὰν. τήμερον προδῷ ἐμαυτὸν τοῖς πολε- 
μίοις. ὃ. ταῦτα καὶ σέσωσται δι’ ὑμᾶς τῇ στρατιᾷ 
καὶ Παροδίδωμι αὐτὰ ἐγὼ ὑμῖν, ὑμεῖς δὲ διαθέμενοι 
διάδοτε τῇ στρατιᾷ. 4. ἀκούσαντες ταῦτα, καὶ 
δεξιὰς δόντες καὶ λαβόντες, ἀπήλαυνον. 5. ἐάν τις 
ἁλῷ ἔνδον τῶν στρατιωτῶν, πεπράσεταιΪ 6. πρό- 

“Ἁ > , a ae ae , 

σθεν ἂν ἀποθάνοιμεν ἢ τὰ ὅπλα παραδοίημεν. 


III. 1. And they gave the village-chief (liberty Ὁ 
to take this. 2. And he did not pay them.® 3. And 
they bound” the guide and gave (him) over to them. 
4. But the soldiers knew this. 5. They gave the 
Greeks a barbarian spear. 


IV. 1. But when the sacrifice had been made,'! 
they gave over the hides to the Spartan. 2. And — 
they said (it was) time” to pass along the watchword. 
3. And she was said to have given’ much money to 
Cyrus. 4. They proceeded with the captured man 
(as) guide. 


NOTES. 


- 1 The Second Aorist is inflected like that of γιγνώσκω, § 127, nN. 1. Note 
further that ἁλίσκομαι serves as a passive to αἱρέω. 
2 The Aorist generally in use in this sense in Attic is ἠρόμην from ἕρομαι. 


CS ΠΥ ee Pe Σ 


eee ο- 
πες: 


φ- 


he 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 103 


3 The Attic uses ἀποδώσομαι and ἀπεδόμην in Future and Aorist. 


4 § 282, 4. 


5 About. 

6 § 174. 

7 Future Perfect of πιπράσκω. 

8 Cf. I. 2. 

9 Greek idiom, did not give them pay. 

10 Cf. note 17, Lesson XX XIX. 

11 When...had been made, ἐπειδὴ... ἐγένετο. 

12 ὥρα. 

13 Use the Aorist Infinitive, § 260, 2, and οἵ, ποία 1, Lesson XXXVII. 
14 ἔχοντες. 


——0$900——_ 


LESSON XLVIII. 
Verbs: Regular in MI (continued), δείκνυμι. 


GRAMMAR: § 126, 2, the inflection of δείκνυμι through- 


out! § 125, 1 and 2. Read § 125, notes 1 and 2. In 

: § 126, 1, read the first and second paragraphs, learn the 

. synopsis of δείκνυμι, and in the note learn its principal 

parts. Read with care § 127, 1, 4, 5, and 6. § 68, de- 
clension of δεικνύς. 


Vocabulary. 
ἀν-οίγω," -οἰξω, -έῳξα, -έῳχα, -ewypat, to open up, to 
-εῴχθην, ορθη.. 
ἀπ-ὀλλυμι(ὀλ-),-ολῶ,-ώλεσα,-ολώλεκα; to destroy utter- 
sec. perf. -ὅλωλα, to be undone; sec. aor. ly, to lose: 
mid. -ωλόμην, mid. fo perish. 
ἕπομαι," ἕψομαι, ἑσπόμην, to follow. 


᾿ ζεύγνυμι" (ζυγ-), ζεύξω, ἔζευξα, ἔζευ- 


ypat, ἐζεύχθην ; sec. aor. pass. ἐζύγην, to yoke, to join. 


104 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


κατα-δύω, δύσω, etc. reg.; sec. aor. fo make to sink down, 

κατ-έδυν," to sink. 
πήγνυμι' (ray-), mew, ἔπηξα; 

sec. perf. TET NYA, to be fixed; 

sec. aor. pass. ἐπάγην, to fiz, fo jreeze. 
συμ-μίγνυμι(μιγ-),"-μίξω,-ἔέμιξα, 

-μέμιγμαι, -εμίχθην; sec. aor. p. 


-εμίγην, to MINGLE with. 
4 7 , : 
TLILWPEW, -σω, ete. reg. (τιμωρός, to hel, . fo avenge: mid. 
upholding honor, helping, fr. τιμή and to take vengeance 
αἴρω) on, to punish. 
Exercises. 


I. 1. ἀλλήλοις συμμιγνύασιν. 2. ἄλλοις ἐπι- 
Γ 

δείκνυνται. 3. καὶ ἄνεμος ἐναντίος ἔπνει πηγνὺς 

Ν > 4, > / ε ’ ’ 
τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. 4. ἀπεδείξαντο οἱ μάντεις πάντες 
γνώμην. 5. κατασχίσομεν τὰς πύλας, εἰ μὴ ἑκόντες 
ἀνοίξετε. 6. πολλὰ τῶν ὑποζυγίων ἀπώλετο ὑπὸ 
λιμοῦ. 7. δίκαιονῖ γὰρ ἀπόλλυσθαι τοὺς ἐπιορ- 
κοῦντας. 8. καὶ ἀποτεμόντες τὰς κεφαλὰς τῶν 


nw , lal ~ ,ὔ 
νεκρῶν, ἐπεδείκνυσαν τοις ἑαυτῶν πολεμίοις. 


Ε 

Il. 1. καὶ αὐτόν τε ἀποκτιννύασι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους 

, Ν σ aA > ’ὕ » Ν “ 5 4 

πάντας. 2. τὸ ὕδωρ, ὃ ἐφέροντο ἐπὶ δεῖπνον, ἐπή- 

Ps ’ὕ A > ww 5 ᾽ὔὕ 4 ε ’ 

γνυτο. ὃ. γέφυρα δὲ ἐπὴν ἐζευγμένη πλοίοις ἑπτά. 

4. τοὺς ἄνδρας αὐτοὺς ἀπολωλέκατε. 5. οἱ συνε- 
, 5 ’ὕ σ. σ 7 A Ἁ 5 

πόμενοι ἀπωλώλεσαν. 6. WOTE wpa’ καὶ σοὶ ἐπι- 


δείκνυσθαι τὴν παιδείαν. : 


δ) ΣΝ a μα δι... ν... κων 


μῶν 


ee 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 105 


/ 


III. 1. They show the soldiers the tracks of the 


horses. 2. Hereupon he expresses. his opinion. 


B 3. They showed their plan to the soldiers. 4. He 


showed himself. 5. We will utterly destroy your 
army, if you attempt to proceed. 6. The wind is 
freezing the beasts of burden. 


Ξ ee el 


IV. 1. Some one sneezes. 2. When he heard 


this,* he sank down in shame.’ ὃ. 'I'wo companies 


of the army perished.. 4. For the seers had de- 


—clared' that there would be a battle." 


NOTES. 


ΓΣ § 26, n. 3, (1) and (2). 

2 Also ἀν-οίγνυμι. Imperfect ἀνέῳγον, § 103, at the end. 

3 Stem σεπ-. Cf. Lat. sequor. ἑ-σπ-όμην is for ἐ-σεπ-ομην. 

# § 108, 9, N. 

5 There are two forms of the Present, δύω and δύνω : the first, transitive; the 
second, intransitive. All the forms of the Middle, with the Perfect and Second 


Aorist Active, are also intransitive, fo sink down. 


. 6. There is another form of the Present, μίσγω (for μέγσκω), of class six. 
7 .Se. ἐστί, 
8 § 277.1. 
9 ὑπό with the genitive. Cf. further, § 141, ν. 1, (4). 
10 ¢ 98, 1. 
. 31 That,..would be, ὅτι... ἔσται. 


——-059$ 0o ae 


LESSON XULIX. 
Verbs: Irregular in MI, εἰμί, εἶμι, and φημί. 


Grammar: ὃ 129, with 1., IL, and 1Υ.1 § 27, with 3. 
§ 28, with 1, 2, 3, and n. 1. | 


106 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


Vocabulary. 
ἀπορία, -ας, ἡ, (ἄπορος) ὁ lack of resources, 
difficulty. 
δέρμα, -ατος, TO, (δέρω, to flay) ᾽ a hide. 
θόρυβος, -ου, ὃ, a noise, an uproar. 
4 “A ε 

κραυγή, -ἧς, ἢ, (κράξω, to ery) - an outcry, a shout. 
λῃστεία, σας, ἢ» (λῃστής, a robber; cf. 

λήζομαι, λεία) robbery. 
λόγχη, -ης, 7 a spear, properly ὦ 

| spear-head. 

τραῦμα, -ATOS, TO, (τιτρώσκω) a wound. 


φλυαρία, «ας, ἡ; (φλύαρος, babbling) silly falk: plu. Jool- 
67,105, NONSENSE. 


Exercises. 


Se > ¥ > , > ¥ ¥ = 
I. 1. ὦμεν, εἶεν ἄν, ἐστί, εἶσι, ἴσθι, ἴτωσαν, el, 

” Ἐν τυ 5.2 »” », > - ΦὋ 
ἴμεν, εἰσί, ἴθι, ἰέναι, ὦν, ἤεσαν, εἶναι, ἔστων, ἦσαν, 


¥ ¥ ¥» 5» ¥ + ς τ αν δ᾽ 
εσται, ιοιμεν αν, ιαᾶασι, ιωμέν, TE. aes TAPEOT LW 


ἡμῖν, ἔφη, ὁ κῆρυξ. 3. καὶ λέγεται ws καλοὶ hot 


εἰσιν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα. 4. ἀλλ᾽ ἐγώ φημι ταῦτα 
φλυαρίας εἶναι. 5. ἡμεῖς, ἣν σωφρονῶμεν, ἀπιμεν" 
5 nw ε a A > > 3 ’ ‘\ , 

ἐντεῦθεν. 6. ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ ἦτε εἰς τήνδε THY χώραν. 


7. αὐτὸς δὲ οὐκ ἔφη“ ἰέναι. 8. ὡς δ᾽ ἦν ἥλιος ἐπὶ 


δυσμαῖς, ἀνέστησαν. 9. ἐγὼ οὖν φημι ὑμᾶς χρῆναι 
διαβῆναι. 10. φησὶ δέ, ἂν πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἴητε, εὖ 
ποιήσειν ὑμᾶς. 


EL ———— = ee 


ae a 


Oe ar 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 107 


II. 1. καὶ λαβεῖν αὐτὸς" τραῦμά φησιν. 2. εἰ 


εἴσεισι, συλληφθήσεται. 8. λεγέτω τί ἔσται τοῖς 


> 
Ἧ 
Ἐ 


7 ’ Ν ’ »»» ’͵ > wn 
στρατιώταις. 4. τὴν δίκην ἔφη χρήζειν ἐπιθεῖναι 


4 


βασιλέα. 6. τίς yap αὐτῷ 
: Σ Y ρ t 

“4 A a Ν > Ψ 

ἀντιποιεῖται; 7. νῦν μὲν οὖν ἄπιτε, καταλιπόντες 


ar 5 Le x 3 ᾿Ν > a 7 6 ne 
αὐτῷ. 5. ἐδόκει yap εἰς THY ἐπιοῦσαν ἕω" ἥξειν 
Ψ A A 
1 ἔστιν ὅστις τῆς ἀρχῆς 


᾿ / Ν + ν 3 > 4 7 , 
τόνδε τὸν avdpa: ὅταν δ᾽ ἐγὼ κελεύσω, πάρεστε 


πρὸς τὴν κρίσιν. 


~— 
¢ 


Ill. 1. They come on with a great shout.§ 
2. Come now! 3. Let us go to the men. 4. They 
denied that there was? another road. 5. Let the 
hoplites be at hand with their arms. 6. They 


stacked’ arms and went to their tents. 


IV. 1. No one went away to the king. 2. For 
what herald will be willing to go? 3. You got” 
your living by” robbery, as you yourself said. 
4. They refused to go. 5. But (while) saying this, 
he heard a noise going through the ranks. 


NOTES. 


1 Note the simple stem of each verb carefully. 

2 For the derivation of this word, see the general vocabulary. 

3 § 200, Nn. 3, at the end. 

* οὐκ ἔφη, refused, declined. 

5 For the case of αὐτός, which modifies the subject of λαβεῖν, cf. § 138, N. 8. 

6 § 42,2, N. 
_ 1 To be construed with ἀντιποιεῖται. Cf. § 173, N., first example, and 
᾿ᾧ 186, ν. 1. 

8 § 188,1. 

* Cf I. 7. 11 Use ἔχω. 

. 10 Cf. note 17, Lesson XXXIX. 12 ἀπό. 


108 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK, 


LESSON L. 
Verbs: Irregular in MI (continued), in pe and κεῖ μαι. 


Grammar: ὃ 129, LIT. and V. 


Vocabulary. 


ἔρημος, -Ἢ or -ος, -ὉΨ, deserted, empty. 


μελετάω, -NTwW, -σα, 


(μέλω, to be a care to) | to care for, to practise. 
μηνύω, -ὕσω, ete. reg. to disclose, to make known. 
νίκη, -1S; ἡ, victory. 
νύξ, νυκτός, ἡ, _ NIGHT. 
οἰκέτης, -OV, ὃ, (οἶκος) a domestic, a servant. 
σώφρων, -ων, -OV, (σῶς, 

safe, sound, and φρήν) sound-minded, wise. 
χιών, -OVOS, ἢ, snow. 

Exercises. 


Y ¥ 38 a ¥ ¥ » > 
I. 1. εἴην ἄν, ἐὰν ἧτε, ἴτε, εἴητε ἂν, ἦσαν, 
» ἡ δ» 27 > ν es 27 
ἔστων, ἥμεν, ἱέναι, ἰέναι, εἶναι, ἕμενος, LoucOa, ἰών, 
2 Y σ » > y ® ε 78 Ν 
Els, €S, ἵετο, ἔστω, ἦστε, ἔσθω, εἷσαν. 2. ws εἶδε τὸν 
Ν ’ὔ ν “Ὁ 5» ’ A 
στρατηγὸν διελαύνοντα, ἵησι TH akiy. 3. τοῦτον 
’ “Ἁ ~ Ἂν, ’ A 4 Ἀ Ν 
δέ, ἢν σωφρονῆτε, τὴν νύκτα μὲν δήσετε, τὴν δὲ 
ε Ψ 5 ’ As 2 A ΜΠ 5 ~ ἈΝ 
ἡμέραν ἀφήσετε. 4. καὶ ὀκτὼ οἱ APLOTOL τῶν περὶ 
Φ᾽ ἃ »¥ 9 hls ἴφ A > ΜᾺ \ A > 
αὐτὸν ἔκειντο ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ. 5. Hv δὲ TO τεῖχος @Ko- 
4 ’ 5 A 3 9 ’ὔ 4 
δομημένον πλίνθοις ὀπταῖς ἐν ἀσφάλτῳ κειμέναις. 
5 Ν ν » Ν 4 Ν 506 ε 
6. εὐθὺς ἵεντο ἄνω κατὰ τὴν φανερὰν ὁδόν. 7. οἵ 


el A 


FIRST. LESSONS IN GREEK. 109 


δὲ πολέμιοι δείσαντες ἧκαν ἑαυτοὺς κατὰ τῆς χιόνος 
3 Ν tad a ip 7 ἘΠῚΝ A 3 
εἰς τὴν νάπην. 8. πρῶτον τῷ λόχῳ ἑνὸς τῶν ᾽Αρ- 
κάδων στρατηγῶν ἀπιόντι ἤδη εἰς τὸ συγκείμενον 
ἐπιτίθενται. 

Il. 1. ἵεντο, ὥσπερ ἂν δράμοι τις περὶ νίκης. 
2. οὐκ ἤθελε τοὺς φεύγοντας προέσθαι. 3. ἐμε- 
λέτων τοξεύειν ἄνω τὰ τοξεύματα ἱέντες μακράν. 


.4. ἐν μέσῳ γὰρ ἤδη κεῖται ταῦτα τὰ ἀγαθά. 5. αἱ 
ει ᾧ 


δὲ βάλανοι τῶν φοινίκων, οἵας ἐν τοῖς “Ελλησιν ἔστιν 

"95. a pete oY ie Anwar oe) Rae . 

ἰδεῖν, τοῖς οἰκέταις ἀπέκειντο. 6. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἤρξαντο 
: , N \ ΕἾ Ψ 4. Ὁ » 

καταβαίνειν πρὸς τοὺς ἀλλους ἔνθα τὰ ὅπλα ἔκειτο, 

ν \ ε 4 ΄ ᾽’ὔ 

ἵεντο δὴ οἱ πολέμιοι πολλῷ θορύβῳ. 


Π|. 1. Straightway they rushed into. the boats. 
2. But many were lying outstretched. 3. But they 
let their dogs loose by night... 4. Why. do I lie 
inactive? 5. If you will make known the one who 
let the ass loose,” you shall receive a reward. 6. But 
when the trumpet sounded, they charged upon the 
enemy. | 


IV. 1. But. we are lying inactive. 2. Thence 
they proceeded to a large deserted fortress, lying near 
the city. 3. But saying,® “I see the man,” he rushed 
at him. 4. He sends to him according to agreement.‘ 


NOTES. 


1 τὰς νύκτας, ᾧ 161. 2-¢ 276, 2. , 8. Aorist. 
. Greek idiom, according to the (things) agreed upon. 


110 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON LI. : 
Verbs: Second Perfect and Pluperfect of the MI Form. 
GRAMMAR: § 130, 1 and 2. 


Vocabulary. 
ἀγών, -ὥνος, ὁ, (ἄγω) an assembly, games, 
a contest. | 
ἄρχω, ἄρξω, ete. reg. to begin, to rule. 
δένδρον,' -ov, τό, a tree. 
διδάσκω (διδαχ-), διδάξω, ete. reg. {0 teach. 
δίκαιος, -α or -ος, -OV, (δίκη) just, right. 
ἐλευθερία, -ας, ἡ, (ἐλεύθερος, free) Jreedom, liberty. 
οἴχομαι, οἰχήσομαι, οἴχωκα or 
ᾧχωκα, to be gone. 


συμμαχία, “AS, ἢ, (σύμμαχος, συμμάχομα) an alliance. 


Exercises. 


σ x A σ 

I. 1. ἔστασαν, ἔστησαν, στῶμεν, ἑστῶμεν, ἕστα- 
A κ᾿ Ε - Ε ¥ ¥ 

τε, στῆτε, σταῖεν ἄν, LOTALWTO ἂν, ἴστε, ἔστε, ITE, 
¥ A » » “ 
ἴσθι, εἰδῶμει, εἰδέναι, ἰέναι, ἤδει, ὕει. 2. τεθνεῶ- 

9 Ν ay > ¥ 7 A 
Tas” πολλοὺς εὑρήσω. 3. οὐκ LOTE, ὁ TL ποιεῖτε. 

ν Ν a 
4. ἀλλὰ ἰόντων, εἰδότες ὅτι κακίους εἰσὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς, 

x ε a ee , Ν ΜᾺ , , 

ἢ ἡμεῖς περὶ ἐκείνους. 5. καὶ νῦν δύο Kaho τε 
> Ν » 4 ε ’ὔ ε A 39 
κἀγαθὼ ἄνδρε τέθνατον. 6. οἱ πολέμιοι ἡμῶν οὐκ 

» , ‘ e ’ 

ἴσασί πω τὴν ἡμετέραν συμμαχίαν. 7. σύνοιδα 
> a , 9 , 8 mil ἂν \ 
ἐμαυτῷ πάντα ἐψευσμένος" αὐτόν. 8. καὶ ἄλλοι δὲ 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 111 


ἐφέστασαν ἔξω τῶν δένδρων: ov yap ἦν ἀσφαλὲς 
3 A ΄ ὃ ε , ΩΣ 4 3X Ν ν , 
ἐν τοῖς δένδροις ἑστάναι πλεῖον ἢ τὸν Eva λόχον. 


1. 1. ὅπως δὲ καὶ εἰδῆτε εἰς οἷον ἔρχεσθε 
ἀγῶνα, ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς εἰδὼς διδάξω. 2. παρὴν δὲ ὁ σα- 

’ 4, > ’ ’ ’ὔ > 
τράπης βουλόμενος εἰδέναι τί πραχθήσεται. 3. οὐ 

Η " 2 ἃ - 5 σ ΄ 9 
γὰρ ἤδεσαν αὐτὸν τεθνηκότα. 4. ὅτι μέντοι ἀδι- 
κεῖσθαι νομίζει ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν οἶδα. 5. τῷ δὲ ἀνδρὶ 
πείσομαι ἵνα εἰδῆτε ὅτι καὶ ἄρχεσθαι ἐπίσταμαι. 
6. καὶ ζῶντάς τινας αὐτῶν προυθυμήθημεν λαβεῖν 
αὐτοῦ τούτου ἕνεκα, ὅπως ἡγεμόσιν εἰδόσι τὴν χώ- 
ραν χρησαίμεθα. 


11. 1. For I know where® they are gone. 
2. Some’ are dead, and the rest are being besieged. 
3. He wept a long’ time standing. 4. But he at 
once drives away those standing around.? 5. Cyrus 
kept finding many pretexts, as you also well know. 
6. For well know that I should prefer freedom. 


IV. 1. Know this, however. 2. For he knew 
this. 3. Whether, then, I shall do what is just,’ 
Ido not know. 4. I am not willing to go, fearing” 
that he may take me and inflict punishment on (me). 


NOTES. 


1 See the general vocabulary. 6 ὅπη. 7 § 148, 1. 

2 § 69,.N. 8 πολύς. 

3 That I have deceived, § 280, with n. 2. 9 § 276, 2. 

* A greater (number), neuter singular ac- 1° What is just, —-Greck idiom, 
εὐ eusative, subject of ἑστάναι. just (things). 

5 That he had died (lit. him having died). ™ δεδιώς, 


ΤΠ FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON 111. 


Verbs: Principal Parts of Important Verbs, arranged alpha- 
betically according to their Simple Stems. 


GramMMaR: ὃ 32, 2, with ν. ὃ 92, with nw. ὁ 111. 


δ 107, entire. § 108, entire. 


Give the principal parts of the verbs that follow, explaining 
the formation of the present stem from the simple stem, and 


classifying them according to § 108: 


"ATTEA-, ἀγγέλλω, to announce: XLII? 
‘AMAPT., ἁμαρτάνω, io err: XXXIX. 
BA-, βαίνω, to go: XLV. 
ΒΑΛ.-, βάλλω, to throw: XLII. 
TEN., γίγνομαι, to become: ΧΈ" 
ΓΝΩ-, γιγνώσκω, to KNOW: XLVI. 
AEIK., δείκνυμι, to show: § 136,1, ν. 
ΔΟ-, . δίδωμι, to yive: ᾧ 126, 1, ν᾿. 
APAM.-, OPEX., τρέχω, to run: ΧΙΠΠΙ. 
‘E-, tpt, to send : § 129, IIT. 
“EA-, AI‘PE-, | aipéw, to take: XLI. 
ἜΔΛΑ-, ἐλαύνω, to drive, to march: XX. 
"EAYO-, *EPX-, ἔρχομαι, ta go, to come: XLI. 
"ENEK.-, @EP-, OL’-, φέρω, do BEAR: XLV. 
“BIL, ’EP-, ᾿ _ εἶπον, I said: XLIV: 
ἜΙΣ-, εἰμί, to he: ὁ 129,1. 
ΕὙῬ.-, εὑρίσκω, to find: XL. 
ZYT-, ἵζεύγνυμι, to join: XLVIIL. 
OAN., θνήσκω, to die: XLIV. 
OA®-, θάπτω, to bury: . XTI- 
OE-, τίθημι, to put: ὁ 126, 1, N. 
I-, εἶμι, - to go: § 129, II.* 
*IA-, ‘OPA-, ’OII-, δὋδράω, to see: XLV. 
“IK-, ixvéopat, to come: XL. 
KTEN,, κτείνω, to kill: XLIV 
NOTES. 


1 When there are two or more simple stems essentially different (§ 108, 9), 
that of the Second Aorist is given first. 


2 The numeral following the colon designates the Lesson, in the vocabulary 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 113 


of which the principal parts of the verb are given. Sometimes the reference is 
to the Grammar. 

3 Give the Present, Future, and Imperfect. 

4. Give the Present and Imperfect. 





O59 00- = 


LESSON LIIlI. 
Verbs: Principal Parts of Important Verbs (continued). 


_ Grammar: Review the Grammar of the last Lesson and 
follow the directions there given. 


AAB., λαμβάνω, to take: XXXIX. 

 AAO-, λανθάνω, to lie hid from: XLIV. 
AET-, λέγω, to say: XVIIL2 
AET-, λέγω, to gather : XLV. 

- ATII-, λείπω, to LEAVE: XXXIX. 
Ὁ MA®., μανθάνω, to learn: XXXIX. 
MNA-, μιμνήσκω, to remind: XXIX. 

OrT-, οἴγνυμι, to open: XLVIITI. 

ραν, ὄλλυμι, to destiwy : XLVIIL. 

- ΠΑΘ-, ΠΕΝΘ:-, πάσχω, — to suffer: XI. 
TIET-, ΠΤΩ-, πίπτω, to fall: ΧΙ, 
ΗΘ sr πείθω, to persuade : XILI1V. 
ITAA-, πίμπλημι, to fill: XLV. 
ITY0-, _ πυνθάνομαι, to learn by inquiry: XL. 

- ZEX-, ἔχω, to have: XXXIX. 
ΣΤ Α-, ἵστημι, _ to set, to place: § 126, 1, n.? 
=TEA-, στέλλω, to send: XLII. 

TEM-, — τέμνω, to cut : XLIV. 
po Piles, τείνω, to stretch: XLIT. 

-- TPOQ., τιτρώσκω, to wound : XLIV. 
TYX,-, τυγχάνω, to happen: XXXIX. 
@AT-, ἜΣΘΙ-, "EA-, ἐσθίω, to EAT: XLVI. 
PAN-, paiva, to show: XLII. 
ΦΥΤ-, φεύγω, to flee: ΧΧΧΙΧ. 

7 00-, ὠθέω, to push: XLIV. 

NOTES. 


1 For the Perfect Active, εἴρηκα is used. Cf. εἶπον. In composition, the 
Perfect Passive is sometimes -εἴλεγμαι, as in δι-εἰλεγμαι, T have conversed, from 
δια-λέγομαι. ~ 2 Add the Second Aorist. 


114 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON LIV. 
Formation of Words. 


1. SrmpLe anp Compounp Worps. A word is either simple, i.e. 
formed from a single stem: Ady-o-s, speech (stem Aey-), γράφ-ω, to write 
(stem ypad-); or compound, i.e. formed from two or more stems: 
Aoyo-ypado-s, writer of speeches. 


A. Formation of Simple Words. 


2. VERBALS AND Denominatives. Words formed immediately from 
a verb-stem are called verbals: ἀρχ-ή, beginning, from the stem of ἄρχ-ω, 
to begin. Those formed immediately from a noun-stem or adjective-stem 
are called denominatives: apxa-to-s, original, from the stem of ἀρχή 
(apxa-), beginning. 

3. Surrrxes. Most nouns and adjectives, whether verbals or denomi- 
natives, are formed by means of endings added to the stem, called sufizes. 
Thus λόγ-ο-ς, from the verb-stem Aey-, by means of the suffix 0; a&pxa-to-s, 
from the noun-stem apxa-, by means of the suffix vo. These suffixes 
were originally significafit, and their union with the stem gives occasion 
to many euphonic changes. 

REMARK. — decent. As a rule neuter nouns are recessive in accent, i. 6. 
they throw their accent as far back as the last syllable permits (this is always 
the case in the third declension), λύτρον, ransom, ποίημα, poem. The place 
of the accent of masculine and feminine nouns will be pointed out, wherever 
possible, i in the following enumeration of suffixes. 

|. Principal Suffixes used in the Formation of Nouns. 

4. 1. Many verbals (properly adstracts, expressing the action of the 
verb, but actually having a wide range of meaning) are formed with the 
suffixes: 

a. ©, nom. o-s, masc.: Ady-o-s, speech, from λέγτ-ω, to speak. 
8. a, nom. ἃ or ἡ, fem.: ypad-n, writing, from γράφ-ω, to write. 

2. The aGent (in denominatives the person who has to do with some 
object) is expressed by the following suffixes : 

a. εὖ, 1. 6. €F, nom. ev-s, masc. (oxytone): κουρ-εύ-ς, Jarber, from 
κείρ-ω(κερ-), to shave ; γραμματ-εύ-ς, secretury, from γράμματ-α, 
documents. 


ΕΟ» = ΄ 





FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 115 


8. Tp, nom. τὴρ, masc. (oxytone in verbals): λυ-τήρ, deliverer, 
from λύτω, fo loose. 


y- Tapa, nom. τειρᾶ, fem, (with recessive accent): λύ-τειρα, deliverer, 
from Av-w, to loose. 
5. Top, nom. Twp, masc. (recessive): ἄκ-τωρ, leader, from ἄγτ-ω, to 
lead. 
| € Ta, nom. t-s, masc. (generally oxytone in verbals) : ὀρχη-σ-τή-ς, 
dancer, from épxé-o-pat, to dance ; ἱππό-τη-ς, horseman, {rom 
ἵππο-ς, horse. 
¢. τρια, nom. τριᾶ, fem. (recessive): ὀρχή-σ-τρια, daucing-girl, ete. 
n- Tprd, nom. tpt-s, fem. (oxytone in verbals) : ὀρχη-σ-τρί-ς, dancing- 
girl, ete. 
6. 78, nom. τι-ς, fem.: προφῆ-τι-ς, prophetess, from πρόφη-μι, Co 
foretell ; oixé-ri-s, housemaid, {rom otko-s, house. 


3. The action is expressed by the following suffixes (belonging to 
verbals only) : 
a. Tt, nom. Tt-s, fem.: πύσ-τι-ς, inquiring, from πυνθάν-ομαι (πυθ-), 
to inquire. 
B. σι, nom. o-s, fem.: λύ-σι-ς, loosing, from Av-w, to loose. 
y: ota, nom, od, fem.: θυσία, sacrificing, from θύτω, to sacrifice. 
᾿ δ. po, nom. μό-ς, masc. (oxytone): σει-σ-μός, shaking, from σεί-ω, 
to shake. 
4. The resuur of an action is expressed by the suffixes (in verbals 
only) : 
) a. par, nom. μα, neut.: ποίη-μα, poem, from ποιέτ-ω, to make. 
B. €, nom. os, neut.: yev-os, offspring, from γίγν-ομαι (yev-), lo be 
born. 
5. The INSTRUMENT or MEANS of an action is expressed by : 
a. TPO, nom. τρο-ν, neut.: λοῦ-τρο-ν, water for bathing, from Aov-a, 
- to wash. . 
6. The pLace is expressed by: 
a. THPLo, nom. Typto-v, neut. (in verbals only): ἐργασ-τήριο-ν, work- 
shop, from ἐργάζομαι (€pyad-), to work. 
B. εἰο, nom. εἶο-ν, neut. (properispomenon and in denominatives 
only): κουρ-εἴο-ν, barber-shop, from koupev-s, barber. 
y- ὧν, nom, ὧν, mase. (oxytone and in denominatives only): ἱππ-ών, 
stall, from ἵππο-ς, horse. 


} 


110 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


7. Nouns expressing QUALITY are formed from adjective-stems by the. 
following suffixes : 
sa. THT, nom. TH-S, fem.: ἀγριό-τη-ς, wildness, from ἄγριο-ς, wild. 
.. συνα, nom. σύνη, fem.: ἀφρο-σύνη, senselessness, from ἄφρων, 
senseless, 
γ- ta, nom. ta, fem.: κακ-ία, badness, from κακό-ς, bad. 
ὃ. ες, nom. os, neut.: τάχτ-ος, swiftness, from taxv-s, swift. 
8. Dimrnutives are formed from noun-stems by the suffixes : ‘ 
a. Lo, nom. to-v, neut.: σωμάτ-ιο-ν, small body, from σῶμα (σωματ-), 
body. 
B. wrko, nom. teKo-s, masc. (paroxytone): παιδ-ίσκο-ς, young boy, 
from παῖς (παιδ-), doy. ; 
'y. τσκα, nom. ίσκη, fem. (paroxytone): Kop-iox-n, young girl, from 
Kop-n, girl. 
9. Parronymics (nouns which express descent from a father or an- 
cestor) ave formed from proper names of persons by the suffixes : 
a. 8a, nom. δη-ς, masc. (paroxytone) : Βορεά-δη-ς, son of Boreas, from 
Βορέα-ς, North Wind ; TWptap-i-dy-s, son of Priam, from Πρίαμο-ς, 
Priam ; Τυδε-ί-δη-ς, son of Tydeus, from Τυδεύ-ς, Tydeus. 
β. 8, nom. s, fem. (oxytone): Θεστιά-ς, daughter of Thestius, from 
Θέστιο s, Thestius ; Uptap-i-s, daughter of Priam, etc. 
Remark. — l. These suffixes are added direct/y to stems of the first declen- 
s§10n. 
2. Stems of the second declension in to change this to va. 
8. All other stems take t as a counecting-vowel, before which ο of the second 
declension is dropped. Those in ev lose v before this u 
10. Gentes (nouns which designate a person as belonging to some 
people or country) have the following suffixes : 
a. €v, nom. ev-s, masc. (oxytone) : *Eperpi-ev-s, Lretrian, from ’Epe- 
τρια, Lretria. 
β. τα, nom. TH-s, masc. (paroxytone) : ᾿Ἢπειρώ-τη-ς, Epirote, from 
Ἤπειρο-ς, Epirus. 


Exercises. 


I. Give the meaning of the following nouns and show their formation: 
1. μάχη. 2. yovets’ (γίγνομαι, st. yev-, to be born). 3. ῥήτωρ" (st. 
ῥε-, seen in εἴρηκα, ἐρρήθην). 4. ποιήτρια.5 5, μίμησις" (μιμέομαι; 





FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 117 


to imitate). 6. πρᾶγμα. 7. δικαστήριον  (δικάζω, st. δικαδ-, to judye. 
8. ἀμπελών (ἄμπελος, a vine). 9. παχύτης (παχύς, thick). 10. κηπίον“ 
(κῆπος, a garden). 11, παιδίσκη. 19. Αἰνειάδης. 18. Μεγαρεύς." 
14. λογεῖον. 15: ἀνδρών. 16. τμῆμα" (τέμνω, st. τεμ-, τμε-, fo cut. 
17. λάχος (λαγχάνω, st. λαχ-, fo get by lot). 18. σωφροσύνη (σώφρων, 
st. σωφρον-, discreet). 19. εὐδαιμονία, 20. βάθος (βαθύς, deep). 
Ql. φυλακή. 22. πορθμεύς" (πορθμός, a ferry). 23. σώτειρα (σώζω, 
st. σω-, fo save). 94. αὐλητής" (αὐλέω, to play the flute). 9. πολίτης. 
26. γένεσις" (γίγνομαι, st. γεν-, to be born). 27. λογισμόςϊ (λογίζομαι, 
st. λογιδ-, to calculate). 28. λύτρον. 29. Μουσεῖον. 30. ἰσότης (ἴσος, 
equal). 31. εὔνοια“ (εὔνους, st. edvoo-, well-disposed). 32. Bopeds (Βορέας, 
the North Wind). 33. Θεστιάδης (Gears, Thestius). 34. Kpovldns 
(Κρόνος, Kronos). 35. Teyeatyns (Τεγέα, the town of Teyea). 


II. Form words with the following meanings : 


1. Writer (2,a). 2. Poxr* (ποιέω, fo make; οἷ. 3, ε). ὃ. Action® 
(πράττω, st. mpay-; cf. 3, 8). 4. Cuiip (τίκτω, st. rex-, to bring forth ; 
ef. 4,8). 5. PLoveu (ἀρόω, to plough). 6. WinE-cELLAR* (6, y). 
7. Yourn? (νέος, st: veo-, young; cf.7, a). 8. Livr.e ΟΠ]: (παῖς, 
st. mad-, child; cf.8,a). 9. Son or CEcrors (Κέκροψ, st. Kexpor-, 
Cecrops). 10. Aupirortum (dxpodopa, to hear; cf. 6,a). 11. Jus- 
TICE® (δίκαιος, st. δικαιο-, just; cf. 7,8). 12. Wispom™ (σοφός, wise ; 
οἵ, 7, y). 13. Weieur (βαρύς, heavy; cf. 7, δ). 14. Horseman* 
(2, a). 15. Saviour (2, 8). 16..FEMALE FLUTE-PLAYER? (2, 7). 
17. ConstpERATION® (σκέπτομαι, st. σκεπ-, 0 cousider ; cf. 3,8). 18. Ex- 
AMINATION’ (δοκιμάζω, st. Soxipad-, ta examine ; οἷ. 3, y). 19. Warne 
(ὀδύρομαι, fo wail; cf. 3, δ). 20. Lirrne wreatu’ (στέφανος, ὦ 
wreath ; οἵ. 8, 8). 21. Son or PELEuS (Πηλεύς, st. Πηλευ-, Peleus ; ef. 
9,a). 22. Son or Tantatus (Τάνταλος, Tantalus). 23. ANGINETAN? 
(Atywa, Ayina; ef. 10, B). 


NOTES. 


1 ¢ of the stem often strengthens into o. 

2 Vowel-stems generally lengthen the final vowel before a consonant. 

* Φ 716. 1, 

* A final vowel is often elided before a vowel in the suffix. 

5 y is dropped before o. 8 § 16,2. Accent the penult. 

® Cf. note 4, Less. XL. 9 Accent the penult. 

7 § 16, ὃ. 10 Accent the penult. Cf. note 4 supra. 


118 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON LY. 
Formation of Words (continued). 


A. Formation of Simple Words (continued). 
11. Principal Suffixes used in the Formation of Adjectives. Ά 
1. 1. Twat ΜΉΙΟΗ PERTAINS in any way to the noun from which 
the adjective is formed is expressed by: 
a. vo, nom. ‘to-s: δίκα-ιο-ς, just, from δίκη (Stxa-), justice. 
9. ABILITY or FITNESS (in denominatives that which pertains to the 
noun from which they are derived) is expressed by: 

a. ko, nom. Ko-s (oxytone), generally with a connecting-vowel α: 
γραφ-ι-κό-ς, fitted for writing, from γράφτω, to write ; τεχν-ι-κό-ς, 
pertaining to art, from τέχνη, art. 

Remark. — Many verbals insert before this ending the syllable te: βουλευ- 
τι-κό-ς, able to plan, from βουλεύ-ω, to plan. 
3. ΜΑΤΈΒΙΑΙ, is expressed by: 
a. tvo, nom. two-s: Spvivos, oaken, from δρῦς (Spu-), oak. 
|B. €, nom. eos, contracted od-s (§ 43, N. 2): χρυσ-οῦ-ς, golden, from 
xpvad-s, gold. 
Remark. — But wo, nom. tvd-s (oxytone), denotes TIME: ἐαρ-ινό-ς, vernal, 
from ἔαρ, spring. 
4. FULNESS or ABUNDANCE is €xpressed by: 
] a. ἐντ, nom. masc. é-s, fem. εσσα, neut. ev: φωνή-ει-ς, vocal, from 
φωνή, sound of the voice. 
"1. Denominative Verbs. 
2. Denominative verbs are formed from noun and adjective stems in 
‘Be ways. ‘The most important endings are the following: 


a. o-w; B.a-@; γι ew; δ. ev-w; ε. tw; ᾧ af-w; 7. aiv-w; 6, υν-ω. 


B. Composition of Words. 
Grammar: § 131, 1, 2, and 3. § 182, 1, 2, and 3. 


Exercises. 
I. Give the meaning of the following words and show their formation : 
1. οὐράνιος: (οὐρανός, heaven). 2. πολεμικός. 3. πρακτικός, 4. λί- 
θινος' (λίθος, stone). 5. χθεσινός (χθές, adv., yesterday). 6. ὑλήεις. 


τ 





FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK, 119 


(ὕλη, @ wood). 7: μισθόω.. 8, αἰτιάομαι (αἰτία, blame). 9. ἀληθεύω, 
10. δικάζω (δίκη, justice). 11. λευκαίνω (λευκός, white). 12. αἰσχύνω 
(αἶσχος; shame). 18. πλούσιος" (πλοῦτος, wealth). 14. φυσικός (φύσις, 
nature). 15. ἀργυροῦς. 10, ἀγοραῖος. 17. βουλεύω (βουλή, μίαν) 
18. βιάζομαι (βία, force). 


II. Form words with the following meanings : 


1. Οκιαιναι (ἀρχή, st. dpxa-, beginning). 2. Fir ΤῸ Govern (ἄρχω, 
to govern). ὃ. Wooprn* (ξύλον, wood; οἷ. 1,3, a). 4. Gracerun 
(xapi-s, grace). 5. To 6110 (χρυσός, gold; cf, 2,a). 6. To wonor. 
7. To NUMBER (ἀριθμός, number; cf. 2, y). 8. To BE KING. 9. To 
SPEAK GREEK (Ἕλλην, a Greek ; cf. 2, ε). 10. To BE ANGRY (χαλε- 
mos, angry ; οἵ, 2, η). 11. To sweETEN (2, 6), 


III. Give the meaning of the following compound words and show in 
what way their two parts are united®: 


1, ναυμαχία" (ναῦς, a ship, μάχη, a battle). 2. χοροδιδάσκαλος (yo- 
pos, a chorus, διδάσκω, to teach). ὃ. χορηγός (χορός, ἄγω). 4. ἀνδρι- 
αντοποιός (ἀνδριάς, a statue, mow). 5. φιλότιμος. 6. λιθοβολία (λίθος, 
a stone, βάλλω, to throw). 7. αὐτάρκης (αὐτός, self, ἀρκέω, to suffice). 
8. κακοήθης (κακός, bad, ἦθος, in plur., disposition). 9. πείθαρχος (πεί- 
θομαι, to obey, ἄρχω, to rule). 10. λυσίπονος (Ava, πόνος). 11. ναυπηγός 
(ναῦς, a ship, πήγνυμει, st. may-, to build). 12. ἀξιόλογος (ἄξιος, λόγος). 
13. ὁμότροπος (ὅμος, like, τρόπος, character). 14. μεσημβρία (μέσος, 
ἡμέρα). 15. ἐγχώριος (ἐν, χώρα). 10. ἔνθεος. 17. ἄβατος (α-, βαίνω). 
18. δυσπόρευτος. 19. πρωτοτόκος (πρῶτος, first, τίκτω, st. τεκ-, fo bear). 
20. θαλασσοκράτωρ. 92]. παιδοτρίβης (mais, τρίβω, to thresh, as corn). 
22. τερψίνοος (τέρπω, fo delight, νόος, the mind). 23. φιλοσοφία. 
24. φυσιολόγος (φύσις, nature, λόγος). 5. στρεψίδικος (στρέφω, fo 
pervert, δίκη, justice). 


NOTES. 


1 See note 4, Lesson LIV. 2 τ before t often passes intoo. Cf. also note 1, 

3 Properispomenon. 4 See note 1. In accent, proparoxytone. 

5 In determining, when there is doubt, whether the word is noun or adjec- 
tive, and whether it expresses the agent, the action, or has some other meaning, 
consult the general vocabulary. The swffires of compound nouns and adjectives 
are not grouped in classes as significant, as is the case in simple words. Cf. 
Lesson LIV. 3. 

6 The ο is not added. 7 The final vowel of the stem is not dropped. 


py Dae 


LEARN in the Grammar only the matter in the largest type, un- 
less other sections are specified. Study all the examples there given, 
and read any remark in smaller type that is tmmediately added to 
the largest type or to the examples. 


---οοἕξθϑξοο---.ς 


LESSON LVI. 


Subject and Predicate. — Apposition. — Adjectives. — The 
Article. 


Grammar: δὲ 1383-143. Omit § 140 and § 143, 2. 


Exercises. 


I. 1. ἢν ἴχνη ἀνθρώπων. 2. καὶ ἔχει τὴν ’Opor- 
1 δύ ~ \ ld / » 
ταὶ δύναμιν τοῦ τὴν βασιλέως θυγατέρα ἔχοντος. 
4 ‘ 4 , 3 ’ ἴω 
ὃ. ὥστε τὸ στράτευμα πάμπολυ ἐφάνη. 4. τοῦ 
ὄρους ἡ κορυφὴ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ στρατεύματος ἦν. 
5. ὅσα δὴ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει τῇ μετὰ Κύρου οἱ “Ἑλλη- 
νες ἔπραξαν μέχρι τῆς μάχης, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ 
, κ᾿ x Re ee , ” 
δεδήλωται. 6. τῇδε yap TH ἡμέρᾳ" μυρίους ὄψονται 
ει 3 £28 ’ ε \ τ pent ¥ ε 
ἀνθ᾽ ἑνὸς Κλεάρχους. 7. ὁ μὲν ταῦτ᾽ ἔλεξεν, οἵ 
Ν ay ee , ε A aire , 
δὲ λοχαγοὶ ἀκούσαντες ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευον πάντες. 


\ ᾽ὔ > Ν ΝΜ 
8. ἀκούω δὲ κώμας εἶναι καλὰς οὐ πλέον εἴκοσι 


3 
ι 

he 
eS 
G 

μ᾿ 
Me 
fy 
¥ 





FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 153 


σταδίων" ἀπεχούσας. 9. Παρύσατις δὴ ἡ μήτηρ 
ἐφίλει τὸν Κῦρον μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν βασιλεύοντα ᾽Αρτα- 
ξέρξην. 10. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει εἰς Κελαινάς, πόλιν 
οἰκουμένην, μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. 11. ἀγαθὸς o 
ἀνήρ. 12. ἐκήρυξε" δὲ τοῖς Ἕλλησι συσκευάζεσθαι. 
13. καὶ εἶδον τοὺς λόφους ἄσμενοι 14. ἐν τῇ 
πρόσθεν προσβολῇ ὀλίγους ἔχωδ' ἔπαθεν οὐδέν. 


II. 1. But the gods are judges of the contest. 


2. I will carry you over, if you will bestow upon me? 


a talent (as) pay. 3. But the enemy on® the hill 
observed their march to’ the summit. 4. In this 
pursuit many of the foot-soldiers were slain. 5. And 
some proceeded and others followed. 6. But he 
said the expedition was against the Pisidians. 
7. All urged him to go. 8. And she gave him much 
money. 9. The commanders (are) safe. 10. Many 
of the barbarians were upon® this pyramid. 11. But 
there were many other villages on™ this plain. 
12. He put. some of them to death and banished 
others. 13. The general, accordingly, gave the satrap 
a four-horse chariot. 14. here is in this place 
a palace of the” great king. 


a 


“NOTES. 


9, genitive singular. 7 § 184, 1. 
89. 8 ἐπί with the genitive. 
75, 1. 9 ἐπί with the accusative. 
n. 1, (d). 10 φημί with the Infinitive. 
,N. 7%. 11 ἐν, 
5 "12 Cf. note 1, Lesson XXI. 


122 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON LVII. 


Pronouns, 


Grammar: δὸ 144-154. 


ς Exercises. 


I. 1. οὐκ ἐξ ἴσου, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, ἐσμέν". σὺ μὲν 
Ἀ 931» 9 > a > Dee, δὲ A , ἈΝ 
γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἵππου ὀχεῖ, ἐγὼ δὲ χαλεπῶς κάμνω τὴν 


1 , oy. 
συμπέμψαι amo 


ἀσπίδα φέρων. 2. κελεύει dé ob 
A ,ὔ » 5 , > 5 “ 
τοῦ στόματος ἄνδρας. 3. ἀπορουμένοις δ᾽ αὐτοῖς 
προσῆλθέ τις ἀνήρ. 4. αὐτὸς δεξιὰς Sods” συνέλαβε 
τοὺς στρατηγούς. 5. ἣν οὖν αὐτῶν ἐπισκεψώμεθα 
τίνες πέπανται σφενδόνας, καὶ τούτῳ δῶμεν αὐτῶν" 
5 , + Ἁ “ ε \ ε “ 3 A 
ἀργύριον, ἴσως τινὲς φανοῦνται ἱκανοὶ ἡμᾶς ὠφελεῖν. 
᾿ ee" St een τς κι , , > 
6. λοιπόν“ μοι εἰπεῖν ὅπερ καὶ μέγιστον νομίζω εἶναι. 
7. ἄλλου τινὸς" δεῖ πρὸς τούτοις οἷς λέγει. 8. ὁρᾶτε 
δὴ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς, ot διὰ πίστεως αὐτοῖς ἑαυτοὺς 
ἐνεχείρισαν, οἷα" πεπόνθασιν. 9. πρὸς δὲ βασιλέα 
πέμπων ἠξίου ἀδελφὸς ὧν αὐτοῦ δοθῆναι ot' ταύτας 
τὰς πόλεις. 10. Δέξιππον δὲ κελεύουσι διασώσαντα 
αὐτοῖς" τὰ πρόβατα, τὰ μὲν αὐτὸν" λαβεῖν, τὰ δὲ 
Fd 5 ~ 5 9 3 \ 5 ΄“ 
σφίσιν ἀποδοῦναι. 11. οὐχ ὠὡρα ἐστιν ἀμελεῖν 
ἡμῶν αὐτῶν." 12. guehé" μοι ὅπως τὰ σὰ καλῶς 
ἔχοι. 18. τεκμήριον δὲ τούτου καὶ τόδε." 14. σύ 
N Ψ > \ ε A A “4 » 9 
τε yap ἔλλην εἰ καὶ ἡμεῖς τοσουτοι“ ὄντες ὁσους 
‘ c aA aA > eA 52 ὃ , 
ov ὁρᾷς. 15. ods οὖν ἑώρα ἐθέλοντας κινδυνεύειν, 


τούτους ἄρχοντας ἐποίει ἧς κατεστρέφετο χώρας." 
a 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 123 


aA > a 
16. καὶ δεῖταί σου τήμερον τοῦτον τὸν οἶνον ἐκπιεῖν 
σὺν ois’ μάλιστα φιλεῖς. 17. εἰ οὖν νῦν ἀποδει- 
, ΄ ᾧ-.1}: ea Bs dase Ser, ε , 
χθείη τίνα χρὴ " ἡγεῖσθαι, οὐκ ἄν, ὁπότε οἱ πολέμιοι 
ἔλθοιεν," βουλεύεσθαι ἡμᾶς δέοι. 


1. 1. 7 am willing to transport you. 2. For 
they are now themselves burning the king’s country. 
3. But once the king’s army” invaded their country.” 
4. And beside these he had (those) whom” the king 
gave him. 5. But if any one sees another better 
(plan), let him speak. 6. But he commanded what 
soldiers he himself had to follow. 7. Having per- 
suaded his own city,” he sailed away. 8. But they 
attempted to induce him to return. 9. Wherefore 
the king did not perceive the plot® against™ him- 
self. 10. You neither love them” nor (do) they” 
(love) you. 11. But with these arms we will fight 
even for your possessions. 12. He sent word to 
the general to send back to him® what army he had. 
13. Cyrus set out with” (those) whom I have men- 
tioned. 14. He designated the same man (as) 
general. 15. They planned these same (things). 


NOTES. 
1 Accented when emphatic. 8 § 184, 3. 
2 § 277, 5. 9 4 145, 1. 
3 Limits τούτῳ, § 168. ag ΔΎ eae 
4 Se. ἐστί. 11. § 184, ν. 2. 
5 Something else. Cf. § 172, 1. 12 Se. πράγματα. 
6 What they have suffered. 13 § 148, ν. 1. 


7 4 277, 2. 4 § 87, 1. 


124 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK, 


15. ¢ 154, N. : Σ 22 «The of himself city,” ὃ 142, 4, ν. 8. 
16 αὶ 153, N. 1. 23 ς 17], 2. 
17 § 224, and § 232, with 4. 24 pds. 
18 « A royal army.” 25 Use ἐκεῖνος. 
19 «Threw (itself) in upon (es) them.” 26 περί. 
20 Use ὅσος. 27 Accusative of the reflexive with πρός. 
21 Neuter singular. 28 ἔχων. 
—0tg200—. 


LESSON LVIII. 


Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative Cases, 


Grammar: δὲ 157-166. Omit § 162. 


Exercises. 


I. 1. καὶ ἐποίουν οὕτως οὗτοι. 2. ὦ θαυμασιώτα- 
»¥ 4 > s, Yow: A ’ > <2 4 
τε ἄνθρωπε, σύγε οὐδὲ ὁρῶν γιγνώσκεις οὐδὲ ἀκούων 
μέμνησαι. 8. ἀλλ᾽ ὁρᾶτε, ὦ ἄνδρες, τὴν βασιλέως 
> ’ Ν 39 ’ - ’ \ Ἂς 
ἐπιορκίαν καὶ ἀσέβειαν. 4. πορευόμενοι δὲ διὰ 
ταύτης τῆς χώρας ἀφικνουνται ἐπὶ τὸν Μάσκαν ποτα- 
μόν, τὸ εὖρος πλεθριαῖον. 5. μείναντες δὲ ταύτην 
\ Ph a» 1. εὐ τῷ > x \ N 
τὴν ἡμέραν TH αἀλλῃ ἐπορεύοντο. 6. ἀλλὰ μὰ τοὺς 
‘\ > μὰ > Ἂν, ’ὔ ’ Ν 
θεοὺς οὐκ ἔγωγε αὐτοὺς διώξω. 7. τοσούτους γὰρ 
ἥτησε τὸν σατράπην. 8. τοιαῦτα τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἡμῶν 
ε Ν ’ ~ Ν ’ ~ 
οἱ θεοὶ ποιήσουσιν. 9. δεῖ τὸν στρατιώτην φοβεῖ: 
oe . ¥ x N , > ΄ 
σθαι μᾶλλον τὸν ἄρχοντα ἢ τοὺς πολεμίους, εἰ μέλλει 
φυλακὰς φυλάξειν. 10. κράτιστον, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, 
e A 7 e / : pre Ν + 7 \ 
ἡμῖν ἵεσθαι ws τάχιστα ἐπὶ TO ἄκρον. 11. ὥστε καὶ 
4 ’ 5 ~ 3 A Ν ~ 
χρήματα συνεβάλλοντο avT@ εἰς THY τροφὴν τῶν 


στρατιωτῶν αἱ πόλεις ἑκοῦσαι." 12. τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν" 





FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 125 


, , A , 4 4.0.5. δι A 
πειρασόμεθα ταύτης τῆς τάξεως. 13. ἀπεῖχον τῆς 
χαράδρας ὅσον ὀκτὼ σταδίους. 14. ᾿Αριαῖος δέ, ὃν 
ε te: θέ λέ i] ’ δι ὃν A 5 
ἡμεῖς ἠθέλομεν βασιλέα καθιστάναι, ἡμᾶς κακῶς 
ποιεῖν πειρᾶται. 15. Κλέαρχε καὶ Πρόξενε, καὶ ot 
¥ ε , ¥ > » bid ~ 
ἄλλοι οἱ παρόντες EdAnves, οὐκ στε O TL ποιεῖτε. 


IJ. 1. But another army was collected for him in 
the following’ manner. 2. For these have sworn 
falsely by? the gods. 8. We will ask the general 
whether he has garrisons in the cities. 4. Why do 
you ask me for boatsP 5. But thence they proceeded 
one stage, four parasangs.. 6. They wished to rob 
them of their land. 7. The general has committed 
a great error. 8. In the following manner,® there- 
fore, he made® his levy. 9. But the Greeks pro- 
ceeded safely for the rest’? of the day. 10. But the 
foundation was fifty feet’ in height. 11. They 
remained there seven days. 12. Through the middle 
of the city’ there flows a river, which is called the 
Cydnus,” two plethra in width. 13. He was chosen 
general.* 14. This man became king. 15. What_ 
opinion have you expressed, Socrates ἢ 


NOTES. 
᾿ 3. 4 189. Se. ἡμέρᾳ. Ἱ § 158, N. 2. 
2 § 138, N. 7. 8 ὧδε. 
3 τὸ λοιπόν, henceforth, § 160, 2. 9 Middle. 
# §171,1. 10 § 160, 2, ninth example. 
5 § 165, Nn. 1. 11 § 169, 3, first example. 
6 160, 2, and § 148, n. 1. 12 § 142, 4, N. 4. 


18. “ Which is called the Cydnus,” i. e. “ Cydnus in name.” 
14 § 166, N. 2, second paragraph. 


120 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON LIX. 
Genitive Case. 


Grammar: δὲ 167-172. Add § 167, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6. 


Exercises. 


I. 1. ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέως θύραις ἦσαν. 2. ὅμως 
δὲ οἱ πολλοὶ δ αἰσχύνην καὶ ἀλλήλων καὶ Κύρου 
συνηκολούθησαν. 8. καὶ γὰρ'᾽ νομαὶ πολλαὶ βοσκη- 
μάτων κατελήφθησαν. 4. κρηπὶς δ᾽ ὑπῆν λιθίνη τὸ 
σ » “ ἈΝ “ , Ν 
ὕψος εἴκοσι ποδῶν. 5. καὶ τῶν διαβαινόντων τὸν 

Ν 3 Ν 3 , 3 ΄, Fe ὅσον Wag eae. 
ποταμὸν οὐδεὶς ἐβρέχθη ἀνωτέρω τῶν μαστῶν" ὑπὸ 
τοῦ ποταμοῦ. 6. τῶν μὲν γὰρ νικώντων τὸ κατα- 
καίνειν, τῶν δὲ ἡττωμένων τὸ ἀποθνήσκειν ἐστί. 

er ~ κ \ > A , 
7. καὶ ἐνταῦθα πολλὴ κραυγὴ ἦν τοῦ στρατεύματος. 
8. καὶ ἔταξεν αὐτοὺς λαβόντας τοῦ βαρβαρικοῦ 
στρατοῦ συνεκβιβάζειν τὰς ἁμάξας. 9. τῶν δὲ 
περιττῶν μετεδίδοσαν ἀλλήλοις." 10. ὑμεῖς γὰρ δό- 

¥ > ” nw , 4. nw 
ξετε αἴτιοι εἶναι ἄρξαντες Tov διαβαίνειν. 11. πρῶ- 
τον μὲν κατακαύσωμεν τὰς ἁμάξας ἃς ἔχομεν, ἵνα 

Ν Ν 7 ε “ ἴω ͵ὕ > ‘ 
μὴ τὰ ζεύγη ἡμῶν στρατηγῇ. 12. βούλεται οὖν Kat 
σὲ τούτων γεύσασθαι. 18. ταῦτα δὲ συνενηνεγμέ 
να ἦν" τῷ σατραπεύοντι τῆς χώρας. 14. καὶ τῶν 

a ε , 3 ΄ : 5 
στρατιωτῶν οἱ συνεπόμενοι ἀπωλώλεσαν. 15. ἐξ- 

7 e Ν 3 “A > / x ¢ “A Ἀ , ε 
απίνης οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν ἐτόξευον καὶ ἱππεῖς καὶ πεζοί, ob 
δ᾽ ἐσφενδόνων. 10. καὶ εἴ τις δὲ“ χρημάτων ἐπιθυ- 
pel, κρατεῖν πειράσθω. 17. -διφθέρας ἃς εἶχον σκε- 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 127 


, Φν ἡ ’ ᾿ ’ 
πάσματα ἐπίμπλασαν χόρτου κούφου. 18. πάντες 

Ν lal , 4 ε Ν bigs 
yap κοινῆς σωτηρίας δεόμεθα. 19. οἱ δὲ στρατιώ- 
ται αὐτοὶ ἐπισιτισμοῦ δεόμενοι διὰ τοῦτο ἀθυμοῦσιν. 


II. 1. But we resolutely refrained on account of 
our oaths (sworn in the name) of the gods. 2. But 
underneath there was a foundation of polished stone. 
3. But upon this foundation a brick fort a hundred 
feet in height had been built. 4. So the great (part) 
of the Greek (army) was in this way persuaded. 
5. Many of the beasts of burden perished of? hunger. 
6. He marched on to .the river, which was® a 
plethrum’ in width. 7. The water did not touch 
the hay. 8. You will obtain this’ from Cyrus.” 
9. No one tasted food. 10. And he commanded 
Clearchus to lead the right wing. 11. Many of the 
barbarians had fled from the villages. 12. For the 
cities were the satrap’s. 13. They did not consider 
him (one) of the soldiers.” 14. And no one missed 
(his) man. 15. But he gave attention also to the bar- 
barians. 16. There is need of slingers and horsemen. 
17. But some of the soldiers heard the man’s voice, 
and opened the gate. 


NOTES. 
1 And (this was the case) for. 7 ὑπό with the genitive. 
2 § 175, 1. 8 ὄντα, § 276, 1. 
3 § 184, 2. 9 § 169, 3. 
4 § 262, 2. 10 § 171, 1. 
5 § 98, 1, with 2, Nn. stl § 176, 1. 
᾿ς 6 But (δέ) further (καί). 12 § 169, 2. 


128 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON LX. 
Genitive Case (continued). 


Grammar: δὴ 173-183. 


Exercises. 


I. 1. φεῦ τοῦ ἀνδρός. 2. τὰ δ᾽ ἅρματα ἐφέρετο 
κενὰ ἡνιόχων. 3. τούτου σε tyro. 4. ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ 
τούτων στερήσονται. 5. μακρότερον γὰρ οἱ Ῥόδιοι 

“ > > , 9 * 1 , x 
των Περσων ἐσφενδόνων. 6. οὕτω περιγένοιτο ἂν 
τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν. 7. Kal πολεμίου οὐδενὸς κατε- 

4, ἣν \ 5» ’ ’ 9 5 ~ ‘ lot 
γέλα. 8. τὰ δὲ ἐπιτήδεια πότερον" ὠνεῖσθαι κρεῖτ- 
τον ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς ἧς οὗτοι παρεῖχον, μικρὰ μέτρα" 
πολλοῦ ἀργυρίου, ἢ αὐτοὺς λαμβάνειν; 9. διώξει 

4 5» 4 ε 4 e ~ ’ 5» A 
yap σε ἀσεβείας. 10. ὁ δὲ ὑπισχνεῖται δώσειν ἀντὶ 

~ 4 e A “ A ox 7 “ 
δαρεικοῦ τρία ἡμιδαρεικὰ τοῦ μηνὸς Τῷ στρατιώτῃ. 
11. καὶ ὁ σατράπης μάλα ταχέως ἔξω βελῶν ἀπε- 
χώρει. 12. Κῦρος δ᾽ οὖν ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη οὐδενὸς 
΄ 5 A . a ε ΄, eas 6 
κωλύοντος" 13. κακῶς yap τῶν ἡμετέρων ἐχόντων 

, e aA ee. ’ὔ ’ ε΄ 1 
πάντες οὗτοι OVS ὁρᾶτε βάρβαροι πολεμιώτεροι ἡμῖν 
ἔσονται τῶν παρὰ βασιλεῖ ὄντων. 14. πολλάκις δ᾽ 
> > ae Ν Ν , ε Ν Ἀ ω 
ἦν ἰδεῖν παρὰ τὰς στειβομένας ὁδοὺς καὶ ποδῶν 

A ~ a’ 5 ΄“ 4 5 , 
καὶ χειρῶν καὶ ὀφθαλμῶν στερομένους ἀνθρώπους. 
18. τῶν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἔργων, τοξικῆς τε καὶ 
9 , ΄ > ε a 
ἀκοντίσεως, φιλομαθέστατος ἦν. 16. ὁμολογουμέ- 


3 , ΄ > 4 > “, > / 3» 
νως EK TWAVT@MV τῶν εμπειρως αυτου εχόντων ἔδοξε 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 129 


γενέσθαι ἀνὴρ πολεμικός. 17. ἦσαν yap ot λοχαγοὶ 
πλησίον ἀλλήλων. 


Il. 1. The soldier was convicted of treason. 
2. He admired the citizens for their virtue. 3. O 
Zeus! what luck! 4. But we, though we saw’ many 
good (things), resolutely refrained from them. 5. For 
these are still more cowardly than those who have 
been defeated® by us. 6. And they overcame the 
light-armed soldiers. 7. But the Greeks were about? 
eight stadia distant from the ravine. 8. He sold the 
horse for fifty daries. 9. The king will not fight 
within ten days. 10. And the plain abounded in” 
trees of every sort, and in vines. 11. For these 
rivers are impassable at a distance from their sources. 
' 12. These (things) took place while the Greeks were 
going away." 13. And for some time” the bar- 
barians delayed their march. 14. For this general 
was at the head οἵ the mercenary (force) in the 
cities..* 15. The horse was sacred to the Sun. 
16. But all this (is) hard (to do) by night and when 


there is an uproar.”* 


NOTES. 
1 § 226, 1. 2 πότερον...ἤ, § 282, 5. ᾿ 
3 In apposition to τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 
4. Modifies ἡμᾶς understood, the subject of λαμβάνειν, § 145, 1. 
5 § 278, 1, and § 277, 3. Compare § 278, 1, with § 183. 
6 § 278, 1, and ὁ 272, 4. 


: § 277, 5. 11. ¢ 278, 1, and 277, 1. 

§ 276, 2. 12 § 161. 

9 ὅσον. 13 Pluperfect of προΐστημι. 
10 “ Was very full of.” " 14 § 141, N. 3, and § 142, 1. 


“9 


130 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON LXI. 
Dative Case. 


Grammar: δῷ 184-189. 


Exercises. 


ΤΙ. 1. ἐσήμηνε' tots Ἕλλησι τῇ σάλπιγγι, καὶ 
ἱ YY 
» 9 “ ~ 
εὐθὺς ἔθεον ὁμόσε οἷς εἴρητο. 2. δοκεῖ μοι βοηθεῖν 
ἐπὶ τοὺς κάοντας. 8. τὸ δὲ στράτευμα αὐτῷ ἀνατε- 
4 3 ’ +” Ν. > ~ , 
ταραγμένον ἐπορεύετο. 4. ὄνομα δὲ ἦν TH πόλει 
’ Ν A -— A 3 Xx 
Μέσπιλα. 5. πάντες yap ποταμοὶ προϊοῦσι" πρὸς 
aut, Ν Ν ’ 2 ε , Ν 
τὰς πηγὰς διαβατοὶ γίγνονται. 6. ὑποχείριοι δὲ 
’ὔ , “ A yak Ν Ν 
μηδέποτε γενώμεθα ζῶντες τοῖς πολεμίοις. 7. τὰ δὲ 
΄Ἱ “- ε , > ΄ a > , 
κρέα των ἁλισκομένων ἣν παραπλήσια τοῖς ἐλαφεί- 
ε , ’ 5 Ν ~ > Ν ~ 
ous, ἁπαλώτερα δέ. 8. ov yap κραυγῇ, ἀλλὰ σιγῇ, 
-~ > ‘ > A > , με > A 
προσῇεσαν. 9. εὐθὺς ἐπειδὴ ἀνηγέρθη, ἔννοια αὐτῷ 
5 ’ 4 ’ ἔῃ \ > ~ > 
ἐμπίπτει, Ti κατάκειμαι; 10. γέφυρα δὲ ἐπῆν ἐζευ- 
΄, , ε , aA \ Sona, ee > 
γμένη πλοίοις ἑπτά. 11. τῇ δὲ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἦλθεν 
ιν, Ν 4 4. ΄“ ν “ἡ lal 
ἐπὶ τὴν διάβασιν Tov ποταμοῦ. 12. ὅσῳ av θᾶττον 
ἔλθ 4, , 5 , B λ » A 
ἐλθω, τοσούτῳ ἀπαρασκευοτέρῳ βασιλεῖ μαχοῦμαι. 
18. τούτοις ἥσθη Κῦρος. 14. οἱ γὰρ ἵπποι αὐτοῖς 
δέδενται. 15. πάντῃ γὰρ πάντα τοῖς θεοῖς ὕποχα. 
3 Ν Ν > ἈΝ > “A 4 
16. ἀναγνοὺς τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἀνακοινοῦται Σωκράτει 
“a > ~ 
τῷ AOnvaiw περὶ τῆς πορείας. 17. πράγματα παρ- 
έχουσι ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη τῇ χώρᾳ. 18. οὐ συνεπόμεθα 
> ~ 4 Ν 5 ’ ε “ ὟΝ » 
αὑτῳ. 19. Ti καλὸν ἐπέπρακτο ὑμῖν; 20. ἐὰν wor, 


μισθοφορὰ ἔσται τοῖς στρατιώταις. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 191 


II. 1. They shouted to one another not’ to run. 
2. But the soldiers were angry with their generals. 
3. And many of their arms were being carried for 
the soldiers on wagons. 4. But he called an assembly 
on the third (day). 5. There Cyrus had a palace. 
6. It is safer for them to flee than for us. 7. 7 
fellow Greeks, both was faithful to Cyrus, and (am) 
now well-disposed to you. 8. He kept warring with® 
the satrap. 9. They feared that the enemy might 
attack them. 10. He hurls his axe (at him).’ 
11. This wine is much sweeter. 12. But on the 
fourth day they descend into the plain. 13. He will 
sink us with our very triremes.* 14. For he did not 
envy those who were rich.’ 15. Shall we trust this 
guide? 16. The arrows were useful to the soldiers. 
17. On this account” let him pay nothing either” to 
me or! to anybody" else. 18. But he says to him, 
“Do not do this.” 19. We will take vengeance on 
them for this imposition. 


NOTES. 
1 § 134, ν. 1, (ὦ). 


2 The subject is czdefinite, not an infrequent construction in the Perfect and 
Pluperfect Passive. Cf. § 134, n. 1, (ὦ). 
3 To those who go forward (or up-stream). 
4 § 223, and § 232, with 3. 
5 § 288, 3. 
6 § 186, ν. 1. 
_ 7 “He sends (at him) with his axe.”’ Use tus 
8 “ With the triremes themselves.” 
9 § 276, 2. 
10 «Qn ‘account of this.” _ 
11 § 283, 8, second paragraph. E 


32 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON LXII. 
Prepositions. 


First read the Lesson through, giving close attention to the examples, 
and then commit the gexera/ meaning or meanings of each preposition to 
memory, and learn § 192 in the Grammar. For pérases consult in gen-- 
eral the Greek-English Vocabulary at the end of the book. 


Remark. 


Tn Lesson VI. the use of different cases with prepositions was stated. 
It should be remarked, however, that in place of a dative denoting rest, : 
we sometimes have an accusative or genitive, with reference to a pre-. 
ceding or following state of motion: παρῆσαν εἰς Σάρδεις, they were pres- 
ent at Sardis; οἱ ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς καταλιπόντες τὰ ὦνια ἔφυγον, those in 


the market left their goods and fled (trom it). Ct. § 191, Nn. 6. 


I. Prepositions with the Genitive only. 


1. ἀντί, instead of, for. Original meaning, over against, against. 
In comp.: against, in opposition, in return, instead. 
2. ἀπό (Lat. ab, a, Eng. of), from, off from, away from; properly from 
a position oz something : | 
a. of PLACE: ap ἵππου μάχεσθαι, to fight trout a horse) on horseback. 
B. of TIME: ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας, (from) since that day. 
γ- of CAUSE: ἀπὸ ξυνθήματος ἥκει, he is come (from) by agreement. 
In compe.: from, away, off, back. 
3. ἐξ (ἢ 13, 2; Lat, ex, e), from, out of; properly from a position in 
something : 

a. of PLACE: ἐκ Σπάρτης φεύγει, he is banished from Sparta. 

B. of TIME: ἐκ παίδων (from children, Lat. a pueris), since childhood. 
Hence of immediate succession : λόγον ἐκ λόγου λέγειν, to make one 
speech after another. 

γ- of ORIGIN: ἐκ πατρὸς χρηστοῦ ἐγένετο, he came of a worthy father. 
Hence with passive verbs (instead of ὑπό with the genitive): τιμᾶ- 
σθαι ἔκ twos, to be honored by some one; the agent is then viewed 
as the sozrce of the action. | 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 133 


δ. of INFERENCE: ἐκ τῶν παρόντων, (judging ΒΒ. according to the 
present circumstances. 
In comp.: out, from, away, off. 

4, πρό (Lat. pro), before : 
. Of PLACE: πρὸ θυρῶν, before the door. 
. Of TIME: πρὸ τῆς μάχης, before the battle. 
. Of PREFERENCE: πρὸ τούτων τεθνάναι μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο, before these 
things he would rather choose death. 
- Of PROTECTION: mpd παίδων Bixee to fight for one’s children 

(properly, in front of them). 

_In comp.: before, forward, forth. 


Nore. — ἄνευ, ἄτερ, without, ἄχρι, μέχρι, until, ἕνεκα, on account of and 
πλήν, except, are sometimes called improper prepositions and take the genitive. 


. 


- eae 


II. With the Dative only. 


1) ἐν, ἔμ, equivalent to Lat. in with the ablative: 

a. of PLACE: ἐν Σπάρτῃ; in Sparta ; — with a word implying number 
it has the sense of among: ἐν δήμῳ λέγειν, to speak (among) before 
the people. - : 

B. of TIME: ἐν τούτῳ τῷ ἔτει, in this year. 

In comp.: én, on, at. 
2." σύν (also ξύν, equivalent to Lat. cum), ‘with, i.e..in company meh 
or by the aid of. 
In comp.: with, together. 


. III. With the Accusative only. 


1. εἰς, into, to; properly Zo a position ἐμ something (equivalent to Lat. 
in with the accusative), opposed to ἐξ, out of: 
a. of PLACE: Σικελοὶ ἐξ Ἰταλίας διέβησαν εἰς Σικελίαν, the Siculi passed 
over from Italy into Sicily. 
B. of TIME: εἰς νύκτα, (to) till night; εἰς ἐνιαυτόν, (to the end of a 
year) for a whole year. An action may be thought of as taking 
place when a certain time is come to ; hence εἰς is also used for the 
time BEFORE WHEN: ἐδόκει ydp εἰς τὴν ὑστεραίαν ἥξειν βασιλέα, for 
ἐξ was thought that by the next day the king would arrive. 
y: οἵ MEASURE and NUMBER: εἰς τέτταρας, to (the depth of) four men, 
four deep ; εἰς δύναμιν, according to one’s power. 


134 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


δ. of alm or PURPOSE: χρήσιμον εἰς τὸν πόλεμον, useful (toward) for 
the war ; εἰς τόδε ἥκομεν, (to this end) for this we are come. 
In comp.: ἐμέο, in, to. 


2. ὡς, ¢o, only with persons. 


IV. With the Genitive and Accusative. 


1. διά, through (connected with δύο, two, δί- χα, in two, apart, asunder, 
Lat. di-, dis-; properly through the space which separates two 
objects). 

1. διά, with the GENITIVE : 

a. of PLACE: τιτρώσκειν διὰ τοῦ θώρακος, to wound one through his 

τ breastplate. 

B. of TIME: διὰ νυκτός, through the night. 

γ. of MEANS: δι ἑρμηνέως λέγειν, to speak through an interpreter. 

ὃ. of a staTE of action or of feeling: αὐτοῖς διὰ πολέμου ἰέναι, to pro- 
ceed (in the way of war) iz a hostile manner toward them; διὰ φό- 
βων γίγνεσθαι, to come to be in a state of alarm. 

2. διά with the accusaTIVE: on account of (with accusative of the 

* efficient cause): διὰ τὴν νόσον χρώμεθα τῷ ἰατρῷ, we employ the 
_ physician on account of the sickness. 

In compe.: through, also apart (Lat. di-, ais, 


2. κατά (cf. adv. κάτω, Lelow), originally down (opposed to ἀνά). 
1. κατά with the GENITIVE: 
a. down from: ἅλλεσθαι κατὰ τῆς πέτρας, to leap down from the rock. 
B.-down over, down upon. Hence towards: ἔπαινος κατά twos, praise 
(directed) ¢owards one; but usually in a hostile sense, against : 
ψεύδεσθαι κατά τινος, to lie against one. 
2. κατά with the accuSATIVE, down along: passing over, through, or 
to, pertaining to, according to: 
a. οὗ PLACE: κατὰ ῥοῦν, down stream; κατὰ γῆν καὶ θάλασσαν, (over) 
by land and by sea. 
B. of TIME: κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον, about that time. 
y: in DISTRIBUTIVE expressions: κατὰ τρεῖς, by threes, three by three ; 
καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, day by day, daily. 
In comp.: down, against. 
3. ὑπέρ, over, equivalent to Lat. super. 
1. ὑπέρ with the GENITIVE: 
a. Of PLACE: 6 ἥλιος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πορεύεται, the sun journeys above us. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. a 


. in a derived sense, for, in behalf of: μάχεσθαι ὑπέρ τινος, to fight 


for one (originally over him, standing over to defend) ;— also iz 
place of: ἐγὼ ὑπὲρ σοῦ ἀποκρινοῦμαι, I will answer in your stead ; 
—and on account of: ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ὑμᾶς εὐδαιμονίζω, 1 con- 
gratulate you on (account 07) your freedom. 
ὑπέρ with the accusATIVE: over, beyond, of place and measure. 

In comp.: over, beyond, exceedingly, in behalf of. 


V. With the Dative and Accusative. . 


1. ἀνά (cf. adv. ἄνω, above), originally up (opposed to κατά). “ 


1. 
. ἀνά with the ACCUSATIVE: up-along; passing over, through, or to: 
. of PLACE: ἀνὰ ῥοῦν, up stream ; ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, over the whole 


Ξ 


DR 


ἀνά with the pative only in Epic and lyric poetry, up on. 


land. 


. of TIME: ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν ἡμέραν, (over) through the entire day. 


i DISTRIBUTIVE expressions: ἀνὰ τέτταρας, by fours. 
In comp.: up, back, again. 


VI. With the Genitive, Dative, and Accusative. 


1. ἀμφί (Lat. amb-), connected with ἄμφω, doth; properly ox both 


Es 
2. 


i 


da. 


@®e YD 





3. 


sides of ; hence about. 

ἀμφί with the GENITIVE, rare in prose, about, concerning. 

ἀμφί with the Dative, only [onic and poetic, aout, and hence con- 

cerning, on account of. 

ἀμφί with the accusaTIVE: about, of place, time, measure, occupa- 

tion: ἀμφὶ τὰ ὅρια, (about) elose to the boundaries ; ἀμφὶ τοῦτον 

τὸν χρόνον, about this time; ἀμφὶ τὰ ἑξήκοντα, about sixty (Lat. 

circiter sexaginta) ; ἀμφὶ δεῖπνον πονεῖν, to be busy about supper. 
In comp.: about, on both sides. 


2. ἐπί, on, upon. 


ἐπί with the GENITIVE: 

of space, — to denote the place where: Κῦρος προυφαίνετο ἐφ᾽ ἅρ- 
ματος, Cyrus appeared upon a chariot ; — or the place whither : ent 
Σάμου πλεῖν, fo sail (upon) toward Samos. 


. of TIME: ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν, in our time. 

. ἐπί with the DATIVE: 

. of PLACE: ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάσσῃ οἰκεῖν; to live (close upon) by the sea. 
. of TIME; ἐπὶ τούτοις, after these things, thereupon. 


136. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


And so in many other relations in the sense of over, for, at, 
in addition to, on account of, in the power of. 

3. ἐπί with the accusative: 20 (a position) upon, against: ἀναβαίνειν 
ἐφ᾽ ἵππον, to mount on horseback. 

In comp.: upon, over, after, toward, to, for, at, against, 
besides. 

3. μετά (akin to μέσος, Lat. medius), a-mid, among. 

1. μετά with the GENITIVE, with, implying participation: pera τῶν 

ξυμμάχων κινδυνεύειν, to encounter danger (in common) with the 

allies. 

. μετά with the pative, poetic, chiefly Epic. 

. μετά with the accusATIVE : 

. to (a position) among or along with, poetic. 

. after, in TIME OF ORDER: μετὰ τὸν πόλεμον, after the war; pera 
θεοὺς ψυχὴ θειότατον, (after) next to the gods the soul is (the thing) 
most divine. : 

In comp.: with (of sharing), among, between, after, from one 
place to another (μετατίθημι, to put in a new place). 

4. παρά, alongside, of, by, near. 

1. παρά with the Genitive: from beside, from, with verbs of Motion 

and those which imply REcErvinG (outwardly or inwardly). 

. παρά with the DATIVE: παρὰ Κύρῳ ὄντες, being near Cyrus. 

. παρά with the accusATIvE,./o (a position) beside, to ; also along by. 

a. Of PLACE: ἀφικνεῖται mapa Κῦρον, she comes to Cyrus. 

8. of TIME: παρ᾽ ὅλον τὸν βίον, (along by) during his whole life. 

y. of COMPARISON : μεῖζόν τι παρὰ τοῦτο, somewhat larger in compari- 
son with this. 

6. of CAUSE: mapa τὴν ἡμετέραν ἀμέλειαν, on account of our neglect 

' (properly by it, in connection with it). 

e. Of EXCEPTION Or OPPOSITION: ἔχομέν τι mapa ταῦτα ἄλλο λέγειν, 
beside this we have another thing to say ; mapa τὸν νόμον, contrary 
to. the law (properly passing by or beyond it, trans-gressing it), the 
opposite of κατά with the accusative. 

In comp.: beside, along by or past, aside, amiss. 

5. περί, around (on all sides). 

1. περί with the GENITIVE: about, concerning (Lat. de): βουλεύονται 
περὶ Tod πολέμου, they are taking counsel about the war. 

2. περί with the pative, of Prace and cavsE, unfrequent in Attic 
prose. 


MDA or 


OS so 


FIRST LESSONS ΙΝ GREEK. 137 


3. περί with the accusative, nearly the same as ἀμφί. 


In come.: around, about, exceedingly. 


6. πρός, αὐ or by (the front of), akin to πρό. 
1. πρός with the GENITIVE: 


. in front of, looking towards : πρὸς Θρᾷκης κεῖσθαι, to be situated over 


against Thrace ; —similarly in swearing: πρὸς θεῶν, before the gods, 
by the gods. Often, to Stes what is watural or appropriate on 
the part of some one: οὐκ ἦν πρὸς τοῦ Κύρου τρύπου, it was not 
according to the character of Cyrus. 


B. from (properly from before) : ὄλβος πρὸς θεῶν, prosperity from the 


ho @®A 9 


gods ; — sometimes used with passive verbs (instead of ὑπό) : πρός 
τινος φιλεῖσθαι, to be loved by some one. 


. πρός with the DATIVE: 


at: 6 Κῦρος ἦν a Βαβυλῶνι, Cyrus was at Babylon. 


. tn addition to: πρὸς τούτοις, in addition to these things, furthermore. 
. πρός with the ACCUSATIVE: 


. to (properly to the front of): ἔρχονται πρὸς ἡμᾶς πρέσβεις, anbas- 


sadors come to us. 


. towards : πρὸς Boppay, towards the north ; — especially of pispost- 


TION OF RELATION toward some one: πιστῶς διακεῖσθαι πρός τινα, 
to be faithfully disposed towards one ; πρὸς βασιλέα σπονδὰς ποιεῖ- 
σθαι, to make a truce with the king. 
with a view to, in reference to: πρὸς τί pe ταῦτ᾽ ἐρωτᾷς, (to what 
end) for what do you ask me this ? 

In comp.: to, towards, against, besides. 


7. ὑπό, under, equivalent to Lat. sub. 


1. 
a. 


B. 


ὑπό with the GENITIVE: 

of PLACE: ὑπὸ γῆς, under the earth. 

of AGENCY, with’ passtve veRBS or those of passive meaning: 
τιμᾶσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν πολιτῶν, fo be honored by the cilizens. 


y: of CAUSE: ὑπὸ γήρως ἀσθενῆς ἦν, he was weak by reason of old age. 
2. ὑπό with the DATIVE: ὑπὸ τῷ οὐρανῷ, under the heavens ; ὑπ᾽ ’APn- 


g 


vaiots εἶναι, to be under (the power of) the Athenians. 


. ὑπό with the ACCUSATIVE : 
. of PLACE, properly ¢o (a position) under. 
. of ΤΙΜῈ (under a time either impending or in progress) : ὑπὸ νύκτα, 


just before night (Lat. sub noctem); ὑπὸ τὴν νύκτα, during the night. 
In comp.: under, behind, secretly, slightly, gradually. 


138 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON LXIITI. 


Voices. — Tenses. — Causal Sentences. — Imperative and Sub- 
junctive in Commands, Exhortations, and Prohibitions. 


GramMaR: δὲ 195-199. δὸ 200, 201; ὃ 90,2. § 250. 
δ 252-254. Add § 202, with 1. 


Exercises. 


I. 1. σοὶ εἰ addy δοκεῖ, λέγε καὶ δίδασκε. 
2. ἡμεῖς ἐκείνου οὐκέτι στρατιῶταί ἐσμεν, ἐπεί γε 
> ΄ 2 A ¥ 1 ΄ 
οὐ συνεπόμεθα αὐτῷ. 3. ayere’ δειπνήσατε. 4. πα- 
ρῶμεν οὖν ὥσπερ Κῦρος κελεύει. 5. ἀλλὰ καλῶς γε 
> 4 ε ’ Ν 4 ’ 
ἀποθνήσκωμεν, ὑποχείριοι δὲ μηδέποτε γενώμεθα 
ζῶντες τοῖς πολεμίοις. 6. χαλεπά ἐστι τὰ παρόντα, 
ὁπότε στρατηγῶν στερόμεθα. 7. καὶ μηδεὶς ὑπο- 
, ΄ rn εἰ A > » 
λάβῃ pe βούλεσθαι λαθεῖν. 8. ὑμεῖς, ὦ ἄνδρες 
στρατηγοί, τούτοις ἀποκρίνασθε. 9. κράτει τῶν μὴ 
καλῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν. 10. μηδεὶς οἰέσθω με τοῦτο λέ 
yew. 11. μὴ θῆσθε νόμον μηδένα, ἀλλὰ τοὺς βλά- 
eon , 9 ΄ mS , i 
πτοντας ὑμᾶς λύσατες 12. ἀκούσατε τοὺς λόγους 
μου. 13. μή μοι ἀντιλέξῃς. 14. μὴ πολεμεῖτε 
ἄδικον πόλεμον. 15. κολασθήτωσαν δὲ νῦν ἀξίως 
ως 3 ΄ 3 > , Cae > nA ¢ Po 
τῆς ἀδικίας 16. εἰ δέ τις ὑμῶν ἀθυμεῖ ὅτι ἡμῖν 
\ 5» 5 Ν ε “ A δὲ lA ‘ ’ 
μὲν οὐκ εἰσὶν ἱππεῖς τοῖς δὲ πολεμίοις πολλοὶ πάρει- 
5 4 ν ε , ε -™ > \ ΝΜ al 
ow, ἐνθυμήθητε ὅτι οἱ μύριοι ἱππεῖς οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ 
, fs 79 ¥ + 4 4 > A ὃ an 
μύριοί εἰσιν ἄνθρωποι. 17. ὅτῳ“ οὖν ταῦτα δοκεῖ 
- Y 
καλῶς ἔχειν, ἐπικυρωσάτω ὡς τάχιστα, ἵν᾿ ἔργῳ TE 


ραίνηται. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 139 


σ΄ II. 1. Let us not leave the discussion unfinished. 
2. Tell us this first. 3. But he’ is angry, because 
Proxenus speaks of his® ill-treatment lightly. 4. Let 
us see this horse. 5. Let him come. 6,.Do not be 
dispirited on this account.’ 7,» Let us conquer those 
who have been drawn up before the king. 8.4 But 
now, since the struggle is for® delixerance, be much 
braver. 9. Do not lie. 10. Open the door. 11. Do 
‘not despise yourself. 12. Provide yourselves with 

arms. 13. Let us write a letter to the king. 14. Let 
us go up on the mountain. 15. Fear the gods and 
honor your parents.” 


j 
NOTES. 
1 § 253, N. 6 § 146. 
2 § 283, 8, second paragraph. 7 “On account of this.” 
3 § 182, 1, and § 178, N. 8 περί, 
4 § 86. 9 See note 9, Lesson XIX. 
5 § 143, 1, Nn. 2 


——209300— 


LESSON LXIV. 


Interrogative Subjunctive, and Subjunctive and Future Indica- 
tive with ov w7.—Verbals. - 


Grammar: δὲ 256, 257. § 281. 


Exercises. 
| , > Ἁ Ψ 3 4 ~ 
I. 1. σκεπτέον ἐστὶν ὅπως ἀσφαλέστατα pevov- 


lant ~ > 
~ per. 2. py’ τοῦτο ποιώμεν; 3. βούλει οὖν ἐπι- 


140 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


A 3 ,ὔ ’ὔ Ν . , 
σκοπῶμεν; 4. ov μή σε κρύψω πρὸς ovtiwa Bov- 
λομαι ἀφικέσθαι. 5. πολλὰ γὰρ ἐνορῶ dv ἃ ἐμοὶ 

a > , x bs Ὁ ΄ Δ ἧς 
τουτο οὐ ποιητέον. 6. ἣν yap ἅπαξ δύο ἢ τριων 
ε “ ε Ἀ 3 ’ 5 4 Ν ’ ; 
ἡμερῶν ὁδὸν ἀπόσχωμεν, οὐκέτι μὴ δύνηται βασι- 
λεὺς ἡμᾶς καταλαβεῖν. 7. ἱκανὸς δὲ καί ἐστιν ἐμ- 

A A A 4 3 

ποιῆσαι τοῖς παροῦσιν" ws πειστέον ἐστὶ Κλεάρχῳ. 

3 » ε / A 9 Ν A 

8. μηδ᾽ ἔρωμαω ὁπόσου πωλεῖ; 9. οὐ πρὸ τῆς 

, ς ῳ Ν 3 

ἀληθείας τιμητέος ἀνήρ. 10. ἀλλ᾽ ὅπως μὴ ἐπ 
OE 4 , , ae 

ἐκείνῳ γενησόμεθα πάντα ποιητέον 11. μισθω- 

’ er 4 x a” EN > ΄ 
σώμεθα οὖν κήρυκα, ἢ αὐτὸς ἀνείπω; 12. κατα- 

τ 5 3 », 9 5 x > N 
βατέον οὖν ἐν μέρει ἕκαστον" 13. εἴπω οὖν σοι TO 

+ > ΄ 3 Ν A 3 ΄ a 
αἴτιον; 14. ἐπιθυμητέον ἐστὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τῆς 
a A > » -“ 9 , , 
ἀρετῆς. 15. εὖ ἴσθι ὅτι οὐ μή σοι ξυγχωρήσω. 
16. ποῖ φύγωμεν; 17. μιμητέον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν τοὺς 

A A eal 
ἀγαθούς. 18. πότερον" τοῦτο βίαν φῶμεν H μὴ 
= > 
φώμεν εἶναι ; : 


II. 1. The general must pursue the enemy. 

» 2. What shall I say? 3. They will μοί await the 
enemy. 4. We must make war on the barbarians.’ 

5. For you will zever make the vicious better. 6. We 
must not be dispirited. 7. Will you receive® him, or 
shall we go away? 8. They will zot be able to go 
up on the mountain. 9. We must not surrender these 
soldiers to the king. #10. We must make every 
effort never to get in the power of the barbarians. 
—11. With what’ shall I begin? 12. You must 
cultivate virtue.’ 13. Shall I proceed with’? the 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. {ate 


army ito the city? 14. Fellow-soldiers, we must 
make our journey on foot. 15. And may I not" an- 
swer, if some young (man) questions me? 16. The 
general must provide chariots and march against the 
enemy. 17. We must never do the state harm, but 
obey (her). 

NOTES. 


1 § 282, 2, at the end of the examples. 8. § 282, 5. 
2 Present part., dat. plur., of πάρειμι. 7 § 186, N. 1. 


3 See note 9, Lesson XXXIV. 8 Future Indicative. 
4 We must make every effort, etc.,. 9 With what, i.e. whence. 
§ 217. : 10 ἔχων. 
5 Accusative of the agent. 11 And not, μηδέ. Cf. also note 1, above. 
rsa 





LESSON LXV. 


Conditional Sentences: Present and Past Conditions. 


GramMMaR: § 219; §§ 221, 222. Read carefully § 220, 
through I. (a), 2. 


_ Exercises. 


T. 1. εἰ ὑμεῖς ἐθέλετε ἐξορμᾶν, ἔπεσθαι ὑμῖν Bov- 
a : A ¥ 
λομαι. 2. εἰ ταῦτα ἐπεπράχει, καλώς ἂν ἔσχεν. 
3 Xela > ἃ ἴδ᾽ Ψ , 1 ars ἢ , 
. καὶ ἡμιν γ᾽ ἂν οἷδ᾽ ὅτι τρισάσμενος᾽ ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίει, 
» ~ » 
εἰ ἑώρα ἡμᾶς μένειν παρασκεναζομένους. 4. εἴπερ 
4. Ν LO , > > ᾿ Ἀ -. ae | > Ἂς ’ 
ἐμὸς ἀδελφός ἐστι, οὐκ ἀμαχεὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἐγὼ λήψομαι. 
5. εἰ ἑώρων ἀποροῦντας ὑμᾶς, τοῦτ᾽ ἂν ἐσκόπουν. 
6. ἀλλά, εἰ βούλει, μένε ἐπὶ τῷ στρατεύματι, ἐγὼ δ᾽ 
> , ’ > Ἀ ’ ’ > A ἈΝ 
ἐθέλω πορεύεσθαι: εἰ δὲ χρήζεις, πορεύου ἐπὶ τὸ 


142 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


» > A δὲ - 3 “A : : \ RK Bue ὦ , > 
ὄρος, ἐγὼ δὲ μενῶ αὐτοῦ. 7. Kal ἂν ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίει, εἰ 
ἑώρα ἡμᾶς. 8. ἀλλ᾽ εἰ βούλεσθε συναπιέναι, ἥκειν 
, ε lal ἴω ᾽ὔ > Ν 3 / ν᾿ 
κελεύει ὑμᾶς τῆς νυκτός. 9. εἰ γὰρ ἐβρόντησε, καὶ 
ἤστραψεν. 10. εἰ δέ τι ἄλλο βέλτιον," τολμάτω καὶ 
δ΄ ἜΝ , , 9. > ε , A 
ὁ ἰδιώτης διδάσκειν. 11. εἰ ἦν ὁ θάνατος τοῦ παν- 
Ν 3 ’ὔ ν + > ~ =>, 3 
τὸς ἀπαλλαγή, ἕρμαιον ἂν ἣν τοῖς κακοις. 12. εἰ 
μέντοι τότε πλείους συνελέγησαν, ἐκινδύνευσεν ἂν 
διαφθαρῆναι πολὺ τοῦ στρατεύματος. 13. εἶ τοῦτο 
, 9 A »¥ > > a A 
πεποίηκας, ἐπαινεῖσθαι ἄξιος εἶ. 14. οὐκ ἂν τῶν 
΄ 3 , > , Ν 7 ε ΄ 
νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι ναυτικὸν εἶχε. 15. ἡ πόλις 
wn > »¥ 
πᾶσα διεφθάρη av, εἰ ἄνεμος ἐπεγένετο. 16. εὖ ἴσθ᾽ 
4 ea. oe ebb See Wa”, "55 “ 4 Ν a “9 
OTL εἴ TL” ἐμοῦ ἐκήδου, ἀξιώματος Kal τιμῆς μὴ ἀπο- 
στερεῖν pe ἐφυλάττου ἄν. 


II. 1. But, if any one sees a better (plan), let him 
speak. 2. If he had restrained himself, he would 
now be king. 3. And if you had not come, we 
should have proceeded against the king. 4. If you 
have the money, pay it to the soldiers. 5. If he 
is a god, he is wise. 6. If the general had wished 
to go, the soldiers would have followed (him). BTL 
he went into the city, he received the gold., 8. He 
would not have done this, if I had not bid him. 
9. If you say this, you are deceived. 10. If he wrote 
the letter, he did well., 11. If he had done this, 
he would have injured me greatly.® 12. If this is 
so, I will go away at once. 13. If the citizens had 
been wise, they would then have put this tyrant to 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 143 


death. 14. If you have not done wrong, why are 
you about to flee? 15. It would be much more 
wonderful, if they were honored. 


NOTES. 


1 4 188, ν. 7. 2 Better (plan). Se. éort. 3% §160,2. 4 § 164, ν. 2. 
5 § 159, n. 2, and Ν. 4. 


—-0595 00———- 


LESSON LXVI. 
Conditional Sentences: Future Conditions. 


Grammar: δὸ 223, 224. Read carefully § 220, I. (0), 
land2. § 207. , 


Exercises. 


1 1 ΓΝ μ᾽ Ss 59 A \ δί 9 θ , 5 A 
. 1. κἂν μὲν ἡ ἐκεῖ, τὴν δίκην ἐπιθήσομεν αὐτῷ, 

“Ὁ δὲ , e A 9 lal Ἀ A , 
ἣν δὲ φύγῃ, ἡμεῖς ἐκεῖ πρὸς ταῦτα βουλευσόμεθα. 

\ > 3 ε , es. , , , 
/ 2. εἰ OVY ὀρῴην VAs σωτήριον TL βουλευομένους, 

: » x Ν C2 Ἂκ ν 1 Ν ΓΝ ε a > 

ἔλθοιμι ἂν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 3. ovTW' yap ἂν ὑμεῖς ἀπο- 
λελυμένοι τῆς αἰτίας εἴητε. 4. ἐγὼ θέλω, ὦ ἄνδρες, 
ὃ , ε κα x 9 ν @ δέ ε ,ὕ \ 
ιαβιβάσαι ὑμᾶς, av ἐμοὶ ὧν δέομαι ὑπηρετήσητε καὶ 

’ Ν , ἴω ¥ > ’ 
τάλαντον μισθὸν πορίσητε. 5. νῦν av, εἰ βούλοιο, 

’ ων A 
σύ TE ἡμᾶς ὀνήσαις καὶ ἡμεῖς σὲ μέγαν ποιήσαιμεν. 
6. καίτοι εἰ ἅμα τ᾽ ἐλεύθερος εἴης καὶ ᾿'πλούσιος. 
, , “ἡ , x , e A A e ἴω 
γένοιο, τίνος ἂν δέοιο; 7. ἣν δέ τις ἡμᾶς τῆς ὁδοῦ 
> 5 

ἀποκωλύῃ, διαπολεμήσομεν τούτῳ. 8. εἰ δὲ ἄθλα 
’ὔ Ν ἁ. ᾽’ Ν A > , 
προτιθείη τις, πολὺ ἂν πλείους διὰ τοῦτο ἐμπορεύ- 


144 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


¥ 
οιντο. 9. οὐδ᾽ εἰ πάντες ἔλθοιεν Πέρσαι, πλήθει γε 
οὐχ" ὑπερβαλοίμεθ᾽ ἂν τοὺς πολεμίους. 10. ἂν δέ 
τις ἀνθιστῆται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι. 
11. οὐδὲ yap av με ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύ- 
“Ὁ A A 
νοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας. 12. ἣν οὖν σωφρονῆτε, τοῦ- 
τον τἀναντία ποιήσετε ἢ τοὺς κύνας ποιοῦσι" τοὺς 
Ν Ν ’ Ν λ Ἀ Ν Ἀ e 4 ὃ ὃ la 
μὲν yap κύνας τοὺς χαλεποὺς Tas μὲν ἡμέρας διδέασι, 
Ν Ν , 3 A 7 Τ᾿ «ἃ "“ \ 
τὰς δὲ νύκτας ἀφιᾶσι, τούτον δέ, ἣν σωφρονῆτε, τὴν 
4 Ν ,ὔ Ν 5 ’ 5 ’ 
νύκτα μὲν δήσετε, τὴν δὲ ἡμέραν ἀφήσετε. 


II. 1. For if we take this height, those (who are) 
above*® the road will not be able to remain. 2. He 
would gladly give them guides, if they should wish 
to go away. 3. For if they see you dispirited, they 
will all be cowardly. 4. What shall we suffer, if we 
yield and get in the power of the king?) 5. If they — 
should receive pledges, they would come. 6. If the 
king shall fight within ten days, I will give you ten 
talents. 7. For if we should besiege this city, we 
should take it. 8. And we shall not be able to pass 
by, unless we cut off the enemy. 9. If the horse- 
men arrive before the battle, we shall be victorious. 
10. If I should escape the notice of these (men),* 
I should be saved; but if I should be taken, I should 
suffer death. 11. If therefore we make the peace, 
we shall dwell in the city in® great safety. 12. If 
therefore we should have arms,* we should make use 
also of our valor; but if we should surrender these, 
we should lose our lives® also. 3 


᾿ ἣ 
᾿ # ἢ 
\ ~ 
Ὶ \ ἃ 
ὶ > 
͵ 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 145 


NOTES. 


1 In this way, representing the protasis. Cf. § 226, 1, with the last example. 
2 Not even if all, etc., not even then, ete. 


3 οἱ ὑπὲρ τῆς ὁδοῦ, § 276, 2. 5 μετά with genitive, 
# Note’9, Lesson XIX. 6 “Lose our lives,” be robbed of our bodies. 
----- -οτϑῦο-.-ς--..ς-ὕ. 


LESSON LXVII. 


Conditional Sentences: Present and Past General Suppositions. 
—Expression of a Wish.— Gnomic and Iterative Tenses. 


Grammar: § 225. Read carefully ὁ 220, II. § 251. 
δὲ 205, 206. 


Exercises. 


ε ve rae \ , Ὰ ᾽ 
I. 1. οἱ θεοὶ ἱκανοί εἰσι τοὺς μικρούς, κἂν ἐν δει- 
νοῖς ὦσι, σώζειν εὐπετῶς. 2. τούτου ἕνεκα μήτε 
πολεμεῖτε Λακεδαιμονίοις, σώζοισθέ te! ἀσφαλῶς 
. , 9 > > , A A 
ὅποι θέλει ἕκαστος. 3. ἦν ἐπικούρημα τῶν ποδῶν, 
" ᾿ , ε ΄ » Q ae 
εἰ τις τὴν νύκτα ὑπολύοιτοςυ 4. ἣν TL” περὶ ἡμᾶς 
Ν ~ 
ἁμαρτάνωσι, περὶ Tas ἑαυτῶν ψυχὰς ἁμαρτάνουσι. 
ε ~ οὗ “Δ A , Ὄ Ν 3 Ν 
5. ἡμεῖς γὰρ ἂν τοιαῦτα πάθοιμεν, οἷα τοὺς ἐχθροὺς 
ε \ , 3 wee aS , A 
ot θεοὶ ποιήσειαν. 6. Kat εἴ τις αὐτῷ δοκοίη τῶν 
πρὸς τοῦτο τεταγμένων βλακεύειν, ἐκλεγόμενος τὸν 
> ὃ »” eee F Ν δὲ 3 (ὃ ¥ 
ἐπιτήδειον ἔπαισεν αν 7. τὰς δὲ ὠτίδας, ἂν τις 
Vs nx OY , 21% Cie 
ταχὺ ἀνιστῇ, ἔστι λαμβάνειν. 8. εἰ δέ τινα Open 
5 N » 9 , "50 2 Ἃ , 9 , 4 
εινὸν ὄντα οἰκονόμον, οὐδένα ἂν πώποτε ἀφείλετο. 
~ ~ Lal ’ 
9. διατελεῖ μισῶν, οὐκ ἦν Tis TL’ αὐτὸν ἀδικῇ, ἀλλ 
97 ε , , ε ΄. κ( 3 
ἐάν τινα ὑποπτεύσῃ βελτίονα ἑαυτοῦ εἶναι. 10. εἰ 
10 


140 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


ὃ ’ὔ , “A & ’ 3 
ἥ ποτε πορεύοιτο, προσκαλῶν τοὺς φίλους ἐσπου- 
a + 7 ’, Ν 3 
δαιολογεῖτο. 11. εἴ τινες ἴδοιέν πῃ τοὺς σφετέρους 
5 A 3 , ¥.- 4 ὩΣ ’, / 
ἐπικρατοῦντας, ἀνεθάρσησαν ἀν. 12. τῃ Bia πρόσ- 
εἰσιν ἔχθραι καὶ κίνδυνοι. 13. τὰς τῶν φαύλων 
συνουσίας ὀλίγος χρόνος διέλυσε. 14. ἀναλαμβά- 
i es \ , ΄, » ει ewe) 
νων αὐτῶν τὰ ποιήματα διηρώτων ἄν. 15. εἰ ἐξε- 
λαύνοι ᾿Αστυάγης, ἐφ᾽ ἵππου χρυσοχαλίνου περιῆγε" 
τὸν Κῦρον. 16. εἴθε σοι, ὦ Περίκλεις, τότε συνεγε- 
νόμην, ὅτε δεινότατος ταῦτα ἦσθα. 


II. 1. But may the gods take vengeance on these 
traitors. 2. If any one ever stole, he was punished. 
3. Beware of slanders,’ even if they are false. 4. O 
that you may prove yourselves® brave! 5. If they 
found anything (upon them), they took it away from 
them. 6. But it was a protection, if one journeyed 
with® something black before his eyes. 7. O that I 
had not fought with the king! 8. Virtue is praise-_ 
worthy.” 9. If we ever attacked the enemy, they 
escaped with ease. 10. If the soldiers march in 
good order, he praises them. 11. If any one refuses” 
to follow, they impose a penalty on him. 12. But 
he used to beat his.soldiers. 13. If he suspected that 
any one was plotting against him, he put him to death. 


NOTES. 
1 μήτε... τέ are correlatives, Joth...not,...and, ete. 
2 § 159, N. 2. 
3 § 251,11. 7 Use the article. 
4 § 206. 8 “ Prove yourselves” ; — use the Aorist of γίγνομαι. 
5 § 279, 1. 9 ἔχων. 


6 § 159, ν. 4. 40 -§ 138, Nn. 2, (¢). 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 147 


LESSON LXVIII. 


Relative and Temporal Sentences: Conditional Relative. 
Grammar: §§ 229-233, Add § 231, nN. 


Exercises. 


I. 1. ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα, ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χεῖρα. 
2. τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν πειρώμενοι ταύτης τῆς τάξεως, βου- 
λευσόμεθα ὅ τι ἂν ἀεὶ κράτιστον δοκῇ εἶναι. 3. ἐγὼ 

Ἃ > , “Δ 3 Ν “A 3 ’ὔ ἃ ε “~ ὃ ,’ 
γὰρ ὀκνοίην ἂν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα ἐμβαίνειν ἃ ἡμῖν δοίη. 
4. τῷ δὲ ἡγεμόνι πιστεύσομεν ὃν ἂν Κῦρος διδῷ. 

Ν gi J > ’ὔ ’ 4 
5. καὶ οἱ ὄνοι, ἐπεί τις διώκοι, προδραμόντες ἔστα- 
σαν. .6. τοὺς πλείστους ἔνθαπερ ἔπεσον ἑκάστους 
» ἃ Ν Ν 9 4 3 “~ 
ἔθαψαν: ovs δὲ μὴ εὕρισκον, κενοτάφιον αὐτοῖς 
4 , se A , ΄ 4 Ψ 
ἐποίησαν. 7. τῷ θεῷ τούτῳ θύσομεν σωτήρια ὅπου 
ἂν πρῶτον εἰς φιλίαν χώραν ἀφικώμεθα. 8. δια- 
πορευσόμεθα τὴν χώραν ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα ἀσινέστα- 
ε δ᾽ 3 \ ς τὴν to ὃ ΄ 
Ἔχ. Ὁ ΔῈ; Ot ἐπεὶ τὰ ἀρματα προΐϑδοιεν, διίσταντο. 
Ψ > A a aA » > , 
10. ὅτῳ οὖν ταῦτα δοκεῖ καλῶς ἔχειν, ἐπικυρωσάτω 
ε , ἘΦ ἂν ’ \ ‘\ e A 
ὡς τάχιστα, W ἔργῳ περαίνηται. 11. καὶ σὺν υμιν 
Ψ Ν A 
6 τι ἂν δέῃ πείσομαι. 12. ὅπου στρατηγὸς Twos 
ε Ν 3», 
εἴη, τὸν στρατηγὸν παρεκάλουν. 18. οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες 
Fi aw »- , , 
εἰσὶν οἱ ποιοῦντες O TL ἂν ἐν Tals μάχαις γίγνηται. 
lod la / 

14. εἰς τὰ πλοῖα τούς τε ἀσθενοῦντας ἐνεβίβασαν 
Ν A aA cae EE Ra > ἫΝ a x 
Kal TOV σκευῶν ὅσα μὴ ἀνάγκη ἣν ἔχειν. 15. ὃς ἂν 
sas , , ΄ » Ν 
ταυτα μηνύσῃ, λήψεται τάλαντον. 16. ἐπέμπε yap 

ε κοι \ 
βίκους οἴνου, ὁπότε πάνυ ἡδὺν λάβοι. 17. ἡμεῖς δὲ 


"148 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


πολὺ μὲν ἰσχυρότερον παίσομεν, ἣν τις -προσίῃ, 
πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον ὅτου ἂν βουλώμεθα τευξόμεθα. 


II. 1. But we must suffer whatever seems best to 
the gods. 2. But I should fear to follow the guide 
* whom he might give us. 73. But if any one hinder 
us from our journey, we shall fight it out with him’ 
as bravely as possible.” 4. He (is) a worthy friend, 
to whomsoever he is a friend. 75. But I grant you, 
said he, whichever you wish to choose. 6. And in 
_ company with you I shall be in honor wherever 1 be. 
7. He hunted on horseback, whenever he wished to 
exercise himself. 8. Whenever any one wishes to go 
away, he permits him.*, 9. And whenever it was 
necessary * to cross a bridge, each company hastened. 
10. He would not have done what he had not agreed 
to do. 11. And again, when the horses approached, 
they did the same (thing). 12. (Those) who® were 
not able to escape perished. 13. As many arrows as’ 
were taken were useful to the archers. 14. When- 
ever it shall be (the) proper time, I will come. 


NOTES. 


1 Use οὗτος. For the case, cf. § 186, nN. 1. ἡ 


2 Literally, most bravely (κράτιστα) as we shall be able, putting the adverb 
last. 

3 αὐτούς, because the indefinite ris, though singular, covers the entire class. 

*§ 123, ν. 1. Use dev. 

5 § 142, 4, at the end. 

6 ὅσοι. 

T (So many) of the arrows as, § 87, 1. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 149 


LESSON LXIX. 


Relative and Temporal Sentences: Relative Clauses expressing 
Purpose or Result, and Temporal Particles signifying Until 
and Before that. 


Grammar: δὲ 236-240. Read § 240, 2. 


Exercises. 


ε \ ’ 9 , Ν ε “A Ν 
I. 1. οἱ γὰρ πολέμιοι οὐ πρότερον πρὸς ἡμᾶς τὸν 
, ως Ν > , A Ν ε “ 
πόλεμον ἐξέφηναν πρὶν ἐνόμισαν καλῶς τὰ ἑαυτῶν 
παρεσκευάσθαι. 2. καὶ ἡ μήτηρ συνέπραττεν αὐτῷ 
“oe ν Ν Ν ἢ Ν ε Ν 5 Ν 
ταῦτα" ὥστε βασιλεὺς τὴν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπιβουλὴν 
5 5 , > , 5 ’, ‘\ 

οὐκ ἠσθάνετο. ὃ. οὐδαμόθεν ἀφίεσαν πρὶν παρα- 
θεῖεν ἄριστον. 4. ἅπασιν ἔσονται σπονδαὶ, μέχρι 
ἂν βασιλεῖ τὰ παρ᾽ ὑμῶν διαγγελθῇ. 5. ἐὰν δὲ μὴ 
διδῷ ταῦτα, ἡγεμόνα αἰτήσομεν Κῦρον, ὅστις διὰ 
, ~ ’ὔ 5 ’ ν ε “Ὁ ’ὔ 
φιλίας τῆς χώρας ἀπάξει. 6. ἕως οἱ πλεῖστοι γνώ- 
> ’ ε ’ὔ xX > \ ON > Ν 

μην ἀπεφήναντο, ἡσυχίαν ἂν ἦγον. 7. καὶ ἐὰν ἐγὼ 
’ 5 “A > , > , > ; ~N \ 
φαίνωμαι ἀδικεῖν, od χρή pe ἐνθένδε ἀπελθεῖν πρὶν 
δὴ ων , Ν , a δ la 
ἂν δῶ δίκην. 8. καὶ γίγνεται τοσοῦτον μεταξὺ τῶν 
στρατευμάτων ὥστε τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ οὐκ ἐφάνησαν οἱ 
πολέμιοι. 9. ἔδοξε τῷ δήμῳ τριάκοντα ἄνδρας ἑλέ. 
σθαι οἱ νόμους ξυγγράψουσι. 10. ἀλλὰ διατρίψω 
ne. a > , εν 5. cd , Ὧν ἫΝ \ 
ἔστ᾽ ἂν ὀκνήσωσιν ot ἄγγελοι μὴ ἀποδόξῃ ἡμῖν τὰς 

\ ’ὕ > Ν ε ’ ’; 

σπονδὰς ποιήσασθαι. 11. ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ δώσει 
Y 9 , ἴω 5 A > “a ν ἈΝ 
πέντε ἀργυρίου μνᾶς ἐπὴν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἤκωσι, καὶ 


τὸν μισθὸν ἐντελῆ μέχρι ἂν καταστήσῃ τοὺς “ENA? 


109: . FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


> 
vas εἰς ᾿Ιωνίαν πάλιν. 12. πάλιν δὲ ὁπότε ἀπίοιεν 
Ν 4, ¥ ’ὔ ᾽ Ν.,» Ν οι ΨΕ wn“ 
πρὸς TO ἄλλο στράτευμα ταὐτὰ ἔπασχον, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ 
᾿ δευτέρου γηλόφου ταὐτὰ ἐγίγνετο, ὥστε ἀπὸ τοῦ 
’ / »¥ 5 “ ἈΝ A Ν 
τρίτου γηλόφου ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς μὴ κινεῖν τοὺς στρα- 
τιώτας πρὶν ἀπὸ τῆς δεξιᾶς πλευρᾶς τοῦ πλαισίου 
ἀνήγαγον πελταστὰς πρὸς τὸ ὄρος. 


Il. 1. They waited until the men left the city. 
2. They are getting arms together with which to de- 
fend themselves. 3. Let the truce be in force until 
I come. 4. He had not come; so that the Greeks 
were anxious. 5. I should continue to war! (with 
them) until they should surrender the ships. J46. They 
command the heralds to wait until the general shall 
be at leisure.” 7. But the rest of the soldiers struck ἢ 
and stoned and reviled the man until they compelled 
(him) to take® his shield and proceed.) 8. Generals 
have come to collect an army for Cyrus., 9. We 
waited each time until the king rode by. /10. He 
will not stop fighting against his opponents until he 
consult with you. 11. They never make the attack 
until the watchword has passed along.* 12. I shall 
delay in Sardis until the general arrive. 13. If I 
had known this, I should have waited until the gen- 
eral had arrived. 14. We will go forward until we 
join Cyrus. 

NOTES. 


1 § 279, 1. 8 Use the Participle. 
“$$ 200, nT. * Use the Aorist Subjunctive. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 151 


LESSON LXX. 


Indirect Discourse: Simple Sentences after ὅτι and ws, and 
in Indirect Questions. 


Grammar: § 241; δὲ 248, 244. Add § 245. 


: Exercises. 
11 ῃ ὃ ’ a te 8 | aes A 
. 1, ἐπεδεικνυσαν ova” εἴη ἢ ἀπορία avev τῆς 
, ’ Ν , A > ’ ‘ » 
Κύρου γνώμης καὶ μένειν καὶ ἀπιέναι. 2. καὶ οὔ- 
> o~ >) \ ε 5 \ ὃ ‘\ e “ Ἂ la 
MOTE ἐρεῖ οὐδεὶς ὡς ἐγὼ προδοὺς ὑμᾶς τὴν τῶν Bap- 
’ὔ ’ ε , » A 3 , 
βάρων φιλίαν εἱλόμην. 8. ἔγνω ὅτι οὐ δυνήσεται 
‘ ’ὔ ’ 542 Ν 4 > 4 
τοὺς στρατιώτας βιάσασθαι ἰέναι. 4. καὶ para ἠθύ- 
4, 
μησάν τινες, ἐννοούμενοι μὴ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια“ οὐκ ἔχοιεν 
Ἁ , A 
ὁπόθεν λαμβάνοιεν. 5. ἀλλὰ οἱ πολέμιοι ᾿ ἐθεῶντο 
ν Ν ’ e¢ ‘ ae OU ae 
ὁποι ποτέ τρέψονται οἱ Ἕλληνες καὶ τί ἐν νῳ ἔχοιεν. 
» x ia 
6. ἔλεξεν ws γείτων τε εἴη τῆς “Ἑλλάδος καὶ περὶ 
πλείστου ἂν ποιήσαιτο σῶσαι ἡμᾶς. 7. ἀκούσας 
\ — ~ » Ὁ > “ 3 ‘3 Ν νι ΚΝ Ν 
δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἔλεγεν ὅτι ὀρθῶς ἡτιῶντο καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ 
al 4 ν 
ἔργον αὐτοῖς μαρτυροίη. 8. ἔνθα δὴ οἱ Ἕλληνες 
» ν ’ > ’ Ἀ ’ » 
ἔγνωσαν ὅτι πλαίσιον ἰσόπλευρον πονηρὰ τάξις εἴη. 
ε Ν ’ ὦ 5 50. » 3. - νον ὧν “Re 
9. ὁ δὲ λέγει ὅτι οὐκ ἐδόκει αὐτῷ ἔρημα καταλιπεῖν 
Σὰ ¥ 9 Y ,ὕ Δ , 
τὰ ὄπισθεν. 10. ἔλεξεν ὅτι οὕτω σωτηρίας ἂν τύ- 
χοιεν. 11. οὗτοι ἔλεγον ὅτι Κῦρος μὲν τέθνηκεν, 
a . oe κ 9 A θ ἄν τ» ν AE Ψ 
ριαῖος δὲ πεφευγὼς ἐν τῷ σταθμῷ εἴη καὶ λέγοι ὅτι 
περιμείνειεν ἂν αὐτούς. 12. ἀποκρίνεται ὅτι ταῦτ᾽ 
ἂν ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς ἰδών 13. ἔλεγον ὅτι οὐπώποθ᾽ 


οὗτος ὁ ποταμὸς διαβατὸς γένοιτο πεζῇ. 14. ἐβου- 


102 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


5 ἐς a 
λεύοντο Et’ TA σκευοφόρα ἐνταῦθα ayowTo ἢ ἀπίοιεν 
ΘΈΩΝ Ἁ , 5 , πὶ ἅν x 4, 
ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 15. ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων 


Ν , 
Τα Τιστα. 


1 1. And Cyrus said that the expedition would 


be against the great king. 2. But he answered that ἢ 


he had deliberated with respect to this. 3. For they 
now knew that he was leading (them) against his 
brother. 4. And he shouted that the king was com- 
ing on with a great army. 5. For the satrap said 
that Cyrus had plotted against the king. | 6. But 
they deliberated how’ they should drive the men 

away from the hill. 7. He asked whither’ he should 
turn. 8. They knew that their fear was groundless. 
9. He said that he would arrest him and put (him) 
to death. 10. But he did not indicate what he 
would do. fil. But he was deliberating whether’ 
they should send some, or should all go to the camp. 
12. But (on) being asked what* he needed, he said, 
“T shall need two thousand leathern bags.” 13. They 
were at a loss (as to) what” they should call this. 
14. For they perceived that the enemy were among 
the baggage.’ 15. I said that we had” many fair! 
hopes of safety. 16. Thereupon he accordingly an- 
swered that they would” die sooner than give up 
their arms. 

NOTES. 


1 Tn each case let the student give the verb of the quoted sentence in its 


original form before quotation, and also all of its possible forms after being quoted. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 153 


2 An indirect question may be introduced by the simple interrogative (here 
ποία), the general relative (ὁποία), or even the simple relative (ofa). Cf. § 149, 
2, with note, § 282, 1, and § 87, 1. For the syutax of μένειν, ef. § 261, 1. 

3 Object of λαμβάνοιεν. The original question was, πόθεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
λαμβάνωμεν ; Cf. § 256. 

* § 277, 4. 

5 § 282, 4. 

6 Jn translating these sentences into Greck, determine first what the quoted 
sentence would be in the direct form in English, so as to get the original tense, 
which in Greek, it must be earefully remembered, does not change when the 
sentence is indirectly quoted. In Evglish after secondary tenses a change of 
tense is the rule. This makes it often doubtful what the original form of the 

‘sentence was. In such a case the student must determine which seems the 
most natural, and take that. 

T πῶς. But see note 2. 

8 Whether...or, εἰ...ἤ, § 282, 5. 

9 Plural of σκευοφόρον. 

10 § 184, 4. 

11 Greek idiom, many and fair. 

12 The original affirmation was, “ We should die,”’ ete. 





059030 


LESSON LXXI. 


Indirect Discourse: Infinitive and Participle in Indirect 
: Quotations. 


Grammar: ὃ 246, with n.; § 260, with 2 (and Ν. 1); 
§ 280, with notes 1 and 2. 


Exercises. 


I! 1. advdpes, νῦν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα νομίζετε ἁμιλ- 
λᾶσθαι. 2. οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν ἡμᾶς τοιαῦτα παθεῖν οἷα 
ae \ e \ , 9 , ΓΟ 
τοὺς ἐχθροὺς οἱ θεοὶ ποιήσειαν." 8. μέμνημαι αὐτὸν 
aA , ~ 3 > Ν » Ν 
τοῦτο ποιήσαντα. 4. Κῦρος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἤσθετο τοὺς 
στρατιώτας διαβεβηκότας, ἥσθη. 5. σύνοιδα γὰρ 


154 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


: 2 πάντα ἐψευσμένος αὐτὸ 6. ὑ ῖ 
ἐμαυτῷ σμένος αὐτόν. 6. ὑπισχνεῖται 
αὐτοῖς μὴ πρόσθεν παύσεσθαι πρὶν ἂν αὐτοὺς κατα- 
γάγῃ οἴκαδε. 7. δῆλος ἦν Κῦρος σπεύδων πᾶσαν 
\ εῷ > , τς > ie eee , 
τὴν ὁδόν. 8. ἀκούω δ᾽ εἶναι" ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι 
ἡμῶν Ῥοδίους, ὧν τοὺς πολλούς φασιν ἐπίστασθαι" 
σφενδονᾶν. 9. ἐπειδὴ δὲ σαφῶς τοὺς βαρβάρους 
> ’ » SR ε ν 5 ’ Ν 
ἀπίοντας ἤδη ἑώρων οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἐπορεύοντο καὶ 
ee > , > ἃ \ 9 cit NB eer 
αὐτοί. 10. ἀναρχίᾳ δ᾽ ἂν καὶ ἀταξίᾳ ἐνόμιζον ἡμᾶς 
ἀπολέσθαι. 11. ὡς εἶδε Κλέαρχον διελαύνοντα, 
ἵησι τῇ ἀξίνῃ 12. δείξω τοῦτον ἐχθρὸν ὄντα. 
13. ἄλλως δέ πως πορίζεσθαι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ὅρκους 
΄ εν ¥ , > σ΄ 
κατέχοντας ἡμᾶς noew. 14. σκοπούμενος οὖν εὕ- 
5 “ a » al , 
ρισκον οὐδαμῶς ἂν ἄλλως τοῦτο διαπραξάμενος. 
15. ἑώρα δὲ προκατειλημμένην τὴν ἀκρωνυχίαν. 
9 > ε , eon , , , 
16. εἰ οὖν ὁρῴην ὑμᾶς σωτήριόν τι βουλευομένους, 
ἔλθοιμι ἂν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 17. ἐπιβουλεύων ἡμῖν φανε- 
, 9 ε ΄ \ > \ , 27 
pos ἐστι. - 18. ὑπώπτευον yap ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἰέναι" 
μισθωθῆναι δὲ οὐκ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἔφασαν. 19. τούτους 
bm > “~ > Ν Ν Ἦν \ A > 
δὲ ἔφασαν οἰκεῖν ava τὰ ὄρη Kal πολεμικοὺς εἶναι, 
καὶ βασιλέως οὐκ“ ἀκούειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμβαλεῖν ποτε 
> > Ν Ν Ψ ’ > > ’ 
εἰς αὐτοὺς βασιλικὴν στρατιάν: τούτων δ᾽ οὐδένα 


ἀπονοστῆσαι. 


II. 1. For he heard’ that Cyrus was in Cilicia. 
2. And he promised that he would deliver over the 
Greeks to him. 3. He thinks that he has been 
wronged by me. 4. And it was evident that he was 
troubled. 5. They say that the wife of the king took 
refuge here. 6. For I know that pledges have been 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 155 


given. 7. For I knew that the soldiers had _pro- 
visions. 8. Remember that you are mortal. 9. But 
the great king dug® this trench when he learned that 
Cyrus was marching against (him). 10. I was the 
first to announce’ to him that Cyrus was making an 
expedition against (him). 11. I saw that you were 
suffering harm and were not® able to retaliate. 
12. For they did not know that he was dead. 
13. herefore announce that in that case the 
Greeks would retreat. 14. But the Greeks knew the 
enemy wished to go away, and that (they) were pass- 
ing the word to one another. 15. They acknowledge 
that this general was a brave (man). 16. Let it not 
yet be manifest that we have set out for home. 
17. He accordingly showed that the satrap had 
broken the truce. 18. He is conscious to himself 
that he has violated his oath.” 


NOTES. 


1 Cf. note 1, Lesson LXX. 

2 Cf. note 3, Lesson LXVII. 

3 § 280, n. 8, second paragraph. 

4 With the infinitive = know how, like οἶδα, § 280, N. 8, second paragraph. 

5 § 188, 1. 

6 § 283, 3, and § 242, 4. 
᾿ 7 Be careful to use the Participle in translating this exercise into Greek 
wherever the principal verb is one of the list mentioned in § 280. Cf. also 
note 6, Lesson LXX. 

8 Made. 

9 I first (§ 188, N. 7) announced. 

10 See note 9, Lesson XIX. 

11 Use the plural. For the case (if παραμελέω is used for the verb fo vio- 
late), § 171, 2. 


156 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


LESSON LXXII. 


Indirect Discourse: Indirect Quotation of Compound Sentences. 
GramMAR: § 247, Add the General Statement in § 242. 


Exercises. 
I} \ 3 » 27 2 38 ΄ , 
1. καὶ οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι," ἐὰν μή τις αὐτοῖς 
χρήματα διδῷ. 2. οὗτος δ᾽ εἶπεν ὅτι φλνυαροίη 
9 , »” ΄ x ΜΆ, Ral 
ὅστις λέγοι ἄλλως πως σωτηρίας ἂν τυχεῖν ἢ βασι- 
λέα πείσας. 3. καὶ εὔξαντο τῇ ᾿Αρτέμιδι, ὁπόσους 
κατακάνοιεν τῶν πολεμίων, τοσαύτας χιμαίρας κατα- 
’ὔ “ ΄“Ὁ Φ΄, ὧν ’ ν A » 
θύσειν τῇ Dew. 4. ἐνόμιζε γάρ, ὅσῳ θᾶττον ἐλ- 
a ἴα an) 
θοι, τοσούτῳ ἀπαρασκευοτέρῳ βασιλεῖ μαχεῖσθαι. 
5. ὑπέσχετο, ἂν τούτους τοὺς στρατιώτας λάβῃ, 
παραδώσειν αὐτῷ τοὺς Ἕλληνας. 6. οἱ δ᾽ ἑαλω- 
᾽ὔ » σ A Ν , 3 ἄμ. ὦ ἢ, 
κότες ἔλεγον ὅτι τὰ πρὸς μεσημβρίαν" τῆς ἐπὶ 
Βαβυλῶνα εἴη, δ ἧσπερ ἥκοιεν. 7. τοῦτο δὴ δεῖ 
λέγειν, πῶς ἂν πορευοίμεθά τε ὡς ἀσφαλέστατα 
΄ > , Sz ξεν , ΄ β 
καί, εἰ μάχεσθαι δέοι, ὡς κράτιστα μαχοίμεθα. 
ε 3 Ἂν σ A lal Y ΕἾ 
8. οἱ δ᾽ ἔλεγον ὅτι περὶ σπονδῶν ἥκοιεν, ἄνδρες 
ν ε \ ¥» Ν ‘ “ ν 4 “ 
οἵτινες ἱκανοὶ ἔσονται τὰ παρὰ τῶν Ελλήνων βασιλεῖ 
ἀπαγγεῖλαι... 9. οἶδα αὐτοὺς τοῦτο ἂν ποιοῦντας, εἰ 
"Δα 30.» > A > \ e ἀρὰ τὰς / Ν x om 
e€nv. 10. ovo EPEL οὐδεὶς ὡς ἐγώ, EWS μεν ἂν παρῃ 
τις, χρῶμαι, ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἀπιέναι βούληται, συλλαβὼν 
καὶ" αὐτοὺς κακῶς ποιῶ καὶ" τὰ χρήματα ἀποσυλῶ. 
5 4 ταν 50. ἡ ν ’ 9 vO SEH ῪΝ x 
ἀλλὰ ἰόντων, εἰδότες OTL κακίους Eliot” περὶ ἡμᾶς ἢ 
ε “~ Ἂς 5 ’ ᾿Ξ, re. θύ 
ἡμεῖς περὶ ἐκείνους. 11. εὔξαντο σωτήρια θύσειν, 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 15} 


lal a ¥ 
ἔνθα πρῶτον εἰς φιλίαν γῆν ἀφίκοιντο. 12. ἔλεγον 
Ν 
ὅτι ἥκοιεν ἡγεμόνας ἔχοντες, OL αὐτούς, ἐὰν σπονδαὶ 


΄ » » Ψ \ 9 , 
γένωνται, ἄξουσι ἔνθεν ἕξουσιν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 


N me ey. But he promised him, if he should come, 
that he would make him a friend to Cyrus. 2. He 
said that, if there’: was no objection,” he wished to 
converse with them. 3. He said that if they should 
see you dispirited, they would all be cowardly. 4. But 
he told (him) that just as soon as” the expedition 
should come to an end, he would immediately send_ 
him home,/%. He announced that if we had not δ 
come, they would be proceeding against the king. _ 
6. He said that he should delay until the king ar- 
rived. 7. But he said that he did not corhmend the 
man if he had done this. 8. And they said that the 
enemy were within in great numbers,” and that they “ 
were striking our men. 9. And they said that they 
would burst open the gates, if they should not open 
(them) of their own accord. 10. It was evident that 
they would elect him, if any one should put it to 
vote. 11. He said he should dread to embark in the 
boats which Cyrus should give them. 12. He ac- 
cordingly then asked who” those were who (always) 
did" whatever took place in battle.” 


NOTES. 


1 Cf. note 1, Lesson LXX. In this Lesson the directions there given should 
be followed with especial reference to the verb of the subordinate clause. 
_2 They said οὐκ ἔμεν, § 200, N. 3, second paragraph. 
3 The country toward the south, ete. 4 80, ὁδοῦ, and cf. § 169, 1. 


108 FIRST LESSONS IN ΟΒΕΕΚ.. 


5 § 247, N. ὃ. 6 § 212, 4. 

7 In the direct discourse τοῦτο ἂν ἐποίουν, § 204, N. 1. 

8 xal,..xaé. Indignity to their persons (αὐτούς) is added to robbing them 
of their property. On αὐτούς, cf. note 3, Lesson LXVIII. 


9 § 280, N. 3. 14 And that they, i.e. “who.” 
10 See note 6, Lesson LXX. 15 See note 2, Lesson LXX. 
11 «Tf not anything hindered.” 16 Those who did, § 276, 2. 
12 Just as soon as, ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα. 1 In battle. Use the plural with the 
13 § 142, 3. article. 
——09400—_ 


LESSON LXXIII. 


Final and Object Clauses. 


Grammar: δὲ 215-218. Add 215, ν.1; ὃ 216, 2 and 3; 
§ 217, second paragraph; § 218, second paragraph. Read 
§ 215, Rem. 


Exercises. 


I. 1. τῷ δὲ ἀνδρὶ ὃν av ἕλησθε πείσομαι, wa 
εἰδῆτε ὅτι καὶ ἄρχεσθαι ἐπίσταμαι. 2. εἴ τε ἤδη 
δοκεῖ ἀπιέναι, σκεπτέον ἐστὶν ὅπως ἀσφαλέστατα 
ἄπιμεν, καὶ ὅπως τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἕξομεν. 8. τὴν δὲ 
“Ἑλληνικὴν δύναμιν ἤθροιζεν ὡς μάλιστα ἐδύνατο 
ἐπικρυπτόμενος, ὅπως OTL” ἀπαρασκευότατον λάβοι 
βασιλέα. 4. ὅπως δὲ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ ἐπαινέσετε, ἐμοὶ 
μελήσει 5. καὶ περὶ τούτων ἐμνήσθην, ἵνα μὴ 
ταὐτὰ πάθητε. 6. ὥστε οὐ τοῦτο δέδοικα, μὴ οὐκ 
ἔχω" 6 τι δῶ" ἑκάστῳ τῶν φίλων. 7. τοὺς δὲ ἀπο- 
θανόντας αὐτοκέλευστοι of Ἕλληνες ἠκίσαντο, ὡς ὅτι 


φοβερώτατον τοῖς πολεμίοις εἴη. 8. ὅπως δ᾽ ἀμυ- 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 159 


νούμεθα οὐδεὶς ἐπιμελεῖται. 9. ἀλλὰ δέδοικα μή, ἂν 
΄ 4 Ἂν Ν lal 97 e 4 > 
ἅπαξ μάθωμεν ἀργοὶ ζῆν, ὥσπερ οἱ λωτοφάγοι ἐπι- 
λαθώμεθα τῆς οἴκαδε ὁδοῦ. 10. φίλος ἐβούλετο 
> a 4 = , 9 5 “A Ἁ ’ 
εἶναι τοῖς μέγιστα δυναμένοις, ἵνα ἀδικῶν μὴ διδοίη 
’ > \ ε ’ ε ’ 4 Ἁ 
δίκην. 11. καὶ ὁ Σωκράτης ὑπώπτευσε μή τι πρὸς 
τῆς πόλεως ἐπαίτιον εἴη Κύρῳ φίλον γενέσθαι.ἷ 
, 3 ¥ ν ε ν ͵ὔ 
12. καί σε οὐκ ἤγειρον, ἵνα ὡς ἥδιστα καθεύδῃς. 
δ τς - > g _¢ Sees | , Ν 
13. εἰ yap οἷοι τε ἧσαν" οἱ πολλοὶ τὰ μέγιστα κακὰ 
3 ’, ν erg > > Ν 3 Ν Ν 
ἐξεργάζεσθαι, ἵνα οἷοί τε ἦσαν αὖ καὶ ἀγαθὰ τὰ 
μέγιστα" καὶ καλῶς ἂν εἶχεν. 


II. 1. We must go, therefore, and ask Cyrus for | 
boats, that we may sail away. 2. See to this, that 
we shall remain here in greatest safety. 8. For they Ὁ 
feared that the enemy would attack them while going 
through® the ravine. “4. He thought that he needed 
friends, that he might have co-workers. 5. For they 
feared that they would be cut off and the enemy 
would get on both sides of them.” 6. And they 
were apprehensive that, if they should burn” the vil- 
lages, they might not have provisions. 7. Let us 
therefore burn up the wagons which we have, that 
our teams may not be our generals.” 8. But no one 
of us is in return taking any” thought, how we shall 
contend (with them) as successfully as possible. 
9. They fear that the Greeks will attack them dur- / 
ing the night.“ 10. I immediately proceeded to the 
city, that I might aid him. 11. Would that the gen- ἢ 


͵ 


100 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


eral had died, that he might never have been so out- 
raged! 12. See to (it), then, that you be men wor- 
thy of the freedom which” you possess! 13. I did 
this, that it might not be apparent that we had set 
out for home. 


NOTES. 


1 § 200, n. 8, second paragraph. . 

2 As secretly as possible. Literally, concealing himself (middle) as most he 
was able, 

3 See note 4, Lesson XXXIV. 

4 καὶ 134, ν, 9, 

5 Subjunctive. 

6 § 256, and § 244. If this were a conditional relative sentence, 6 τε would 
have ἄν joined to it, § 207, 2, and § 231, N. 

7 Subject of εἴη, of which ἐπαίτιον is the predicate. 


8 § 251, 2. 12 May not lead (στρατηγέω) vs, § 171, 8. 
9 § 277, 1. , 33 οὐδέν, § 159, N. 2, and § 283, 8, second paragraph. 
10. § 182, 2. 14 § 179, 1. 
11. § 277, 4. 15 § 153. 
-------οζῶζοο.-.---- 


LESSON LXXIV. 
The Infinitive. 
GramMMAR: §§ 258-274. Add § 260, 1 and 2 (with 


nN. 1). Read § 259, n., and § 261,1, Nn. Omit § 266, 2; 
§ 269, and § 273. 


Exercises.? 


I. 1. αἰσχρὸν δ᾽ οὐδὲν ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέως θύραις 
¥ 99 9 A ¥ > ἮΝ αν 8 A > Ψ 
OUT ~ ἀκουσαι OUT LOEW ἐστιν 2. Kupos οὖν οὕτως 


= 2 4, =. 5% “ἡ » bl) ’ὔ » 
ἐτελεύτησεν, ἀνὴρ ὧν ἄρχειν ἀξιώτατος. 3. ἤρξατε 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 161 


»-“ ’ A “~ ε A ¥ 
Tov διαβαίνειν. 4. καὶ τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν εἴρητο θαρ- 
“a 4 ὃ ’ \ 4 4 > 4 
ροῦσι" διώκειν. 5. καὶ σπεισαμένου Κύρου ἐπί. 
Ν “ἡ Ν Ν Ν an 
στευε μηδὲν ἂν παρὰ τὰς σπονδὰς παθεῖν. 6. λοι- 
TOV μοι εἶπειν ὅπερ καὶ μέγιστον νομίζω εἶναι. 
4° 7 \ ε \ > eon , A 
7. ἐνόμιζον yap ἱκανοὺς εἶναι ἡμᾶς περιγενέσθαι τῷ 
’ὕ » » » 4 ε ’ ’ 
πολέμῳ. 8. ἔτι δ᾽ ἔχομεν σώματα ἱκανώτερα τού- 
των πόνους φέρειν. 9. συνωφελοῦσι δ᾽ οὐδὲν οὔτε" 
5 Ν ’ὔ’ ψ,. 3 > Ν Ν > 4 » 
εἰς τὸ μάχεσθαι οὔτ᾽ εἰς τὸ. τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἔχειν. 
, ἕω teat ἂν ε , > \ x 
10. κράτιστον" ἡμῖν ἵεσθαι ὡς τάχιστα ἐπὶ τὸ 
ἄκρον. 11. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα περαίνειν ἤδη ὥρα. 12. ἡ 
β λέ 5 A > la ὃ ,ὔ θ 6 Ν ὃ ’ 
ασιλέως ἀρχὴ ἣν τῷ διασπάσθαι" τὰς δυνάμεις 
> , ae ς ee Ἀ 9 ͵, 
ἀσθενής. 18. οὗτοι ἱκανοὶ ἦσαν τὰς ἀκροπόλεις 
φυλάττειν. 14. δέκα δὲ τῶν νεῶν προύπεμψαν εἰς 
τὸν μέγαν λιμένα κατασκέψασθαι. 15. ἐκεῖναιῖ 
γὰρ διὰ τὸ χειροπληθέσι τοῖς λίθοις σφενδονᾶν 
a . Ν “ 
ἐπὶ βραχὺ ἐξικνοῦνταις. 16. Μένων δὲ πρὶν δῆλον 
> / , ε » , Ν ε A 
εἶναι τί ποιήσουσιν οἱ ἄλλοι, συνέλεξε TO αὑτοῦ 
= 4 »» \- , 9 ε as Ν 
στράτευμα. 17. ἔχω γὰρ τριήρεις ὠστε ἑλεῖν τὸ 
΄Νἃ nw , 
ἐκείνων πλοῖον. 18. πρὶν καταλῦσαι TO στράτευμα 
βασιλεὺς ἐφάνη. 19. ηὑρίσκετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς κώ- 
lal Ν / 
pats μόλυβδος, ὥστε χρῆσθαι εἰς τὰς σφενδόνας. 
53 & ’ 
20. εἶπεν ὅτι σπείσασθαι βούλοιτο ἐφ᾽ ᾧ μήτε 
΄ΚᾺ ’ 
αὐτὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἀδικεῖν μήτε ἐκείνους καίειν 
τὰς οἰκίας. 21. πρὶν δὲ τόξευμα ἐξικνεῖσθαι, ἐκ- 


κλίνουσιν οἱ βάρβαροι καὶ φεύγουσιν. 


II. 1. Τὸ seemed best to them to goaway. 2. And 
the station was near, where he was about to μα]. 


3. It is not, therefore, a time for us to be sleeping. 
SEES 


102 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


4. But it was a most fearful (thing) to see. 5. They 
rush in pursuit.’ 6. They intrust their children to 
them to be educated.’° 7. Let us, therefore, hem 
them in so that (they) shall not be able to injure us. 
8. It was manifest, therefore, that Menon desired to 
be rich. 9. But the peltasts must pursue. 10. The 
fairest equipment befits victory." 11. He accom- 
plished this by” being severe.’* 12. We asked for 
the galley for the purpose of collecting boats. 13. For 
I should be able in this way to benefit my friends. 
14. But they said they would give up the dead on 
condition that they would not burn the houses. 
15. It is safer for them to flee than for us. 16. But 
when“ it was now evening, it was time for the enemy 
to go away. 17. For we have come to save you. 
18. But the whole army crossed before the enemy ap- 
peared. 19. For he was stern in aspect.” 20. And 
they crossed before the rest gave answer. 21. But 1, 
so'’ brought (it) about that it seemed best to this 
(man) to cease warring’ against me. 22. And he 
sacrificed before speaking to any one. 23. He was 
chosen to reconcile and restore you. 24. And they 
made so™ great a noise that even the enemy heard — 
(them). 
NOTES. 


1 Review the exercises of Lessons XXXI. and LXXI. . 

2 § 288, 8, second paragraph. 

3 § 28, Nn. 1, at the end. 

4 Dative plural of the Participle modifying the subject of διώκειν, but at- 
tracted into the case of ἱππεῦσιν, § 138, N. 8. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 163 


sf 

5 Se. ἐστί. 

6 A dative of cause. The following ras δυνάμεις is the subject of the In- 
finitive. 

‘T Se. al σφενδόναι, The subject of the following Infinitive is a pronoun 
referring to the slingers. 

8 § 202, 3, N. 

9 Use the Infinitive of διώκω after εἰς, ὁ 262, 1. 

10 Put the Infinitive in the Active voice. 

11 The Infinitive of νικάω, § 262, 2. For the case, ὁ 184, 2. 

12 ἐξ͵ 

13 Nominative, § 138, Ν. 8. 

14 ἡνίκα. 

15 Tyiterally, stern to see. 

16 There is to be no separate word for so in the Greek sentence, where so that 
is expressed by one word. 

17 Genitive of the Infinitive, § 174. 


—_050{00———- 


LESSON LXXYV. 
Participles. 


Grammar: §§ 275-280. Add § 275; § 277, 1, 2, 3, 4, 
5,and 6; δ᾽ 278,2; ὃ 279, 1, 2, and 3; τ Ὰ 280, with notes 
1 and 2. 


Exercises. 


> 

I. 1. ἐγὼ οὖν οὔποτε ἐπαυόμην βασιλέα μακαρί- 

4 Y. , 3, ε , 

Cov, διαθεώμενος ὅσην χώραν ἔχοι. 2. ὃ πρεσβύ- 
τερος παρὼν ἐτύγχανεν. “8. μετὰ τοῦτον ἄλλος 
9. .2 3 ek Pee ee A A ω 2 A 
ἀνέστη, ἐπιδεικνὺς" τὴν εὐήθειαν τοῦ Ta πλοῖα αἰτεῖν 
, κ ΄ , a ν ἊΝ 
κελεύοντος. 4. καὶ διετέλουν χρώμενοι τοῖς τῶν 
πολεμίων τοξεύμασι. 5. βουλοίμην δ᾽ ἂν ἄκοντος 
ἀπιὼν Κύρου λαθεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπελθών. 0. οἱ δὲ βάρ- 
βαροι ἱππεῖς καὶ φεύγοντες ἅμα ἐτίτρωσκον εἰς τού- 


164 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


, +. ON A Y 2 

πισθεν τοξεύοντες ἀπὸ τῶν ἵππων. 7. παρήγγειλε 
A , , » 7 ΄, 

τοῖς φρουράρχοις λαμβάνειν ἄνδρας ὅτι πλείστους 


ὃ ἐπιβουλεύοντος Τισσαφέρνους ταῖς πόλεσι. 


ὡς 
, δὲ ΄, 6 Xe 4 

8. πέμπωμεν δὲ προκαταληψομένους" Ta ἄκρα, ὅπως 

μὴ φθάσωσι οἱ Κίλικες καταλαβόντες. 9. καὶ 

κατέκοψάν τινας τῶν ἐσκεδασμένων ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ. 

10. ἴσθι ἀνόητος ὦν. 11. οὐκέτι περιόψεται ὑμᾶς 
id ΕΝ 3 4 Ν la ¥ 

δεομένους τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. 12. μετὰ ταῦτα ἤδη 
» A A 

ἡλίου δύνοντος ἔλεξε τοιάδε. 13. Kal τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν 

» “ ὃ 4 e 5 > la e aA 

εἴρητο θαρροῦσι διώκειν ὡς" ἐφεψομένης ἱκανῆς 


8 5 τὸ ΄“ 
ου TE PLE € KAKWS 


δυνάμεως. 14. τὰ δ᾽ ἐκείνων 
¥ a , τγδλ κ ἣ, ἐν » Cc κα 
ἔχοντα. 18. οὗτος δέ, ἐξὸν μὲν εἰρήνην ἔχειν, αἱρεῖ- 
A ram. Ν ε A , A 
Tat πολεμεῖν, ἐξὸν δὲ ῥᾳθυμεῖν, βούλεται πονεῖν. 
εἰσ 9 ν᾽ 26. af ie \ a ¥ 
16. ἑκόντες" πένονται, ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς τοὺς νῦν οἴκοι 
> ’ ’ 5 4 J 
ἀκλήρους πολιτεύοντας ἐνθάδε κομισαμένους πλου- 
σίους ὁρᾶν. 17. οὗτοι δὲ προσελθόντες καὶ καλέ 
Ν » id 7 Ν 4 
σαντες τοὺς ἄρχοντας λέγουσιν ὁτι βασιλεὺς κελεύει 
αὐτούς, ἐπεὶ νικῶν τυγχάνει, παραδόντας τὰ ὅπλα 
5} et Ν ᾽’ ’’ ε ’ 3, 
ἰόντας ἐπὶ τὰς βασιλέως θύρας εὑρίσκεσθαι, ἄν τι 


δύνωνται ἀγαθόν. 


II. “1. But these got above the enemy (who were) 
following. 2. For those who had been wounded 
were many. 3. But another army was secretly sup- 
ported™ for him in Thrace. 4. For they have ceased 
to war with one another. 5. He happened. to have 
money. 6. We came and encamped” near him. 
7. /Will you allow me to-be without honor among the 
soldiers ? Εν A square is a bad arrangement when 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. -165 


enemies are following. 9. We attacked them while 
(they were) crossing the ravine. 10. He went up 
upon the heights without opposition.” 11. But why, 
then, when it was possible to slay you, did we not 
proceed to do it?’* 12. When this had been said 
they arose. 13. I therefore never ceased to pity you. 
14. Let us therefore attack those who are burning the 
ships. 15yAnd they got upon the summit before 
the enemy. 16.,/He immediately crossed the river 
with his soldiers. 17. The enemy appeared while 
the Greeks were crossing the river. 18. They then 
announced that the generals had all suffered death. 
19. Though he continues to send for me, I am not 
willing to go. 20. And they made ready to receive 
the enemy. 21./We are conscious” that we have tote 
the citizens wrong. , 22. He suffered. no injury,’ 


though he had (only) a few soldiers (with him). 


NOTES. 
1 Review the exercises of Lessons XXXII., XXXIIT., and LXXI. 
2 § 276, 1. 
3 Sc. ὄντος. 
4 Modifies the subject understood of λαθεῖν. For the case, see § 138, N. 8. 
5 § 277, nw. 2, and ¢ 278. 1, small print. 
6 ¢ 277, 3. Se. στρατιώτας as object to πέμπωμεν. 
7 § 148, nw. 1. 
8 Sc. πράγματα, their affairs. 
9 § 138, N. 7. 


10 Put the Participle in the attributive (§ 142, 1) position. 

11 Literally, was escaping notice being supported. 

12 Having come we encamped, etc. 

13 No one opposing. 15 In Greek, conscious to ourselves. 


14 Did we not come to (ἐπί) this?. 16 Suffered nothing, οὐδέν, § 159, Ν. 2.- 


ADDITIONAL EXERCISES ON FORMS. 


---ς69.--- 


I. Nouns: First Declension Uncontracted. (ΤΥ.}} 


I. 1. ἡ τέχνη τὸν τεχνίτην τρέφει. 2. οἱ Kéd- 

\ ΄ A δα νὰν: ας τ πριν , A 

ται τὰς θύρας τῶν οἰκιῶν" οὐδέποτε κλείουσιν. 3. τῷ 

Va. ΔΕΒ. τ νὸ , 5 4 9 A 4 ‘ 

νεανίᾳ πρέπει ἡ ἐγκράτεια. . ἀκροαταῖς καὶ 

θεαταῖς προσήκει" ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν. 5. ἡ λύρα τὰς 
’ Δ τὺ ε ’ Ἂς ’ 3 ’ 

μερίμνας λύει. 6. ἡ μέριμνα τὴν καρδίαν ἐσθέίει. 

7. δίκη δίκην τίκτει καὶ βκάβη βλάβην. 8. ἡ τύχη 

πολλάκις μεταβολὰς ἔχει. 9. τὴν νεανίου ἀδολεσχί- 
/ A / Ν “A > 

av ψέγομεν. 10. Σπαρτιᾶται δόξης καὶ τιμῆς ἐρα- 


Ron ey 7 
σται ELOLV. 


.11. αἱ κῶμαι πύλας οὐκ ἔχουσιν. 
12. σπένδομεν ταῖς Μούσαις. 18. ἡ κακία λύπην 
ἐπάγει. 14. ἀκούομεν, ὦ δέσποτα. 15. ὦ νεανία, 
φέρεις τὸ βιβλίον (book); 16. ἡ ἐγκράτεια σωφρο- 
σύνην ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ τίκτει. 17. φιλεῖ" τὴν παιδεί- 
\ 7 Ν 5 ’ὔ Ν 3 ’ 

αν, τὴν σωφροσύνην, τὴν ἀλήθειαν, τὴν εὐσέβειαν. 
18. ἡ παιδεία πηγὴ " τῆς σοφίας ἐστίν." 19. ἡ θεο- 

’ὔ Pe 5 \ wn 4 + 1, ~ ~ 
σέβειά ἐστιν ἀρχὴ τῆς σοφίας. 20. ἐπὶ κορυφῇ τῆς 


3 5 4 5 ΄ 
ακραᾶς οἰκια ἐστιν. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 167 


IJ. 1. Luxury begets injustice and covetousness. 
2. Good behavior befits a citizen.* 3. The nightin- 
gales are singing. 4..He bears his” poverty easily. 
5. The soldiers have short swords. 6. The citi- 
zens’'® houses have doors. 7. They are setting the 
house on fire. 8. Uprightness befits a judge. 9. They 
find daggers in“ the houses of the village. 10. The 
young men admire the satrap’s courage. 11. The 
soldiers, O citizens, command the satrap to destroy 
the bridge. 12. The (two) soldiers have daggers. 
13. The soldiers are setting the citizens’ houses on 
fire. 14. We admire the (two) citizens on account 
of” their friendship. 15. He commands the citizens 
and the hoplites to guard the bridge and the village. 


NOTES. 


1 The numeral (IV.) signifies that this set of Exercises is to be taken after 
Lesson IV. So the next set is to be taken after Lesson VIII, ete. 

2 § 141, ν. 2. 

3 § 142, 1, and § 142,-2, n. 2, at the end. 

4 § 184, 2. 

5 ¢ 141, n. 1, (δ). 

6 It becomes. Cf. § 134, N. 2. 

7 Are, third person plural of the Present Indicative of εἰμί, to de. The 
form is an enclitic, § 27, with 3, and § 28, with 1. 

8 § 29, and § 13, 2, second paragraph. 

9 The recession of the accent in the vocative of δεσπότης is irregular. 

10 The contracted form of φιλέει, third singular of φιλέω. 

11 When in a sentence of this kind whose verb is the copula there are two 
nominatives, the one with the article is generally the subject. 

12 ‘Third singular of εἰμί. For the accent, cf. § 28, 3. For the accent in the 
next sentence, ef. § 28, 2. 

18 § 142, 1. 

14 ἐν (§ 29), with the dative. 

15 διά, with the accusative. 


168 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


II. Nouns: Second Declension Uncontracted. (VIII.) 


a y 
I, 1. Διόνυσον τῆς ἀμπέλου εὑρετὴν €deyov.' 
2. al νῆσοι οἶνον καὶ σῖτον καὶ ἔλαιον ἔφερον. 
3. τὸν τῶν θεῶν σῖτον λέγουσιν οἱ ποιηταὶ ἀμβρο- 
΄ ΄, Ν ag ly , ΄ > 
ciav. 4. συνέχουσι τὸν τῶν" ἀνθρώπων βίον εὐερ- 
/ A A A 4 , , Es. 
γεσία καὶ τιμὴ Kal τιμωρία. 5. κρίνει φίλους ὁ Kat- 
, ε Y ~ , ’ὔ ’ 5» c 
pos. 6. ὁ ὕπνος τῆς νόσου φάρμακόν ἐστιν. 7. ὃ 
5 ἧς A 4 4 κ , 7 > 
ἀετὸς λαγὼς θηρεύει. 8. ὕπνος καὶ θάνατός εἰσιν 
ἀδελφώ. 9, ὁ κυναγὸς τὸν λαγὼν νεφέλῃ" τεθήρακεν. 
10. οἱ θεοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φροντίζουσιν. 11. τοὺς 
| ς τ 
θεοὺς θεραπεύσομεν. 12. φέρειν, ὦ δοῦλε, τὸν οἶνον 
τῷ νεανίᾳ" ἐκέλευσα. 13. ὁ οἶνος ἐλελύκει τὰς τῶν 
5 4 , ε 4 A 5 ’ 
ἀνθρώπων μερίμνας. 14. ὁ θάνατος τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 
5 aN ’ 6 15 ᾿ ’ A , 
ἀπέλυσε πόνων. . σιγὴ νεανίᾳ τιμὴν φέρει. 
ε A id “~ θ “ Ἀ “ 5 θ ᾽ὔ 5 θ ’ 
16. ὁ Kakos' τοις θεοις καὶ τοις ἀνθρώποις ἐχῦρος 
» ~ Ag ’ ge: | 9 3 A ~ 
ἐστιν. 17. τῳ Taw’ πτερὰ ἐστιν. 18. ἐν τοις των 


θεῶν νεῷς στῆλαι ἦσαν." 19. τεθύκασι τοῖς θεοῖς. 


20. ὁ ἀδελφὸς βιβλίον ἔγραφεν. 


II. 1. The (two) bulls draw the wagon. 2. Dan- 
ger is a test of courage." 3. We chased” the wolves. 
4. The speech delighted the men. 5. The enemy 
were pursuing from” the river. 6. The philosophers 
wrote books about’ wisdom. 7. he house has 
halls. 8. He is leading the bull. 9. The soldiers 
find treasures in the temples. 10. The Egyptians 
consider! the sun and the moon gods. 11. ‘They are 
setting the (two) temples on fire. 12. Wine gladdens 


r 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 169 


the souls of men. 13. They closed the hall-door.” 
14. The young ‘man trusted the satrap’s soldiers." 
15. The Samians keep peacocks in honor of Hera.” 


NOTES. 
1 § 166. 
2 When a noun in Greek is used of a whole class of objects, it has the article. 
This is called the generic article, and often cannot be translated into English. 
3 § 188, 1: 1: ¢ 141, ν. 1, (4). 


4 § 171, 2. 12 ἐδιώξαμεν, i.e. ἐδιώκ-σαμεν, cf. § 16, 2. 

5 § 184, 1. 13 ἀπό. 

6 § 174. 14 περί, with the genitive. 

7 ¢ 139, 1. 15 The door (plural of θύρα) of the hall, § 142, 1. 

8 § 184, 4. 16 § 184, 2. 

9 § 135, 2. 17 In honor of Hera, in Greek simply “for Hera,” ὁ 184, 3. 
10 


Were, third person plural Imperfect Indicative of εἰμί, to de. 


——039300— 


ΠῚ. Verbs: Indicative Active. (X.) 


I. 1. ὅτε ἐπλησιάζομεν, τότε οἱ βάρβαροι ἀπέ- 
c \ > Ν Ν >» 4 
φευγον. 2. ὁ δὲ ἰατρὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον θεραπεύσει. 
3. ὅτε ἥλιος κατεδεδύκει, οἱ πολέμιοι ἐπλησίαζον. 
4. ἄνεμος γὰρ οὐ κινήσει πύργον. 5. συνηκολού- 
~ Ν w 
θησαν δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν διακόσιοι. 6. τὰ τῶν 
» ε 
Περσῶν ἱερὰ καὶ οἱ Μῆδοι τετιμήκασιν. 7. οἵ ποι- 
x \ A > , 5 Ν [4 ε 
ηταὶ τὴν τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων ἀρετὴν μεμηνύκασιν. 8. οἱ 
κι δι ᾿ Ἀ , z 
ὁπλῖται ἠγόραζον οἶνον. 9. τόξα yap καὶ σφενδόνας 
τ 1 Ἂ ἈΝ > , ε 
εἴχετε. 10. τοὺς νεὼς ἐκεκοσμήκεσαν. 1]. οἱ 
~ n~ ld 
στρατιῶται τῶν πολεμίων τριάκοντα πεφονεύκασιν. 
᾿ wn ἈΝ 
12. πῶς πράττει ὃ ἀδελφός; 13. πεινήσουσι καὶ 


, \ ε , \ 5 , \ 
διψήσουσι | και βιγώσουσι και αγρυπνησουσιν. 


170 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


14. ᾿Αλέξανδρος ἑκατὸν τάλαντα δῶρον ἔπεμψεν. 


ἢ 6. τοξότης ἐτύ- 


15. εἶτα τὰς διφθέρας συνῆγον. 
φλωσε τὸν Φίλιππον. 17. ἐχειροτόνησαν οἱ πολιται 
,ὔ Ἀ δὲ 5 , x Ὁ“ 3 5 
στρατηγούς. 18. τοὺς δὲ ἀνθρώπους τὰ πλοῖα" ἀπε- 
στερήκειτε. 19. τοὺς πολίτας ὠφελήκειν. 20. ἐτε- 


’ 
τελευτήκει ὁ στρατιώτης. 


Il. 1. The young man had written the letter. 
2. You have educated your children well. 3. You 
sacrificed to the Muses. 4. He led the army forward. 
5. I have often hunted hares. 6. We found* gold in 
the tents. 7. We have called an assembly of the 
soldiers. 8. But he banished* the citizens. 9. The 
citizens embraced* their children. 10. The general 
collected* his soldiers together in the plain. 11. We 
shall command the bowmen to shoot. 12. For they 
tried’ to surround the villages. 13. He will write a 
letter to the general. 14. He has asked®* the satrap 
for pay. 15. We sent both targeteers and bowmen 
upon the hill. | 


NOTES. 


᾿ ἃ Cf. note 2, Lesson V. 3 § 164. 5 Use the Aorist. 
2 § 26, ν. 1. * Use the Imperfect. 
----Ξοοζῶϑο-.-ς-ς-- 


IV. Adjectives: First and Second Declension Uncontracted. 
(XIL.) 


I. 1. καλὸν φύουσι καρπὸν οἱ σεμνοὶ τρόποι. 


7 4 \ » aA , ΄ι 
2. ὃ νόμος ἐπαίνου' ἐστὶν ἄξιος, ὃς κωλύει κακῶς 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 171 


deal , \ , »” ¥ 3 & , 
ἀγορεύειν τοὺς νεκρούς. 8. ὄνοι ἄγριοι ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ 
Ψ A 

ἔτρεχον. 4. ἀγαθὴ ἡ ἀδελφῶν κοινωνία ἐστίν. 
5. ᾿Αθήναις" θεία δόξα ἐστίν. 6. ἐκ τῶν σπονδῶν 
3 ’ - » ε “Ὁ Ε] A 3 , 
εἰρήνην βεβαίαν ἔχομεν. 7. at τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνθρώ- 

; , , ΄ 3 \ IQA » 
πων φιλίαι βέβαιαί εἰσιν. 8. καλὴν δὴν ade. 
9. παρ᾽ ἐσθλῶν" ἐσθλὰ μανθάνεις. 10. πιστὸς 
ἑταῖρος τῶν ἀγαθῶν τε καὶ τῶν κακῶν μετέχει. 
11. οἱ ἀνδρεῖοι ἀγήρων ἔπαινον λαμβάνουσιν. 12. ὁ 
θηρευτὴς φιλόθηρος Av καὶ φίλιππος. 13. καὶ νῦν 
δύο Kaho τε κἀγαθὼ" στρατιώτα τετελευτήκατον. 
» A ~ 
14. εὔζωνοι yap ἦσαν. 15. ot θεοὶ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς" 
σ ’ > Ν 5 ’ 3 3 ’ “ 
ἰλεῷ εἰσιν. 16. καὶ ἐσκήνησαν εν οἰκίαις καλαῖς 
“~ ’ ε Ἁ Ν Ν 5» , 

μεσταῖς σίτου. 17. ot θεοὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπετέλεσαν. 
18. Κῦρος γὰρ βασιλικός τε καὶ ἄρχεινῖ ἄξιος ἦν. 
19. ὑπὲρ γὰρ τῆς κώμης γήλοφος καλὸς ἦν. 20. 6 
4 ΠΤ , ε δὲ ᾿ , Memes. 

μὲν" “κύκνος λευκός, ὁ δὲ ταὼς ποικίλος ἐστίν. 


II]. 1. The valor of the Spartans? was wonderful. 
2. The road was impassable. 3. The villages were 
close together. 4. The land was fertile. 5. The 
hoplites have wooden shields. 6. The gods were 
propitious. 7. (There) is another road. 8. The sol- 
diers were without breakfast. 9. The gods are both 
free from old age and immortal. 10. The young 
man was fond of danger. 11. White clouds were 
hiding the sun. 12. You were criminal and unjust. 
13. The road was long, but nevertheless passable by . 
wagons. 14. The citizens were faithful and constant. 
15. They are singing beautiful songs in the theatre. 


«. : 


172 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


NOTES. 
1 § 178, N. 6 § 185, and § 184, 2. 
2 § 184, 4. 7 § 261, 1, with n. 
3 Cf. note 7, Additional Exercises, I1. 8 Cr. note 9, Lesson XIX. 
4 § 170, 2. 9 § 142, 1. 
—§ § 11, 1, with @), 
—0} G5 Oo ——. 


V. Nouns and Adjectives: Contracts of the First and Second 
Declensions. (XLV.) 


e , ’ ε ’ A ~ x i , - 
1. 1. ot Πέρσαι θύουσιν ἡλίῳ καὶ γῇ καὶ σελήνῃ. 
nn . Ν > » ε 3, » ε 
2. νεῦρα καὶ ὀστᾶ 0 ἄνθρωπος ἔχει. 3. αἱ παρ- 
θένοι ἐν κανοῖς τοὺς καρποὺς φέρουσιν. 4. οἱ 
5 \ & A » Ν , 
ἀγαθοὶ πολῖται τοὺς ἄνους δημαγωγοὺς φεύγουσιν. 
ενἦν ne ΄ a oa Sy ε ne 
5. οἱ OMOLOL τοῖς ὁμοίοις EvVOL εἰσιν. 6. ἁπλοῦς O 
-“ > , , > 7 ε 5 A ~ 
τῆς ἀληθείας λόγος ἐστίν. 7. ὁ ἀοιδὸς χρυσοῦν 
σκῆπτρον φέρει. 8. λευκὰ νεκρῶν ὀστᾶ ἐστιν ἐν τῷ 
ἄντρῳ. 9. ai τῶν θεῶν ἅμαξαι ἀργυροῦς τροχοὺς 
A ε ’ » ~ ΄ 
ἔχουσιν. 10. οἱ πλούσιοι ἐκ χρυσῶν κυπέλλων 
σπένδουσιν. 11. εὖνοι φίλοι τοὺς κινδύνους ἀμύ- 
νουσι τῇ προνοίᾳ. 12. οἱ ἀγαθοὶ φίλοι πιστὸν νοῦν 
7) ρ er : υ Y 
3 ε a 9 ¥ A , 
ἔχουσιν. 13. ὁ πλοῦς ἐστιν ἄδηλος τοῖς ναύταις. 
ε ΝΜ > » A“ 3 δ᾽, δ ~ 
14. ὁ ὄχλος οὐκ ἔχει νοῦν. 15. οὐκ ἐρίζομεν τοῖς 
¥ 8 ε , > ee, ἐς τ γΔΝ 
ἄνοις." 16. αἱ θεράπαιναι ἐν κανοῖς τὸν ἄρτον προσ- 
na ¢ 
φέρουσιν. 17. ὁ θάνατος λέγεται χαλκοῦς ὕπνος. 
wn ~ 9 
18. πλοῦτος ἄνευ νοῦ ὁμοίως ἐστὶν ἄχρηστος, ὥσπερ 
ν » “ lal Ν ΡῚ “ > ’ 
ἵππος ἄνευ χαλινοῦ. 19. νεῦρα καὶ ὀστᾶ ἀνθρώπων 
’ὔ 5 1 ε Ἁ [2 as lo ε 
φθαρτά ἐστιν 20. ὁ μὲν ἥλιος σφαιρα χρυσῆ, ἢ 
δὲ σελήνη ἀργυρᾶ εἶναι" φαίνεται. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 173 


If. 1. They are carrying golden fruit® in a silver 
basket. 2. The bones of Orestes were at Tegea. 
3. The gods afforded the sailors’ a fair voyage. 
4. The goblet is of silver. 5. A kindly word lightens 
pain. 6. We have friends (that are) well disposed. 
7. Xenias was well disposed to Cyrus. 8. The 
man’s speech was simple. 9. The young man was 
admiring the golden goblet. 10. Shall the soldiers 
trust the senseless general? 11. We will not obey 
a senseless man. 12. The voyage. was down® stream. 
13. There are stones in the current of the river. 
14. Senseless (men) give way to their desires. 
15. We admire the skill of Hermes. 


NOTES. 


1 § 135, 2. 6 Plural. 

2 § 188, 1. 7 Dative, ὁ 184, le 

3 § 186, Nn. 1. 8 κατά with the accusative. 
4 § 136. 9 § 184, 2. 


5 To be, Present Infinitive of eink: 


——_0595 00 ——. 


VI. Verbs: Indicative Middle. (XV.) 


οὴ ~ ~ 
I. 1. οὐκ ἐπείθετο. 2. περὶ τῶν κοινῶν ἐβου- 
‘ \ “A , 
λεύοντο. ὃ. ὁ φιλόσοφος μέθης" Kat λαλιᾶς πάμ- 
RE ἊΝ. ε Fs eopht se θ , 
παν ἀπείχετο. 4. οἱ πολέμιοι ἐπὶ ᾿Αθῆνας πο- 
. A A ~ , 
ρεύσονται. 5. περὶ τῆς τῶν πολιτῶν σωτηρίας 
, ΧΟ Ν la / 
βουλευσόμεθα. 6. ἐπὶ τοὺς Πέρσας πεπόρευνται. 
7. ὁ ποιητὴς λόγον πεποίηται περὶ ἀρετῆς. 8. οἱ 


174 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


πολῖται σῖτον συνάξουσιν, ᾧ" θρέψονται ἐν TH πολι- 
‘ah ε a a“ / / ν Ν 
ορκίᾳ. 9. οἱ πολῖται τοῖς νόμοις πείσονται. 10. τὼ 
Sy ae Ν ~ > ’ Ν : wn 3 ’ 
δ᾽ ἕτερα παρὰ θεῶν ἠτησάμην. 11. τὰς τῆς οἰκίας 
’ > ’ 5 ’ Ἁ ’ Ἶ “ 
θύρας ἐκέκλειτο. 12. ἐποιήσασθε τοὺς κωμήτας TO 
σατράπῃ εὔνους. 13. συνετάξαντο" οἱ στρατιῶται 
ε 5 , Ἁ ε ’ » 
ὡς εἰς μάχην. 14. στρατηγοὺς αἱρήσονται addous, 
Ν 
εἰ μὴ βούλεται Κλέαρχος ἀπάγειν. 15. τὴν βασι- 
λείαν ὁ δῆμος ἐλέλυτο. 16. ἐπ᾽ ἐργασίαν τρέψομαι. 
17. οἱ δὲ δοῦλοι ἐλούσαντο. 18. ἐπεποίητο πόλε- 
μον ἐπὶ τὸν σατράπην σὺν τοῖς στρατιώταις. 19. οἱ 
a N ΄ > , 4 - 
πολῖται τοὺς νεανίας ἐπαιδεύσαντο. 20. οἱ στρα- 


-“" ww ᾽7ὔ 
τιῶται ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ διασπείρονται. 


II. 1. We will deliberate about the safety of the 
citizens. 2. He did not obey’ the Thirty. 3. The 
philosophers exhorted the citizens to® self-control. 
4. We will*obey God rather than men. 5. Cyrus 
enslaved’ the Medes. 6. We _had deliberated with- 
out anger. 7. The soldiers bathed in the river. 
8. They procured’ themselves arms from the neigh- 
boring villages. 9. The villagers are warding. off 
danger from themselves. 10., The men will σπᾶν 
themselves against their enemies. 11. The hoplites 
accordingly were arming themselves for battle. 12. A 
cloud of dust is seen’ in the plain. 13. We immedi- 
ately sent for boats and arms. 14. The army had 
already proceeded to the villages above the river. 
15. The villagers, therefore, are deliberating how they 
shall persuade the satrap. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 175 


NOTES. 
1 § 174. 
2 § 188, 1. For the following verb see τρέφω. 
. 8 The simple (§ 107) stem of τάττω is tay-. Cf. § 108, 4, 1. 
4 § 199, ν. 2. 
5 Imperfect. 
ὁ πρός. 
T Aorist. 
8 The simple stem of the verb φυλάττω is φυλακ- (seen in φύλαξ, PUAaK-os). 
Cf. 108, 4, 1. 
. 9 “15 seen,” i.e. appears. 


——o0te200-— 


VII. Nouns: Third Declension Uncontracted. (X VII.) 


A \ 
' γῦπες νεοττεύουσιν ἐπὶ πέτραις 


I. 1: ot μὲν 
9 , εν» Α \ , Soh A κι 
ἀπροσβάτοις, οἱ δὲ ὄρτυγες καὶ πέρδικες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 
£29 \ , ¥ ’ὔ ,ὔ 
2. ἡ Ἰνδικὴ χώρα ἔχει φλέβας καταγείους παντο- 
δαπῶν μετάλλων. 8. τὰ ἄστρα τὰς ὥρας τῆς νυκτὸς 
3 ΄, ε S98 (ὃ ν ε Ν 
ἐμφανίζει. 4. αἱ πονηραὶ ἐλπίδες, ὠὡσπερ οἱ κακοὶ 
ε , RE” Ν ε ΄, » Ν 4 
ὁδηγοί, ἐπὶ Ta ἁμαρτήματα ἄγουσιν. 5. τὰ μαθή- 
ματα τοὺς νέους ἀποτρέπει ἁμαρτημάτων. 6. yale 
\ ΄, δι. \ a A A > 
παὶ φροντίδες εἰσὶ λυπηραὶ TH ψυχῇ. 7. τοῖς γέ- 
3 / ε ΄, δί ’ 3 & IN 
povow ἐπείθοντο ot νεανίαι. 8. OlKaLoy ἐστιν ὑπέρ 
τῆς πατρίδος στρατεύεσθαι. 9. Ἥφαιστος τὼ πόδε" 
τ Ὁ > 2 N 9 ΄" ε , > AN 
χωλὸς nv. 10. εἰκότως THY ἀχαριστιαν ἡγεμόνα ἐπι 
Sk 
Ta αἰσχρὰ λέγουσιν. 11. at ἀσπίδες μικραὶ ἦσαν. 
“ ΕἾ 8 4 
12. οἱ λέοντες ἁρπάζουσι τὴν ἄγραν τοῖς ὄνυξι" καὶ 
lal A ς A “ ε , 4. ε ¥ 
τοῖς κρατεροῖς ὀδοῦσιν. 13. τῆς ἡμέρας" οἱ ἄλλοι 
lal “A / 
ὄρνιθες THY γλαῦκα τίλλουσιν. 14. χεὶρ χεῖρα νίζει. 
3 Ν la 
15. τὸ χρυσίον ἐν πυρὶ βασανίζομεν. 16. ἀπὸ τῆς 
, > , A ’ e + 5 ‘ , 
νήσου eis Λιβύην πλοῦς ἐστιν ἡμέρας" καὶ VUKTOS. 


176 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


17. ot ποιμένες Tas τῶν αἰγῶν ἀγέλας εἰς τοὺς λειμῶ- 
νας ἐλαύνουσιν. 18. ὁ κῆρυξ τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐκέ. 
λευσε στρατεύεσθαι. 19. ὅτε ὁ κῆρυξ ἐπλησίαζεν, 
οἱ φυγάδες ἀπέφευγον. 20. οἱ παῖδες τὰ σώματα 
γυμνάζουσιν σὺν πόνοις καὶ ἱδρῶτι. 


I]. 1. The boys play. 2. The shepherd is driv- 
ing the goats. 3. They drive their horses with whips. 
4. We will not honor flatterers. 5. An ant’s life is 
full of toil. 6. Cyrus leaped down from his chariot. 
7. Favor begets favor, strife (begets) strife. 8. The 
orator refrains from unseemly strife. 9. (There) was 
a fight once of the giants® against the gods. 10. The 
king is come with his army. 11. In difficult affairs 
few companions. are faithful. 12. The Greeks pour 
out bowls of milk to the gods as offerings. 13. The 
shepherds wonder at the armies. 14. The boys will 
taste the milk. 15. (There) were both quail and 
cock fights’ among the Athenians. 


NOTES. 
1 Cf. note 9, Lesson XIX. 5 § 167, 5. 
2 § 160, 1. 6 § 184, 4. | 
3 § 188, 1. 7 Contests of quails and of cocks. 
4 (179,1 | 
-----οοξζῴῶοο.---“--- 


VIII. Verbs: Indicative Passive. (X VIII.) 


I. 1. ὠνομάζετο σωτὴρ τῆς πατρίδος. 2. οἱ 
λῃσταὶ πεφόνευνται ὑπὸ τῶν πολιτῶν. ὃ. δύο 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. he Ge 4 


3 Ν A 
ἀδελφὼ ὑπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ διδασκάλου πεπαίδευσθον. 
4. τοῖς θεοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων πολλοὶ νεῷ ἵδρυν- 
ται. 5. Ξενοφῶντος via ἐπεπαιδεύσθην ἐν Σπάρτῃ. 
6. αἱ πύλαι κεκλείσονται. 7. at δημοκρατίαι ὑπὸ 
“ , , ε Ν 
τῶν τυράννων κατελύθησαν. 8. ὁ λῃστὴς φονευ- 
θήσεται. 9. οἱ στρατιῶται πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους 
πορεύεσθαι ἐκελεύσθησαν. 10. Σπάρτη ποτὲ ὑπὸ 
ἴω ~ 5 / ε , 4 
σεισμοῦ δεινῶς ἐσείσθη. 11. ὁ πόλεμος κατεπαύ- 
σθη. 12. ἡ συνθήκη ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων λέλυται. 
13. δύο Kaho ἵππω εἰς τὴν κώμην ἠλαυνέσθην. 
ε ε ὦ 9 Lc > “ »¥ 
14. ws (how) ot Ἕλληνες ἐπορεύθησαν, ἐν τῷ ἔμ- 
τ a ~ A 
προσθεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται. 15. ταῦτα ὑπὸ τῶν πολε- 
μίων ἐπέπρακτο." 10. Μιλτιάδης ὠνομάζετο σωτὴρ᾽ 
τῆς. Ἑλλάδος. 17. τὸ σῶμα τοῦ κροκοδείλου θαυμα- 
στῶς ὠχύρωται. 18. ἐν πολέμῳ ἀποκεκινδυνεύσεται 
, ΄ ‘ee , a ᾽ ΄, 
τά τε χρήματα καὶ αἱ ψυχαί. 19. Κῦρος ἐπαιδεύετο 
ν “A + , Ν ’ ν 
σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις παισιν. 20. τὸ στράτευμα οὕτως 
ἐπείσθη -᾿ Μένων δὲ συνέλεξε τὸ ἑαυτοῦ" στράτευμα 


ωὡρὶς τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ ἔλεξε τάδε. 
XP 


II. 1. The treaty had been broken by the Greeks. 
2. For we have been persuaded by our commanders 
to proceed. 3. The royal authority had been abol- 
ished by the people. 4. Guides, therefore, will be 
sent to the Greeks at daybreak. 5. They were sent 
into the camp by the enemy. 6. The judges were 
completely deceived by the accuser. 7. The ranks 
_will be deserted by the soldiers. 8. he democracy 


has been overthrown by the tyrant. 9. The temples 
12 


178 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


of the gods have been adorned with Phrygian spoils. 
10. The property has been stolen’ by thieves. 11. He 
will be vexed because the money was not sent. 
12. The boys had been well educated. 13. Socrates 
was called a wise man (ἀνήρ) by the Athenians. 
14. The army was brought in safety® to Greece by 
the generals. 15. The villages had been plundered 
by the satrap’s army. 


NOTES. 


1 Same, § 79, 2. 

2 The simple stem of the verb πράττω is tpay-.. Cf. § 108, 4, I. For the 
euphonic change, ef. § 16, 1. 

$.§ 16,1, 

* Of himself, § 80. 

5 As follows, literally these (things), neuter plural of ὅδε, § 88. 

6 ¢ 188, 1. 

T The simple stem of κλέπτω is κλεπ-. Cf. 108, 8. 

8 Imperfect. 


——o0:300— 


IX. Nouns: Third Declension Contracted. (X XI.) 


I. 1. θάνατός ἐστι λύσις ψυχῆς ἀπὸ σώματος. 
2. τοῖς παισὶ χρὴ αἰδῶ, οὐ χρυσίον καταλείπειν. 
9. τὸ χωρίον Κεραμεικὸς ὄνομα ἔχει ἀπὸ ἥρωος" 
Kepapov. 4. ἡ γλαῦξ θηρεύει μῦς." 5. ἁλίσκον- 

4 et , Ν ε ld 5 A A Ν 
ται μάλιστα οἱ ἰχθύες πρὸ ἡλίου ἀνατολῆς καὶ μετὰ 
δύσιν. 6. τὴν φρόνησιν τῆς ψυχῆς ἰσχὺν ἐνόμιζον. 

ε + > 4 > 4 ‘ 4 > 

7. οἱ ὄφεις ἐσθίουσιν ὀρνίθια. 8. Ta χρήματα ἐν 
ταῖς πόλεσι στάσεις ἐγείρει. 9. πόλεων μὲν λαμ- 
πρότητας θαυμάζομεν, τὰς δὲ πατρίδας στέργομεν. 
᾿ > a , δ ΄ . “ΠΥ Ν » τι τῆς 
10. ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ τὰ πρόβατα τὰς οὐρὰς ἔχει τὸ 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 179 


πλάτος" πήχεως. 11. οἱ σύμμαχοι ναυσὶν εἰς ᾿Αθή- 
νας πλέουσιν. 12. κοινὸς χῶρος ἅπασι, πένησί τε 
καὶ βασιλεῦσιν. 18. τοῖς ᾿Αθηναίοις πλῆθος τριή- 
ρων ἦν. 14. αἱ τιμαὶ τῶν γονέων τοῖς ἐκγόνοις εἰσὶ 
καλὸς θησαυρός. 15. ἀλλὰ καὶ αἶγας καὶ βοῦς 

4 » as ’ Ν ~ , XN 
τρέφεις. 16. ἔστι τῶν νέων καὶ τοῖς γέρουσι καὶ 
ταῖς γραυσὶν ἀξίας τιμὰς ἀπονέμειν. 17. τὰ μακρὰ 


4 
7 τετταράκοντα σταδίων 


, Ν A Ἀ ων 
τείχη τὰ πρὸς τὸν Ileipara 
> 
ἦσαν. 18. ἀποβάλλει ἡ ἔλαφος τὰ κέρα ἐν τόποις 
χαλεποῖς καὶ δυσεξευρέτοις. 19. ὁ θάνατος τῶν ἐν 

’ ~ 4 ' > Ν ’ “~ 5 
γήρᾳ κακῶν φάρμακόν ἐστιν. 20. τὸ γένος τῶν ἀν- 
θρώπων οὐ μόνον τοῖς τῆς γῆς φυτοῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν 


βοσκημάτων γάλακτι καὶ τυρῷ καὶ κρέασι τρέφεται. 


II. 1. The wise (man) scrutinizes the end of 
every? undertaking before he begins 10... 2. The 
singers are worthy of honor and respect. 3. Man 
surpasses in understanding” the rest of” animals.”° 
4. The soldiers sailed away to the island in the 
triremes. 5. Those in the city’ admire the poet’s 
wisdom. 6. (There) were in the ships the old women 
and the children and the cattle. 7. Man has five 
senses, touch, sight, hearing, taste, (and) smelling. 
8. The horsemen were being drawn up before the 
king. 9. The river contains all kinds of fish. 
10. Clearchus holds the right wing of the army. 
11. The city has two beautiful harbors. 12. Her 
walls afforded this city safety. 13. He drove” his 
chariot through the ranks of the Greeks. 14. (Men) 


Ν 
180 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


call old age the winter of life. 15. If one’ has a 
beautiful body and a corrupt heart, he has a good®* 
ship and a bad pilot. 


NOTES. 
2 § 55, Nn. 1. 10 Literally, before the beginning. 
2 § 55, n. 1, second paragraph. 11 § 188, 1, ν. 1. 
3 § 9; 5. 12 § 142, ὃ. Ν, ὃ. 
* 166: 13°§ 175, 2. 
5 § 160, 1. 14 § 141, ν. 3, second paragraph. 
6 § 185. 15 παντοῖος. 
T § 53, 3, ἮΝ. 3. 16 Jmperfect. 
8 4 188, 1. 17 τὶς, an enclitic, § 84, and § 27, 2. 
9 πάσης, genitive singular feminine 18 καλός, 
of πᾶς, § 67. 
——40tgzoo— 


X. Verbs: Subjunctive. (X XIII.) 


4 ’, "4 Ν ’ὔ 9 Ἀ a 
I. 1. κύνας τρέφομεν, ἵνα τοὺς λύκους ἀπὸ τῶν 
ld 5 /, Ν ’ 3 ‘ 
προβάτων ἀπερύκωσιν. 2. μὴ φεύγωμεν, ἀλλὰ κα- 
λῶς ἀποθνήσκωμεν ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος. 8. οἱ φαῦ- 
λοι εὖ λέγουσιν, ἵνα τὴν δόξαν τῆς ἀρετῆς λαμβάνω- 
σιν. 4. ἀνδρείως μαχώμεθα, ὦ στρατιῶται, ὅπως 
ae ΠῚ ΄ 5. 9 ΄ ΕῚ ΄ 
μὴ ἐπὶ τούτοις ὦμεν. 5. ἀναπαυσώμεθα, ὦ φίλοι, 
΄ a , , σ΄ , » A 
τούτου τοῦ πολέμου. 6. αὕτη πρόφασις ἔσται τοῦ 
’ x \ > ’ \ ’ὔ δον τ τὰ 
πολέμου, ἣν μὴ ἀκούσωσιν. 7. μὴ ποιήσητε Ὁ πολ- 
λάκις ὑμᾶς ἔβλαψεν δέδοικα. 8. ἐὰν τούτους τοὺς 
πολίτας αἰσθανώμεθα ἐναντί 7 ὀλυγαρχίᾳ, ἐκπο- 
ίτας αἰσθανώμεθα ἐναντίους τῇ ὀλιγαρχίᾳ, 
δὼν ποιησόμεθα. 9. ἐὰν τοιοῦτος τὴν πολιτείαν 
> ’ fi 4 5Χ Ν ~ 3 ’ὔ 
ἐπιτηδεύῃ, καλῶς ἕξεις 10. ἐὰν μὴ ταῦτα ἀσκήσῃ, 
3} , / Ν ΄ »¥ Ν ε 
ἀδικήσει. 11. φόβος τοὺς πολίτας ἔχει, μὴ αἱ συν- 
A € =e A / vai 4 ’ 
θῆκαι ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων λυθωσιν. 12. πάντα πράττε 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 181 


A / \ e ld : ea e , 

μετὰ προνοίας, μὴ ἁμαρτάνῃς. 13. οὗτος ὁ θώραξ 
ν » 1 ε Ν ᾿ 4, 5 ’ 9 
οὕτως εἴργασται ὡς μὴ κωλύῃ ἐπικύπτειν. 14. οὐ 
πεφόβηται ovde δέδοικε μὴ δόξαν πονηρίας ἔχῃ. 
15. οἱ γὰρ πολέμιοι εἰς τὰ ὄρη φεύξονται, ἐὰν πορευ- 

“~ Ν > 4 52 ’ \ ~ , 
θῶμεν. 16. καὶ ἐγώ, ἐάνπερ βούλῃ, περὶ τῶν θείων 

ς , ε \ a , \ , 
διηγήσομαι. 17. ὁ δὲ μάντις δέδοικε μὴ καταμένῃ 

ε , x 3 ,ὕ \ ΄, 
ἡ στρατιά. 18. ἂν ἐκπλέητε, μισθοφορὰν παρέξω 
Ν 9 A 69 VMSA > A 
κυζικηνὸν ἑκάστῳ τοῦ μηνός. 19. καὶ ἐὰν ἐγὼ 
φαίνωμαι ἄδικος εἶναι, κολάζεσθες. 20. ὥρα ἐστὶ 
’ Ἁ δ' οὐ 3 Ν 3 ’ὔ 
βουλεύεσθαι μὴ κακοί τε καὶ. αἰσχροὶ ἀποφαινώ- 


μεθα. 


II. 1. Let us deliberate about the safety of the 
city. 2. If you make’ this man a friend,* he will aid 
(you). 3. The boy brings the book to his teacher 
that he may read (it). 4. Let us remain at home. 
5. Let us shun the unseemly and aspire after’ the 
beautiful. 6. If these soldiers fight courageously, 
they will be honored. 7. For if you put these her- 
alds to death, there will be war. 8. They fear that a 
the robbers will slay the villagers. 9. Let us fight 
nobly for our country. 10. If you work, you will 
fare well. 11. The citizens fear that the treaties will 
be broken. 12. If you educate these children well, 
they will honor (you). 13. Let us rest, O soldiers, 
and deliberate. 14. If he say that, he will speak the 
truth. 15. They fear that the soldiers will in this 
way be persuaded. 


182 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


NOTES. 
1 Perfect passive, in passive sense, of ἐργάζομαι. For the simple stem, ef. 
§ 108, 4, 1., second paragraph. 
le 170; Εὶ Ξ § 166. 
3 Aorist. 5 ὀρέγομαι with the genitive, § 171, 1. 
-----οοξζῶξοο.----- 


XI. Adjectives: Third Declension, and First and Third De- 
clensions Combined. (XXIV.) 


I. 1. ἄνθρωπος ἀτυχὴς σώζεται ὑπ᾽ ἐλπίδος. 
“ ὃ ’ὔ ε Ν er + Meee ’ A δὲ 
2. τῆς παιδείας αἱ μὲν ῥίζαι εἰσὶ πικραΐ, γλυκεῖς δὲ 
ε ’ Ἁ “~ “~ ’ lal 3 , 
οἱ καρποί. ὃ. τὸ τῶν βοῶν γένος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 
μάλιστα λυσιτελές ἐστιν. 4. δόξα καὶ πλοῦτος ἄνευ 
συνέσεως οὐκ ἀσφαλῆ κτήματα. 5. πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη 
χωρὶς δικαιοσύνης πανουργία, οὐ σοφία φαίνεται. 
6. λέγωμεν ἀεὶ τὰ ἀληθῆ, ὦ παῖδες. 7. Ἡρακλῆς 
τοῖς ἀτυχέσι σωτηρίαν παρεῖχεν. 8. πέπονες οἵ 
,ὕὔ a Ν “A > x A “ 
βότρυες πορφυροῖ καὶ γλυκεῖς εἰσιν. 9. διὰ τὴν τῶν 
χρημάτων κτῆσιν πάντες οἱ πόλεμοι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 
> 4 ε ’ ,’ὔ » 3 ~ 5 ε ὁ A 
εἰσίν. 10. ἡ λίμνη παντοίους ἔχει. ἰχθῦς, ὧν ἡδεῖά 
> ε ΄, n ΄ ε ae | , ε 
ἐστιν ἡ σάρξ. 11. τῶν κύκνων οἱ μὲν᾽ λευκοί, οἱ 
\ / 4 ᾽ > ’ , 5 εν 
δὲ μέλανές εἰσιν. 12. εὐδαίμονές εἰσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, 
a go » Ἁ ’ σὸν “Ὁ ᾽ Ν 
ot ἵλεως ἔχουσι τοὺς θεούς. 13. οἱ ἀκρατεῖς αἰσχρὰν 
, Q , > A A , 
δουλείαν" δουλεύουσιν. 14. οὐ πᾶσι τοῖς πλουσίοις 
¥ . , 3 4 , ε , 
ἔξεστιν εὐδαίμοσιν" εἶναι. 15. πάντες οἱ σύμμαχοι 
κοινωνοὶ ἦσαν τῆς λείας. 16. ὦ τάλαινα ἀδελφή, 
7) παντοῖαί εἰσι μέριμναι. 17. μνήμονες τῶν τοῦ 
lal 4 Bic ΄ , pee Mek τι, oie 
σοφοῦ λόγων" ἐσμέν. 18. χαρίεντα χορὸν“ ἐν Tw 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 188 


’ὔ ’ ε ’ἤ “a Ν > A 
θεάτρῳ yopevovo οἱ χορευταί. 19. det τὸν εὐγενῆ 
> ΄ ΄, 4 5 δ \ »¥ \ ΄ > 
ov μόνον γένει" ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔθεσι καὶ πράγμασιν εἶναι 
5 A , 3 ay , > \ > 
ἐκπρεπῆ. 20. Σωκράτης ἐν τῇ διαίτῃ ἐγκρατὴς ἣν 
καὶ καρτερικὸς πρὸς ψῦχος καὶ χειμῶνα, πρὸς θέρος 

καὶ ἥλιον, πρὸς πάντας πόνους καὶ κινδύνους. 


II. 1. The robbers plunder everything. 2. Men 
are delighted by pleasing songs.’ 3. Hopeful® (men) 
bear their ills easily. 4. God° is a punisher of the 
too high-minded. 5. All men have not the same” 
mind. 6. The fruit! is sweet. 7. The bridges were 
broad "ἢ and the river was deep. 8. All hate a loqua- 
cious person. 9. The gifts of the satrap were pleas- 
ing. 10. Pleasure is sweet, but pain sharp. 11. All 
the Libyans were black. 12. He trusted the prudent 
general." 13. The citizens were unfortunate but 
well-born. 14. The words of the soothsayer are 
clear. 15. All the soldiers had black shields. 


NOTES. 
1 § 143, 1. 6 §188,1,n.1.  § 79, 2. 
2 § 159. 7 § 188, 1. 11 Plural. 
3 § 138, Nn. 8. 8 § 66, N. 3. 12 Cf. note 9, Lesson XIX. 
4 § 180, 1, and § 170, 9 Use the article. 18 § 184, 2. 
5 § 180, 1, and § 171, : 


-----᾿͵οᾳιοξοϑο------ 


XII. Verbs: Optative. (XXVI.) 


5S »¥ A 
booth: ἄρα οὐκ' ἂν ἀρέσκοι ὃ ee pee TOLS 
»Ν a ν᾽ 

θεοῖς, εἰ πείθοιτο αὐτοῖς; 2. τίς ἂν πιστεύσειε 


184 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


, \ > 3 , 9 ’ ». 
ψεύστῃ, καὶ εἰ ἀχηθεύσειεν; 3. εἰ οὕτως ἔχοι, 
¥ 3 4 
ἄνολβος οὕποτ᾽ ἂν εἴης. 4. Κύρῳ φίλοι εἶναι περὶ 

Ν x “ “ 
παντὸς ἂν ποιησαίμεθα. 5. τῶν στρατηγῶν κατη- 
/ ᾽ν Ν 

γόρησεν, ἵνα αὐτὸς περισωθείη. 6. εἰ τοὺς Μήδους 
ἀσθενεῖς ποιήσαιμι, πάντων γε ἂν τῶν πέριξ᾽ ῥᾳδίως 
¥ A cay 

ἀρξαιμι. 7. ὃ παῖς τῷ παιδοτρίβη ῥόδον ἔφερεν, ἵνα 

; nP ρ 

’ > A > , 4 > » Ν ’ 

χαίροι. 8. εἰ ἅμα ἐλεύθερός 7 εἴης καὶ πλούσιος, 
i“ 5 wn 

τίνος" ἂν ἔτι δέοιο; 9. ol στρατιώται εἰς τὴν πολε- 

μίαν γῆν ἐπορεύθησαν, ἵνα διαρπάζοιντο. 10. ἐδε- 

’ \ A 
δοίκειν μὴ ἡ γέφυρα λυθείη. - 11. εἰ ταῦτα πράττοις, 

- x 
Κῦρον av ὠφελήσειας. 12. εἰ ἔχοιμεν χρήματα, 
ἴλους ῥᾳδίως ἂν ποιοίμεθα. 18. εἰ ἐντεῦθεν εἰς τὴν 
d 0 
tm. 
Ελλάδα πορεύεσθαι βούλοιντο, οὐκ ἂν ἡγησαίμην. 
5 x 4, 39 ’ Ν ’ὔ 
14. οὐκ ἂν θαυμάζοιμι, εἰ κολάζοι τοὺς κακούργους. 
κ΄ δ᾽ ¥ 9 Ν 7 > ’ 
15. ταῦτα δ᾽ ἔπραξεν, ἵνα τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐξαπατή- 
ἊΝ i > ae, ΄, ΄ 
σειεν. 16: πῶς ἂν οὖν ἐγὼ βιασαίμην τούτους πο- 
εύεσθαι, εἰ μὴ βούλοιντο; 17. οὗτος γὰρ ἔδεισε 
γ 
\ , , 
μὴ ἀδίκως δώρων διώκοιμεν. 18. ἀλλ᾽ ὅπως οἱ 
στρατιῶται ἐκπλεύσειαν ἐπὶ τῶν τριήρων, διὰ ταῦτα 
συνεβούλευεν. 19. ἐβοήθησαν οὖν τοῖς στρατιώ- 
ταις, ὅπως σὺν ἐκείνοις μάχοιντο καὶ μὴ μόνοι κινδυ- 
μάχ μὴ μ 

’ ld Ν οἴ ΄ ld > 

νεύοιεν. 20. παρέπεμψε δὲ καὶ τῶν γυμνήτων ἀν- 


Ψ 
θρώπους εὐζώνους εἰς τὰ ἀκρα, ὅπως σημαίνοιεν. 


II.- 1. He would perhaps hire these mercenaries, 
if they should proceed into his province. 2. They 
feared that we should all fare ill. 3. I was there to 
fight. 4. The king feared that the satrap would 
plot against the cities. 5. If he should do this, he 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 185 


would harm the city. 6. He was apprehensive that 
his enemies would be honored. 7. He feared that 
the soldiers would not fight bravely. 8. You would 
not be happy, even if we should gratify (you) in this. 
9. And then they brought the young man into the 
city, that he might be chastised for his deeds.’ 10. If 
the general should send for the ships, he would do 
wrong. 11. I wrote the king this letter, that the 
whole affair might be made clear (to him). 12. If, 
therefore, we should slaughter the cattle, we should 
in this way procure ourselves provisions. 13. He 
therefore feared that the army might not arrive’ in 
time. 14. But we asked for arms with which to 
defend ourselves."? 15. Nor even if I should send 
for the ships, would you follow me. 


NOTES. 


1 § 282, 2. 2 § 184, 2. 3 996, 2. 

4 § 141, Nn. 3. For the case, cf. § 171, 3. 

5 What, genitive singular of the interrogative pronoun τίς, § 84, For the 
case, οἵ, § 172, 1. 

9. § 9,4, 9 πάρειμι. 

7 § 178..2: 10 Cf. the third English sentence above. 

8 «That I might fight.” 


-- --᾿ ο ὀὁΟοξο-.---- 


XIII. Verbs: Imperative. (XXIX.) 


an : 9: Pree 
I. 1. ἕπου. θεῷ καὶ τοῖς νόμοις πείθου. 2. οὐκοῦν 
lal > > 5 , 
ἐασάτω με καὶ δοκεῖν καὶ εἶναι καλόν τε κἀγαθόν. 
A a A , 3 i 
3. τὰ ἀφανῆ τοῖς φανεροῖς' τεκμαίρου. 4. ἀνδρῶν 


186 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


φαύλων ὅρκον εἰς ὕδωρ ypdde. 5. ἀνεσπάσθω τὸ 
ἀγκύριον. 6. ἡ γλῶσσά σου μὴ προτρεχέτω τοῦ 
nA Ν 4 Ν ’ > > > Ν 
νοῦ. “7. μὴ φεύγετε τοὺς πόνους, ἀλλ᾽ ἐθελονταὶ 
ὑπομένετε. 8. ἄνθρωπος ὧν" μέμνησο τῆς κοινῆς 
τύχης. 9. μὴ λύπησον τὸν πατέρα. 10. ἀνὴρ ἀχά- 
Ἁ ’ ’ Ν ~ » > 
ριστος μὴ νομιζέσθω φίλος. 11. πρὸ τοῦ ἔργου εὖ 
βεβούλευσο. 12. οἱ νέοι παιδευέσθωσαν. 13. πα- 
τήρ τε καὶ μήτηρ πρόνοιαν ἐχέτων τῆς τῶν τέκνων 
παιδείας. 14. ἄκουσόν μου, ὦ φίλε. 15. δύο avdpe 
μάχεσθον. 16. τῶ ἀδελφὼ ἑπέσθων. 17. ὁ θώραξ 
Y ᾽ ’ὔ ε \ 4 ’ \ 
οὕτως εἰργάσθω, ὡς μὴ κωλύῃ καθίζειν. 18. μὴ 
ψευσθῇς καλαῖς ἐλπίσιν, ἀλλὰ πειράθητι ἃ δυνατά 
ἐστιν. 19. ὁ δὲ ἱερόσυλος ὑπὸ τῆς Χιμαίρας δια- 
4 > 4 ν 3 A ~ ’ ~ 
σπασθήτω. 20. ἐννοήσατε ὅτι ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις τῆς 
Ἑλλάδος ἐσμέν. 


II. 1. Refrain, therefore, from disgraceful actions. 
2. At daybreak pray to the gods. 3. Send for the 
ships. 4. Let the door be closed once for all.’ 
5. Do not blame this poor man. 6. Let a comrade 
trust a comrade. 7. Work, if you wish to fare well. 
8. Let not the bad (man) occupy the place of the good 
(one). 9. Hear the witnesses, O judges! 10. Re- 
ceive me, O sea! 11. Let the citizens guard the 
laws. 12. Proceed, therefore, at once, that you may 
encamp near us. 13. Let the old men remain in the 
village. 14. Hold fast the beautiful,* O Athenians ! 
15. Let them send the scout upon the mountains at 
daybreak. | 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 187 


NOTES. 
1 ¢ 188, 1. , 3 § 202, 2, ν. 1. 
2 Being, the Present Participle of εἰμί. 4 § 139, 2. 
-----οοξῷξοο.----- 


XIV. Syncopated Nouns of the Third Declension. — Irregular 
Adjectives. (XXX.) 


I. 1. ἄρχων ἀγαθὸς obdev' διαφέρει πατρὸς aya- 
θοῦ. 2. σώφρων μὲν υἱὸς εὐφραίνει τὸν πατέρα, 
ἄφρων δὲ υἱὸς λυπεῖ τὴν μητέρα. 3. Λύσανδρος 

’ ~ > 4 > , \ ’ Ρ 
μεγάλων τιμῶν ἠξιώθη. 4. εἰκότως τὴν δικαιοσύνην 
μητέρα τῶν ἄλλων ἀρετῶν λέγουσιν. 5. ὕπνος πο- 
λὺς οὔτε τοῖς σώμασιν οὔτε ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἁρμόττει. 
6. ἀνὴρ ἄνδρα καὶ πόλις σώζει πόλιν. 7. κακοῦ 
9 Ν aA » 3 » 3 ’ὔ “~ 
ἀνδρὸς δῶρα ὄνησιν οὐκ ἔχει. 8. ἀνδράσι τοῖς 
9 A [2 , \ > ’ , 
ἀγαθοῖς ἕπεται γνώμη TE Kal αἰδώς. 9. Σωκράτης 
οὐχ ἱκέτευσε τοὺς δικαστὰς μετὰ πολλῶν δακρύων. 
10. τὰ μεγάλα Sapa τῆς τύχης ἔχει φόβον. 11. πα- 
ρακελεύονται οἱ πατέρες τοῖς υἱέσιν εὐσεβεῖς καὶ 
εὐπειθεῖς εἶναι. 12. τὸν Κῦρον οἱ Πέρσαι πατέρα 

’ . “ 5 ~ 3 ’ Ν 
προσηγόρευον. 18. τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἀνδράσι λαμπρὰ 
δόξα ἕπεται. 14. ἡ ἀρετὴ καλὸν ἄθλόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ 
σοφῷ. 15. ὑπὲρ τῶν πατέρων καὶ τῶν μητέρων γεν- 

, ’ > a--% ε “~ 7 , > 
vaiws μαχώμεθα. 16. οὐκ ἀεὶ οἱ παῖδες ὅμοιοί εἰσι 

~ ’ > ~ ’ Ν > Ν 
τῷ πατρί. 17. ἀγαθῶν μητέρων καὶ ἀγαθαὶ θυγα- 
τέρες, θυγατράσι γὰρ ἡ μήτηρ πασῶν ἀρετῶν διδά- 
σκαλός ἐστιν. 18. ἀκουσα" ἡ θυγάτηρ τῇ μητρὶ 
τὴν λευκὴν ἐσθῆτα φέρει. 19. μέγας φόβος τοὺς 


188 ᾽ FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


, » AY e wn Q e Ν hing , 
TONTAS EXEL, μὴ αἱ συνθῆκαι ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων λυ- 
θῶσιν. 20. οἱ Ἕλληνες πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων πόλεων 
οἰκισταὶ ἦσαν. 


II. 1. Good men are admired. 2. The shep- 
herd’s daughter is singing. 3. The deeds of the 
good man are always noble. 4. Good sons obey 
their fathers and their mothers. 5. The words of the 
just have great power. 6. For this man has wisdom 
in place of great wealth. 7. The daughter brings 
her father the torch. 8. We did not accomplish these 
undertakings without great dangers. 9. Of great 
toils the glory is also great. 10. These men are 
being concealed in the orator’s house. 11. In Egypt 
(there) is a great abundance of grain. 12. The good 
daughter obeys her mother gladly. 13. Many men 
strive after wealth. 14. The tongue is the cause of 
many great evils. 15. The great king had a large 
army and much wealth. 


NOTES. 


1 In no respect, literally, in respect to nothing, neuter singular accusative of 
οὐδείς used adverbially, § 77, 1, ν. 2, and § 160, 2. 
2 From ἄκων. Cf. § 138, Nn. 7. 


----οοσξϑξο------ 


XV. Verbs: Infinitive. (XX XT.) 


I. 1. καλόν ἐστι τὸ ἐν πολέμῳ ἀποθνήσκειν. 
2. δένδρον παλαιὸν μεταφυτεύειν δύσκολον. 3. νό- 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 189 


¥ 
pots ἕπεσθαι καλόν. 4. εἰ βούλει ἀγαθὸς yiyve- 
a ΄ 9 Ν > , 
σθαι, πρῶτον πίστευε, ὅτι κακὸς εἶ. 5. τεθυκέναι 
” Ν “ “ Ν rc ἧς 
τούτους φησὶν τοῖς θεοῖς. 0. τὴν πόλιν φασὶ κιν- 
δυνεῦσαι. 7. εἰς τὴν πολεμίαν γὴν πορευθῆναι 
λέγονται. 8. ἐάν τις λέγῃ, ὅτι βασιλεῖ ἔξεστι μὴ 
΄, A ΄, a ’, ΄ > 
πείθεσθαι Tots νόμοις, τοῦτον λέγετε κόλακα Elvan. | 
9. πάντας χρὴ ταῦτα μανθάνειν. 10. οὐ πᾶσιν 
ἐθέλουσι συμβουλεύειν οἱ θεοί. 11. ἐλπίζομεν αὖ- 
ριόν σε γράψειν, πῶς πράττει ὁ ἀδελφός. 12. πεί- 
θεσθαι τοὺς παῖδας τοῖς γονεῦσιν ἐκέλευεν. 18. τῆς 
3 ’ 5 -“ ἣν / + ~” ’ὔ’ 
Αγησιλάου ἀρετῆς τε καὶ δόξης ἄξιον ἔπαινον γρά- 
3 δ ’ > ΄ id Ν 
Yar οὐ ῥᾷδιόν ἐστιν. 14. Σωκράτην πεπεικέναι τοὺς 
΄ ε Al oA Δ - a , ¥ 
νέους ἑαυτῷ μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς γονεῦσι πείθεσθαι ἔφα- 
σαν. 15. dpa” οἴεσθε τοὺς στρατηγοὺς τὴν Ελλάδα 
’ : > \ » ε , \ , Ἃ 
σώσειν; 16. αὐτὸς ἔφη ἡγήσεσθαι τὴν δύναμιν καὶ 
Ν ε , , 3 ὰ ΄ , 
Ta ὑποζύγια πορεύεσθαι." 17. ὃ μέλλεις πράττειν, 
\ , Ἀ A ἴω 5 , > 
μὴ πρόλεγε. 18. τοὺς χρηστοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων εὖ 
πράττειν ἐστὶ δίκαιον. 19. ᾿Αλέξανδρος ἐπεθύμησεν 
ἐν Κύδνῳ λούσασθαι. 20. τὸ γὰρ πόλεις μεγάλας 
ΝΝ δ > , 4 \ ΄ Ν ε 1» 
τὸν στρατηγὸν εἰληφέναιἡ καὶ χώραν πολλὴν ὑφ 
ἑαυτῷ πεποιῆσθαι ἐπαίνου ἀξιόν ἐστιν. 


IJ. 1. The king commanded the generals to 
march. 2. The father said he had been honored by 
his son. 3. To execute’ is hard, but to command 
easy. 4. He compels us to delay in the market-place. 
5. He commanded him to say® that the general had 
taken the city. 6. He wished the boy not to-appear 
foolish. 7. Do you not* think that the gods will 


..100 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


care for you? 8. Ile commanded the sod to serve a 
man’ for hire for a year.” 9. They say that the seer 
was made blind by the gods. 10. The soldiers are 
not willing to proceed, but affirm that they will remain 
here. 11. It is right (for) the son to obey his father. 
12. The bridge was said” to have been destroyed by 
the Greeks. 13. He says that the hoplites will pro- 
ceed at daybreak to the river. 14. All robbers of 
temples ought to be put to death. 15. He said that 
this stranger wished to take part in the expedition 
with us. 
NOTES. 


1 Himself, dative singular of the reflexive pronoun ἑαυτοῦ, § 80. 
2 § 282, 2. 
3 Note carefully that the tenses of the Infinitives are different. 


# Perfect Infinitive of λαμβάνω. 7 § 184, 2. 

5 See note 9, Lesson XIX. 8 § 161. 

6 φάναι, Present Infinitive of φημί. 9 See note 1, Lesson XXXVII. 
——050$00——. 


XVI. Verbs: Participles. (X XXIII.) 


I. 1. οὐ πάνυ ἡδεῖά ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῖς ἀκού- 
ουσιν. 2. φεῦγε ἡδονὴν ὕστερον φέρουσαν βλάβην. 
’ » ιν Ν A Ν 
3. φίλους ἔχων νόμιζε θησαυροὺς ἔχειν. 4. τὸν 
Ye. > “A , ε , > 4 
χρυσὸν ἐκ πολλοῦ βάθους ot μεταλλεύοντες ἀνορύτ- 
τουσιν. 5. Σωκράτης διαλεγόμενος προετρέπετο 
τοὺς συνόντας μάλιστα πρὸς ἐγκράτειαν. 6. τὰς 
προσπιπτούσας τύχας γενναίως φέρετε. 7. ὁ μάν- 
τις τὰ μέλλοντα καλῶς πεπροφήτευκεν. 8. Μήδεια 


Finest LESSONS IN GREEK. 191 


X “- 
τὰ τέκνα πεφονευκυῖα ἔχαιρεν. 9. ἀναπαυσάμενος 
4 τ ε A 4 4 
πορεύσεται. 10. ov περὶ Λεωνίδαν τριακόσιοι γεν- 
᾿ ὕ ’ 93 ͵ὕ ε Ἀ » \ 
VALWS μαχόμενοι ἐτελεύτησαν. 11. ὁ δὲ ἤλαυνε πρὸς 
x 
τὴν πόλιν, ὅπως ἐγγὺς στρατοπεδευσάμενος τοὺς 
ἮΝ ε , ς , Ἀ 
φεύγοντας ὑπολαμβάνοι. 12. συνεκάλεσαν τοὺς 
πρέσβεις ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων ἀκουσομένους τῆς ἐπιστο- 
~ - Ν \ wn 
λῆς. 13. οὗτος yap τιμηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου τὴν 
δημοκρατίαν καταλύειν πεπείραται. 14. οἱ πολέμιοι 
διώκουσιν εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν τὸ στράτευμα τὸ δια- 


βαῖνον." 


15. ὡς τὸν ἄρξοντα det πρότερον μανθάνειν 
Ν» ~ 4 ε ’ ’ πος bs 
ἄρχεσθαι, νῦν λέξω. 16. ἱππέας πέμπωμεν ἐπὶ τὸν 
λόφον σκεψομένους ποῦ εἰσιν οἱ πολέμιοι. 17. νο- 
4 e ’ > / > > ’ὔ’ 
μίσασα ἡ πόλις ἀνεπικλητότερον εἶναι ᾿Αγησίλαον 
Ν ΄“-ὁ , ‘ ~ > om ~ > , 
καὶ τῷ γένει καὶ TH ἀρετῃ, τοῦτον ἐποιήσατο Bact 
hea. 18. ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ προσευξάμενοι τοῖς θεοῖς 
‘ , ε > , 3 , e¢ 
Kal συνταξάμενοι ws εἰς μάχην ἐπορεύοντο οἱ “Ελλη- 
ves. 19. οἱ Ἕλληνες τεθυκότες ἐξένιζον τοὺς φίλους. 
ε Ν 4 , > ¥ \ Ν 
20. οἱ δὲ παρήλαυνον τεταγμένοι κατ᾽ ἴλας καὶ κατὰ 


τάξεις. 


II. 1. Regard him that has died’ happy. 2. He 
will move both stones and trees (by his) singing. 
3. The generals had come with triremes to besiege 
the island. 4. I am pleased (at) having been hon- 
ored by you. 5. He was not willing to converse® 
with those who. had not* property. 6. ΤῸ you who 
have stirred up the city we shall oppose ourselves. 
7. We will send men to do this. 8. He will collect’ 
an army and besiege the city. 9. When they had 


192 FIRST LESSONS IN GRbrkK. 


done this, they withdrew to the camp. 10. He in- 
tends to come with boats and triremes. 11. He 
called the captains together’ and spoke as follows. 
12. He blinded me while sleeping. 13. Not only 
punish those who transgress, but also hinder those who 
intend (to do so). 14. Since you are mortal, remem- 
ber, young men, the common lot.’ 15. For these 
(two) men, if they should be trusted by the people, 


would overthrow the democracy. 


NOTES. 


1 § 26, ν. 2. 3 § 186, with n. 1. 

2 Use τελευτάω. 4 § 283, 4. 

5 Greek idiom, having collected (Aorist Participle) ax army he will besiege, 
ete. 
6 Cf. IT. 8, above. 7 § 171, 2. 


------οοἕῷϑξοο-.---- 


XVII. Comparison of Adjectives.— Verbals.— Adverbs and 
their Comparison.— Numerals. (XXXV.) 


3 “” x 2 ε + εἶ 3 ’ 

I. 1. ἐν τοῖς ἐλέφασιν οἱ ἄρρενες πολὺ ἀμείνους 
εἰσίν. 2. δίκαιόν ἐστι τοὺς κρείττους τῶν ἡττόνων 
ἄρχειν. ὃ. συμβούλευνε μὴ τὰ ἥδιστα, ἀλλὰ τὰ 
» , κ᾿ A 9 ΄, 9 ΄ 
ἄριστα. 4. κολαστέον τὸν παῖδα, εἰ μέλλει εὐδαίμων 
> la / 
εἶναι. δ. ἐχθρός, ὃς τὰ ἀληθῆ λέγει, αἱρετώτερός 
ἐστι φίλου, ὃς πρὸς χάριν κολακεύει. 6. πλεονεξία 

‘\ 

μέγιστον ἀνθρώποις κακόν. 7. σαφέστερον Kat 
’ 

ἀκριβέστερον λέγε τὰς ἐντολάς. 8. σωφροσύνην 

A , Ἃ 5 4 > λ ’ὔ δὲ , 
μὲν διωκτέον καὶ ἀσκητέον, ἀκολασίαν δὲ φευκτέον. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 193 


9. Κριτίας μὲν τῶν ἐν τῇ ὀλι (a πά βιαιό 
. Kp μ ὀλιγαρχία πάντων βιαιότα- 
> > la a 

Tos ἦν, ᾿Αλκιβιάδης δὲ τῶν ἐν τῇ δημοκρατίᾳ πάντων 
5 4 | Ν ε ’ / > 

. ἀκρατέστατος καὶ ὑβριστότατοςς. 10. πάντων ἀδι- 

κώτατον πρᾶγμα φθόνος ἐστίν. 11. μείζους ἡδονὰς 
5 » ε aN “ἡ “ 

οὐκ ἔχουσιν οἱ γονεῖς, ἢ σώφρονας ἔχειν παῖδας. 

A “~ A wn 
12. οὐ μὴν δουλευτέον τοῖς ye νοῦν ἔχουσι τοῖς οὕτω 


κακῶς φρονοῦσιν." 


13. ἡ φδὴ πάνυ χαριέντως ἔχει." 
ς , la iz > ’ὔ’ 5 , 
14. οἱ κόρακες μελάντατοί εἰσι πάντων ὀρνίθων. 
15. ἐν ᾿Αθήναις ἀντὶ τῆς πάλαι δημοκρατίας ὀλι- 
γαρχία ἦν ἡ τῶν τριάκοντα τυράννων. 16. πολλάκις 
ἐκ μιᾶς ἁμαρτίας μυρίαι γίγνονται ἀλγηδόνες. 17. ὃ 
στρατηγὸς τὴν στρατιὰν εἰς τὰς ἐγγυτάτω" κώμας 
¥ A ΄ , > - ¥ 
aye. 18. τοῦ βασιλέως στρατεύματος ἦσαν apxov- 
τες τέτταρες, τριάκοντα μυριάδων ἕκαστος. 19. θέ- 
BEN , A δὲ θ , σ 
pous* μὲν ψυχροτέρῳ, χειμῶνος δὲ θερμοτέρῳ ὕδατι 
4 4 , > ’ ε 4 
λούεσθαι χαριέστερόν ἐστιν. 20. λέγονται ot Πέρ- 
: > Ν Ν ΄ ΄, * 
σαι ἀμφὶ τὰς δώδεκα μυριάδας εἶναι. 


II. 1. The horns of the stag are much greater 
than’ those of the gazelle.° 2. Traitors’ are much 
more hateful than the enemy. 3. It is very® hard to 
be ruled by an inferior. 4. It is most truly said that 
Cyrus ruled justly. 5. The oracle at Delphi was 
most in repute. 6. Children have no’ greater bene- 
factors than their parents. 7. We must not flatter the 
commander, but obey (him) most zealously. 8. He 
was the son of a most prudent man. 9. The easiest 
΄ road for an army is the quickest. 10. He has come 


with a thousand soldiers and twenty triremes to besiege 
1: | 


194 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


the city. 11. We shall fight more bravely, if Cyrus 
himself lead (us). 12. The servant is both very fond. 
of money and very idle. 13: The captain must lead a 
hundred and fifty *° hoplites as quickly as possible into 
the nearest village. 14. It is fifteen stadia from this 
river to Thermopylae. 15. Sophocles composed a 
hundred dramas. 


NOTES. 

1 § 184, 2. 4 4 179; 1. 
2 Seenote 8, Lesson XXV. 5 4. 
3 § 75, ν. 1, and § 141, ν. 3. 6 «Than the (horns) of the gazelle.” 
7 See note 2, Additional Exercises, IT. 
8 Quite is sometimes the sign of the comparative, and very of the superlative. 
9 “Not.” 10 § 77, 2, N. 2. 

-----οοξϑϑξοο.----- 


XVIII. Verbs: Contract. (XXXVI.) 


ea 4 3 ε ’ ε Ν l > ΄Ὺ 
I. 1. ῥᾷστόν ἐστιν ἁπάντων ἑαυτὸν᾽' ἐξαπατᾶν. 
2. οἱ νομάδες τῶν Λιβύων οὐ ταῖς ἡμέραις, ἀλλὰ ταῖς 
νυξὶν ἀριθμοῦσι τὸν χρόνον. ὃ. πληρῶμεν τὰς ναῦς 
\ ΄, ὌΝ Bea | Ν , , 2 \ 
Kal πλέωμεν“ ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους. 4. νομίζω ἀεὶ 
τοὺς θεοὺς γελᾶν ὁρῶντας τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων κενο- 
σπουδίαν. 5. μηδεὶς φοβείσθω θάνατον, ἀπόλυσιν 
κακῶν. 6. πανταχοῦ οἱ προδόται θανάτῳ ζημιοῦν- 
ται. 7. οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι ζῶσιν ἵνα ἐσθίωσιν, αὐτὸς“ 

3 et ’ ν ~ Y e al A 2 
δὲ ἐσθίω ἵνα ζῶ. 8. ἅπαντα ὁ τοῦ ζητοῦντος πόνος 
εὑρίσκει. 9. ἀλλὰ ἤδη δῃῶμεν τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων 
la c-€ is 4 5 ’ τ ile, 
γῆν. 10. ot Ῥόδιοι μακρότερον ἐσφενδόνων τῶν 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 195 


πλείστων τοξοτῶν. 11. δεῖ τὰς πόλεις κοσμεῖν ταῖς 
τῶν οἰκούντων ἀρεταῖς. 12. εἴ τις τὴν τῶν σωμάτων 
΄, 9 , Pie’ a , , , 
φύσιν ἀκριβοίη, ἰῷτο ἂν πάσας νόσους; 13. μηδέ. 
ποτε πειρῶ δύο φίλων εἶναι κριτής. 14. ἀριστ᾽ ἂν 
ai πόλεις οἰκοῖντο, εἰ OL ἄρχοντες τοῖς νόμοις πεί- 
θοιντο. 15. Σωκράτης ἔλεγε τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους av- 
, Ἂς 4 9° > , ee \ 9 , 9 
θρώπους ζῆν, wa ἐσθίοιεν, αὐτὸν" δὲ ἐσθίειν, ἵνα 
, x ΄ , 9 ‘ A ee 
ζῴη. 16. μὴ μέγα φρόνει, wa μὴ ταπεινοῖ. 17. μὴ 
plover τοῦς εὐτυχοῦσι, μὴ δοκῇς εἶναι κακός. 18. μὴ 
, a A A 4 3 3 > es 
ξυγχώρει τοῖς τῆς ψυχῆς πάθεσιν ἀλλ᾽ ἐναντιοῦ. 
19. Σικελία ἡ νῆσος πρότερον Τρινακρία ἐκαλεῖτο. 
P 3 , ΄ ee , 6 . nA 4 \ 
20. εἰ νόμος κελεύοι μὴ ἐσθίοντας" μὴ πεινῆν“ Kat 
Ν , Ἁ ὃ “ δὲ ε ener | A a 8 
μὴ πίνοντας μὴ διψὴν μηὸὲ ῥιγῶν’ του χειμῶνος 
μηδὲ θάλπεσθαι τοῦ θέρους, τίς ἂν πείθοιτο τῶν 
ἀνθρώπων ; 


II. 1. Either be silent, or speak more fitly.° 
2. Socrates did not neglect his body,” and did not 
approve those who neglected (theirs). 3. They ap- 
proached, that they might free the captives. 4. It is 
fated (for) all men to die. 5. Those who love are 
loved, but those who hate are hated. 6. The soldiers: 
were enslaved by the barbarians. 7. Let us rush on 
courageously, soldiers, against the enemy. 8. ‘The 
citizens feared that the city would be besieged. 
9. Those who oppose themselves to the good are wor- 
thy to be punished.” 10. All (men) are pleased. 
when they are honored.” 11. Let us either conquer 
or die. 12. Let us free our friends, but get in hand 


196 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


our enemies. 13. He was greatly loved and honored 
by the Athenians. 14. Let not him who is most’ 
fortunate be high-minded. 15. Imitate the actions 
(of those)* whose reputations you envy. 


NOTES. 
1 One’s self, § 80. 6 § 179, 1. 
2, § 123, Nn. 1. 9 “Say better (things).” 
3 Myself, § 145, 1. 10 § 171, 2: ὁ 
# § 123, Nn. 2. 11 ¢§ 261, 1. 
5 Himself, § 145, 1. a $297; 2: 
.§ § 277, 5. ; 13 μάλιστα. 
T § 123, Nn. 3. 14 § 152. 
—_050500—— 


XIX. Pronouns. (XXXVIII.) 


I. 1. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ σὸς ἀδελφός. 2. ὁ δίκαιος 
οὐ μόνον τοῖς ἄλλοις ὠφίλιμός ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ 
μάλιστα αὐτὸς avT@. ὃ. ταύτην τὴν γνώμην ἔχω 
» ’ὔὕ A 4 e ~ , 4, 
ἔγωγε. 4. τί yap πατρῴας ἡμῖν φίλτερον χθονός ; 

> e “ . e , 4 , 
5. Kal ἡμεῖς TOUS ὑμετέρους E€vous Eevilopev. 6. μη- 

’ὕ nw ε nw A , 4 . 
δέποτε δοῦλον ἡδονῆς σαυτὸν ποίει. 7. νομίζεις μὴ 
= 4 > A 5 ἈΝ > ε ἴω 5 > 50" Ν 
εἶναι θεούς, ἐπεὶ αὐτοὺς οὐχ ὁρῶμεν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τὴν 
σαυτοῦ σύ γε ψυχήν ὁρᾷς, ἣ τοῦ σώματος κυρία 
. ἫΝ va » AX 4 ~ , » ’ὕ 
ἐστίν. 8. οὔτε διὰ ψύχους μᾶλλόν του ἔνδον μένειν, 
ΝΕ 4A , , 4 A a 4 
οὔτε διὰ θάλπους μάχεσθαί τῳ περὶ σκιᾶς, Σωκρά- 
τους ἦν ὁ τρόπος. 9. οὐκ ἐννοεῖτε, τίνων καὶ οἵων 
καὶ ὅσων εὐεργεσιῶν οἵ θεοὶ ἡμῖν αἴτιοί εἰσιν ; 
10. δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰς τὸ τῆς πόλεως ὠφέλημα βλέπειν. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 197 


11. οὐδὲν οὕτως ἡμέτερόν ἐστιν, ὡς ἡμεῖς ἡμῖν αὖ- 
~ 1 > , > ε ~ Ν β “Ὁ 5 ’ὔ 
Tow. 12. κἀγώ, εἰ ὑμεῖς τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν. ἐθέλετε, 
ἕπεσθαι ὑμῖν βούλομαι. 13. οἱ ἄνθρωποι αὐτοί 
> ε ~ ΓᾺΡ , ε 5 ,ὔ 
εἰσιν ἑαυτοῖς πολέμιοι. 14. μάχονται οἱ ἐλέφαντες 
σφοδρῶς πρὸς ἀλλήλους. 15: τὰ μέλλοντα προ- 
’ 3 ~ ε 4 a ν,;: ’ > > ’ 
γιγνώσκειν οὐ τῆς ἡμετέρας φύσεώς ἐστιν. 16. ἐγώ 
σου πλουσιώτερός εἶμι, ἡ ἐμὴ Apa κτῆσις τῆς σῆς 
κρείττων. 17. οὗτος δοκεῖ μοι ἄριστος εἶναι οἶκος, 
> ΑΝ aan > ε , 5 ταν ὦ - » 
ἐν ᾧ τοιοῦτός ἐστιν ὁ δεσπότης δι᾿ αὑτόν, οἷος ἔξω 
διὰ τὸν νόμον. 18. διαφέρουσιν οἱ ἐλέφαντες τῇ 
ἀνδρείᾳ θαυμαστῶς ἀλλήλων. 19. ὅστις διαβολαῖς 
ταχὺ πείθεται, πονηρὸς αὐτός ἐστι τοὺς τρόπους. 
fe4 5% x Sa aa. aes vy ε 
20. τί γὰρ τὸ φιλοκερδές," τί ποτέ ἐστι καὶ τίνες οἱ 


φιλοκερδεῖς. 


II. 1. The lion and the jackal are at war with one 
another.’ 2. The general was hostile to us, but 
friendly to you. 3. The commander called them 
together into his own tent. 4. He bids us say these 
same things to you also. 5. These men are your 
benefactors. 6. These messengers whom you see are 
friendly to us. 7. Tell me what opinion you have 
about this. 8. The good trust one another. 9. We 
love our own children. 10. My son is virtuous,‘ but 
yours (is) idle. 11. Is there any person in -the 
house? 12. This king was himself the commander 
of his own army. 13. The bad injure one another. 
14. Who is that woman? 15. A philosopher having 


198 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


been asked by some one, What is hostile to men? 
said, Themselves to themselves. 


NOTES. 


1 § 184, 4. 2 ¢ 139, 2. 8 § 186, with n. 1. 4 σπουδαῖος. 


——20595,00-—_— 


XX. Verbs: Second Tenses. (XLI.) 


I. 1. ὅσοι ἔφυγον eis τὴν πόλιν κακῶς ἔπραξαν. 
2. ἡ γλῶσσα πολλοὺς εἰς ὄλεθρον ἤγαγεν. 3. οἱ δὲ 
, “A > Ν ’ὔ χ- > 4 
πλούσιοι τῆς εἰς TOV πόλεμον δαπάνης ἀπαλλαγή- 
σονται. 4. τὰς συμφορὰς τῶν κακῶς πεπραγότων. 
Α, ε , ε a. > ε A a 
μὴ vBpions: 5. ot Κρῆτες παρ᾽ αὑτοῖς τραφῆναι 
nw A Ν 4 Ἁ > , e 
τοῦτον τὸν θεὸν λέγουσιν. 6. χθὲς ἀνηγάγοντο ot 
’ Ν \ Ν ov h ? , 3 Ν 
φίλοι, διὰ δὲ τὸν χειμῶνα πάλιν κατηγάγοντο εἰς τὸν 
λιμένα. 7. χαλεπόν ἐστι λύπην ἐκφυγεῖν. 8. ἐξ- 
επλάγη βασιλεὺς τῇ ἐφόδῳ τοῦ Κύρου στρατεύ- 
ων A , “A \ ἣν. 
ματος. 9. τῇ τοῦ Θεμιστοκλέους βουλῇ καὶ γνώμῃ 
’ ἔπ A Ν ’ ’ 
πεποιθότες οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι τὴν πόλιν κατελελοίπεσαν 
SS \ a“ 3 , . ε aes 
Kal εἰς τὰς ναῦς ἀπεπεφεύγεσαν. 10. ot Πέρσαι, 
ἵνα μὴ αὐτοῖς οἱ ἵπποι ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ καταπλαγῶσι, 
ἢ ae Ἦν » a , 
ψόφοις αὐτοὺς καὶ ἤχοις χαλκοῖς προσεθίζουσιν. 
τα © oe : od ee la) , 3 ,ὕ 
11. αὗται αι ἐπιστολαὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ σατράπου ἐγράφη- 
σαν. 12. μὴ λέγε ἐκφυγὼν θάνατον, ὅτι καὶ φεύ- 
’ ε Ν 4 ’ Ἁ Ἃ, 
ἕῃ πάλιν: ὡς γὰρ πέφευγας, προσδόκα καὶ μὴ 
΄-“Ἢ ἃ ’ὔ ’ὔ Ἁ ’ὔ » 
φυγεῖν. 13. ὃ μέλλεις πράττειν, μὴ πρόλεγε: ἀπο- 
τυχὼν γὰρ γελασθήσῃ. 14. ἀλλὰ διετράφησαν τοῖς 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 199 


, ἃ es - aah Ν > τῷ , 
κτήνεσιν, ἃ εἶχον. 15. ἐπὶ κεφαλὴν εἰς TO πέλαγος 
» ς 
ἐνέπεσεν Ἵκαρος. 16. ov Πέρσαι εἰς φυγὴν ἐτρά- 
- 9 an wet i δ ἃ \ , \ 
mnoav. 17. ἐφοβεῖτο, μὴ ἐφ᾽ ἁρπαγὴν τράποιτο τὸ 
4 ‘\ 4 ¥ ε ε , 
στράτευμα. 18. τὴν χιόνα εἴκαζον οἱ ὁδοιπόροι 
τετηκέναι, καὶ ἐτετήκει διὰ κρήνην τινά, ἣ πλησίον 
> 9 , 9 ,ὕ 9 ΄, ,ὕ 
ἣν ἀτμίζουσα ἐν vatyn. 19. ἐψηφίσαντο τούτους 
‘\ » ὃ 3 la > , A ,ὔ 
τοὺς ἀνδρας ἀναγραφήσεσθαι εὐεργέτας τῆς πόλεως 
3 Ν 7 ’ = m 3 ’ ε ἴω 
εἰς τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον. 20. ἀπολελοίπασιν ἡμᾶς 
- 3 
οὗτοι Ol στρατηγοί" ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἀποπεφεύγασιν. 


Il. 1. The enemy left both their palisades and 
their towers. 2. The enemy had left their women 
and their children behind in the villages. 3. Who 
have fled? 4. He who led the vast army against 
Troy is famous. 5. The soldiers left their ranks and 
fled. 6. The prudent rather than the strong may? 
trust themselves. 7. The barbarians turned and fled 
to their ships. 8. Tell me by whom you were struck. 
9. We shall be worn out® by this war. 10. He 
thinks he has fared ill. 11. The number of those 
who have fled to Athens is very great. 12. He was 
creatly terrified by the tumult. 19. Though we 
before warred® with them, let us now try to be recon- 
ciled.* 14. Two companies of the soldiers are said to 
have been cut in pieces* by the enemy. 15. We 
should put to sea, if the allies should abandon (us). 


NOTES. 


1 ἔξεστι... 2 Second Future. 3° ¢ 277, '5. # Aorist. 


200 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


XXI. Verbs: Liquid. (XLIL.) 


Ν > e ns 3 A A A 
I. 1. τὰ παρ᾽ ὑμῶν ἀπαγγελοῦμεν τῷ βασιλεῖ. 
2. ἐὰν τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ καταλίπητε, μαρτυ- 
ροῦνται τοὺς θεούς. 3. of στρατιῶται ὑπόσπονδοι 
5 ΄“ Ἀ ’ “~ > ’, » 
ἀροῦσι τοὺς νεκρούς. 4. Κῦρος οὐδένα ἔπεμπε ση- 
μανοῦντα ὅ τι χρὴ ποιεῖν. ὅ. εἰ δέ τις μαρτυρό- 
μενος. τοὺς θεοὺς ἔροιτο, τί ἂν αὐτῷ ἀποκριναίμεθα ; 
6. εἰρήνης οὔσης᾽ οἱ ἄνθρωποι σπεροῦσιν, 6 δὲ πό- 
λεμος πάντα διαφθερεῖ. 7. οἵ πατέρες ἡμῶν πολλὰ 
\ Ν ¥ > , > ’ 5 4 
Kal καλὰ ἔργα ἀπεφήναντο εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους. 
. 8. μὴ παραλίπητε δὲ καὶ περὶ τούτου λέγειν, εἰ“ 
μενεῖτε. 9. θάρρει: λέγων τἀληθὲς οὕποτε σφαλῇ. 
10. ἄρχοντος πανουργία τὴν πᾶσαν πόλιν μιανεῖ. 
11. τἀληθῆ ἀπόκριναι, ἐσθλὸς γὰρ ἀνὴρ οὐ ψεύδεται. 
12. ἐὰν φράσω τἀληθές, οὐχί σε εὐφρανῶ. 13. το- 
, , > , > ’ ἈΝ ’ ἈΝ 
ἕξότης τις τόξον ἐντείνας ἐτύφλωσε τὸν Φίλιππον τὸν 
ἕτερον" ὀφθαλμόν. 14. αὐτίκα «ἀπαγγελῶ, ἐὰν οἱ 
, , Ν ¥ : 3» A ε 
πολέμιοι καταλίπωσι τὰ akpa. 15. οὔτε πῦρ ἱμα- 
τίῳ περιστεῖλαι δυνατὸν οὔτε αἰσχρὸν ἁμάρτημα 
χρόνῳ. 16. ἀρετὴν ἀποβαλὼν καὶ τιμὴν ἀποβαλεῖς. 
\ Ν 3 5 Sa ἢ ε 3 μέ 3 A 
17. σὺ μὲν παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ euewas, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἀπῆραν 
» Ἁ 4 Ν ,ὔ 5 > , 
οἴκαδε. 18. καὶ δύναμις Kal χρήματα ἐν ἀφρόνων 
χερσὶ λυμανεῖται. 19. καὶ ὃ ἀναισθητότατος αἰσχυ- 
νεῖται τὸν εὐεργέτην ἐνδεᾶ λιπεῖν. 20. ὁ φόβος 
εὐπειθεστέρους τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ποιεῖ" τεκμήραιο 
δ᾽ ἂν τοῦτο καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ναυσίν. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 201 


II. 1. They will announce this to the generals at 
daybreak. 2. The gods have dealt out’ misfortunes 
to many good (men). 3. We will answer you imme- 
diately. 4. We beseech you to defend’ us. 5. We 
shall not accomplish this undertaking. 6. Now, 
therefore, declare your opinion. 7. After she had 
killed® her son she leaped into the sea. 8. They will 
all lament their unfortunate friend. 9. The Lacede- 
monians starved Pausanias to death.’ 10. ‘They 
thought the enemy would appear® on the next day. 
11. Do not expose these secrets of your friend. 
12. The citizens held up their hands. 13. The 
sophists gained much from their wisdom. 14. He 
purified land and sea of evil-doers. 15. Milo, the 
athlete, lifted a bull and bore (it) through the stadium. 


NOTES. 


1 In time of peace, there being peace, § 183. For οὔσης, cf. § 129, I. 

2 § 282, 4. 

3 In one of his eyes. 5 Aorist. 

# § 141, ν. 3, second paragraph. ©4277; 1. 

7 “ Killed Pausanias by hunger,” § 188, 1. 

8 Their thought was, ‘The enemy will appear,” etc. Use the Infinitive in 
quoting, § 260, 2. 


XXII. Verbs: Mute. (XLIII.) 


I. 1. od τἀληθῆ ἀποκρυψόμεθα. 2. ἐὰν ταῦτα 
πράξῃς, οὐδείς σε ἀναγκάσει οὐδέποτε, οὐ μέμψῃ 
οὐδένα, ἄκων πράξεις οὐδ᾽ ἕν," οὐδείς σε βλάψει, 


202 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


\ 4 la 
ἐχθρὸν οὐχ ἕξεις. 8. πείσομαι θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀν- 
θρώποις. 4. οὐκ ἔστι τοῦ θρέψαντος" ἥδιον πεδίον. 
5. καταγωνισάμενος τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἀπεστάλκει τὸν 
σατράπην καταστρεψόμενον πάσας τὰς ἐπὶ θαλάσσῃ 
, ε ~ 3 Ν 3 ; ’ , 
πόλεις. 6. οἱ πολῖται ἀγαθοὶ ἐκ πολέμου σώσουσι 
τὴν πόλιν καὶ εὐδαίμονα διαφυλάξουσιν. 7. ᾽Αντι- 
γόνη κρύφα τὸ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σῶμα κλέψασα ἔθαψεν. 
3 7, ΄, > , , 49m 3 , 
8. ἐκ τούτου Κρέων ᾿Αντιγόνην τάφῳ“ ζῶσαν ἐνεκρύ- 
» aA Ν / “4 ΄ἊΝ 
ψατο. 9. ἔλπιζε τιμῶν τοὺς γονέας πράξειν καλῶς. 
10. διὰ τὴν ἀσέβειαν ἐκολάσθη Ζεὺς γὰρ. τὴν κτι- 
“A € 3 > “ 4 > ’ ΟΝ Ν 
σθεῖσαν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ πόλιν ἠφάνισεν. 11. ἐὰν τὰς 
᾿Αθήνας καταστρέψωμαι, ῥαδίως τῶν ἄλλων 'Ἑλλή- 
νων ἄρξω. 12. ἐπιμελῶς οἱ θεοί, ὧν ot ἄνθρωποι 
δέονται, κατεσκευάκασιν. 13. ἄνεμος τὰ σκάφη 
7 \ \ 4 ’ Ν Ἅ 
συνέτριψε καὶ τὴν δύναμιν Διονυσίου τὴν ναυτικὴν 
ἠφάνισεν. 14. καὶ σύ, φίλε, πείσθητι τὸ γὰρ πεί- 
¥ 7 Ν ε , »Ἤ 
θεσθαι ἄμεινον. 15. Ἵππαρχος τὰ Ὁμήρου ἔπη 
~ > > , 3. ἐν , A 
πρῶτος εἰς ᾿Αθήνας ἐκόμισεν. 16. μέγιστος τῆς 
πόλεως εὐεργέτης ἀναγεγράφθω. 17. τὸν ἴΑρην 
μυθολογοῦσι πρῶτον κατασκευάσαι πανοπλίαν καὶ 
, 7 ε A , 5 
στρατιώτας καθοπλίσαι. 18. ὁ ταὼς λέγεται ἐκ 
βαρβάρων εἰς Ἕλληνας κομισθῆναι. 19. ἐψηφί- 
σαντο οἱ ᾿Αθηναῖοι πάντας ἡβηδὸν ἀποσφάξαι. 
20. ἀκούσας καλὸν μέλος τερφθείης ἄν. 


If. 1. Death will free you from your ills. 2. These 
cities had been utterly destroyed by the tyrant. 3. God 
has concealed the future’ from men.® 4. The sol- 
diers drew themselves up in line. 5. They say he 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 203 


has been concealed in the house. 6. His father dis- 
inherited him on account of his wrong-doings. 7. He 
cut the enemy to pieces in great numbers. 8. He 
has plundered our cities. 9. He founded a city in 
Phrygia. 10. The Athenians will always be admired. 
11. We have always admired Homer. 12. These 
cities are said to have been founded before the Trojan 
war. 13. Much’ has been done,® and much will be 
done. 14. I shall never forget this kindness. 15. It 
seemed best to the soldiers to procure themselves pro- 
visions in the following manner. 


NOTES, 
1 § 283, 8, second paragraph. 3 Se. πεδίου. 
2 More emphatic than οὐδέν would have been. * § 187. 
5 “ What issabout to be,” τὸ μέλλον, § 276, 2. 
6 § 184, 3. 7 Plural. 8. See note 9, Lesson XIX. 
——0594 00——. 


XXIII. Verbs: Regular in MI. (ΧΙ ΠῚ 


e A » 

I. 1. τὴν σεαυτοῦ σωφῥοσύνην τοῖς ἄλλοις πα- 
, ee , δ τ δ a 
ράδειγμα καθίστη. 2. ταύτῃ TH γνώμῃ Kal ἡμεῖς 
ld ε A y- A ΕἾ Q 
προστιθέμεθα. 8. ὁ παῖς nrev τι TOV αἀλλον, καὶ 

A ‘ , Ν 
ἐπεὶ αὐτῷ οὐκ ἐδίδου, ἔπαιεν. 4. χαλεπόν, μὴ παρα- 
, , , Ν 3 ΄ ΞΝ δέ 
δείγμασι χρώμενον δεικνύναι τὴν ἀρετήν. 5. ἐὰν δέ 
rc A “ ‘ 
τις. ἀνθιστῆται, πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι. 6. πολὺ 
> lal Ν 
διαφέρει, εἰ οἱ ἄρχοντες εὖ ἢ κακῶς διατιθέασι τοὺς 

’ὔ 

ἀρχομένους. Ἴ. ἡδέως ἂν διδοίητε, εἴ τι λαμβάνοιτε. 
8. ἐπεὶ τροφὴν οὐκ εἶχον οἱ στρατιῶται, συνέσταντο 


204 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


ἀλλήλοις καὶ συνετίθεντο, ws’ ἐπὶ λείαν ἐκπορευσό- 
μενοι. 9. πότερον ἀποδίδοσθαι ἣ πρίασθαι βούλε- 
σθε; 10. Κῦρος ἐκέλευε τοὺς ὁπλίτας θέσθαι τὰ 
σ QA » e la 2 . A 9 
ὅπλα περὶ τὴν αὑτοῦ σκηνήν. 11. τὰ περισσὰ ἀπο- 
ὃ ὃ , e “w ζ 3, ν > 5 
ιδόσθων ot OTPATLWTAL. 12. εὐυνοιαν εκαστος ἐν- 
΄, A κ᾿ ¥ \ - A 
δεικνύμενος TOV λοχαγῶν ἔπειθεν τὸν Ξενοφῶντα 
e nw QA 9 4 5 A 5 i Ἀ 
ὑποστῆναι τὴν ἀρχήν. 13. ἀναστὰς ἐκέλευσε TOV 
κατηγορήσαντα αὐτοῦ λέγειν, ποῦ καὶ ἐπλήγη. 
14. κατέκαυσαν τὰς κώμας παντελῶς, ἵνα φόβον ἐν- 
θεῖεν τοῖς βαρβάροις. 15. αἴσχιστόν ἐστιν Ἕλ- 
ληνι ἀποδόσθαι Ἕλληνας, καίτοι ἀπέδοτο ᾿Αρίσταρ- 
χος τῶν Κυρείων στρατιωτῶν ὑπολελειμένων οὐκ 
5 ,ὔὕ 4 ΩΝ, = 4 > 
ἐλάττους τετρακοσίων. 16. ἀεὶ τοὺς βελτίστους εἰς 
Ν 5 A ἴω ε Ὁ“ Ἀ be J 4 
Tas ἀρχὰς καθιστῶμεν. 17. οἵ πολῖται τὰ ἀναθή- 
> \ 9 , 9 , ef 9 “- 
ματα εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ἀναφέρουσιν, ἵνα, A@nva 
5 ἴων 5 , 4 4 e nw 
ἀνατιθῶσιν αὐτά. 18. δίκην δότωσαν ot κακουργοι. 
19. δεικνύωμεν Tots ὁδοιπόροις τὴν ταχίστην ὁδόν. 
20. ὁ τῶν φιλαργύρων πλοῦτος ὥσπερ ὁ ἥλιος κατα- 
Ν 5 Ν A 50.2 a“ , 5 ’ 
δὺς εἰς τὴν γῆν οὐδένα τῶν ζώντων εὐφραίνει. 


II. 1. The allies, therefore, revolted from the Athe- 
nians. 2. Wealth often changes the disposition of 
men. 3. O blessed gods, grant me_ happiness. 
4. Show to (but) few what is within’ your heart. 
5. Stand by the unfortunate. 6. Let us inspire in 
the young the desire of wisdom. 7. It is befitting 
for the rich to give to the poor. 8. The judges 
published the decrees. 9. He thereupon bought 
the horses and gave them to those who were sick. 


τὰ 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 205 


10. γε most admire him who made law for the 


Lacedemonians. 11. If you betray your country, you 
will be worthy of the heaviest® penalty. 12. When 
he had put on* his tunic, he mounted’ his horse. 
13. Let us attack the enemy at daybreak. 14. The 
gods put sweat before virtue. 15. For we feared 
that those unprincipled (men) might betray the state. 


NOTES. 
2 § 277, N. 2. 4. ¢ 277,-1, 
2 “The (things) within,” ete. 5 In Greek “ mounted upon,” ete. 
3 “ Greatest.” 
—-0594 oo 


XXIV. Verbs: Regular in MI (continued). (XLVIIL.) 


“A ’ὔ 

I. 1. τοὺς κρατῆρας οἴνου καὶ ὕδατος πίμπλησιν.) 

5 3 >. A $) 2 9 , 
2. ἀλλ᾽ εὖ τοῦτο ἐπίστω, OTL σε τιμωρησόμεθα. 
aA al ἴω ’ nw 
3. Ἡρακλῆς περιθεὶς τὴν χεῖρα τῷ τραχήλῳ τοῦ 

» 

λέοντος κατέσχεν ἄγχων, ἕως ἔπνιξεν. 4. παραγ- 

, SES ‘ , , © » 
γέλθη" τὰ πυρὰ κατασβεννύναι πάντα. 5. at ἄρκτοι 
ἴω ε 
διὰ τὴν ἰσχὺν καὶ τοῖς ταύροις ἐπιτίθενται. 6. ot 
“ies nS a af , 
᾿Αθηναῖοι τὸν Πειραιᾶ ἐμπόριον ἐν μέσῳ τῆς Ελλά- 

. a / a 

δος κατεστήσαντο. 7. εἰσί τινες, ot ληιζόμενοι ζῶσι 

3 ΕΝ 7 
καὶ οὔτ᾽ ἐπίστανται ἐργάζεσθαι οὔτ᾽ ἂν δύναιντο, 
’ ε 
εἰθισμένοι ἀπὸ πολέμου βιοτεύειν. 8. ἐκλώπευον οἱ 
ἐγχώριοι τοὺς ἀποσκεδαννυμένους τῶν στρατιωτῶν. 

ἴω ’, 
9. ὁμοίως ἐπισφαλές, μαινομένῳ δοῦναι μάχαιραν 
“- , A 

καὶ πονηρῷ δύναμιν. 10. ἅπαν διδόμενον δῶρον 


ἢ , \ , : 
μέγιστόν ἐστι pet εὐνοίας διδόμενον. 11. τὸ δίκαιον 


206 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 


μέγα ὀνίνησι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. 12. εὖ ἐπίστασθε, 
ὅτι τοῖς καλοῖς κἀγαθοῖς ἵλεῴ εἰσιν οἱ θεοί. 13. πό- 
νοι μάλιστα τὴν ὕβριν σβεννύασιν. 14. τὸ ἐνδῦναι 
τὰ ὅπλα ἐκάλουν οἱ παλαιοὶ ζώσασθαι. 15. τὰς 
μεταβολὰς τῆς τύχης ἐπίστασαι γενναίως φέρειν. 
16. συμμιγνύασι κατὰ τὸ πεδίον αἱ φάλαγγες καὶ 
ἀπόλλυνται πολλοί. 17. ὃ μὴ κατέθου, μὴ λάμβανε. 
18. ὅστις ὀμνύντι μὴ πείθεται, αὐτὸς ἐπιορκεῖν ἐπί- 
σταται. 19. ἡ γεωργία πολὺ ἂν ἐπιδοίη εἴ τις ἄθλα 
προτιθείη τοῖς κάλλιστα τὴν γῆν ἐργαζομένοις. 
20. οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀνδρὶ Θηβαίῳ ἐκθεῖναι παιδίον. 


II. 1. The trophy of Miltiades aroused Themis- 
tocles from his sleep.’ 2. It is not easy to change 
one’s* nature. 38. The people enacted good laws. 
4. The soldiers posted themselves in great haste. 
5. Let the sportsmen set snares for the birds. 6. The 
teacher said, ‘ Give me the book.” 7. The gods give 
us everything. 8. Wine exhibits the real natures 
of men. 9. Let the judges express their opinions. 
10. Oligarchies were established in most (of the) 
cities. 11. The lines immediately separated. 12. We 
are not able to attack the enemy now. 13. Wine 
strengthens our bodies. 14. They arose at daybreak 
that they might attack us. 15. It is disgraceful to 
betray one’s friends, and yet you have betrayed us. 

NOTES. 


1. § 172, 2. 3 Plural. 
2 The command was passed along, § 134, ν, 1, (e). 4 § 141, Nn. 2. 


FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 207 


XXV. Verbs: Irregular ἱπ ΜΙ, and Second Perfect and Plu- 
perfect of the MI-Form. ([,1.) 


I. 1. τοὺς Ἕλληνας αὐτόχθονας ἔφη εἶναι. 2. οἱ 
‘ 9 (ὃ τὸ Ν ’, ε δὲ > ὃ 
μὲν ἀπαίδευτοι παῖδες τὰ γράμματα, οἱ δὲ ἀπαίδευτοι 
ἄνδρες τὰ πράγματα οὐ συνιᾶσιν. 8. ἔγωγε μετὰ 
, ε Ἄ Ν ‘ a > fr, ὦ 
φίλου ἑταίρου κἂν διὰ πυρὸς ἰοίην. 4. ἐν καιρῷ ἐπι- 
ὄντων τοῖς πολεμίοις οἱ ὁπλῖται κατὰ τὰ συγκείμενα. 
5. τεθνάναι πολὺ βέλτιον ἢ δι’ ἀκρασίαν τὴν ψυχὴν 
3 A \ \ , 3 , Sg SF 
ἀμαυρῶσαι. 06. μετὰ τὴν μάχην ἀφείθη κατὰ πόλεις 
EB - ΄, Ν > Bos , Ν 
τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα. 7. χαλεπὸν ἦν καὶ μένειν καὶ 
> 4 aR Ν ἂν τ ἦν ΕῚ ἴω > 5 ε 
ἀπιέναι, καὶ ἡ νὺξ φοβερὰ ἣν ἐπιοῦσα. 8. εἰ οὖν ὡς 
εἰς μάχην παρασκευασμένοι ἴοιμεν, ἴσως ἂν τὰ ἱερὰ 
~ ld ε ~ ’ 3, 4 Ν 
μᾶλλον προχωροίη ἡμῖν. 9. δίκαιος ἴσθι, ἵνα καὶ 
δικαίων τυγχάνῃς. 10. μὴ παιδὶ μάχαιραν, ἡ πα- 
’ ,ὔ > Ν Ν ἦν, + Ν ‘\ ἴω 
ροιμία φησίν: ἐγὼ δὲ φαίην ἄν, μὴ παιδὶ πλοῦτον 
Ἂν. ἍΝ 18 , 4 ; ’ ‘al 
μηδὲ ἀνδρὶ ἀπαιδεύτῳ δύναμιν. 11. Δημήτηρ ζητοῦ- 
σα τὴν θυγατέρα ἁρπασθεῖσαν περιΐήει. 12. ἢ οὐκ' 
> Ψ , > »¥ , ,ὕ \ 
οἶσθα, ὅτι φιλότιμον εἶναι ὄνειδος λέγεταί τε καὶ 
ἐστίν ; 13. ἐγώ φημι, τὸν θεὸν προειδέναι τὸ μέλλον. 
9 > ~ 
14. ὡς" προθυμοτάτοις οὖσιν ἡμῖν χάριν εἴσεται καὶ 
ee ’ὔ > “ 4 > ~ > ~ ε 
ἀποδώσει. 15. ἀριστῶντι Διογένει ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ οἵ 
περιστῶτες συνεχὲς ἔλεγον " κύον, κύον " ὁ δέ, ὑμεῖς, 
εἶπεν, ἐστὲ κύνες, οἵ με ἀριστῶντα περιεστήκατε. 
16. οἱ μάντεις λέγονται ἄλλοις μὲν προαγορεύειν τὸ 
, ε “ \ A nw Ν 9 ’ ~ » , 
μέλλον, ἑαυτοῖς δὲ μὴ προορᾶν τὸ ἐπιόν. 17. ἴθι δή, 
» 5 ’ὔ uu »¥ ε ’ 3 “ ν 950. A 
ἔφη, ἐξετάσωμεν τὰ ἔργα ἑκατέρου αὐτῶν, ἵνα εἰδῶ- 


μεν, πότερον τὰ αὐτά ἐστιν, ἢ διαφέρει τι. 18. ὥσπερ 


208 FIRST LESSONS IN. GREEK. 


a ’ σ A Ν Ν x re. Ν 9 , 
τὰ τόξα, οὕτω καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς χρὴ τότε μὲν ἐντείνειν, 

» Ἁ 5 4 Ν Ν ε ’ y -“ 
τότε δὲ ἀνιέναι. 19. τὸ μηδὲν ἁμαρτάνειν ἔξω τῆς 
> , ΄ a ¥ ξω 1 , 
ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως κεῖται. 20. ἤρετο ὁ δικαστής" 
51 , ¥ δὲν > > 2 ΩΝ \ 
nH κέκλοφας ; ἔφη ὁ ἄνθρωπος. εἶτα ἐπήρετο. ἢ Kal 
- πεφόνευκας ; συνέφη καὶ τοῦτο. 


II. 1. Already the evening is coming on. 2. A 
certain barbarian also is present, wishing to know 
what will be done. 3. ‘“ Who are you?” said the 
man, when he had heard this. 4. Let us go into 
the house. 5. This unfortunate man stood for a 
long time and wept.’ 6. The majority of these citi- 
zens long after virtue. 7. Many men know your 
evil deeds. 8. Many men aim at wealth. 9. The 
Nile empties into the sea through seven mouths.* 
10. Youth and old age are both beautiful. 11. He 
says that the man is dead. 12. This place lies be- 
tween Athens and the sea. 13. We shall go,’ if he 
send (us) chariots. 14. Do not say who you were 
before, but who you are. now. 15. He who should 
know® the whole, would know also the part. 


NOTES. 
1 § 282, 2 4 § 188, 1. 
2 § 277, ν. 9 δ᾽ ¢ 200, κ. 2. 
3 “ Wept a long time standing.” 6 § 276, 2. 





ABBREVIATIONS. 


a., aor., aorist. 

abs., absol., absolutely. 
acc., accusative. 

act., active. 

ad fin., ad finem, at the end. 
adj.; adjec., adjective, -ly. 
adv., adverb, -ial, -ially. 
apos., apost., apostrophe. 
art., article. 

Att., Attic. 

augm., augment. 

c., comparative. 

οὗ, confer, compare, consult. 
ch. .» Chiefly. 

comm., commonly. 

comp., "compound, composition. 
conj., conjunction. 

constr., construction. 

cont., contr., contracted. 
cop., "copulative. 

d., dat., dative. 

dem., demon., demonstrative. 
dep., deponent. 

dim., diminutive. 

dise., discourse. 

encl., enclitic. 

Eng., English. 

etc., et cetera. 

fem., feminine. 

fr., from. 

f., fut., future. 

gen., genitive. 

ΕΣ Greek. 

, id est, that is. 
import ἐς imperfect. 
impers., impersonal. 
improp., improper. 
indef., indefinite. 
indir., indirect. 
inf., infinitive. 
infer., inferential. 
intens., intensive. 





interj., interjection. 
inter., interrog., interrogative. 
intr., intrans., intransitive, -ly. 
lit., literally. ' 
masc., masculine. 
mid., middle. 
neg., negative, -ly. 
neut., neuter. 
N., note. 
obs., obsolete. 
P-» pass., passive. 
, pf, perf., perfect. 
pers., person, -al. 
pl., plur., plural. 
poet., poetic. 
poss., possessive. 
plp., pluperfect. 
post-posit., post-positive. 
pres., present. 
prep., preposition. 
priv., privative. 
pron., pronoun, pronominal. ἡ 
prop., properly. 
pt., part., participle. 
q- V-, quod vide, which see. 
ref., reference. Ls 
reflex, reflexive, -ly. 
reg., regular, -ly. 
rel., relative. 
8... sup., superlative. 
se., scilicet, namely, understand. 
sec., second. 
seq., sequens, and the followiny. 
signif., signification. 
sing., singular. 
subj., subjunctive. 
tr., trans., transitive, -ly. 
usu., usually. 
Voc., Vocabulary. 
voc., vocative, 
w., With. 


' 


ee, Wii 


Tr a 


“ 


we eee a ee 





VOCABULARIES. 


I. GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


In the following Vocabulary each verb is classified by being referred to § 108, except 
those of the First Class, § 108, 1, and those in σσὼω (ttm) and ζω, which are to be re- 
ferred to § 108, 4,1, In the case, however, of a compound verb, the verb is not elassi- 
fied, nor are the principal parts. given, if the simple verb occurs elsewhere inthe Vo- 
eabulary. For fuller information concerning irregular verbs, see the Appendix to the 
Grammar, For Futures in vw, codmat, see ἃ 120, 3. Deponents that are regular have the 
Aorist Middle, unless it is otherwise stated. 

The gender of nouns of the First Declension is not given because obvious. Nouns 
whose genitive is not given are of the Second Declension, except neuters in os, which 
are of the Third, and are inflected like γένος, § 52, 2. 

The parts of compound words are separated by hyphens. The single dagger pointing 
down (+) or up (4), or the double dagger pointing in both directions (+), shows the source 
of a derived word. When this device is not possible, the statement of the derivation 


follows in parenthesis. 


Words are to be sought under their themes, though often difficult forms, especially of 
verbs, will be found in the alphabetical list. For a complete statement of Prepositions 
see Lesson LXII. The old style numerals refer to the Lessons. English words in small 


capitals are cognate or derived. 


4 


a- A. ἄγω 


a-, a- priv., intens., or cop., ὃ 132, 


1, w. N. 2. 


&, ἅ-περ, see ὅς, ὅσ-περ. 
ἄ-βατος, ον (βαίνω), impassable, not 


 fordable. 


ἀγάγω, etc., see ἄγω. 

&yadse, h, ov, ὃ 73, 1, good, brave, 
virtuous ; ἀγαθόν, τό, a good thing, 
good, advantage, benefit, pl. posses- 
sions. 14. 

ἄγαν, very, much, too. 

ἀγαπάω, ἤσω (ἄγαμαι, to admire), 
to show by outward signs that one 
regards, to love, be contented. 

ἀγγέλλω, ἀγγελῶ, ἤγγειλα, ἤγγελ- 
κα, ἤγγελμαι, ἠγγέλθην, ὃ 108, 4, 11., 
to bring a message, announce. 42. 

ἄγγελος, ὁ, ἡ, a messenger. 6. AN- 
GEL. 

ἀγείρω, ἤγειρα, ἠγέρθην, ὃ 108, 4, 
II., to bring together, col/ect. 

ἀγέλη, ns (ἄγω), ὦ herd. 





ἀ-γήρως, wy (γῆρας), free from old 
age, undying. 
᾿Αγησί-λαος, ὁ, Agesilaus. 
ἀγκύριον, τό (dim. in form of ἄγκυ- 
pa, an anchor), an ANCHOR, 
ἀγορά, ἂς (ἀγείρω), an assembly, 
place of assembly, market-place, nur- 
ket ; ἀγορὰ πλήθουσα, the time of full 
market, forenoon. 32. 
μἀγοράζω, dow, etc., to buy. 
L&yopatos, ov, belonging to the ἀγορά. 
layopeta, evow, etc., to harangue, 
speak of. 
ἄγρα, as, booty, prey. 
ta&yptos, a, ον, living in the fields, 
wild. 12. 
Τἀγριότης, nros, ἡ, wildness. 
ἀγρός, ὁ, a field. 
ἀγρυπνέω, ήσω (ἄγρυπνος, slecplcss), 
to be sleepless. 
ἄγχω, ἄγξω, to strangle. 
ἄγω, ἄξω, ἦχα, ἦγμαι, ἤχθην, 2 ἃ. 


» [4 
ἀγών 


ἤγαγον, tolead, conduct, bring, carry, 
draw ἡσυχίαν ἄγω, to keep quiet; 
ἄγε (or ἄγετε) δή, come now! 39. 

layav, ὥνος, ὁ, an assembly ; hence 
a contest, ganes. 51. AGONY. 

Layovifopat, ιοῦμαι, etc., to contend. 
AGONIZE. 

Laywvo-Bérns, ov (τίθημι), a president 
ai the yames, gudge of ἃ contest. 

oe. ov (δεῖπνον), supperless. 


Ὦ δαφή, ἧς, fem. of seq., ὦ sister. 
. ἀ-δελφός, voc. ἄδελφε, ὁ (a- cop., 
δελφύς, the matrix), a brother. ἢ. 
PHIL-ADELPHIA. 
ἄ-δηλος, ov, unknown, wneertain. 
, Τὰἀ-δικέω, ἤσω, etc., to do wrong, 
wrong, injure ; pres. often with perf. 
signif. 37. 
1ἀ-δικία, as, wrong-doing. 
ἄ-δικος, ov (δίκη), unjust. 
1ἀ-δίκως, unjustly. 
ἀδολεσχία, as (ἀδολέσχης, a prat- 
ing fellow), prating, loquacity. 
ἀ-δύνατος, ov, impossible, impracti- 
cable. 
ᾷδω, ἄσομαι, joa, ἤσθην, Att. for 
ἀείδω, ἀείσω, etc., to sing. 
del, alway ys, from time to time. 
ἀετός, ὁ, an eagle. 14. 
&-Odvaros, ov, immortal, 
ἄ-θεος, ov, godless, impious. 30. 
ATHEIST. 
᾿Αθηνᾶ, ds, Athéné, identified by 
the Romans with Minerva. 
Τ᾿ Αθήναζε, ὃ 61, to Athens. 
᾿Αθῆναι, ὧν (᾿Αθηνᾶ), Athens. 
VAOnvaios, 6, an Athenian. 
TaOANTHS, οὔ (ἀθλέω, to contend for a 
prize, GOdov), a prize-fighter, ATHLETE. 
ἄθλον, τό, the prize of contest, a prize. 
Ta-Gpol{w, oicw, to press close to- 
gether, assemble, collect. 
ἀ-θρόος, a, ov (a- cop., θρόος, noise), 
close together, in a body. 
Td-Oupéw, ἤσω, to be dispirited. 
ἄ-θυμος, ov, dispirited, discowraged. 
30. 
Aiywa, ns, Aegina, an island in 
the Saronic Gulf. 
(Αἰγινήτης, ov, an Aeginétan. 
ΤΑἰγύπτιος, a, ov, Hyyptian; mase. 
as noun, wn Lgyptian. 





—: ἀκολουθέω 


Αἴγυπτος, ἡ, Eyypt. 
αἰδώς, dos, ἡ, § 55, N. 1, reverence. 
αἰκίζω, comm. dep. αἰκίζομαι, ιοῦ- 
μαι, etc. (αἰκία, abuse), to tsult,’ oul- 
rage, mangle, 
tAiveadbdns, ov, a son of Aenéas. 
Αἰνείας, ou, Aeneas, the Trojan hero. 
taivéw, αἰνέσω, ἤνεσα, ἤνεκα, ἤνημαι, 
ἠνέθην, ἢ 106, N. 2, to praise. 
atvos, ὁ, proise. 
αἴξ, αἰγός, ὁ, ἡ (ἀίσσω, to leap), ὦ 
gout. 43. AEGIS. 
Taiperds, ἡ, dv, chosen ; 
able. 
αἱρέω, αἱρήσω, Tonka, ἥρημαι, npé- 
θην, 2 ἃ. εἷλον, § 108, 9, to take ; mid. 
to choose, elect, prefer. 41. HERESY. 
αἴρω, ἀρῶ, ἦρα, ἦρκα, Fpuar, ἤρθην, 
§ 108, 4, 11., to raise, carry off: 
αἰσθάνομαι, αἰσθήσομαι, ἤσθημαι, 
2a. ἠσθόμην, § 108, 5, become aware of, 
tu perceive, learn, hear. AESTHETIC. 
αἴσθησις, ews, ἡ, perception, sense. 
αἶσχος, τύ, disgrace, shame. 
Laioxpéds, d, ov, shameful, disgrace- 
Sul, base, unseemly y. 30. 
γταἰσχύνη, 7S, disgrace, shame. 
φαἰσχύὕνω, αἰσχὕνῶ, ἤἠσχῦνα, ἤσχυμ- 
μαι, ἠσχύνθην, ὃ 108, 4, 11., to dis- 
grace, shame; mid. to ‘be ashamed, 
stand in awe of. 
aitéw, jaw, etc., to ask some one 
for something, demand. 34. 
αἰτία, as, cause, ground, occasion ; 
a fault, reproach, censure; ai. ἔχω, 
to be bland. 
fairidopat, άσομαι, etc., to blame. 
Laitvos, a, ov, causing, guilt y; αἴτιός 
εἰμι, to be the cause; ὁ αἴτιος, the au- 
thor ; τὸ αἴτιον, the cause. 
αἰχμ-άλωτος, ov (αἰχμή, a spear, 
ἁλίσκομαι), taken in war, captured, 
captive. 
ἀκινάκης, ov, a short sword. 
&-KAnpos, ov (κλῆρος, lot, portion), 
portionless, needy, tir poverty. 
ἀκοή, 7s (ἀκούω), hearing, the sense 
of hearing. 
ἀ-κολασία, as (κολάζω), intemper- 
ance. 
ἀ-κολουθέω, ἤσω (ἀ-κόλουθος, fol- 
lowing, a- cop. aud κέλευθος, a roud), 
to follow. AN-ACOLUTHON, 


c. prefer- 


ἀκοντίζω 


ἀκοντίζω, ιῶ (ἄκων, a javelin), to 
hurl a javelin, shoot. 
τἀκόντισις, ews, ἡ, throwing the jave- 
lin. . 
ἀκούω, ἀκούσομαι, ἤκουσα, ἠκούσθην, 
2 p. ἀκήκοα, to hear, heed. Acous- 
TIC. 
ἄκρα, as (ἄκρος), ὦ peak, citadel. . 
ἱά-κρασία, as, Jicentiousness. 
ἀ-κρατής, és (κράτος), powerless, in- 
temperate. 
&-Kpatos, ov (κεράννυμι), unmixed. 
ἀκριβής, és, exact, accurate. 
Ἰἀκριβόω, wow, etc., to wnderstand 
thoroughly. 
ἀκροάομαι, ἄσομαι, etc. (akin to 
ἀκούω), to hear, listen to. 
Ἰἀκροατήριον, τό, an auditorium. 
τἀκροατής, οὔ, a hearer, listener. 
TaKpd-toAts, ews, ἡ (dds), a citadel, 
ACROPOLIS. . 
ἄκρος, a, ov, at the point, topmost ; 
τὸ ἄκ., the height, summit, eminence ; 
τὰ ἄκ., the heights. ACRO-BAT. 
φἀκρ-ωνυχία, as (ὄνυξ), the tip of the 
nail ; hence the top of a mountain. 
ἄκτωρ, opos, ὁ (ἄγω), a leader. 
ACTOR, 
ἄκων, ovoa, ov, ὃ 66, N. 1 (ἀ-, ἑκών), 
unwilling. 
ἀλγηδών, dvos, ἡ (ἀλγέω, to feel 
pain, ἄλγος, pain), pain. 
ἀλεκτρυών, dvos, ὁ, ὦ cock. 
᾿Αλέξ-ανδρος, 6, Alexander. 
ἰἀ-λήθεια, as, crwth. 
~ ἀ-ληθεύω, evow, evoa, to speak the 
truth. 2. 
ἀ-ληθής, és (AavOdvw), wnconcealed, 
true; τὸ ἀλ. or τὰ ἀλ., the truth. 
ἁλίσκομαι, ἁλώσομαι, ἑάλωκα or 
ἥλωκα, 2 ἃ. ἑάλων or ἥλων, § 108, 6, to 
be taken, captwred, or convicted. 47. 
᾿Αλκι-βιάδης, ov, Alcibidides. 
ἄλκιμος, ον (ἀλκή, prowess), valiant. 
ἀλλά, conj. (neut. plur. of ἄλλος 
with changed accent), properly other- 
wise ; hence, but, yet. 
ἀλλάττω, Ew, etc. (ἄλλος), to make 
other than it is, change. 
ἄλλῃ (dat. of ἄλλος, se. ὁδῷ), in an- 
other way, otherwise. 
ἀλλήλων (ἄλλος), ὃ 81, of one an- 
other. PAR-ALLEL. 





5 av 


ἅλλομαι, ἁλοῦμαι, ἡλάμην, 2 a. ἡλό- 
μὴν rare, to leap. 
ἄλλος, 7, 0, another, other, else ; 
ὁ ἄλλος, ὃ 142, 2, N. 3; τῇ ἄλλῃ, se. 
ἡμέρᾳ, the next day. 
τἄλλως, otherwise ; ad. πως ἤ, in any 
other way than ; ἄλ. ἔχειν, to be other- 
wise. 
ἀ-λόγιστος, ov (λογίζομαι), icon- 
siderate, devoid of reason. 14. 
ἅμα, at the same time, at the same 
time with; ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, at day- 
break ; ἅμα ἡλίῳ ἀνατέλλοντι, at swir- 
rise. 
ἅμαξα, ns, a wagon, wagon-load. 5. 
ἰἁμαξ-ιτός, dv (εἶμι), passable by 
wagons. 12. 
ἁμαρτάνω, ἁμαρτήσομαι, ἡμάρτηκα, 
ἡμάρτημαι, ἡμαρτήθην, 2 a. ἥμαρτον, 
§ 108, 5, to miss; then to do wrong, 
err, transgress. 39. 
φτἁμάρτημα, aros, τό, failure, wrong- 
doing, fuult, sin. 
Léepapria, as, fait, sin. 
ἀμαυρόω (ἀμαυρός, durk), to make 
dark, impair. 
ἀ-μαχεί (μάχομαι), without fighting. 
ἀμ-βροσία, as (ἀμ-βρόσιος and du- 
Bporos, immortal, fr. a- and βροτός, 
a mortal), AMBROSIA, the food of the 
gods. 
ἀμείνων, ov, better. See ἀγαθός. 
ta-pérca, as, neglect, indifference. 
ἰἀ-μελέω, How, to be careless, to slight, 
neglect. — 
ἀ-μελής, és (uédw), careless. 
ἁμιλλάομαι, ἥσομαι, etc. (ἅμιλλα, 
a contest), to contend ; w. ἐπί, tu strive 
for or strive to reach. 
ἄμπελος, ἡ, ὦ vine. 
Ldptreddv, ὥνος, ὁ, ὦ vineyard. 
ἀμύνω, ἀμῦνῶ, ἤμῦνα, ὃ 108, 4, 1|., 
to ward off, defend; mid. to defend 
one’s self, avenge one’s self on, punish. 
ἀμφί, prep. (akin to ἄμφω), on both 
sides of, about, around ; οἱ ἀμφὶ Ko- 
pov, Cyrus and those with him. 62. 
AMPHI-. 
ἐἀμφότερος, a, ov, both. 
ἐἀμφοτέρωθεν, on both sides. 
ἄμφω, both. 
ἄν, post-posit. particle, § 207. 
ἄν, conj., contr. fr. ἐάν, ἃ. v., 77. 





ἀνά 


dvd, prep., up ; in comp. sometimes 


simply intens.; ἀνὰ κράτος, up to one’s 
strength, at full speed. 62. ANA-. 

ἀνα-βαίνω, to go up, mount. 

lava-Baors, ews, ἡ, an ascent, march 

inland. 21. 

ἀνα-γιγνώσκω, to know again, rec- 
ognize, read. 

Tavaykd{e, dow, axa, ασμαι, άσθην, 

to compel, force, constrain. 31. 

ἀνάγκη, 7s, necessity, constraint ; 
ἀν. ἐστίν, it is necessary or unuvoid- 
able. 31. 

ava-yvouts, see ἀνα-γιγνώσκω. 

ἀνα-γράφω, to engrave and set up, 
as a tablet, to record. 

ἀν-άγω, to lead up ; mid. to put to 
sea, set sail. 

ἀνα-θαρρέω or -θαρσέω, to regain 
courage. 

ἀνά-θημα, aros, τό (7iOnu), that 
which is set up, a votive offering. 
ANATHEMA. 

ἀν-αιρέω, to take up; mid. to take 
up one’s own, as the dead for burial. 

ἀν-αίσθητος, ov (αἰσθάνομαι), with- 
out feeling. ANAESTHETIC. 


ἀνα-κοινόω (κοινόω, ώσω, WIA, ὠμαι, 


θην, to make common, fr. κοινός), to 
communicate ; mid. to consult with. 
ἀνα-κράζω, to cry aloud, shout. 
ἀνα-λαμβάνω, to take up, rescue. 
ἀνα-μένω, to remain, wait for. 
ἀνα-παύω, to stop, trans.; mid. to 
desist, rest. 
ἀνα- πείθω, to persuade. 31. 
ἀν-άριστος, ov (ἄριστον), without 
breakfast. 
ἀν-αρχία, as (ἀρχή), ANARCHY. 
ἀνα-σπάω, to draw up. 
ἀνα-στάς, ἀνα-στῆναι, see ἀν-ἰστη- 


μι. 

ἀνα-στρέφω, to turn back, retreat, 
retire. ANASTROPHE. 

ἀνα-ταράττω, to confuse; ἀνατετα- 
ραγμένος, in disorder. 

ava-telvw, to stretch or hold up, 
raise. 

ἀνα-τέλλω (τέλλω, aor. 
§ 108, 4, 11., to raise), to rise. 

ἀνα-τίθημι, to put or set wp, conse- 
crate. 

ἀνα-τολή, fis (ἀνα-τέλλω), α rising. 


ἔτειλα, 





ἀντεπιμελέομαι 


ἀνα-φέρω, to carry up. ANAPHO- 
ΒΑ. 
ἀνα-χωρέω, to go back, withdraw. 
ἀνδρεία, as (ἀνήρ), courage. 
ἀνδρεῖος, a, ov (ἀνήρ), manly, brave. 
Lav8pelws, like men, bravely. 
ἱἀνδριαντο-ποιός, ὁ (ποιέω), ὦ sculp- 
tor. 
ἀνδριάς, dvros, ὁ (ἀνήρ), a statue. 
ἀνδρών, Gvos, ὁ (ἀνήρ), the men’s 
apartment, 
av-eyelpa, to wake up, arouse. 
ἀν-ειπεῖν (εἶπον), to proclaim, an- 
nounce, 
ἄνεμος, ὁ, wind. 
ἀν-επί-κλητος, ον (ἐπί-κλητος, δι17)- 
moned, accused, ἵν. ἐπι-καλέω, to sum- 
mon), unblamed. 
ἀν-έστην, see ἀν-ίστημι. 
ἄνευ, without. 62. 
ἀν-ήγαγον, see ἀν-άγω. 
ἀν-ηγέρθην, 566 ἀν-εγείρω. 
ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ, ὃ 57, 2, Lat. vir, 
a man, as distinguished fr. ὦ woman, 
while ἄνθρωπος, Lat. homo, is man as 
opposed to god or beast; hence, ὦ 
husband, soldier, Often joined with 
another noun as a term of respect, 
especially in address, as ἄνδρες orpa- 
Τίωται. 
ἀνθ᾽, by apostr. for ἀντί before an 
aspirate. 
ἀνθ-ίστημι, ἐο set against; mid. to 
withstand, resist. 
tavOpamuvos, 7, ov, human. 
ἄνθρωπος, ὁ, ὦ man, person, human 
being. See ἀνήρ. PHIL-ANTHROPY. 
ἀνιάω, dow, aca, άθην (ἀνία, grief), 
to pain, grieve, trouble. 
ἀν-ίημι, to let go, unloose, wnstring. 
ἀν-ίστημι, to set up, raise, arouse, 
start up; mid. w. pf. and 2 a. act., to 
get up, rise. 
ἀ-νόητος, ov (νοέω), demented. 
ἀν-οίγω, or -οίγνυμι, § 108, 5, ἀνοί- 
ἕω, ἀνέῳξα, etc., ὃ 103, ad fin. (οἴγω, 
to open), to open. 48. 
&v-odBos, ov, unhappy, wretched. 
ἄ-νοος, ov, senseless. 
ἀν-ορύττω (ὀρύττω, viw, υξα, ὀρώ- 
ρυγμαι, ὠρύχθην, to dig), to dig up. 
ἀντ-επι-μελέομαι, to take thought in 
return. See ἐπι-μελέομαι. 


ἀντί 


ἀντί, prep., in place of, for. 62. 
ANTI-. 
᾿Αντιγόνη, ns, Antigone, one of the 
daughters of Oedipus. 
ἀντι-λέγω, to speak against, oppose. 
ἀντι-παρα-σκενάζομαι, to prepare 
one’s self tn turn. 
ἀντι-παρα-τάττομαι, fo draw one’s 
self up against or opposite. ; 
ἀντι-ποιέω, to retuliate; mid. to 
contend with one for something. 
ἀντι-στασιώτης, ov (TTATLWT YS, ὦ 
partisan, fr. στάσις), an opponent. 33. 
ἄντρον, τό, ὦ cave. 
ἄνω (ἀνά), ὃ 75, N. 1, up, high up, 
above, into the air. 
φἀνώ-γεων, τό (γῆ), ὃ 42, 2, ὦ hall. 
ἀξία, ας (ἄξιος), value, desert, due. 
. ἀξίνη, ns, ai AXE. 
Τἀξιο-θαύμαστος, ov, worthy of ad- 
miration. ἢ 
ΤἸἀξιό-λογος, ον, worth mentioning. 
ἄξιος, a, ον, of equal value, worth, 
worthy, deserving. 
Lagtow, wow, etc., to deem worthy or 
jit ; hence, to ashe demand, claim, as 
fit 


ἀξίωμα, aros, τό, dignity. AXIOM. 
Laklws, worthily, inamanner worthy. 
ἄξω, see ἄγω. 
ἀοιδός, ὁ (ἀείδω), a bard, singer. 
ἀπ-αγγέλλω, to bring or carry back 
word, to re-port, announce. 
ἀπ-άγω, to conduct or lead away or 
back. 
ἀ-παίδευτος, ov (παιδεύω), unedu- 
cated. 
ἀπ-αίρω, to lift off; hence, to sail 
away, depart. 
ἀπ-αλλαγή, ἧς, release. 
ἀπ-αλλάττω, to set free, deliver 
rom. 
ἁπαλός, ἡ, dv, soft, tender. 
ἅπαξ, once, once for all. 
ἀ-παρα-σκεύαστος or Ἄ ἀ-παρά- 
σκευος, ον (παρα-σκευά ζω, σκεῦοϑ), UN- 
prepared. 37. 
ἅ-πᾶς, doa, av (a- cop., mas), all 
together, all, the whole. 
Ἰάπατάω, now, etc., to outwit, de- 
ceive. 
ἀπάτη, ns, cunning, deceit. 
ἄπ-ειμι (εἰμί), to be away or absent. 





7 ἀπολύω 


ἄπ-ειμι (εἶμι), to go away. 

ἀπ-εῖχον, see ἀπ-έχω. 

ἀπ-ελαύνω, to drive off, to ride or 
march away. 

ἀπ-ελθών, see ἀπ-έρχομαι. 

ἀπ-ερύκω (épixw, ύξω, υξα, to keep 
off), to keep off. 

ἀπ-έρχομαι, to go away, withdraw. 

ἀπ-έχω, to hold off, intrans. to be dis- 
tant ; wid. to refrain or abstain from. 

ἀπ-ῆλθον, see ἀπ-έρχομαι. 

ἀπ-ῆρα, 566 ἀπ-αίρω. 

ἀπ-ιέναι, -ἰμεν, -ἰίοιμι, -Ldy, see ἄπ- 
εἰμι. 

ἁπλόος, 7, ον, ὃ 65, simple. 

ἀπό, prep., from, away from ; in 
comp. sometimes simply tnéens., and 
sometimes almost negative. 62. 

ἀπο-βάλλω, to throw away, lose. 

ἀπο-βιβάζω, to disembark. 

ἀπο-δείκνυμι, to point out, show, 
publish, appoint, designate ; mid. to 
declare or express one’s opinion, ete. 

ἀπο-δίδωμι, to give back or up, re- 
store, render what is due ; mid. to sell. 
APODOSIS, 

ἀπο-δοκεῖ (δοκέω), it docs not seem 
expedient. 

ἀπο-δύω, to strip off, despoil. 

ἀπο-θνήσκω, to die off, dic, suffer 
death, be slain. 

ἀπό-κειμαι, to be laid away, to be 
reserved. 

ἀπο-κηρύττω, to renounce publicly, 


ἀπο-κινδυνεύω, to make a bold at- 
tempt ; pass. to be put to great hazard. 
ἀπο-κλείω, to shut off, intercept. 26. 
ἀπο-κόπτω, to cut off. 
ἀπο-κρίνομαι, lit., to make decision 
for one’s self back, to reply, answer. 
ἀπο-κρύπτω, to hide from, conceal. 
ἀπο-κτείνω, to kill off, slay, put to 
death. 
ἀπο-κτίννυμι, see ἀποκτείνω. 
ἀκο-κωλύω, to hinder from. 
ἀπο-λείπω, to leave behind, desert. 
ἀπ-όλλυμι, to destroy utterly, slay, 
lose ; nid. to perish ; 2 p. ἀπ-όλωλα, 
to be undone. 48. 
᾿Απ-όλλων, wos, ὁ, Apollo. 
Ttamd-Avors, ews, ἡ, release. 
ἀπο-λύω, to free from. 


ἃπολώλεκα 


ἀπ-ολώλεκα, 566 ἀπ-όλλυμι. 
ἀπό-μαχος, ον (μάχομαι), disabled, 
out of the ranks. 33. 
ἀπο-νέμιω, to portion out, pay, give. 
ἀπο-νοστέω (νοστέω, How, to return 
home, fr. νόστος, a retuen home), to 
return home. 
ἀπο-πέμπω, to send back, away, or 
home, remit ; mid. dismiss. 
ἀπο-πλέω, to sail off or away. 
Tt a-topéw, ἥσω, etc., to be at a loss or 
in doubt. 
ta-mopia, as, perplexity, difficulty. 
49. 
ἄ-πορος, ov, without resources, dif- 
Jicult, impassable. 25. 
ἀπο-σκεδάννυμι, to scatter abroad. 
ἀπο-σπάω, to draw off, withdraw. 
23. 
ἀπο-στέλλω, to send away. Avos- 
TLE. 
ἀπο-στερέω, to rob, defraud. 27. 
ἀπο-στρέφω, to turn back, induce 
to return. APOSTROPHE. 
ἀπο-συλάω (cvAdw, How, etc., 
strip off), to rob. 
ἀπο-σφάττω, to slay. 
ἀπο-σώζω, to lead buck in safety. 
ἀπο-τειχίζω (τειχίζω, 1@, wa, ικα, 
to wall, fr. retxos), to wall off, to build 
a wall to cut an army off. 
ἀπο-τέμνω, to cut off. 
ἀπο-τίνω (τίνω, τίσω, ἔτισα, τέτικα, 
τέτισμαι, ἐτίσθην, ὃ 108, 5, to pay), to 
pay back ; mid. to take vengeance on. 
ἀπο-τρέπω, to twin off or back. 
ἀπο-τυγχάνω, to fail to hit, to fail. 
ἀπο-φαίνω, to show of; mid. to 
appear, display, declare. 
ἀπο-φεύγω, to flee away, escape. 
ἀπο-χωρέω, to go back, retreat. 
ἀ-πρόσ-βατος, ov (Baivw), iacces- 
sible. 
ἅπτω, ἅψω, ἥψα, ἥμμαι, ἥφθην, 
§ 108, 3, to fasten, kindle ; mid. to 
fasten one’s self to, touch. 
&pa, post-posit. particle of infer- 
ence, therefore, accordingly. 
ἄρα, an interrog. particle, § 282, 2. 
ἀργός, dv (a-, ἔργον), without work, 
idle. 38. 
Tapyvpeos, a, ov, ὃ 65, of silver, sil- 
ver. 


to 





ἄρχω 


ἱἀργύριον, τό, a piece of silver, 
money. 

ἄργυρος, ὁ (ἀργός, white), silver. 

ἀρέσκω, ἀρέσω, εσα, έσθην, § 108, 6, 
to please, satisfy. 

ἀρετή, ἧς, goodness, virtue, cour- 
age. 37. 

ἤΑρης, eos, 6, acc. "Apn or ἴΑρην, 
Ares, the god of war. 

*Aptatos, ὁ, Ariaews, commander 
of the barbarian troops of Cyrus the 
Younger. 

TaprOpéw, ow, etc., to cstimate, 
count, number. ARITHMETIC. 
ἀριθμός, ὁ, number, numbering, ex- 
tent. 
᾿Αρίστ-αρχος, ὁ ὁ, Aristarchus. 
ἱἀριστάω, ἤσω, σα, ἡκα, μαι, to 
breakfast. 

ἄριστον, τό (ἦρι, EARLY), breakfast. 

ἄριστος, ἡ, ov, best, bravest. See 
ἀγαθός. ARISTO-CRAT. 

᾿Αρκάς, ddos, ὁ, an Arcadian. 

apKéw, éow, ea, to suffice. 

ἄρκτος, 7, a bear. ARCTIC. 

ἅρμα, aros, τό, a=two-wheeled war- 
chariot, a chariot. 

Ἰἁρμ-άμαξα, ns, ὦ covered carriaye. 
ppévios, a, ov, Armenian. 
ἁρμόττω, dow, etc., to fit together ; 
intrans. to be fit or good for. 

Ἰἄροτρον, τό, ὦ plough. 

ἀρόω, ἤροσα, ἠρόθην, to plough. 

japtayy, 7s, pillaging, plunder. 

ἁρπάζω, dow and dooum, ete., 
to snatch up, seize, carry off, pillage, 
plunder, tear. 

ἄρρην or ἄρσην, ἄρρεν, mule. 

᾿Αρτα-ξέρξης, ov, Artaxerxes, esp. 
Artaxerxes I1., son of Darius II. and 
brother of Cyrus the Younger. 

᾿Αρτα-πάτης, ov, Artapates, a per- 
sonal attendant of Cyrus the Younger. 

"Aprepis, dos, ἡ, Arlémis, identi- 
fied by the Romans with Diana. 

ἄρτος, ὁ, bread. 

ἀρχαῖος, a, ον, original, old; τὸ 
ἀρχαῖον, formerly. 
Tapxh, 7s, beginning, command, rile, 
province, empire, realm. 13. 
Tapxikds, ἡ, dv, fit to command. 
ἄρχω, ἄρξω, etc., to be first; in 
point of time, éo, begin; in point of 


so 


— 


ἄρχων 


station, to command, govern, rule. 
ARCH-, -ARCH. 51. 
ἄρχων, οντος, ὁ, a commander, 
part. of prec.; for voc. sing., see § 48, 
2, (δ)... 16. 
ἀ-σέβεια, as (ἀ-σεβής, impious, σέ- 
βομαι, to revere), impiety. 
ta-cbeviw, ήσω, to be feeble or sick. 
ἀ- σθενής, és (σθένος, strength), weak. 
ἀ-σινῷς, 8. ἀσινέστατα (ἀ-σινής, 
harmless, σίνομαι, to. harm), without 
depredation. 
ἄ-σιτος, ov, without eating. 
ἀσκέω, how, to practise, cultivate. 
yin ae a, ov, to be practised. 
ἀσκός, ὁ, ὦ Jeathern bag. 
ἄσμενος; 7, ον (ἥδομαι), well pleased, 
glad. 
ἀσπίς, idos, 7, a shield, 33. 
, ἀστράπτω, ἤστραψα, ὃ 108, 3, to 
lighten, gleam. 
ἄστρον, τό, ὦ star; comm. pl. the 
stars. ASTRO-NOMY, ASTRO-LOGY. 
ἄστυ, cos, τό, ὃ 53, 1, a city. See 
πόλις. 
᾿Αστυ-άγης, εος, 6, Astydges, grand- 
father of Cyrus the Elder. 
ἰἀ-σφάλεια, as, safety. 
ἀ-σφαλής, és (σφάλλω), not liable 
to be tripped up, firm, safe. 30 
ἄσφαλτος, ἡ, bitumen, ASPHALT. 
ἀ-σφαλῶς (ἀσφαλής), with or in 
safely, safely. 23. 
ἄ-τακτος, ov (τάττω), in disorder. 
ἀ-ταξία, as (τάττω), want of dis- 
cipline. 
ta-réXea, as, exemption ; ἄλλη τις ἀ., 
exemption from some other service. 
ἀ-τελής, ες (τέλος), wnfinished, ex- 
empt from service. 
ἄτερ, without. 62. 
ἰἀ-τιμάζω, dow, etc., to dishonor, 
disgrace. 33. 
ἄ-τιμος, ov (τιμή), dishonored, with- 
out honor. 
ἀτμίζω, low (ἀτμός, vapor), to 
steam. 
ἀ-τυχής, és (τύχη), unfortunate. 


av, aguin, moreover, on the other |, 


hand. 
αὐλέω, how (αὐλός, a flute, from 
dw, to blow), to play the flute. 
αὔριον, to-morrow. 





βάλανος 


αὐτ-άρκης, ες (αὐτός, dpxéw), suf- 
ficient tn one! s self, independent. 
GUTH, αὗται, see οὗτος. 
tattixa, at the ver y instant, at onec. 
ἰαὐτο-κέλευστος, ov (κελεύω), self- 
bidden, of one’s own accord. 
ἑαὐτο-μολέω, ήσω (from ἃ stem pod-, 
go), to desert. 
αὐτός, ἡ, dv, self, ὃ 
him, her, it, § 19,1; 
2. AUTO-. 
ταὐτοῦ, here, there. 
αὑτοῦ, see ἑ-αυτοῦ. 
αὐτό-χθων, ον (αὐτός, χθών, the 
earth), sprung From the land itself. 


7S) ΕΣ ΞΕ 5 
the same, § 79, 


τὰ see ἀπό. 
atpéw, to take away; mid. to 
rob, deprive. 
ἀ-φανής, és (pairw), wascen, out of 
sight, little known. 24. 
[ἀ-φανίζω, ἐῶ, to make unseen, de- 
stroy, annihilate. 
ἁφή, 7s (ἅπτομαι), the sense of touch. 
ἀ-φθονία, as (ἄ-φθονος, ungrudging, 
φθόνος), abundance. 
ἀφ-ίημι, to send away, back, or off, 
to set free, let loose or go. 
ἀφ-ικνέομαι, fo come from some 
place, arrive. 40. 
ἀφ-ιππεύω (ἱππεύω, chow, to ride, 
fr. ἱππεύς), to ride off or back. 
ἀφ-ίστημι, 40 remove ; mid. to re- 
volt, APOSTATE. 
pe iv ov (φρήν), senseless. 
ἀ-φύλακτος, ov (φυλάττω), wUn- 
guarded. 34. 
Ἢ ἀ-χαριστία, ας, thanklessness. 
ἀ-χάριστος, ov (χαρίζομαι), thank- 
less, ungrateful, unrewarded. 
,d-xaplotws, without gratitude. 25. 
ἄ-χρηστος, ον (xpdouar), uscless. 
ἄχρι, improp. prep. and conj., un- 
til. 62. 


B. 
rt daa avos, ἡ, Babylon. 
βάθος, τό, depth. BATHos. 
βαθύς, εἴα, ύ, deep. 24. 
βαίνω, βήσομαι, βέβηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔβην, 
§ 108, N., to 90. 45. 
βάλανος, ἡ, ὦ nut or fruit, such as 
the acorn, date, ete. 


βάλλω 


βάλλω, βαλῶ, βέβληκα, βέβλημαι, 
ἐβλήθην, 2 ἃ. ἔβαλον, ὃ 108, 4, 11., to 
throw, throw at, stone. - 42. 
TpapBapikds, 7, dv, barbarian, BAR- 
BARIC. 
BapBapos, ov, barbarian, BARBAR- 
OUS. 25. 
ἱβάρος, τό, weight. 
βαρύς, εἴα, ὕ, heavy. 
Ἰβασανίζω, 1, to test. 
Bdcavos, ἡ, the touchstone, a test. 
TBaotrela, as, kingdom, royal au- 
thority or power. 
tBactreos, os or a, ov, kingly, royal ; 
neut. sing. or pl., sc. δῶμα, δώματα, 
a palace. 14. 
βασιλεύς, dws, ὁ, ὃ 53, 3, a king, 
esp. the king of Persia, when comm. 
the art. is omitted. BASILISK. 
ιβασιλεύω, εύσω, to be king, rule. 2. 
LBaotrtKkds, ἡ, dv, royal, the king's. 
BASILICA. 23. 
βέβαιος, os or a, ov (βαίνω), abid- 
ing, constant, firm. 
βέλος, τό (θάλλω), a missile. 
βελτίων, βέλτιστος, see ἀγαθός. 
βία, as, force. 
LBrdgopar, άσομαι, etc., to force. 
φβίαιος, a, ov, violent. 
βιβάζω, dow or &, aca, ὃ 120, 2 
(causative of Baivw), to make go. 
βιβλίον, τό (βίβλος, papyrus-bark), 
a book. BIBLE. 
Bikos, ὁ, ὦ wine-jar, jar. 
βίος, ὁ, life, aliving. BIlo-GRAPHY. 
| Broreva, eviow, to live. . 
ἐβλάβη, ms (βλάπτω), injury. 
βλακεύω, evow (βλάξ, lazy), to be 
lazy. 
βλάπτω, ψω, etc., ὃ 108, 3, to in-. 
jure, harm, hurt. 35. 
βλέπω, Powe, wa, to look, see. 28. 
tBode, σομαι, noa, to call or shout 
out. 36. 
Bon, iis, a loud cry. 
tBon-Oaa, as, aid, assistance. 4. 
ἐβοη-θέω, ow, noa, nKa, nua, to aid, 
go to aid, bring aid, assist. 41. 
4Bon- θός, ov, for βοη-θόος, ον (θέω),- 
running to the battle-shout, aiding, 
helping. 
Boppas, ἃ, or βορέας, ov, Boreas, 
the north-wind. 





10 





γέφυρα 


βόσκημα, ατος, τό (βόσκω, to feed), 
pl. fautied cattle. 
βότρυς, vos, 6, a bunch of grapes. 
tBovdreva, εύσω, etc., to plan, devise, 
plot; mid. to plan with one’s self, de- 
liberate, concert, meditate. 7. 
ἐβουλή, ἧς, α plan, counsel, 
ovrAopat, ἥσομαι, βεβούλημαι, ἐβου- 
λήθην, § 102,1, N., to will, be willing, 
wish. βούλομαι expresses willing- 
ness, 1. €. mere wish or inclination 
towards, ἐθέλω will, i. e. choice and 
purpose, but this distinction is often 


ignored, 18. 
Bots, Bods, ὁ, ἡ, ὃ 54, a bullock, ox, 
or cow; pl. catile. BEEF. 


βραχύς, εἴα, v, short ; 
short distance. 
βρέχω, ἔβρεξα, βέβρεγμαι, ἐβρέχθην, 
ὁ wet. 

βροντάω, ἤσω (βροντή, thunder), to 
thunder. 


ἐπὶ βραχύ, ὦ 


 Β 
γάλα, ακτος, τό, milk. 
γάμος, ὁ, marriage. 27. PoLy- 
GAMY. 


yap, a post-posit. causal conj., for; 
καὶ yap, elenim, and (this is or was, 
etc., the case), for. 
γέ, ἃ post-posit. enclitic particle of 
emphasis, quidem, at least, anyhow, 
indeed, certainly, even, too. 
γείτων, ovos, ὁ, 7 (γῆ), a landsman, 
neighbor. 
γελάω, άσομαι, aca, ἀσθην, to laugh, 
laugh at. 33. 
μγέλως, wros, ὁ, laughter. δὴ 
γέν-, the stem οἵ γίγνομαι aud source 
of many other words. 
| γενέσθαι, γενοίμην, see γίγνομαι. 
L-yevvatos, a, ον (γέννα, descent), high- 
born, noble. 
γενναίως, nobly. 
Lyévos, τό, race, offspring, kind. 
γέρρον, τό, a wicker-shield covered 
with ox-hide. 
γέρων, ovros, ὁ, an old man. 16. 
yevo, γεύσω, ἔγευσα, γέγευμαι, to 
give a taste of ; mid. to taste. 
γέφυρα, as, a bridge, whether sta- 
tionary or pontoon. 3. 


γεωργία 


tye-wpyla, ας (ἔργω), agriculture. 

tye-wpyds, ὁ (ἔργω), ὦ husbandman. 

GEORGE. 

γῆ, as (contr. fr. yéa), pl. rare, 
carth, land. 9. GE-OLOGY, GE-OGRA- 

PHY, etc. 

φἐγή-λοφος, ὁ, α hill. 

γῆρας, aos, ws, τό, ὃ 56, 1, old age. 

γίγας, avros, ὁ, ὃ 50, ὦ GIANT. 

γίγνομαι, γενήσομαι, γεγένημαι, 2 ἃ. 
ἐγενόμην, ὃ 108, 8, to be born, become, 
be, ocewr, come out, prove one’s self, 
arise, accrue, get; 2 pf. γέγονα, to be. 

40. 

γιγνώσκω, γνώσομαι, ἔγνωκα, ἔγνω- 

σμαι, ἐγνωσθην, 2 ἃ. ἔγνων, ὃ 108, 6 

and 8, to perceive, KNOW. 47. . 

yAaté, Kis, ἡ (γλαυκός, gleaming), 
the owl, so called from its glaring eyes. 

γλυκύς, εἴα, v, sweet. 

γλώσσα, 7s, the tongue. GLOSSARY. 

γνώμη, ns (γιγνώσκω, st. Ὕνω-), 
judgment, purpose, opinion, knowl- 
edge. 38. GNOMIC. 

γονεύς, éws, ὁ (yev-), a father ; pl. 
parents. 

γόνυ, ατος, τό, the KNEE. 

γράμμα, ατος, τό (γράφω), ὦ letter; 
pl. letters, literature. GRAMMAR. 

γραῦς, γραύός, ἡ, ὃ 54, ατὸ οἰ woman. 

γράφω, ψω, etc., w. 2 ἃ. p. ἐγρά- 
ony, to GRAVE, write, conupose. 2. 
GRAPHIC, 

Tyvpvato, dow, to exercise. 
NASTIC. 

Tyvpvjs, ἢτος, ὁ, or γυμνήτης, ov, 
light armed ; as noun, @ light-armed 
soldier. 

γυμνός, ἡ, dv, naked, lightly clad. 

γυνή, γυναικός, γυναικί, γυναῖκα, γύ- 
ναι, etc., 7, ὦ woman, wife. Μιδο- 
GYNIST. 

yo, yords, ὁ, a vulture. 


GyYM- 


A. 


δαίμων, ovos, ὁ, ἡ, ὦ god, destiny, 
fortune. 
δάκρυ, vos, τό, ὦ TEAR. 
{8axpvov, τό, a tear. 
{ Saxpte, vow, voa, υμαῖι, to weep. 
ἱδαπανάω, jow, etc., do cxpend. 37. 


11 





δέω 


δαπάνη, ns, cxpense. 

Tt Saperkds, ὁ, ὦ DARIC, a Persian coin 
worth 20 Attic drachmae. Perhaps 
derived fr. the Pers. dara, @ king. 

Δαρεῖος, ὁ, Darius, the name of 
several kings of Persia, in particu- 
lar Darius ‘IL, father of Cyrus the 
Younger. 

δασμός, ὁ (δαίομαι, to divide), an 
impost, tribute, tax. 7. 

δέ, a post-posit. conj., but, and ; 
kal...6€, but (δέ) further (καί). 

ϑέδια, δέδοικα, see δείδω. 

δεῖ, 566 δέω. 

δείδω, δείσομαι, ἔδεισα, δέδοικα, 2 p. 
δέδια, each perf. in pres. sense, to fear, 
be afraid. 

δείκνυμι, δείξω, ἔδειξα, δέδειχα, δέ- 
δείγμαι, ἐδείχθην, ὃ 108, 5, to show, 
exhibit, portray. 

δείλη, ns, afternoon, evening. 

δεινός, ἡ, dv (δείδω), fearful, mighty, 
skilful ; δεινόν, τό, danger, peril. 

| Savas, terribly. 

TSamvéw, now, noa, nea, lo dine. 

δεῖπνον, τό, dinner, the second of 
the two regular meals of the day. 

δέκα, ten. DECADE. 

Δελφοί, dv, Delphi, the seat of the 
famous oracle of Apollo in Phocis. 

δένδρον, τό, or δένδρος, τό, ὦ tree. 51. 

δεξιός, ά, ov, right, on the right 
hand ; 4 δεξιά: se. χείρ, the right hand, 
often given and taken in making a 
treaty ; ἐν δεξιᾷ, on the right hand ; 
TO δεξιόν, sc. κέρας or μέρος, the right 
wing ; so τὰ δεξιά, the right. 33. 

Δέξ-υππος, ὁ, Dexippus. 

δέρμα, ατος, τό (δέρω, to skin), the 
skin, hide. 49. Epi-DERMIS. 

δεσπότης, ov, voc. δέσποτα, a mas- 
ter, DESPOT. 

δεῦρο, hither. 

δεύτερος, a, ov (δύο), the second ; 


τὸ δεύτερον, a second time. ΘΕΟΊ. 
RONOMY. 
δέχομαι, Fouat, etc., take, accept, re- 


ceive, await the attack of. 28. 

δέω, δήσω, ἔδησα, δέδεκα, δέδεμαι, 
ἐδέθην, to bind. 46. DIA-DEM. 

δέω, δεήσω, ἐδέησα, δεδέηκα, δεδέη- 
μαι, ἐδεήθην, to want; δεῖ, impers., 
there is need of, τέ is necessary, one 


δή 


must or ought ; mid. to stand in necd 
of, want, bey. 
δή, post-posit. intens. or infer. par- 
ticle, uccordingly, so, then, now. 
δῆλος, 7, ov, clear, evident. 
{δηλόω, wow, etc., to make clear, re- 
lute. 


δημ-αγωγός, ὁ (δῆμος, ἄγω), a 


. DEMAGOGUE. 


Δη-μήτηρ, τερος, τρος, H, ὃ 57, 3, 
Deméter, the Roman Ceres. 
ἰδημο-κρατία, as (κράτος), a DE- 
MOCRACY, 
δῆμος, ὁ, the people. 

60, wow, woa, θην (δήϊος, hos- 
tile, fr. daiw, to kindle), to ravage, 
lay waste. 

διά, prep., through, through the 
agency of, on account of. 62. DIA-. 

δια-βαίνω, to yo through or across, 
to cross. 

δια-βάλλω, to attack one’s character, 
to accuse falsely, slander. DIABoLic. 

διά-βασις, ews, ἡ (dia-Baivw), a place 
of crossing, ford, ferry, bridge. 

δια-βατέος, a, ov (dia-Baivw), to be 
crossed. 

δια-βατός, 7, dv (δια-βαίνω), ford- 
able. 

δια-βιβάζω, to carry or lead across, 
transport. 

δια-βολή, ἢς (δια-βάλλω), slander. 

δι-αγγέλλω, to report, announce ; 
mid. to pass the word to one another. 

δια-δίδωμι, to distribute. 

δια-θεάομαι, fo examine, observe, 
consider. 

δίαιτα, ns, mode of life. 

διά-κειμαι, to be disposed. 

δι-ακόσιοι, αι, a (dis, twice, Exarov), 
two hundred. 

δια-λέγομαι, fo converse. 
LOGUE. 

δι-αλλάττω, to interchange, change 
enmity for friendship, reconcile. 

δια-λύω, fo put an end to. 

δια-πολεμέω, fo fight it out. 

δια-πορεύω, fo carry across ; 
to march through. 

δια-πράττω, fo work out, accomplish. 

δι-αρπάζω, to tear apart, plunder. 

Sia-onpaive, to signify, make 
known. 


Dia- 


mid. 


12 





Siupdeo 


ϑια-σπάω, to draw apart, separate. 
δια-σπείρω, fo scatter abroad ; mid. 
to scatter, intrans. 
δια-σώζω, to keep safe through, 
bring safe. 
δια-τελέω, to continue. 
δια-τίθημι, to dis-pose, manage, 
treat ; mid. to sell. 
δια-τρέφω, to sustain. . 
δια-τρίβω, fo wear away, waste, 
delay. 22. 
tS.a-hepdvtas, pre-eminently. 29. 
δια-φέρω, to DIFFER. 
δια-φθείρω (φθείρω, φθερῶ, ἔφθειρα, 
ἔφθαρκα, ἔφθαρμαι, 2 ἃ. p. ἐφθάρην, 
§ 108, 4, to destroy), to destroy utterly. 
δια-φυλάττω, to preserve, defend. 
διδάσκαλος, ὁ, ὦ teacher. 
διδάσκω, άξω, etc., ὃ 108, 6, to 
teach. 51. Dipactic. 
δίδημι, § 108, 8, to bind. See δέω. 
δίδωμι, δώσω, SSeakt: δέδωκα, δέδο- 
μαι, ἐδόθην, ὃ 108, 8, to 9 give, grant. 
Dose. 
δι-ελαύνω, to ride through. 
δι-ερωτάω, to cross-question. 
δι-έχω, fo stand or be apart. 
δι-ηγέομαι, to describe in full, dis- 
course. ; 
δι-ίστημι, to separate : mid. w. pf. 
and 2 a. act., to stand apart. 
T8tkdto, dow, aca, ασμαι, άσθην, to 
judge. 
TSikatos, a, ov, just, right ; 
justice, pl. rights. 51. 
ἐδικαιοσύνη, 7s, justice, uprightness. 
ἐδικαίως, justly. 
δικαστής, οὔ, a judge. 
δίκη, ns, right, justice, penalty, a 
lawsuit ; 6. διδόναι, to pay the pen- 





τὸ 6., 


alty, suffer punishinent ; τῆς ὃ. τυχεῖν, 


to get one’s deserts. 46. 

Διο-γένης, €0S, ους, ὁ, Diogenes, 

Διόνυσος, ὁ, Diovysus, one of the 
names of Bacchus. 

δισ-χίλιοι, at, a (δίς, twice, χίλιοι), 
two thousand. 

διφθέρα, as, a tanned hide. ὌτΡΗ- 
THERIA. 

δίχα (dis, twice), in two, apart. 

δίψα, 7; thirst. 

{8upaw, jow, noa, na, ὃ 123, N. 2, 

to thirst, be thirsty. 


διωκτέος 


\ 
tStwxréos, a, ov, to be pursued. 
διώκω, ὠξω or ὦξομαι, wa (Siw, to 
Jlce), to pursue, chase, prosecute. 13. 
LBlwkts, ews, ἡ, pursuit. 
δοθῆναι, δοίην, see δίδωμι. 
δοκέω, δόξω, ἔδοξα, δέδογμαι, ἐδό- 
χθην, ὃ 108, 7, to think ; intr. to seem, 
seem yood, be thought best, be voted. 
8. 
: δοκιμάζω, dow, acuat, doOnv (δόκι- 
μος, accepted after proof, δέχομαι), to 
prove, examine. 
δόξα, ns (δοκέω), opinion, reputa- 
tion, glory. ORrilo-DOX. 
δόξας, δόξω, see δοκέω. 
δορκάς, άδος, ἡ (δέρκομαι, to look), 
a gazelle. 
δόρυ, δόρατος, τό, the trunk of a 
tree, a spear-shaft, ὦ spear. 
ἐδουλεία, as, slavery. 
ἰδουλεύω, εὐσω, to be a slave, serve. 
δοῦλος, ὁ, ὦ slave. 
ἰδουλόω, wow, etc., to enslave. 
δοῦναι, δούς, see δίδωμι. 
δρᾶμα, ατος, τό (δράω, to do), a 
DRAMA. 
δράμοιμι, Spapodpat, see τρέχω. 
δύναμαι, δυνήσομαι, δεδύνημαι, édv- 
νήθην, ὃ 102, 1, N., to be able, strong 
enough ; οἱ μέγιστα δυνάμενοι, the most 
powerful. 45. 
ἐδύναμις, ews, ἡ, power, ability, a 
war-force, forces, troops. 21. Dy- 
NAMIC, 
ἰδυνατός, ἡ, dv, powerful, possible, 
practicable. 
δύνω, 2 a. ἔδυν, ὃ 108, 5, to enter, 
set. See δύω. 
δύο, ὃ 77, 1, rwo. DvAt. 
δυσ-, an inseparable prefix, 7/7, 
§ 132, 2 
δυσ-εξ-εύρετος, ov (εὑρίσκω), hard 
to find out. 
δύσις, ews, ἡ (δύνων), the setting of 
the swn. 
δύσ-κολος, ov (κόλον, food), hard to 
satisfy, discontented ; harassing, hard. 
δυσμή, js (δύνω), comm. pl. the set- 
ting of the sun. 
δυσ-πόρευτος, ov (πορεύω), hard to 
pass. 
δυσ-τυχής, és (τύχη), unfortunate. 
{8vo-ruxla, as, aisforiwne. 


13 





εἴασα 


δύω, δύσω, etc., to cause to enter, 
sink, trans.; mid., w. p. act., to sink, 
set. See δύνω. 

δώ, δώσω, see δίδωμι. 

δώ-δεκα (δύο, δέκα), twelve. 

δῶρον, τό (δίδωμι), a gift, present, 
bribe. 7. 


K. 


ἑάλωκα, ἑάλων, see ἁλίσκομαι. 
ἐάν (εἰ, dv), conj. followed by the 
subj., ἐλ 
1ἐάν-περ, if indeed or only. 
ἑ-αυτοῦ, ἧς, ὃ 80, w. N., of him- 
self, herself, itself; οἱ ἑαυτοῦ, his own 
(men), τὰ ἑαυτῶν, their own (affairs). 
édw, ἐάσω, εἴασα, elaxa, εἴαμαι, eld- 
θην, to allow, permit, let go or alone. 
20. 
ἐγγύς, c. and. 5. ἐγγύτερον, ἐγγύτα- 
Ta, or τέρω, τάτω, near ; 5. W. art., 
the nearest. 
éyelpw, ἐγερῶ, ἤγειρα, ἐγήγερμαι, 
ἠγέρθην, 2 p. ἔγρήγορα, § 108, 4, 11., 
to wake, stir wp, raise, erect ; 2 Ῥ. to 
be awake. 
téy-kparaa, as, self-control. 
ἐγ-κρατής, és (κράτος), in powcr 
over, self-controlled. 
ἐγικρύπτω, to bury. 
ἐγ-χειρίζω, ιῶ (χείρ), to intrust. 
ἐγ-χώριος, a or os, ον (χώρα), in or 
belonging to the country. 
ἐγώ, ὃ 79, 1, and § 144,1, w. ν., 1. 
εἰ JOTIST. 
Hyeys I for my part, I certainly. 
ἐδήδοκα, see ἐσθίω. 
ἔδοξα, 566 δοκέω. 
ἔδραμον, 566 τρέχω. 
ἔδωκα, ἔδοσαν, see δίδωμι. 
ἐἐθελοντής, οὔ, a volunteer ; as adj. 
willing. 
ἐθέλω, sometimes θέλω, How, σα, 
ηκα, to be willing, wish, desire. 20. 
ἐθίζω, ἐθίσω, εἴθισα, εἴθικα, εἴθισμαι, 
εἰθίσθην (ἔθος), to accustom. 
ἔθνος, τό, anation. ETHNOGRAPHY. 
ἔϑος, τό, custom ; pl. manners. 
εἰ, conj., if; ef μή, unless ; εἰ yao 
or εἴθε, § 251, would that ; as an inter. 
part., 5 282, 4, whether. 
εἴασα, see ἐάω. 


εἶδον 


εἶδον, εἰδῶ, εἰδέναι, εἰδώς, 566 ὁράω. 
LetSos, τό, form. 
εἴ-θε, see εἰ 
εἰκάζω, dow, etc., to make like, 
liken, suppose, conjecture ; 2 p. ἔοικα, 
to be like or fit. 
εἴκοσι, twenty. 
εἰκότως (ἔοικα), with aood reason. 
εἷλον, εἱλόμην, see αἱρέω. 
εἰμί, ἔσοβαι, imperf. qv, ὃ 129, 1., 
to be ; ἔστιν, it is possible. 
εἶμι, imperf. Hew or ja, ὃ 129, II., 
and § 200, N. 3, to go. 
εἶπον, 2 a., spoke, told. 44. 
εἴ-περ, if in fact. 
εἴργω, εἵρξω, eipta, elpyuat, εἵρχθην, 
to hem in. 
εἴρηκα, εἴρημαι, see εἶπον. 
εἰρήνη, η5, peace. 23. 
eis, prep., into, in, to, for. 62. 
εἷς, μία, ἕν, ὃ 77, 1, one; καθ᾽ ἕνα, 
one by one, singly. 
εἰσ-βολή, fs (βάλλω), an entrance, 
pass. 
εἰσ-δύομαι, to enter into. 
εἴσ--ειμι (εἶμι), to go into or in. 
εἴσω (els), within. 
εἴτα, then, thereupon, next. 
εἶχον, see ἔχω. 
ἐκ, see ἐξ, 
ἕκαστος, ἡ, ov, cach, every, of a 
number ; pl. several, respective, all. 
ψἑκάστοτε, each time. 
ἑκάτερος, a, ov, cach, of two. 
Léxarépaber, on both sides. 
μἕκατέ woe, in both directions. 
ἑκατόν, α hundred. HECATOMB. 
ἐκ- βάλλω, to cast out, banish. 
ἔκ-βασις, ews, ἡ (βαίνω), outlet, 
pass. 25. 
éx-yovos, ov (yev-), born from ; οἱ 
éxy., the descendants; τὰ éxy., the 
young of animals. 
éx-Sépw (δέρω, δερῶ, ἔδειρα, Sédap- 
μαι, 2a. p. ἐδάρην, to flay), to jlay. 42. 
ἐκ-δίδωμι, to give up. 
ἐκεῖ, there. 
γἐκεῖθεν, thence, from that place. 
Léxetvos, 7, 0, dem. pron., ὃ 83, that. 
- ἐκ-καλύπτω, to uncover. 
ἐκ-κλησία, as (καλέω), an assembly 
called by the erier. 10. ECCLESIASTIC. 
ἐκ-κλίνω (κλίνω, κλνῶ, ἔκλινα, κέ- 


΄ 


14. 





ἐμύς 


κλιμαι, ἐκλίθην, § 108, 4,11., to bend), 
to give way. 
ἐκ- λέγω, to select. ECLECTIC. 
ἐκ- πίνω, to drink up. 
ἐκ- πίπτω, to fall out, be banished. 
ἐκ- πλαγείς, see ἐκ- shirred: 
ἐκ- πλέω, to sail away. 
ἐκ-πλήττω, to strike out of one’s 
senses, terrify. 41. 
ἐκ- ποδῶν (ποῦς), out of the way. 
éx-Topevopat, fo march out. 
ἐκ- πρεπής, és (πρέπω), distinguished. 
ἐκ-τίθημι, fo expose. 
éx-hatve, to show forth, proclaim. 
ΠΣ to flee from, escape. 
ἑκών, οὔσα, dv, ὃ 66, N. 1, willing, 
of one’s own accord. 
ἔλαιον, τό, olive-oil, OIL. 
ἐλάττων, ov, see μικρός and ὀλίγος. 
ἐλαύνω, ἐλάσω or ἐλῶ, ἤλασα, ἐλή- 
λακα, ἐλήλαμαι, ἠλάθην, ὃ 108, 5, to 
drive, ride, march, of the commander, 
both trans. and intr. See πορεύομαι. 
20. ELASTIC. 
TéXddetos, a, ov, of a deer. 
ae κα ὁ, ἡ, a deer, stag. 
ἐλέγχω, ἐλέγξω, ἤλεγξα, ἐλήλεγμαι, 
ἠλέγχθην, to confute, convict. 43. 
ἑλεῖν, ἑλέσθαι, sce αἱρέω. 
ἐλευθερία, ας, frecdom, liberty. 51. 
ἐλεύθερος, a, ov, free, independent. 
{ἐλευθερόω, wow, to free. 
ἐλέφας, avros, ὁ, the elephant. 
ἐλθεῖν, -οιμι, -w, -dv, see ἔρχομαι. 
{‘EAAas, ddos, ἡ, Greece. 
“EdAny, nvos, ὁ, Hellen, son of Deu- 
calion ; then a Greek, used also adj. 
4 "EdAnvixés, h, Ov, Greek, Grecian ; 
τὸ Ἔλ. (se. στράτευμα), the Greek force. 
HELLENIC. 
ἐλπίζω, wa, ἰσθην, to hope. 
ἐλπίς, ἰδος, ἡ, ὃ 50, 1, hope. 
ἐμ-αυτοῦ, ἢ jis, ὃ 80, w. N., of myself. 
ἐμ-βαίνω, to go into or on board, 
embark, fol. by eis. 
ἐμ-βάλλω, to throw in; to inflict ; 
reflex.. with eis, to invade. EMBLEM. 
ἐμ-βάς, -βάντες, see ἐμ-βαίνω. 
ἐμ-βιβάζω, to make embark, put on 
board. 
ἔμεινα, see μένω. 
ἐμ-μένω, fo remain in. 
ἐμός, 7, dv (ἐγώ), ὃ 82, my, mine. 


ἐμοῦ 15 ᾿ς ἔξω 


ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ, see ἐγώ. 
ἐμ-πείρως (πεῖρα, trial, acquaint- 
ance), in acquaintance with. 
ἐμ-πίπτω, to fall into, occur to. 
ἐμ-ποιέω, 10 tinpress upon, wspire 
in. 
ἱἐμ-πορεύομαι, Zo go in or to, travel 
on business, engage in traffic. 
tep-mdptov,76, a marl, emporium. 9. 
ἔμ-πορος, ὁ, ON Ol ὦ Journey, ὦ 
merchant. 
ἔμ-προσθεν, {γι front ; 
ceding. 
ἐμ-φανίζω, ἐῶ (φαίνω), to show ΤΗΝ, 
show. 
ἐν, prep., IN, on, at, among. én: 
tév-avTidopar, ὥσομαι, ἠναντίωμαι, 
ἠναντιώθην, ὃ 105, N. 3, to with- 
stand. 
év-avrios, a, ov (ἀντί), opposite, op- 
posed to, in one’s face. 
ἐν-άπτω, to bind on, set on fire. 
ἐν-δεής, ἐς (δέω), in wait. 
«ἐν-δείκνυμι, to mark out, in-dicate, 
express. 
ἔνδον (ἐν), within. 
ἐν-δύνω, fo put on. 
ἔν-ευμι (εἰμί), to be in. 
ἕνεκα, on account of. 62. 
ἐν-εχείρισα, see ἐγ-χειρίζω. 
ἐν-ἣν, see ἔν-ειμι. 
ἔνθα (ἐν), there, where, thereupon, 
then. 
LévOd-8e, here, hither. 
ψἔνθα-περ, just where. 
ἐν-θείην, -θέμενος, see ἐν-τίθημι. 
ἔνθεν (ἐν), thence, hence, whence. 
LévOév-Se, from this very place, hence. 
év-Beos, ov, tspired. 
ἐν-θυμέομαι, ἤσομαι, W. aor. p., etc. 
(ϑυμός), to have in mind, reflect. 29. 
ψἐν-θύμημα, aros, τό, ὦ thought, 
plan. ENTHYMEME. 
ἐνιαυτός, ὁ, ὦ ycar. 
ἐνί-οτε, ὃ 152, nN. 2, sometimes. 
év-voéw, often dep. w. aor. p., to have 
in mind, be apprehensive. 
ψἔν-νοια, as, ὦ thought, reflection. 
év-opda, to see in a person or thing. 
ἑνός, ἑνί, see εἷς. 
ἐν- τάττων to enroll, 
ἐνταῦθα (ἔνθα), here, there, then, 
hereupon. 


ὁ ἔμ., the pre- 





ἐν-τείνω, to stretch tight or upon, in- 

flict upon, string a bow. 
ἐν-τελής, és (τέλος), at the end, com- 
plete, full. 
{ἐν-τελῶς, completely. 

ἐντεῦθεν (ἔνθεν), from here or there, 
hereupon. 

ἐν-τίθημι, to put or inspire in. 

ἐν-τολή, ἢς (ἐν-τέλλω, to put upon, 
command, τέλλω, to raise), ὦ com- ἡ 
mand. 

ἐντός (ἐν), within. 

ἐν-τυγχάνω, to fall in with. 

ἐξ, prep., § 13, 2, from, out ψ, after, 
by means of. 62. 

ἕξ, SIX. 

ἐξ-αγγέλλω, to tell out, report. 

ἐξ- ἄγω, to lead out, induce, 


ἐξ-αιτέω, fo demand Jrom ; mid. to 
bey aff. 

téef-arrardw, to deceive grossly, de- 
ceive. 34. 


é-ardrn, 7s, imposition. 
ἐξ-απίνης or ἐξ-αίφνης (ἄφνω, wi- 
aawares), of a sudden, suddenly. 
ἔξ-ειμι (εἰμί), to be out of restraint, 
only imper., ἔξεστι, ἔξεσται, etc., it 
is in one’s power, possible, one may : 
pt. ἐξόν used absol., ὃ 278, 2, when it 
is or was in one’s power, when one 
may or might. 
ἔξ-ειμι (εἶμι), to go ort, empt Y, as a 
river. 
ἐξ-ελαύνω, fo expel; intr. to ride 
out, march forth, on, or away, to ad- 
vance. 
ἐξ-εργάζομαι, to work out, accom- 
plish. 
ἐξ-έρχομαι, to come out. 
ἔξ-εστι, -eotat, {{ is, will be, pos- 
sible, see ἔξ-ειμι. 
ἐξ-ετάζω, άσω, etc. (éreds, real), to 
examine, scrutinize. 
{ἐξ-έτασις, ews, ἡ, an inspection, re- 
view. 21. 
ἑξήκοντα (ἕξ), siaty. 
ἐξ-ἤχθην, see ἐξ-αγω. 
ἐξ-ικνέομαι, to cone out to, to reach. 
ἐξ- ὄν, see ἔξ-ειμι. 
ἐξ-ορμάω, to urye forth ; 
out. 
ἔξω (ἐξ), without, outside, abroad, 
beyond, beyond the reach of. Exortc. 


intr. ¢o seé 


! 


ἔοικα 


ἔοιικα, 566 εἰκά ζω. 
ἔπ-άγω, to briny to, on, or upon. 
ἔπαθον, see πάσχω. 
Tém-atverds, ἡ, ov, praiseworthy. 
Tét-atvéw, to approve, praise, com- 

mend. 38. 
ἔπ-αινος, ὁ, praise. 
ἐπ-αίτιος, ov, blamed for a thing; 

ἐπαίτιον, a ground of accusation. 

témdv or ἐπήν (ἐπεί, dv), conj. w. 
subj., whenever, as soon as. 
ἔπεί (ἐπί), conj., when, since. 
témed-dv (dv), conj. w. subj., when 
tndced. 

. φέπει-δή, conj., when now, when. 
ἔπ-ειμι (εἰμί), to be wpon or over. 
ἔπ-ειμι (εἶμι), 10 go or come upon, 

to come on, attack, make an attack ; 

ἢ ἐπιοῦσα ἡμέρα, the next day; so ἡ 

ἐπιοῦσα νύξ. 


16 





ἐπιτηδεύω 


ἔπι-κρύπτω, to throw a covering 
over ; nid. to conceal one’s self, aud 
so the pt., seeretly. 

ἐπι-κύπτω (κύπτω, κύψω, éxvwa, 
κέκυφα, ὃ 108, 3, to bend forward), 
to bend to or over, intr. 

ἐπι-κυρόω (κυρόω, wow, to confirm, 
κῦρος, authority), to confirm, vote. 

ἐπι-λανθάνομαι, to forget. 40. - 

ἐπι-λέγω, to say besides or also. 
EPILoGueE. 

ἐπι-λείπω, to leave bchind; of 
things, to fail. 

ἐπι-μελέομαι or -μέλομαι, .ἥἤσομαι, 
etc. w. aor. pass. (μέλω), to care for, 
give attention to, observe or watch care- 
Sully. 35. 

fému-pedas, és, careful, vigilant. 

ἐἔπι-μελώς, with care. 

Τἔπι-ορκέω, ορκήσω, ὥρκησα, ὠρκη- 


ἔπ-ειτα, thereupon, thereafier; ὁ. Κα, to swear falsely, forswear one's 


ἔπ. χρόνος, the coming tiie. 

ἐπ-ερωτάω, to put a question to, to 
ask again. 

ἐπ-έχω, to hold upon the place 
where one is, delay. Epocn. 

ἔπήν, see ἐπάν. 

ἔπ-ἢν, see ἔπ-ειμι. 

ἔπ-ηρόμην, see ἐπερωτάω. 

ἔπί, prep., on, upon; in comp. 
sometimes simply intens.; ἐπὶ τεττά- 
ρων, four deep; ἐπὶ γάμῳ, in mar- 
riage: ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, on condition that, § 267; 
ἐπὶ λείαν, for or tu obtain booty. 62. 
Ep-, EPI-. 

téxt-Bovdeve, to plan or plot against, 

to plot. 

ἔπι-βουλή, ἢς, α plot. 
rh μὴ Se to come upon, arise. 
ἐπι-δείκνυμι, to exhibit, show, point 
out. 

ἐπι-δίδωμι, to give besides, yield 
more, intr. increase. 
᾿ ἐπι-θυμέω, θυμήσω, εθύμησα, τεθύ- 
enka (θυμός), to set one’s heart on, 
desire. 36. 

pém-Oupla, as, desire. 

ἐπικούρημα, ατος, τό (ἐπικουρέω, to 
aid ; ἐπίκουρος, helping), a protection, 
relief. 

ἔπι-κουφίζω (κουφίζω, 12, wa, to 
lighten, κοῦφος, light), to lighten. 


éwt-Kkpatéw,torule over, be victorious. 





self, 

Tém-opkla, as, perjury. 

ἐπί-ορκος, ov (ὄρκος), against one’s 
oath, perjured. 

ἐπι-πίπτω, to fall upon. 

ἐπί-πονος, ov, fur toil, toilsome, la- 
borious. 23. ΄ 

ἔπι-σιτισμός, ὁ (ἐπι-σιτίζομαι, fo 
Jurnish one’s self with food, σῖτος), 
provisioning, obtaining provisions, ὦ 
supply of provisions. 

ἔπι-σκοπέω, 10 look at, inspect, con- 
sider ; hence, to ascertain. 

ἐπίσταμαι, πιστήσομαι, ἠπιστήθην, 
to know how, know, understand. 45. 

ἐπιστήμη, ns, knowledge. 

ἔπι-στολή, 7s (ἐπι-στέλλω, to send 
to), a letter, EPISTLE. 3. 

ἐπι-στρατεύω, to make an expedi- 
tion against. 

ἐπι-σφαλής, és (σφάλλω), prone t 
Jall, unsteady, dangerous. 

ἐπι-σφάττω or -σφάζω, to slay 
upon. 

ἐπι-τελέω, to bring to an end, ac- 
complish. 

ἐπιτήδειος, a, ov (ἐπιτηδές, for a 
purpose), suitable, proper; τὰ ἐπ. or 
simply ἐπιτήδεια, provisions. 29. 

ἐπιτηδεύω, εύσω (ἐπιτηδές, on pur- 
pose, advisedly), to pursue, devote one’s 
self tv. 


ἐπιτίθη μι 


ἔπι-τίθημι, to put wpon, inflict, as 
punishment ; mid. to put one’s self 
upon, attack, ἘΣΡΙΤῊ ΕἼ, 

ἔπι-τρέπω, to turn over to, intrust. 

ἔπι-χειρέω, ow, noa (χείρ), to put 
hand to, try, attenpt. το. 

ἔπι-ψηφίζω, to put to vote. 

ἐπλήγην, See πλήττω. 

ἐπ-οικο-δομέω, to build upon. 


ἕπομαι, ἕψομαι, 2 a. ἑσπόμην, to} 


follow, attend; belong to. 48. 

ἔπος, τό, word ; pl. verses, ὦ poem. 
Eric. 

ἑπτά, SEVEN. HeEptT-ARcHY. 

ἐραστής, οὔ (ἔραμαι, to love), a lover. 

tépydtopar, ἐργάσομαι, εἴργασμαι, 
εἰσγασάμην, § 103, to work. 

fépyacta, as, work. 

tépyov, τό, WORK, deed, action, wn- 
dertuking, execution, fuct, event, re- 
sult, exercise.. 34. 

ἔργω, obs., and ἔρδω, éptw, ἔρξα, 
2 p. Eopya, to WORK. 

Tépypla, as, a desert. 
HERMIT. 
ἔρημος, ἡ or os, ov, lovely, deserted, 
empty, wnprotected. 50. 
tépl{w, ἤρισα, to contend with. 
ἔρις, ἐδος, ἡ, ὃ 50, strife. 
tépparov, τό, ὦ piece of good luck. 
Téppynveds, dws, ὁ, an interpreter. 
HERMENEUTICS. 

“Eppijs, οὔ, ὃ 38, Hermes, identified 
by the Romans with Mercury, the god 
of speech, messenger of the gods, and 
giver of good luck. HERMETICALLY. 

ἐρυμνός, ἡ, dv (ἐρύομαι, to defend), 
Jortified, defensible. 

ἔρχομαι, ἐλεύσομαι, Att. εἶμι, 2 p. 
ἐλήλυθα, 2 ἃ. ἦλθον, § 108, 9, to come, 
go. 4l. 

ἐρῶ, εἴρηκα, see εἶπον. 

ἔρως, wos, ὁ (ἔραμαι, to desire), 
love, desire. ἘΒΟΤΙΟ. 


EREMITE, 


épwrdw, jow, etc., w. 2 ἃ. ἠρόμην᾽ 


fr. ἔρομαι, to inquire, ask, question. 
47. 
ἐσθής, fros, ἡ (ἕννυμι, to clothe), a 
garment, apparel. 

σθίω, ἔδομαι, ἐδήδοκα, ἐδήδεσμαι, 
ἠδέσθην, 2 ἃ. ἔφαγον, ὃ 108, 9, to EAT, 
consume. 46. 

ἐσθλός, ἡ, ov, good. 


17 





εὔοπλος 


ἑσπέρα, as, evening. VESPER. 
ἔσται, ἐστί, ἔστω, see εἰμί. 
ἐσταλμένος, see στέλλω. 
ἕσταμεν, ἑστάναι, § 130, see ἵστημι. 
ἔσ-τε (εἰς, ὅτε), conj., wutil. 
ἕστηκα, ἑστώς, ἔστην, see ἵστημι. 
ἑταῖρος, ὁ (ἔτης, ὦ οἰωγδηναλ), ὦ 
companion, comrade. 
ἔταξα, ἐτάχθην, see τάττω. 
ἕτερος, a, ov, the OTHER of two. 
ἔτι, yet, still, further, any longer; 
w. ὁ, still, even, any. 
ἕτοιμος or ἑτοῖμος, ἡ Or os, oY, 
ready. 
ἔτος, τό, ὦ year. 
ἐτράφην, see τρέφω. 
εὖ (prop. neut. of Epic ἐύς, good, 
brave), well, easily; in comp. well, 
very. Evu-, EU-LOGY. 
εὐ-γενής (γεν-), well-born, noble. 
εὔ-γεως, ων (γῆ), fertile. 
ted-Satpovia, as, happiness. 
ted-Sarpovitw, ιῶ, fo regard or 
esteem happy, congratulate. 
εὐ-δαίμων, ov (δαίμων, fortune), 
fortunate, prosperous, happy. 24. 
εὔ-δοξος, ον (δόξα), in repute. 
εὐ-ειδής, ἐς (εἶδος), fine-lovking. 30. 
εὔ-ελπις, εὔελπι, § 66, N. 8, of good 
hope, hopeful. 
εὐ-εργεσία, as (ἔργω), a kindness, 
favor ; bene-ficence. 
εὐ-εργέτης, ov (ἔργω), a bene-factor. 
εὔ-ζωνος, ov (ζώνη), well-girt, «ec- 
tive. 
εὐ-ήθεια, as (εὐ- ἤθης, simple-hearted, 
simple, ἦθος), simplicity, stupidity. 
εὐθύς, εἴα, v, straight ; hence, εὐθύς 
as adv., directly, straightway, at once, 
immediately, forthwith. 
εὐ-καίρως (καιρός), seasonably, op- 
portunely. 
εὐ-κλεής, és (κλέος), glorious. 
εὐ-κοσμία, as (κόσμος), good be- 
havior. 
εὐ-λαβέομαι, ἤσομαι, εὐλαβήθην (εὐ- 
λαβής, cautious, λαμβάνω), to have ὦ 
care, beware. 
ἵ εὔ-νοια, as, good-will, fidelity. 
ted-voikas, with good-will. 
εὔ-νοος, ov, contr. εὔνους, our, well- 
disposed. 4. 
εὔ-οπλος, ov (ὅπλον), well-armed. 30. 


εὐπειθής 


εὐ-πειθής, ἐς (πείθομαι), obedient. 
εὐ-πετῶς (εὐ-πετής, falling well, 
πίπτω), with ease. 
εὔ-πρακτος, ov (πράττω), casy to do, 
practicable. 34. 
tebperys, οὔ, a discoverer. 
εὑρίσκω, εὑρήσω, nKa, nua, €Ony, 
2a. εὗρον, ὃ 108, 6, to find, devise. 
40. EUREKA. 
tebpos, τό, breadth, width. το. 
{ Eupv-doxos, ὁ, Lurylochus. 
evpus, εἴα, ¥, broad, wide. 24. 
tet-oéBera, as, picty. 
εὐ-σεβής, és (σέβομαι, to reverence), 
pious. 
εὐ-τάκτως (εὔ-τακτος, well-ordered, 
τάττω), tn good order. 
εὐ-τυχέω, How, etc. (εὐ-τυχής, fortu- 
nate, τύχη) to be fortunate. 
εὐ-φραίνω, εὐφρὰνῶ, nidpava, ηὐ- 
φράνθην. (φρήν), ὃ 108, 4, 11., to 76- 
joice, please, gladden. 
Eidparys, ov, the river Euphrates. 
εὔχομαι, ἕομαι, ete., to pray, vow. 
εὐ-ώνυμος, ov (ὄνομα), of good name 
or omen ; hence, left, used euphemis- 
tically for the ill-omened word ἀριστε- 
pos, on the left hand, omens from the 
left being unlucky. 37. 
ἐφάνην, see φαίνω, 
ἔφασαν, see φημί. 
ἐφ-έπομαι, to follow after, accom- 
pany. 
ἔφην, ἔφη, see φημί. 
ἐφ-ίημι, to send ἐο ; mid. to aim at, 
long after. 
ἐφ-ίστημι, to bring to a stand, halt ; 
also to set upon or over, appoint ; mid. 
w. p., and 2 a. act., to stop, intr. 
ἔφ-οδος, ἡ, a way to, an approach. 
ἐφ-οράω, to look over, oversee, guard. 

téxOalpe, apd, ἤχθηρα, § 108, 4,11., 

to hate. ᾿ 
ἔχθος, τό, hatred. 

tex Opa, as, enmity. 

LéxOpds, ά, dv, hateful, hostile ; éx- 
Opés, ὁ, a personal enemy, while πο- 
λέμιος is an enemy tm war, a public 
enemy. 

ἔχω, ἕξω or σχήσω, ἔσχηκα, ἔσχη- 
μαι, ἐσχέθην, 2a. ἔσχον, to have, hold, 
possess, contain, wear; ἔχων, having, 
with; οὐκ ἔχω, not to know; with an 





18 


ἡδύς 


tadv., to be, as καλῶς ἔχει, ἐξ is well. 
39. Hectic. 
wKetv, see elkafa. 
ἑώρων, ἑώρακα, See dpdw. 

ἕως, ἕω, ἡ, ὃ 42, 2, w. N., dawn, 
morning. 

ἕως, conj., as long as, until. 


“συ 


pig eee 
ζάω, ήσω, ὃ 123, N. 2, to live. 36. 
ἵζεύγνυμι, ζεύξω, ἔζευξα, ἔζευγμαι, 
ἐζεύχθην, 2 ἃ. p. ἐξύγην, ὃ 108, 5, 
yoke, join, form by joining. 48. 
LLetyos, τό, a yoke, team. 
evs, Διός, Act, Δία, Ζεῦ, Zeus, iden- 
tified by the Romans with Jupiter. 
ἴῃ, Liv, see faw. 
ζηχόω, dow (ζῆλος, emulation, ZLAL, 
§éw, to boil up), to envy. 
ζημία, as, loss, penalty. 
Linpida, wow, etc., to cause one loss 
or do one damage, to fine, punish. 
ζητέω, How, etc., seek, inquire for. 
ζώννυμι, ἔζωσα, ἔζωσμαι, ἐξζωσάμην, 
§ 108, 5, to gird. 
l{lavy, ns, ὦ belt, ZONE. 
{@ov, τό, for ἕωώιον (ζωός, living, 
faw), ὦ living being, animal. Zoo- 
LOGY. 


H. 


4, conj., or, than; ἣ...ἤ, either... 
or; worepov...4, whether...or, ὃ 282, ὃ. 

ἡβηδόν (ἥβη, manhood, youth), in 
the manner of youth ; πάντες ἥ., all 
from the youth upwards. 

ἤγγελον, ἤγγειλα, see ἀγγέλλω. 

t ἡγεμών, όνος, 6, a leader, guide. 17. 
ἡγέομαι, ήσομαι, etc. (ἄγω), to lead, 
think. 36. 

ἤδειν, ἤδεσαν, see οἶδα. 

ἡδέως (ἡδύς), gladly, cheerfully, with 
pleasure. 

ἤδη, already, just now, now, at 
length, presently, at once, forthwith. 

ἥδομαι, ἡσθήσομαι, ἥσθην, to be - 
pleased. 

ῥἡδονή, ἧς, pleasure. 





μἡδύς, εἴα, ύ, sweet, pleasant. 


ἤειν 
HELV, ἤεσαν, ἦσαν, see εἶμι. 
κα, see in. 
Qos, τό (ἔθος), custom ; pl. disposi- 
tion, character. 
ἥκω, ἥξω, to be come, huve come, 
come. 28. 
ἦλθον, see ἔρχομαι. 
ἠλίθιος, a, ον (ἡλός, crazy, silly, fr. 
ἄλη, wandering), foolish. 
ἥλιος, ὁ, the. sun. 32. 
TYPE, HELIO-TROPE. 
ἠμελημένως (pf. pt. of ἀμελέω), in- 
cautiously. 
ἡμέρα, as, the day. ὃ. EPH-EME- 
RAL. 
ἡμέτερος, a, ov, ὃ 82 (ἡμεῖς), our. 
ἦμι-» in comp. semi-, half. HEmt-. 
ἡμι-δαρεικόν, τό (δαρεικός), ὦ half- 
daric. 
ἡμι-δεής, és (δέω), wanting half, 
half full. 
ἥμισυς, eva, v (ἡμι-), half. 
ἤν, contr. fr. ἐάν, q. v., if 
. ἣν, ἦσθα, ἦσαν, see εἰμί. 
ἡνίκα, rel. adv., when. 
jvi-oxos, ὁ (ἡνία, ὦ rein, ἔχω), ὦ 
driver. 
Ἥρα, as, Hera, identified by the 
Romans with Juno. 
j‘Hpa-xdéns, έεος, ὁ, ὃ 52, 2, N. 3, 
Hercules. 
ἠρόμην, see ἐρωτάω. 
ἥρως, wos, ὁ, ὃ δῦ, N. 1, @ HERO. 
ἥσθην, 566 ἥδομαι. 
ἡσυχία, ας (ἥσυχος, quiet, still), 
quiet. 
᾿ ἡττάομαι, ἡττήσομαι or ἡττηθήσο- 
μαι, etc., w. aor, pass., to be. inferior, 
worsted, conquered, or defeated. 
ἥττων, ov, worse, inferior, see κακός. 
nv-, nv-, for words so beginning see 
ev-, εὑ. 
“Hoateros, ὁ, Hephaestus, identi- 
fied by the Romans with Vi/can. 
ἦχος, ὁ, ὦ sownd, noise. Keno. 


HELIo- 





Θ. 


ἐθαλασσο-κράτωρ, opos, ὁ, ἡ (κρα- 
τέων), master of the sea. 

θάλαττα or θάλασσα, ys (ἅλς, the 
sea), the sea. 3. 


19 





θάλπος, τό, warmth, heat. 
θάλπω, Pw, to warm, heat. 
θάνατος, ὁ (θνήσκω), death; ἐπὶ θα- 
νάτῳ, to or for execution. 
LOavardw, wow, woa, wuat, WO, to 
condemn to death. 
θάομαι, θώσομαι, ἐθάσάμην, to won- 
der at, gaze upon. , 
θάπτω, yw, aya, τέθαμμαι, 2 ἃ. p. 
ἐτάφην, ὃ 108, 3, to bury. 41. 
᾿θαρραλέος, a, ον, cowrageous. 22. 
θαρραλέως, with confidence. 
tOappéw, wow, to be courageous ; pt. 
as adv. without fear. 
θάρρος, τό, cowrage. 
®apo-, for words so beginning see 
Oapp-. 
θάττων, ov, see ταχύς. 
θαῦμα, aros, τό (θάομαι), ὦ wonder. 
μξθαυμάζω, ἄσομαι, aca, axa, άσθην, to 
wonder at, admire, be surprised or 
astonished. 28. 
μεθαυμάσιος, a, ov, wonderful. 
LOavpacrds, 7, dv, to be wondered at, 
wonderful. 
μἐθαυμαστώς, astonishingly. 
θεά, as, a goddess. 
θεάομαι, ἄσομαι, etc. (θάομαι), ἰδ 
gaze at, watch, 
μθεατής, οὔ, a spectator. 
{0€arpov, τό, THEATRE. 
θεῖος, a, ov (θεός), relating to the 
gods, divine. 
θέλω, see ἐθέλω. 
Θεμιστο-κλέης, έεος, ὁ, ὃ 52, 2, Ν. 8, 
Themistocles, 
θεός, ὁ, ἡ, a@ god, goddess, deity. 
THEISM. 13. 
μθεο-σέβεια, ας(σέβομαι, to reverence), 
piety. 
Ἰθεράπαινα, ns, a handinaid. 
{Gepatreva, εύσω, etc., to serve, wor- 
ship, cure. THERAPEUTIC. 
θεράπων, οντος, ὁ, a servant. 
ἰΘερμο-πύλαι, ὧν, Thermopylae, lit. 
Hot Gates. 
θερμός, 7, ov (θέρω, to warnr), warm. 
θέρος, τό (θέρω, to warm), swinimer. 
Θετταλός, ὁ, a THESSALIAN. 
θέω, θεύσομαι, § 108, 2, to run. 
Θηβαῖος, ὁ, a THEBAN. 
θήρ, θηρός, ὁ, a wild beast. 
LOnpdo,dcw,aca,axa,a0nv,to hunt. 8. 


θηρευτης 


ἐθηρευτής, οὔ, α΄ hunter. 
LOnpcva, εύσω, etc., to hunt. 20. 
φεθηρίον, τό, a wild beast or animal. 
14. 
θήσαυρος, ὁ (τίθημι), a store laid 
up, &@ TREASURE. 
θητεύω, evow (θής, a serf), to serve 
Sor hire. 
θνήσκω, θανοῦμαι, τέθνηκα, 2a. ἔθα- 
νον, § 108, 6, to die, be sluin; pf. as 
pres. to be dead. 44. 
LOvntés, 7. ov, mortal. 
θύρυβος, ὁ, a noise, tumult, uproar. 
'49. 
tOpgKn, as, Thrace. 
pat, axos, ὁ, a Thracian. - 
θυγάτηρ, τρός, ἡ, ὃ 57, 1, a daugh- 
ter. 
tT Ovpdopan, woouat, etc., W. aor. pass. : 
to be angr y- 
θυμός, ὁ (θύω, to rush), the soul, 
mind, passion. 
θύρα, as, a door; pl. door, doors, 
quarters, court.” 
TOveia, as, sacrificing, a sacrifice. 


θύω, θύσω, etc., to sacrifice. 20. 
TOwpaxife, «σα, ἰσμαι, to arin with a 
cuirass, arm. 
θώραξ, axos, ὁ, a cuirass, breast- 
plate, comm. consisting of a breast 
and back piece joined by clasps. 16. 
θώς, Owes, ὁ, ἡ, ὦ jackal. 


I. 


ἰάομαι, ἰάσομαι, ἰασάμην, to heal, 
cure. 
jlarpds, ὁ, a surgeon, phy ysician. 
ἰδεῖν, ἴδοιμι, ἴδω, ἰδών, see dpdw. 
IDEA. 
ἰδιώτης, ov (ἴδιος, personal, private), 
a common person or soldier, a private. 
Iptor. 
ἴδος, τό, sweat. 
μἐἱδρόω, wow, woa, ὃ 128, N. 3, to 
sweat. 
ἱδρύω, vow, etc. (ζω, to make to 
sit), 10 Six, found, dedicate. 
ἱδρώς, Gros, ὁ (i5os), sweat. 
ἱερός, d, dv, sacred ; ἱερόν, τό, a tem- 
ple ; ἱερά, sucrifices. Hirro- GLYPHIC. 


20 





᾽Ιωνικός 


μἱερό-συλος, ὁ (συλαω, to despoil), a 
robber of temples. 
inp, ἥσω, Axa, elxa, εἶμαι, εἵἴθην, 
§ 108, 8, and ὃ 129, III., ἐο send, 
hurl; mid. rush, hurry on, charge. 
ἱκανός, ἡ, dv (ἵκω), becoming, suf- 
ficient, able, capable, enough. 
"Ixapos, ὁ, Jcdus, the son of Dae- 


dalus. 


Tixerevo, εύσω, evoa, to supplicate. 
Τἱκέτης, ov, a suppliant. 
Τἱκνέομαι, ἵξομαι, ἵγμαι, 2 ἃ. ἱκόμην, 
§ 108, 5, to come, arrive at, reach. 
(kw, poetic, to come. 
ἵλεως, wr, propitious. 12. 
ἴλη, ns, a troop of horse. 
ἱμάς, avros, ὁ, a leathern strep. 17. 
ἱμάτιον, τό (ἕννυμει, to clothe), a gar- 
ment. : 
ἵνα, final conj., in order that, that. 
᾿Ινδικός, 4, dv ς Ινδός, an India), 
Indian. 
ἴοιμι, ἰόντος, ἰόντων, 566 εἶμι. 
Ἵππιαρχος, 6, Hipparchus, son of 
Pisistratus, the tyrant. 
{ἱππεύς, ‘ees, ὁ, ἃ horseman ; 
cavalry. 21. 
timmuxds, ή, ov, equestrian, cavalry. 
ἵππος, ὁ, ἡ, &@ horse, mare; ἀφ᾽ or 
ἐφ᾽ ἵππου, on horseback, of a single 
horseman ; in the pl. of more than 
one. 9. H1ppo-poraMus. 
ἴσθι, ἴστε, see οἶδα. 
Τἰσό-πλευρος, ον (πλευρά), equi-lat- 
eral, 
ἴσος, ἡ, ov, equal; ἔξ ἴσου, on an 
equality. 150- -SCELES. 
ἵστημι, στήσω, ἔστησα, ἕστηκα, 
ἕσταμαι, ἐστάθην, 2 ἃ. ἔστην, ὃ 108, 8, 
and ὃ 126, to set, set up, STATION, 
make STAND, halt; mid. with pf., 
plp., and 2 a. act., to STAND, STAND 
one’s ground. 
tioxupés, a, dv, strong. 
{ἰσχυρῶς, forcibly, exceedingly, very. 
ἰσχυς, vos, ἡ (is, vis, strength), 
strength. 
ἴσως (ἴσος), equally, perhaps. 
ἴτωσαν, see εἶμι. 
4 cibengaah ὁ, a fish. ICHTHYO-LOGY. 
: ἴχνοῦ and ἴχνιον, τό, a track. 13. 
ὠνία, as, Lonia. 
Ε[ Ἰωνικός, ἡ, ov, Jonian. 


pl. 


κἀ- 
Κ. 

κἀ-, crasis of καὶ ἀ-, καὶ ἐ-, as κἀγα- 
θός, κἀγώ. 

καθ᾽, by apost. for κατά before an 
aspirate. 

καθαίρω, καθαρῶ, ἐκάθηρα, κεκάθαρ- 
μαι, ἐκαθάρθην, ὃ 108, 4, LI. (καθαρός, 
pure), to purify. 

καθ-έλκω (ἕλκω, Ew, εἵλκυσα, εἵλ- 
κυκα, εἵλκυσμαι, εἱλκύσθην, to draw), 
‘tohaul down. - 

καθ-εύδω (εὕδω, εὑδήσω, to sleep), to 
lie down to sleep, to sleep. 

καθ-ήκω, to reach down. 

καθ-(ζω, καθιῶ and καθιζήσομαι, 
ἐκάθισα and καθῖσα (ἔξω, to cause to 
sit), to seat, place ; intr. to sit down. 

Kad-lorrnpt, to set down, stution, 
establish, bring, post, make, constitute, 
appoint ; mid. w. pf., and 2 a. aet., 
to take one’s place, be established. 

καθ-οπλίζω, to arm fully, equip. 

καί, conj., and, also, even, further; 


καὶ...δέ, but...further or also; τὲ... 
καί; καὶ...καί, both...and; καὶ γάρ, 
see γάρ. 


καιρός, ὁ, the fitting or proper time, 6 
a crisis, occasion. 
καί-τοι, and certainly, and yet. 
καίω or Kdw, καύσω, txavoa, Ké- 
καυκα, κέκαυμαι, ἐκαύθην, § 108, 4,11., 
to burn, kindle, set on fire, CAUTER- 
12. CAUSTIC. 
κακία, as, badness, baseness. 
TKaxo-78ys, ες (700s), ill-disposed, 
malicious. 
ἑκακό-νοος, ov, contr. κακόνους, our, 
evil-minded. 4 
. κακός, 7, dv, ὃ 78, 1, bad, base, iil, 
corrupt, cowardly ; κακόν, τό, an evil, 
harm. CACO-PHONY. 
{Kakotpyos, ov (ξργω), criminal ; as 
noun, an evil-doer. 
κακῶς, bad/y, evil, ill ; «. ποιέω or 
πράττω, ὃ 165, notes 1 and 2. 
καλέω, καλῶ, ἐκάλεσα, κέκληκα, κέ- 
κλημαι, ἐκλήθην, to CALL, summon ; 
pt. καλούμενος, so-called. 27. 
καλλίων, κάλλιστος, ὁ. and 5. of 
καλός. 
καλός, ἡ, dv, § 73, 1, beautiful, no- 
ble, good, favorable. 12. 


21 





καταλαμβάνω 


καλύπτω, ὕψω, υψα, υμμαι, ὑῴθην, 
§ 108, 3, to cover, concea/. 

καλῶς (καλός), beuwtifully, well, 
bravely, successfully. See ἔχω. 

κάμνω, καμοῦμαι, κέκμηκα, 2 ἃ. ἔκα- 
μον, ὃ 108, 5, to be tired, exhausted, 
disabled, sick. 

κἀμοί, by crasis for καὶ ἐμοί. 

κἄν, by crasis for καὶ ἄν. 

κάνδυς, vos, ὁ, an outer garment, 
robe. 

Kaveov, contr. κανοῦν, τό (κάννη, ὦ 
reed), « wicker-basket. 

καρδία, as, the heart. CARDIAC. 

καρπός, ὁ, fruzt. 

καρτερικός, ή, dv (κάρτερος, See κρά- 
tepos), able to endure, patient. 

κάρφη, ns (κάρφω, to dry), hay. 

αστωλός, in the phrase Kaorw- 

Nod πεδίον, the plain of Castdlus, a 
mustering ‘field in Lydia. 

κατά, prep., down, down from, 
down along, against, opposite; in 
comp. often simply intens. ; κατὰ 
κράτος, according to or with all one’s 
might ; κατὰ πόλεις, by cities; κατὰ 
ig di in the form of a phalanx. 


πο Radves to go or come down, 

descend. 
ψκατά-βασις, ews, 7, a descent, a re- 

turn to the coast. 21. 

κατά-γειος or -yatos, ov (γῆ), Wil- 
derground, subterranean. 

κατα-γελάω, to laugh at. 

κατ-άγω, to bring down or back, 
restore ; mid. to return. 

κατ-αγωνίζομαι, fo struggle or pre- 
vail against, conquer. 

κατα-δύω, to make to sink down, 
sink. 48. 

κατα-θεάομαι, fo look down upon, 
take a view. 

κατα-θύω, to sacrifice. 

κατα-καίνω (καίνω, κανῶ, 2 p. Ké- 
Kova, 2 ἃ. ἕκανον, ὃ 108, 4, LI., fo kill), 
to cut down, kill, slay. 

κατα-καίω, to burn down, burn up. 

κατά-κειμαι, to lie inactive. 

κατα-κόπτω, to cut down or to 
pleces. 31. 

κατα-λαμβάνω, fo seize upon, seize, 
overtuke, find. CATALEPSY. 


καταλείπω 


κατα-λείπω, to leave behind, leave, 
desert, abandon. 

κατα-λεύω (λεύω, λεύσω, ἔλευσα, 
ἐλεύσθην, to stone), to stone to death. 

κατ-αλλάττω, to reconcile. 41. 

κατα-λύω, to wnyoke, halt, over- 
throw, stop fighting. 

κατα-μένω, stay behind, remain, 
settle down. * 

κατα-τπαύω, to put to rest, end. 

κατα-πέμπω, to send down. 

κατα-πηδάω (πηδάω, ἥσομαι, noo, 
nxa, to leap), to leap down. 

κατα-πλήττω, to strike 
Srighten. 

κατα-σβέννυμι, to extinguish. 

κατα-σκάπτω (σκάπτω, άψω, etec., 
w. 2 ἃ. p. ἐσκάφην, ὃ 108, 3, to dig), 
to dig down, raze, demolish. 

κατα-σκευάζω, to prepare fully, 
Jurnish, make. 

κατα-σκοπέω, to look down upon, 
reconnoitre. 

κατα-σπάω, to drag down. 

κατα-στρέφω, to turn down; mid. 
lo subjugate, subdue. 

κατα-σχίζω (σχίζω, low, to cleave), 
lo hew down, burst open. 

κατα-τίθημι, to put down ; mid. to 
deposit, to lay up in store. 

κατα-τρίβω, to wear out. 

κατα-φανής, ἐς (φαίνω), clearly seen, 
in plain sight. 24. 

κατα-φεύγω, to fice for refuge to, 
take refuge. 

Kata-ppovéw, to think inferior, 
despise. 

κατ-έχω, to hold down or fast, re- 
strain, forbid, occupy, come to land. 
Tkat-nyopéw, ήσω, to speak ayainst, 
accuse. 

κατ-ἤγορος, ὁ (ἀγορεύω), an ac- 
cuser. 

κάτω (κατά), down, below. 

κάω, see καίω. 

κεῖμαι, κείσομαι, ὃ 129, V., to Lie, 
to lie outstretched, be laid. 

κέκτημαι, 566 κτάομαι. 

Κελαιναί, ὧν, Celaenae, a city in 
Phrygia. 

κελεύω, eUoW, ευσα, εὐκα, εὑυσμαι, 
evoOnv (κέλλω, to drive on), to urge, 
bid, command, order. 4. 


down, 


22 





κόλος 


Kéarns, ov, a Celt. 
κενός, ἡ, dv, enpty, groundless, with- 
out. 
μκενο-σπουδία, as (σπεύδω), zealous 
pursuit of frivolities. 
μκενο-τάφιον, τό (τάφος), an empty 
tomb, CENOTAPH. 
tKepapexds, Ceramicus, the Potter’s 
Quarter. 
Kepapés, ὁ, Certimus. 
κεράννυμι, éxépaca, κέκραμαι, ἐκρά- 
θην and ἐκεράσθην, ὃ 108, 5, to mix. 
κέρας, ατος or ws, τό, ὃ 56, 2, a horn, 
the wing of an army. RHINO-CEROS. 
TkepSatvw, κερδανῶ, éxépddva, κεκέρ- 
δηκα, ὃ 108, 4, 11., to gain. 
Képdos, τό, gain. 
κεφαλή, ἢς, the head. CrPuatic. 
κήδομαι, ἐκηδεσάμην, to be troubled 
about, care for. 
ἱκῆρυξ, υκος, ὁ, a herald. 16, 
κηρύττω, Ew, etc., to proclaim. 
Κίλιξ, cxos, ὁ, a Cilician. 
Κίλισσα, ns, a Cilician woman or 
queen. 
ἐκινδυνεύω, evow, etc., to encounter 
danger, run a risk, be in peril. 33. 
κίνδυνος, ὁ, danger, peril. τι. 
κινέω, ήσω, etc. (κέω, to go), to make 
go, move. 
Κλέ-αρχος, ὁ, Cearchus, a general 
under Cyrus the Younger. 
κλείω, κλείσω, ἔκλεισα, κέκλεικα, 
κέκλειμαι or κέκλεισμαι, ἐκλείσθην, to 
shut, close. 
κλέος, τό (κλέω, to glorify), glory. 
κλέπτω, κλέψω, ἔκλεψα, κέκλοφα, 
κέκλεμμαι, 2 ἃ. p. ἐκλάπην, ὃ 108, 8, 
to steal. : 
κλῖμαξ, axos, ἡ (κλίνω), a ladder. 
CLIMAX. 
κλωπεύω, evow (κλέπτω), to steal, 
intercept stealthily. 
κοινός, ἡ, dv, common; τὰ κοινά, 
public affairs. 
lkowvovla, as, community. 
ἐκοινωνός, ἡ, dv, sharing in. 
κολάζω, dow, aca, acuat, ἄσθην 
(xddos), to check, punish, chastise. 26. 
TKokakevo, εύὐσω, to flatter. 
κόλαξ, axos, ὁ, a flatterer. 
κολαστής, οὔ (κολά ζω), a punisher. 
κόλος, ov, docked, curtailed, stunted. 


Κολοσσαί 


Κολοσσαί, dv, Colossae. 

κομίζω, ἐῶ, etc. (κομέω, to tend), to 
take cure of, carry away so as to save, 
carry, bring, conduct. 

κονι-ορτός, ὁ (κόνις, dust, ὄρνυμι, to 
raise), a cloud of dust. 

κόπτω, dvw, oa, oda, ομμαι, 2 a. 
p. ἐκόπην, § 108, 3, to strike, cut, 
slaughter, knock. 22. 

κόραξ, axos, ὁ, ὦ raven or crow. 

κόρη, 7s (fem. of κόρος, a boy), a 
girl. 
κορυφή, ἢς (κόρυς, helinet, κάρα, the 
head), the top of anything, summit. 
ἱκοσμέω, ήσω, to arrange, adorn. 
CosMETIC. ; 

κόσμος, ὁ, order, ornament, equip- 
ment, COSMICAL. 

κοῦφος, 7, ov, light, dry. 

κράζω, f. p. κεκράξομαι, 2 p. as 
pres. κέκραγα, 2 ἃ. ἔκραγον, to cry 
out. 

κράνος, τό (κάρα, the head), a hel- 
met. 19. : 


κωμάρχης 


Κριτίας, ov, Critias. 

κροκόδειλος, ὁ, the CROCODILE. 

Kpovw, ow, etc., w. a. p. ἐκρούσθην, 
to strike, clash. 

tkputros, 7, dv, hidden, secret. 

κρύπτω, Ww, etc., § 108, 3, tu con- 

ceal, 27. CRYPT. 
ἐκρύφα, without the knowledye of. 

κτάομαι, ήσομαι, etc., to acquire, 
get together ; pf. to have acquired, to 
possess. 36. 

κτείνω, κτενῶ, éxrewa, 2 p. ἔκτονα, 
2 a. ἔκτανον, ὃ 108, 4, 11.. to kill. 44. 

κτῆμα, aros, τό (κτάομαι), ὦ posses- 
sion. 27. 

κτῆνος, τό (κτάομαι), a picce of 
property ; pl. cattle. 43. 

κτῆσις, έως, ἡ (κτάομαι), & posses- 
sion, possessions, property. 

κτίζω, κτίσω, ἔκτισα, ἔκτισμαι, ἐκτί- 
σθην, to found. 

κυβερνήτης, ov (κυβερνάω, to steer), 
a pilot. GOVERNOR. 

Kvudvos, ὁ, the Cydnus, a river in 


ἱκρατερός, d, dv, strong. fF Cilicia. 


Kpatéw, How, etc. (κράτος), to. be 
strong, master of, or victorious, to con- 
trol, overcome, conquer. 

κρατήρ, ἦρος, ὁ (κεράννυμι), a mix- 
ing vessel, large bowl. 43. CRATER. 

κράτος, τό, strength, might, power; 
ἀνὰ κράτος, up to one’s strength, at full 
speed. 19. AUTO-CRAT. 

κραυγή, ἧς (κράζω), an outcry, 
noise, shout, shouting. 49. 

κρέας, aos or ws, τό, ὃ 56, 1, flesh, 
meut. 

κρείττων, κράτιστος (kpdros), bet- 
ter, more efficient, best, see ἀγαθός. 

Κρέων, ovros, ὁ, Creon, a king of 
Thebes. 

κρήνη; 7S, ὦ spring, source. 3. 

κρηπίς, coos, ἡ, ὦ fowndation. 

prs, ητός, ὁ, a Cretan, CRETA- 
CEOUS. 

κριθή, ἢς, comm. pl., barley. 

μκρίθινος, 7, ov, of barley. 

κρίνω, ἵνῶ, ἔκρινα, κέκρικα, κέκριμαι, 
ἐκρίθην, § 108, 4, 11.) and § 109, Nn. 1, 
to separate, judge. 43. 

κρίσις, ews, ἡ, a judgment, trial. 
CrisIs. 





ἐκριτής, οὔ, ὦ judge. Critic. 


κυζικηνός, ὁ (sc. στατήρ, ὦ stater), 
a gold piece, coined at Cyzicus, worth 
28 Attic drachmae. 

κυκλόω, Wow, woa, ὠμαι, ὠθην (κύ- 
κλος, ὦ CIRCLE), to encirele, surround, 
hem in. CYCLE. 

κύκνος, ὁ, the swan. 

κυν-αγός, ὁ (κύων, ἄγω) a hunter. 

κύπελλον, τό, ὦ beaker, goblet. 

Κύρειος or Κυρεῖος, a, ον (Kipos), 
belonging to or of Cyrus. 

κύριος, a, ov (κῦρος, authority), hav- 
ing authority ; κυρία, as, a mistress. 

Kipos,6, I. Cyrusthe Elder, found- 
er of the Persian empire, over which 
he began to reign 559 B. co. 11. Cy- 
rus the Younger, son of Darius 1]., 
brother of Artaxerxes II., unsuccess- 
ful aspirant to the throne of Persia. 
The history of the expedition which 
he made against his brother 401 
B. C. was written by Xenophon. 

κύων, κυνός, V. κύον, ὁ, ἢ, ὦ dog. 
46. CYNIC. 

κωλύω, vow, υσα, ὑμαι, VOnv (Kddos), . 
to hinder, forbid, prevent. 26. 

tkop-dpxys, ov (dpxw), ὦ village- 

chief. 8. 


κώμη 


κώμη, ns, a-village. 3. 
γκωμήτης, ov, a villager. 15. 
κωτίλος, 7, ov (κωτίλλω, to prate, 
chatter), loquacious. 


A. 


λαγχάνω, λήξομαι, εἴληχα, εἴληγμαι, 
ἐλήχθην, 2 ἃ. ἔλαχον, ὃ 108, 5, to get 
by lot. 
λαγώς, ὦ, ὃ 42,2, w. N., ahare. 8. 
λαθεῖν, -dv, see λανθάνω. 
Λακεδαιμόνιος, ὁ, a Lacedaemo- 
nian. 
λαλιά, Gis (λαλέω, to chatter), talk- 
ing, talkativeness. 
λαμβάνω, λήψομαι, εἴληφα, εἴλημ- 
μαι, ἐλήφθην, 2 ἃ. ἔλαβον, ὃ 108, ὅ, 
to take, captwre, receive, obtain. 30. 
DI-LEMMA. 
tAaprds, άδος, ἡ, α torch. . 
λαμπρός, a, dv, brilliant. 
ἐλαμπρότης, ητος, ἡ, splendor. 
λάμπω, λάμψω, ἔλαμψα, λέλαμπα," 
to shine. LAMP. 
λανθάνω, Ajow, λέλησμαι, 2 p. λέ- 
ληθα, 2 a. ἔλαθον,. ὃ 108, 5, to escape 
the notice of, lie hid from; mid. to 
JSorget. For its constr. w. a part., see 
§ 279, 2. 44. 
λάχος, τό (λαγχάνω), lot, share. 
«λέγω, λέξω, ἔλεξα, εἴλοχα, εἴλεγμαι 
or λέλεγμαι, ἐλέχθην, 2 ἃ. p. ἐλέγην, 
to collect, gather. 
λέγω, λέξω, ἔλεξα, λέλεγμαι, ἐλέ- 
χθην, to say, tell, speak, state, call, 
speuk of, mention. 18. LEXICON. 
λεία, as, booty, plunder. 
λειμών, Gvos, ὁ (λείβω, to pour), a 
moist pluce, mea 
λείπω, λείψω, λέλειμμαι, ἐλείφθην, 
2 p. λέλοιπα, 2 a. ἔλιπον, ὃ 108, 2, to 
LEAVE, abandon ; tut. pf., will have 
been left, will remain. 39. EL-LIPSsis. 
λευκός, ἡ, dv, bright, white. 
λέων, οντος, ὁ, @ LION. 
. Λεωνίδας, ov, Leonidas, the Spar- 
tan hero who fell at Thermopylae. 
λήγω, fw, to LAY, allay; comm. 
τ intr. to come to an end. 
λήθη, ns (AavOdvw), forgetfulness. 
LETHE. 


24 





λύτρον 


ληΐζομαι or λήζομαι, σομαι, edu 
(λεία), to plunder. 
ἐληστεία, ας, robbery. 49. 
λῃστής, οὔ, a robber. 
Λιβύη, xs, Libya. 
Λίβυς, vos, ὁ, a Libyan. 
ἐλίθινος, η, ov, of stone. 
TABo-Boria, as (βάλλω), a throwing 
of stones. 
λίθος, ὁ, α stone. 6. LITHO-GRAPH. 
λιμήν, évos, ὁ, ὦ harbor. 
λίμνη, 7s (λείβω, lo pour), a lake. 
λιμός, ὁ, hunger. 
λίνεος, a, ov, contr. λινοῦς, ἢ, ody 
(λίνον, anything made of Ἄρα), flaxen, 
LINEN, 
troylfopar, roduar, etc. to bggmivesds 
calculate. 33: 
λόγος, ὁ (λέγω, to say), a word, 
narrative, discourse, speech, ee 
sion. -LOGY, -LOGUE. 
λόγχη, 7S, ὦ spear-head, spear, 
lance. 49. 
λοιδορέω, ήσω, etc. (λοίδορος, abu- 
sive), to revile. 
λοιπός, ή, dv (λείπω), remaining ; 
λοιπόν ἐστιν, it remains ; w. art., the 
rest ; τὸ λοιπόν, in future, § 160, 2. 
λούω, to wash, comm. mid. as dep., 
λούομαι, λούσομαι, ete., to bathe. 
λόφος, ὁ, the back of the neck, ὦ 
ridge of ground, a hill. 6. 
TAox-ayés, ὁ (ἄγω), a captain. 6. 
λόχος, ὁ (λέγω, to collect), a com- 
pany of soldiers. 23. 
Λυδία, as, Lydia, a province of 
Asia Minor. 
Λύκιος, ὁ, Lycius. 
λύκος, ὁ, a wolf. 
λυμαίνομαι, λυμανοῦμαι, ete., § 108, 
4, 11. (λύμη, outrage), to outrage, de- 
stroy, cause ruin. 
trAutréw, now, etc., to grieve, pain, 
VOL. 
λύπη, ns, pain, grief, distress. 
Ἰλυπηρός, 4, dv, painful, grievous. 
Avpa, as, the LYRE. 
Avo-avipos, ὁ, Lysander, a Spar- 
tan general. 
Τλυσί-πονος, ov, freeing from toil. 
Τλυσι-τελής, és (τέλος), paying trib- 
ute to, advantageous, profitable. 
TAvracv, τό, a ransom. 


ee eS a ῳ ὙΎ, 


λύω 25 


. Abo, λύσω, etc., to LOOSE, break, 
destroy, abolish, remove; mid. to ran- 
som. 2. ANA-LYSIS. 

- λωτο-φάγος, ὁ (λωτός, the LOTUS, 
and φαγ- in ἔφαγον, see ἐσθίω), ὦ 
lotus-eater. 


M. 


pa, an adv. of swearing, 6 163, by. 


μάθημα, aros, τό (μανθάνω), ὦ les- 
son ; pl. learning. MATHEMATICS. 
Matav8pos, ὁ ὁ, the Macander, a river 
of winding course in Asia Minor. 
MAEANDER. ° 
μαίνομαι, κανόθμοω ἐμηνάμην, ὃ 108, 
4, 11., to be mad. MANTIAC. 
μάκαρ, apos, ὁ, fem. μάκαρ or μά- 
καιρα, blessed. 
μἐμακαρίζω, «@, to esteem happy or 
Sortunate. 
μακρός, d, dv (μῆκος), long ; μακράν 
(se. ὁδόν), a long way, far; μακρότε- 


‘pov as adv., farther. 12. 


μάλα, § 75, N. 2, very, excecdingly. 
μανθάνω, μαθήσομαι, μεμάθηκα, 3 ἃ. 
ἔμαθον, ὃ 108, 5, to learn, ascertain. 


tpavreta., as, an oracle, 

μάντις, ews, ὁ, ἡ (μαίνομαι), & seer, 
soothsayer. 22. 

Μαρσύας, ov, Marsyas, 1. a Phryg- 
ian satyr; LI. ἃ small river of Phrygia, 
said to be named after the for egoing, 

ἱμαρτυρέω, ήσω, etc., to bear witness, 
confirm. 

μαρτύρομαι, ἐμαρτύράμην, ὃ 108, 
4, 11., to call to witness. 

μάρτυς, μάρτυρος, ἃ. pl. μάρτυσι, 
ὁ, ἡ, ὦ witness. MARTYR. 

Μάσκας, a, the Mascas, a tributary 
of the Euphrates. 

μάστιξ, (γος, ἡ, ὦ whip, lash, 
scourge. 16. 

μαστός, ὁ, one of the breasts, a 
breast ; hence, ὦ hill. 35. 

μάχαιρα, as, ὦ short sword or dag- 
ger. 

ἱμάχη, ης, α battle, fight. 15. 
μάχομαι, μαχοῦμαι, “μεμάχημαι, 
ἐμαχεσάμην, to fight. 31. 
μεγαλο-πρεπής, és (μέγας, πρέπω), 
magnificent, 





μέσος 


| peyado-rrpetras,with great liberality. 
abt (uéyas), greatly. 
έγαρα, ta, Megara, the capital 
of Megaris. 
μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα, ὃ 70, and 
§ 73, 1, great, large. 
μέθη, ns (μέθυ, wine), strong drink, 
drunkenness. 
μεθύω (μέθυ, wine), to be drunk. 
μείζων, μέγιστος, see μέγας. 
μείων, ov, smaller, see μικρός. 
μέλας, awa, av, ὃ 67, black. MEL- 
AN-CHOLY. 
μελετάω, yow, noa (uédw), to care 
Jor, practise. 50. 
μελίνη, ns, millet. 
μέλλω, μελλήσω, ἐμέλλησα, ὃ 102, 
1, N., to be about, to intend ; hence, 
to delay. 43. 
μέλος, τό, an air, melody. 
μέλω, μελήσω, μεμέλημαι, ἐμελήθην, 
to be a care to ; comm. imper., μέλει, 
μελήσει, endhnae, μεμέληκε, AS μέλει 
μοι τοῦδε, I care for this, ὃ 184, 2, 
N. 1; mid. to take care of. 
μέμνημαι, co remember, see μιμνή- 
σκω. 
μέμφομαι, μέμψομαι, ἐμεμψάμην απ 
ἐμέμφθην, to blame. 
μέν, a post-posit. pemcls, used to 
distinguish the word or clause with 
which it stands from something that 
is to follow, and comm. answered by 
δέ, sometimes by ἀλλά, μέντοι, ἔπειτα, 
in the corresponding clause, on the 
one hand, indeed, though often not 
to be translated. 
ψμέν-τοι, post-posit., asswredly, in- 
deed, however, and yet. 
μένω, μενῶ, ἔμεινα, μεμένηκα, to 
stay, Te-MAIN, continue, be in force, 
await. 42. 
Μένων, wvos, ὁ, Menon, a general 
under Cyrus the Younger. 
μέριμνα, 7s, care, anxious thought, 
trouble. 
μέρος, τό, ὦ part, share, detach- 
ment ; ἐν μέρει or ἐν τῷ μέρει, in turn. 
ἐμεσ-ημβρία, ας (ἡμέρα), midduy, 
noon ; the country towards the me- 
ridian, the south. 
μέσος, 7, ον, MIDDLE; μέσον, τό, 
the middle, midst : διὰ μέσου, ἐν μέσῳ, 


Μέσπιλα 


through, in the space between, or sim- 
ply between. 14. 
éomda, ys or ων, ἡ or τά, a city 
on the Tigris. 
μεστός, ή, ov, full, full of. 
μετά, prep., amid, among ; in comp. 
sometimes in the sense of participa- 
tion, as in μεταδίδωμι, μετ-έχω. 62. 
μετα-βολή, js (βάλλω), ὦ change. 
μετα-δίδωμι, fo give a share. 
ἱμεταλλεύω, εύσω, to mine. 
μέταλλον, τό, a mine or quarry, 
@ METAL. 
μεταξύ (uerd), between. 
μετα-πέμπω, to send after ; mid. to 
send for, summon. 
μετα-τίθημι, to put in a new place, 
change. 
μετα-φυτεύω (φυτεύω, εὐσω, ευσα, 
ευμαι, εὐθην, to plant, φυτόν, a plant, 
φύω), to transplant. 
μετ-έχω, to have a share of, share. 
μέτρον, τό, a measure. METRE, 
-METRY. 
μέχρι, wntil. 
μή, adv., not, § 283; conj. that not, 
lest, that, ὃ 215. 
μη-δέ, but not, and not,nor, not even. 
Lpnd-els, unbe-silas μηδ-έν, ὃ 77, Ν. 
2, not even one, no one, no; μηδέν, 
τό, nothing. 
}pndé-rorte, never. 
ἤδεια, as, Medea. 
Μῆδος, ὁ, a Mede. 
μη-κ-έτι (μή, ἔτι), no longer. 
μῆκος, τό, length. 19. 
μήν, a post-posit. intens. particle, 
in truth, surely. 
μήν, μηνός, ὁ, ὦ MONTH. 17. 
μηνύω, vow, etc., to disclose, make 
known. 50. 
μή-ποτε, n-ever. 
μή-πω, not yet. 
μή-τε, conj., and not, nor; μήτε... 
μήτε, neither...nor; μήτε...τέ, both 
not.. and. 
μήτηρ, μητρός, ἡ, § 57, 1, w. N. 1, 
@ MOTHER. MATERNAL. 
μιαίνω, μιανῶ, ἐμίανα, μεμίασμαὶ, 
ἐμιάνθην, ὃ 108, 4, 11., to pollute. 
éplyvupt, § 108, 5, or μίσγω, ὃ 108, 
6, μίξω, ἔμιξα, μέμιγμαι, ἐμίχθην, 2 a. 
p. €uiynv, to MIX, MINGLE, 


26 





ναυπηγός 


Μίδας, ov, Midas, a king of 
Phr ygia. 
μικρός, ά, dv, ὃ 73, 1, small, weak. 
MICRO-SCOPE. 
ἱ Μιλήσιος, 6, a Milesian. 
Μίλητος, ἡ, Milétus. 
'ΨΜιλτιάδης. ov, Miltiades. 
Mihov, wos, 6, Milo. 
μιμέομαι, yooua, etc., to imitate, ’ 
MIMIC. 
μιμνήσκω, μνήσω, ἔμνησα, μέμνημαι, 
ἐμνήσθην, § 108, 6 and 8, to remind ; 
mid. and pass. to remember, make 
mention of, mention; pf. μέμνημαι 
as pres. 29. 
μισέω, ήσω, etc. (μῖσος, hatred), to 
hate. Mis-ANTHROPIST. 
μισθός, ὁ, wages, pay, hire, re- 
ward. 8. 
{ἐμισθο-φορά, ads (φέρω), receipt of 
wages, wages received, wages. 
ψἐμισθο-φόρος, ov (φέρω), serving for 
hire; μισθοφόροι asnoun, mercenaries. 
ψἐμισθόω, wow, ete., to let out for 
hire; mid. § 199, N. 2, to hire, en- 
gage the services of. 
μνᾶ, ἂς, @ MINA. 
μνήμων, ον (μιμνήσκω), mindful. 
MNEMONICS, 
μόλυβδος, ὁ, lead. 
μόνος, 7, ov, alone ; μόνον as adv. 
only. MONO-, MON-. 
Μοῦσα, xs, the Muse. 
μυθο-λογέω, ow (μυθο-λόγος, ὦ 
teller of legends, fr. μῦθος, a, tale, 
and λέγω), to tell as a legend, relute. 
MYTHOLOGY. 
Tpuptds, ddos, ἡ, ὦ MYRIAD. 
μύριος, a, ov, ὃ 77, 2, N. 3, ten thou- 
sand, 29. 
μύρμηξ, 7KOS, 6, the ant. 
ds, μυός, ὁ, ὦ MOUSE. 
υσός, ὁ, a Mysian. 


N. 


ναός, οὔ, ‘or νεώς, ὦ (valw,to dwell), 
a temple. 
νάπη, ns, a glen, ravine. 
Tvav-paxla, ας (μάχομαι), a sea-fight. 
Tvav-mnyos, dv (πήγνυμι), building 
ships. 





᾿ 
q 
. 


7 SE = 


ναῦς 27 ὅθεν 


ναῦς, νεώς, ἡ (akin to véw, to swim), 
§ 54, a ship. Navy. 
ψναύτης, ov, a sailor. 
ψναντικός, ή, Vv, NAVAL, NAUTICAL ; 
VAUTLKH, HS, ὦ fleet. 
νεανίας, ou (νέος), @ young man, 
youth. 
νεανίσκος, ὁ (νέος), a young man, 
even to the age of forty. 
Νεῖλος, ὁ, the Nile. 
νεκρός, ὁ, a dead body, always of 
a person ; ol v., the dead. ΝΕΟΒΟ- 
MANCY. | 
νέμω, ved, ἔνειμα, νενέμηκα, νενέ- 
μημαι, ἐνεμήθην, to deal or portion out, 
distribute, pastwre, graze. NEMESIS. 
véos, a, ov, young, NEW. ΝΕΟ- 
PHYTE. 
μνεοττεύω, εύσω (νεοσσός, ὦ 
bird), to hatch. 
νευρά, ds, ὦ bowstring. 


young 


νεῦρον, τό, a cord made of sinew, |. 


NERVE. 

νεφέλη, ns (νέφος, a cloud), mist ; 
hence, ὦ net. NEBULAR. 

γεώς, νεῶν, 566 vais. 

νεώς, ώ, ὃ 42, 2, see ναός, 

νηΐ, νῆες, see vais. 

νῆσος, ἡ, ὃ 42,1, anisland. Pouy- 
NESIA. 

vita, vipa, ἔνιψα, νένιμμαι, ἐνίφθην, 
to wash, 

Tvikdw, iow, etc., to conquer, defeat, 

be victorious. 36. 

νίκη, 7s, conquest, victory. 50. 

voéw, jaw, etc. (νόος), to observe. 

γομάς, ddos, ὁ, ἡ (νέμω), roaming 
about for pasture ; οἱ νομ., pastoral 
tribes, NOMADS. 

νομή, 7s (νέμω), ὦ herd. 

ἱνομίζω, ἐῶ, etc., to regard as a cus- 

tom, to regard, suppose, think, believe, 
consider. 27. 

νόμος, ὁ (νέμω), anything assigned, 
a custom, law. 6. 

γόος, contr. νοῦς, ὁ, ὃ 43, mind, 
judgment. See προσέχω. 

νόσος, ἡ, disease, sickness. 

vows, vod, νῷ, see νόος. 

νυκτερεύω, evow (νύξ), to pass the 
night. 

γυκτο-φύλαξ, axos, ὁ (νύξ, φύλαξ), 
a. night-watch, watchman. 





νύκτωρ (νύξ), by night. 

νῦν, NOW. 

νύξ, νυκτός, ἡ, NIGHT ; τῆς νυκτός, 
by night. 50. 


ἘΞ. 


Ξενίας, ov, Xenias, a general in the 
Greek army of Cyrus the Younger. 
ἐξενίζω, ἐῶ, to entertain as a guest. 
t&evixds, ἡ, dv, relating to strangers, 
mercenary ; ξενικόν, τό (SC. στράτευμα), 
a foreign force. 
Eévos, 6, a yuest-friend, guest, host, 
stranger, Soreigner. 
| Elevo-av, ὥντος, ὁ, Xenophon, an 
Athenian, author of the Anabasis. 
ἘΞέρξης, ov, Xerxes, in particular 
Xerxes 1., son of Darius I. 
ξεστός, ἡ, dv (ξέω, to polish), smooth, . 
polished. 
ξύν-, Evy-, for works so beginning 
see συν-, συγ-. 


Ο. 


6, ἡ, τό, the definite article the, 
§ 78 ; ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one...the other, 
οἱ μὲν... οἱ δέ, these...those, some... 
others, § 143, 1; ὁ (ἡ, ol, ai) δέ, and 
or but he (she, they), § 143, 1, N. 2; 
sometimes equivalent to the posses- 
41" οὖ pe his, her, their, § 141, Ν. 2. 

€, ἥ-δε, τό-δε, dem. pron., § 83, 
ὃ, N. 1, and § 148, w. N. 1, this, the 
following. 

+ 68-nyds, ὁ (ἄγω), a guide, 

Τὁδοι-πόρος, ὁ, a wayfurer, fellow- 
traveller, guide. 

1 ὁδο-ποιέω, How, etc., perf. also w. 
double augm. ὡδοπεποίηκα, nuat, to 
make a road, 

ὁδός, ἡ, a way, road, journey, ex- 
pedition. 12. METH-oD. 

ὀδούς, dvros, ὁ, ὦ TOOTH. 

TéSuppds, 6, wailing. 

ὀδύρομαι, ὀδύροῦμαι, ὠδυράμην, § 108, 
4, 11., to bewail, lament, wail. 

ὅθεν, rel. adv., § 87, 2, whence, 
from what sowrce. 


οἷδα 


οἶδα, ἃ 2 p. used as a pres., § 130, 
2, toknow. See χάρις. 
toixa-8¢, for home, 
home. 26. 
Ἰοἰκέτης, ov, a domestic, a house- 
servant, 50. 
T οἰκέω, now, ete., to inherit, occupy, 
divell or live in ; pass. be situated, Le 
Τοἰκία, as, a house, dwelling. 
Τοἰκίζω, t@, toa, coat, ἰσθην, to colo- 
nize. 
foixioris, οὔ, a colonist. 
Toiko-Sopéw, ow, etc. (δέμω, ἕο build), 
to build, construct. 
Τ οἴκοι, at home. 
‘Toixo-vépos, ὁ (νέμω), a steward, 
manager, ECONOMIST. 
᾿ οἶκος, ὁ, a house, home. 
οἰκτείρω, οἰκτερῶ, ᾧκτειρα, ὃ 108, 
4, 11. (οἶκτος, pity), to pity. 
οἶνος, ὁ, WINE. 8. 
οἴομαι, οἰήσμαι, φήθην, to think, 
suppose; the first pers. sing. pres. and 
imperf., generally οἶμαι ἃ ᾧμην. 29. 
οἷος, a, ov, rel. pron., ὃ 87, 1, of 
what sort, what sort of, what 3 τοι- 
οῦτος...οἷος, such...as; οἷός re, ὃ 151, 
N. 4, ad fin., able, possible. 
ots, οἷός, nom. and ace. pl. also οἷς, 
ὁ, ἡ, Lat. ovis, a sheep. 
οἴχομαι, οἰχήσομαι, οἴχωκα or ᾧχω- 
κα, ὃ 200, N. 3, to be gone. 51. 
éxvéw, How (ὄκνος, hesitation), to be 
apprehensive, to dread, fear. 
ὀκτώ, eight. OCTAVE. 
ὄλβος, ὁ, prosperity, happiness. 
ὄλεθρος, ὁ (ὄλλυμι), destruction. 
Τὀλιγ-αρχία, ας (ἄρχω), ὦ govern- 
ment by a few, OLIGARCHY. 
ὀλίγος, 7, ov, ὃ 73, 1, little, pl. Sew, 
a few. 
ὄλλυμι, GAG, ὥλεσα, ὀλώλεκα, 2 p. 
ὄλωλα, 2 aor. mid. ὠλόμην, ὃ 108, 5, 
to destroy ; mid. to perish ; 2 Ὁ. to be 
undone. 
ὅλος, ἡ, ον, WHOLE, ail, 
OLIC. 
Ὅμηρος, ὁ, Homer. 
“ὄμνυμι, ὀμοῦμαι, ὥμοσα, ὀμώμοκα, 
ὀμώμοσμαι, ὠμόθην and ὠμόσθην, ὃ 108, 
5, to swear, take an oath. 
téporos, a, ov, like, similar. 
MOEO-PATHY, 


home-ward, 


CATH- 


Ho- 


28 





ὁπότερος 


fopolws, in the same manner. 
Topo-Aoyéw, ow, etc. (λέγω), to 
agree, acknowledge. 
_Lopo-Aoyoupévas, confessedly ; du. 
ex πάντων, by the acknowledgment of 
all, 
ὁμός, 7, dv, one and the same. 
Homo-. 
ὁμόσε, to the same place, to close 
quarters, 
μἐὅμο-τράπεζος, ov (τράπεζα, a table), 
sitting at the same table; mase. as 
noun, table-companion. 
40p6-tpotres, ov, of the same habits 
or disposition. 
φὅμως, at the same time, nevertheless. 
ὄνειδος, τό, reproach, blame. 
Τὄνησις, ews, ἡ, benef. 
ὀνίνημι, ὀνήσω, ὥνησα, ὠνήθην, 
§ 108, 8, to benefit, do one @ service. 
ὄνομα, ατος, τό, ὦ NAME. 34. AN- 
ONYMOUS. 
φὀνομάζω, dow, etc., to name, call. 
ὄνος, ὁ, 7, Un ass. 9. 
ὄνυξ, υχος, ὁ, a talon, claw, nail. 
ὀξύς, εἴα, ύ, sharp. OXY-GEN. : 
ὅπη or. ὅπῃ, rel. adv., ὃ 87,. 2, 
where. 
ὄπισθεν, behind ; τὰ ὄπ., the rear. 
Τὀπισθο-φυλακέω, jow, to guard the 
rear. 
[ὀπισθο-φύλαξ, axos, ὁ, one of the 
rear-guard ; pl. the orl ούτε; 25. 
ToTAl{e, wa, ισμαι, ίσθην, to arm ; 
mid. to arm one’s self. 
témdtrys, ov, a heavy-armed foot- 
soldier, HOPLITE. 
ὅπλον, τό, animplement; pl. arms, 
armor. 13. PAN-OPLY. 
ὁπόθεν, rel. adv., ὃ 87, 2, whence, 
(a source) from which. 
ὅποι, rel. adv., ὃ 87, 2, whither, 
whither soever. 
ὁποῖος, a, ov, rel. pron., ὃ 87, 1, of 
whatever kind, whatever, what, (such) 


ὁπόσος, ἡ, ov, rel. pron., ὃ 87, 1, 
how much, (as much) as; pl. how 
many, (as many) as. 

ὁπότε, rel. adv., 
whenever, since. 

ὁπότερος, a, ov, rel. pron., ὃ 87, 1, 


§ 87, 2, when, 


whichever, of two persons or things. 





ὅπου 


ὅπον, rel. adv., § 87, 2, where, 
wherever. 

ὀπτός, 7, dv (ὀπτάω, to roast, bake), 
baked, burnt, as brick. 

ὅπως, conj., i order that, that. 

tSpacts, EWS, ἡ, sight. 

Spade, ὄψομαι, ἑώρακα οΥ ἑόρακα, 
ἑώραμαι or ὦμμαι, ὥφθην, 2 ἃ. εἶδον, 
§ 108, 9, to see. 45. PAN-ORAMA, 
OPTICS. 

ὀργή, jis, anger. 

ὀρέγω, ἔξω, efa, ὠρέχθην, to reach 
out ; mid. ἐο aspire or strive after. 

τ ς, ov, Orestes. 

ὄρθιος, a, ov, straight up, stecp. 

. ὀρθός, ἡ, dv, straight, upright, right. 
OrTHO-DOX. 

$6p0as, rightly, justly. 

ὅριον, τό (ὅρος, a bound), a boun- 
dary. . 
~ ὅρκος, ὁ (εἴργω, to restrain), an 
᾿ oath. 7. EX-oRCISM. 

Toppde, jow, etc., to start quickly, 
rush, rush on; mid. to set out. 

ὁρμή, fis (akin to ὄρνυμι, to rouse), 
movement. 

‘tépvidiov, τό, α Little bird. 

ὄρνις, fos, ὁ, ἡ, α bird, fowl. 43. 
ORNITHO- -LOGY. 

’Opdvras, a, Orontas, I. a Persian 
nobleman condemned to death by 
Cyrus the Younger ; II. a satrap of 
Armenia. 

ὄρος, τό, a mountain, chain of hills, 
height. 19. 

ὄρτυξ, vyos, ὁ, ὦ quail. 

ὀρχέομαι, ἥσομαι, nodunv (ὄρχος, a 
row), to dance. ORCHESTRA. 
«φὀρχηστής, οὔ, a dancer. 

ὅς, ἥ, 8, rel. pron., ὃ 86, who, 

which, what, that; ἡ (sc. 653), in 
what way, as; καὶ ὅς, ὃ 151, N. 8, 
and he. : 

ὅσος, 7, ov, rel. pron., ὃ 87, 1, how 
much or great, or simply who, who- 
ever, which, what, whatever, that; 
τοσοῦτος.. ὅσος, so much...as, pl. so 
mMany...as; ὅσῳ... τοσούτῳ, ὃ 188, 2, 
by how much...by so much, the...the ; 
ὅσον, as adv. w. numerals, about. 

᾿ὅσ-περ, ἥ-περ, ὅ-περ, strengthened 
form of ὅς, who or which indeed, just 
who or which: 


29 





2 
ουτος 


ὄσπριον, τό, comm. pl. leguwines, 
pulse. 

ὀστέον or contr. ὀστοῦν, τό, a bone. 

ὅσ-τις, ἥ-τις, 6 τι, rel. pron., ὃ 86, 
whoever, whichever, whatever, or sim- 
ply who, which, what, that ; ὁσ-τις-οῦν, 
without relative force, any one, one. 

ὄσφρησις, ews, ἡ (ὀσφραίνομαι, to 
smell, scent, fr. ὄζω, to smell, have ὦ 
smell), smelling, the sense of smelling.. 

ὅταν (ὅτε, dv), rel. adv. w. subj., 

whenever, when. 

bre, rel. adv., § 87, 2, when. 

ὅτι, conj., that, because; often 
strengthening the sup., as ὅτι τάχι- 
στα, as quickly as possible. 

ὅ τι, ὅτου, ὅτῳ, ὅτων, see ὅστις. 

οὐ, οὐκ, οὐχ, ὃ 13, 2, not ; οὐ μή, 
in strong denial, § 257 ; οὐ or ἂρ οὐ 
in a question, ὃ 282, 2; οὔ φημι, to 
deny, y, refuse, say not or no. 

ov, ὁ nt ἕ, third pers. pron. a2 
§ 144, 2, and § 79, 1), of him, her, it 
of himself, herself, itself. 

ἰοὐδ-αμός, ἡ, dv (duds, an old form 

of εἷς), not even one, none. 

rele ahem from no quarter. 

fov8-apes, in no way. 
οὐ-δέ, conj., and not, but not, nor, 

nor yet; as adv., not even, certainly 
not; οὐδὲ... οὐδέ, not even...nor yet. 

Lov8-els, ovde-uia, οὐδ-έν, ὃ 77,1, 

N. 2, not even one, no one, no ; οὐδέν 
as adv., not at all. 
,ovd€é-trorte, not even ever, n-cver. 
οὐκ-έτι, no longer, not now. 
οὔκ-ουν, not therefore. 
οὐκ-οῦν, interrog., not therefore 9 
Hence in assertion, w. no neg. force, 
therefore, then. ; 

οὖν, an infer. post-posit. conj., 
stronger than dpa, therefore, conse- 
quently. 

οὔ-ποτε, 2-ever. 

οὔ-πω, not yet. 

οὐ-πώ-ποτε, never yet or before. 

οὐρά, as, the tail. 

Τοὐράνιος, a or os, ον, heavenly. 
οὐρανός, ὁ, heaven, the heavens. 
οὔ-τε, conj., and not, nor; οὔτε... 

οὔτε, neither...nor. 
οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, dem. pron., 


'§ 83, and § 148, Ν. 1, this, pl. these. . 


οὕτως 


Ἰοὕτως, thus, in this way, so, in that 
CuUSC. 
ὄφελος, τό (ὀφέλλω, to further), ad- 
vantage. — 
ὀφθαλμός, ὁ (ὁπ- in ὄψομαι, see 
ὁράω), the eye. OPHTHALMY. 
ὄφις, ews, ὁ, a snake. OPHIDIAN. 
ὀχέω, How, aor. mid. ησάμην and 
pass. ἤθην (ὄχος, a chariot, fr. ἔχω), 
to carry, bear. © 
Léxnpa, aros, τό, a conveyance. 
ὄχλος, ὁ, a crowd, multitude. 
ὀχυρόω, wow (dxupés, firm, fortified, 
fr. ἔχω), to fortify. 


II. 


παγίς, ἰδος, ἡ (πήγνυμὼ, ὦ snare. 
᾿ παθεῖν, see πάσχω. 
πάθος, τό(πάσχω), feeling, passion, 
i'l-treatment. PATHos. 
fmadela, as, education, training, 
discipline. CYCLO-PAEDIA. 
ἱπαιδεύω, εύσω, etc., to educate. 18. 
‘Ttrardslov, τό, a little child, child. 8. 
tratdo-rpiBns, ov (τρίβω), a train- 
ing-naster, teacher. 
ἱπαίζω, παιξοῦμαι, ἔπαισα, πέπαι- 
σμαι, to sport, play. 
παῖς, παιδός, ὁ, ἡ, a child, boy, girl, 
son, daughter. 38. PRrD-AGOGUE. 
' παίω, aicw, awa, aka, αἰσθην, to 
strike, smite, beat. 
πάλαι, long ago, formerly. 
παλαιός, d, dv, old, ancient. 
LAE-ONTO-LOGY. 
πάλιν, again, back. PALIM-PSEST. 
παλτόν, τό (πάλλω, to brandish), 
a javelin. 38. 
Trdp-may (ads), altogether, entirely. 
ἱπάμ-πολυς, -πόλλη, -odv, very 
large, pl. very many. 
πᾶν, nent. of mas. PAN-ACEA. 
μπαν-οπλία, as (ὅπλον), a full swit 
of armor, PANOPLY. 
" ftrav-ovpyla, as, knavery, villany. 
ψἐπαν-οῦργος, ov (ἔργον), ready for 
every act, unprincipled, perfidious. 
ο. 
ee pobre everywhere. : 
ψμπαν-τελῶς (παν-τελής, all-complete, 
τέλος), completely. 


Pa- 


90 





“πάροϑος 


Ἰ πάντη or πάντῃ, everywhere. 
ἐπαντοδαπός, 7, dv, of every kind. 
πάντοθεν, on all sides. 
παντοῖος, a, ov, of all kinds. 
ἱπάνυ, wholly, altogether, very. 
πάομαι (pres. not in use), πάσομαι, 
πέπαμαι, ἐπασάμην, to acquire; pf. to 
have acquired, to possess. 
παρά, prep., alongside of, by, near. 
62. ῬΑΒΑ-. 
παρ-αγγέλλω, to send word along, 
command, bid, to give out a password. 
παρά-δειγμα, aros, τό (παρα-δείκνυ- 
μι, to show by the side of), an example. 
PARADIGM. 
παράδεισος, ὁ, park. τι. PARA- 
DISE. ’ 
παρα-δίδωμι, to pass along, give or 
deliver wp or over, surrender. 
παρα-θεῖναι, see παρα-τίθημι. 
παρα-καλέω, to call along or for- 
ward, swnmon, invite, exhort. 
παρα-κελεύομαι, to cahort. 
παρα-λείπω, to leave on one side, 
omit. 
παρ-αμελέω, to pass by in neglect, 
violate. , 
παρα-πέμπτω, to despatch, 
παρα-πλήσιος, a or os, ον, sinilar, 
like. 22. 
παρασάγγης, ov, ὦ PARASANG, a 
measure of distance equal to 30 stadia 
or about a league. 12. 
παρα-σκευάζω, to put things side by 
side, make ready, prepare. 41. 
παρα-σκηνέω, to encamp near. 
παρα-τίθημι, to set near or before. 
πάρ-ειμι (εἰμί), to be by, near, at 
hand, οὐ present, to arrive; τὰ πα- 
ρόντα; present circumstances. 32. , 
πάρ-ειμι (εἶμι), to go or pass along 
or by. 
παρ-ελαύνω, to ride or march along 
or by. 
παρ-έρχομαι, to come or ride along, 
to pass along or by. 4 
παρ-έχω, to afford, offer, give, pro- 
vide, to cause for a person. 
παρθένος, ἡ, a virgin, maiden. 
PARTHENON. 
παρ-ίστημι, to station near ; mid. 
w.p.and 2 a. act.; to stand near or by. 


πάρ-οδος, ἡ, α way by, passage, PUSS. 


παροιμία ᾿ 


παρ-οιμία, ας (πάρ-οιμος, by the 
wayside, οἷμος, ὦ way), ὦ by-word, 


proverb. 
ἹΠαρράσιος, ὁ, a Parrhasian. 
Παρύσατις, ιδος, ἡ, Parysatis, 


mother of Cyrus the Younger. 
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen. παντός, πά- 
ons, παντός, all, every, the whole, 
every kind of, all kinds of ; in the 
sing. comm. without the art.; see also 
§ 142, 4, ν. 1. Pan-roeism. (Thea 
of the stem is naturally short, but is 
irreg. lengthened in the neut. sing., 
nom., acec., and voc., and is long by 
rule in the masc. sing. nom. and voc. 
and in the fem. throughout, § 16, 5, 
Ν. 1. In accent, the fem. follows 
the analogy of nouns of the First 
Dec., and the mase. and neut. that of 
monosyllabic nouns of the Third, ex- 
cept in the gen. and dat. dual and pl., 
πάντοιν, πάντων, πᾶσι, ὃ 25, 3, N.) 
πάσχω, πείσομαι, 2 p. πέπονθα, 32 ἃ. 
ἔπαθον, ὃ 108, 6, to be affected by 
something, to suffer ; εὖ or κακῶς π., 
to receive good or suffer harm, to be 
well or ill treated, ὃ 165, N. 1. 40. 
PASSIVE, PASSION. 
πατήρ, Tpds, ὁ, ὃ 57, and 1, @ Fa- 
THER. PATERNAL. 
{πατρίς, (60s, ἡ, one’s fatherland. 
{tmatp@os, a, ov, one's father’s, he- 
reditary. 
Παυσανίας, ov, Pausanias. 
παύω, παύσω, etc., to stop, end ; 
mid. to stop one’s self, cease, desist, 
PAUSE. 15. 
παχύς, εἴα, ύ, thick. PACHY-DERM. 
πεδίον, τό (πέδον, ground), a plain. 


6. 

πεΐός, ἡ, dv (πούς), on foot ; πεζός, 
ὁ, a foot-soldier, οἱ πεζοί, the infan- 
try ; πεζῇ, on foot. 

ἐπείθ-αρχος, ov (ἄρχω), obedient. 

πείθω, πείσω, etc., wo 2 p. πέποιθα, 
2a. ἔπιθον, ὃ 108, 2, to persuade, in 
pres. and imperf. to try to persuade, 
urge; mid. to perswade one’s self, 
_ obey, give way to, listen to; 2 p. as 
pres., to trust. 44. 

πεῖνα, ns, hunger. 

πεινάω, iow, noa, nka, ὃ 123, N. 2, 
to hunger, be hungry. 


31 περιλαμβάνω 


Πειραιεύς, έως, ὁ, § 53, 8, N. 3, the 
harbor of Petraeus. 

πειράω, dow, aga, auat, άθην (πεῖ- 
pa, ὦ trial), comm. mid. as dep., to 
try, endeavor, wndertake, attenpt. 
15. PIRATE. 
πειστέος, a, ov (πείθω), to be per- 
suaded or obeyed. 

πέλαγος, τό, the sea. 
ἱΠελοπον-νήσιος, a, ov, Pelopon- 
nesian. 

ΠΠελοπόν-νησος, ἡ (Πέλοψ, νῆσος, 
Pelops’ Island), the Peloponnésus. 

πελταστής, οὔ (πέλτη, ὦ shield), a 
targeteer, PELTAST. 5. 

πέμπω, πέμψω, ἔπεμψα, πέπομφα, 
πέπεμμαι, ἐπέμφθην, to send. 18. 
Pomp. 

Ἱπένης, ToS, ὁ, 007, ὦ poor man. 

taevia, as, poverty. 
πένομαι, to toil, live in poverty. 
πέντε, five. PENTA-GON, 

ψπεντε-καί-δεκα, fifteen. 

{πεντήκοντα, fifiy. PENTECOST. 

μπεντηκόντορος, 7, ὦ galley with 50 

ours. 

πέπαμαι, see πάομαι. 

πέποιθα, 566 πείθω. 

πέπτωκα, 566 πίπτω. 

πέπων, ον, ὃ 66, ripe. 

πέρ, an enclit. particle emphasiz- 
ing the word to which it is attached, 
very, altogether, just. 

μπέρα, across, beyond. 

jtepalyw, dvd, ἄνα, agua, dvOny, 

§ 108, 4, 11. (πέρας, an end), to ac- 
complish, execute. 

Ἱπέραν, across, on the other side. 
πέρδιξ, cxos, ὁ, ἡ, ὦ PARTRIDGE. 
περί, prep., around, about; περὶ 

παντός, of the utmost moment ; περὶ 
πλείστου, of the greatest importance. 
62. PERI-. 
περι-άγω, to take about. 
περι-γίγνομαι, to over-come. 
περί-ειμι (εἶμι), to go about. 
περι-έχω, to surround. 5. 
περι-ίστημι, tv set round ; mid. w. 
pf. and 2 a. act. to stand rownd. 
Περι-κλῆς, gous, ὁ, ὃ 52, 2, N. 3, 
Pericles, 1. the celebrated statesman ; 
I]. his son. 
περι-λαμβάνω, to embrace. 





περιμένω 


περι-μένω, to stay around, watt ; 
to watt for, await. 
πέριξ (περί), round about. 
mept-opda, fo over-look, allow. 
περι-πίπτω, to fall on and embrace. 
περι-στέλλω, to wrap up, cloak. 
περι-σώζω, 10 save so that one is 
about, save alive. 
περι-τίθημι, to put around. 
ἱπεριττεύω, εύσω, to outflank. 
περιττός or -σσός, ἡ, dv, above 
measure, superfluous, spare. 
Πέρσης, ov, ὦ Persian. 
{Περσικός, ἡ, dv, Persian. 
πεσεῖν, -av, see πέπτω. 
πέτρα, as, a rock, mass of rock, 
large stone, pl. crags. 4. PETR-OLE- 
UM. : 
wh or wy, indef. enclit. adv., 8 87, 
2, in any way. 
πηγή; 78, ὦ spring, sowrce. 11. 
πήγνυμι, Hew, ἔπηξα, 2p. πέπη- 
γα, 2a. p. ἐπάγην, ὃ 108, 2 and 5, 
to fix, freeze, build ; 2 p. as pres., to 
be fixed. 48. . 
πῆχυς, ews, ὁ, a cubit. 
πιέζω, έσω, €oa, εσμαι, ἐσθην, also 
εξα, εγμαι, éxOnr, to press hard. 
πικρός, ά, ov, biter. 
πίμπλημι, πλήσω, NTA, NKA, ἡσμαι, 
ἤσθην, § 108, 8, to fill. 45. 
πίνω, fut. πίομαι, πέπωκα, πέπομαι, 
ἐπόθην, 2 ἃ. ἔπιον, ὃ 108, 5, to drink. 
POTATION. 
πιπράσκω, πέπρακα, πέπραμαι, 
ἐπράθην, ὃ 108, 6 and 8, to sell. 47. 
πίπτω, πεσοῦμαι, πέπτωκα, 2 a. 
ἔπεσον, ὃ 108, 8, to fall. 40. 
Πισίδης, ov, a Pisidian. 
ἱπιστεύω, εύσω, to trust, believe. | 
πίστις, ews, ἡ (πείθω), trust, con- 
Sidence. 
πιστός, ἡ, dv (πείθω), trusty, trist- 
worthy, faithful ; πιστά, as noun, 
pledges. 25. 
{πιστῶς, faithfully. 
πλαίσιον, τό, α square. 
πλάτος, τό (πλατύς, broad), breadth. 
ἱπλεθριαῖος, a, ον, of the size of ὦ 
πλέθρον. 
πλέθρον, τό, a plethrum, 100 fect. 
πλείων or πλέων, πλεῖστος, 566 πο- 
λύς. 


32 





ποιμήν 


πλέκω, έξω, ete., to plait, braid, 
32. COM-PLEX. _ ᾿ 
πλεον-εξία, ας (πλέων, ἔχω), greedi- 
ness, covetousness. 
πλευρά, as, a rib of the body, flank 
of an army. 35. PLEURISY. τ 
πλέω, evoouar or εὑυσοῦμαι, evoa, 
εὐκα, evopat, ὃ 108, 2, to sail. 46. 
πλέως, a, ων, Att. for πλέος, a, ov, 
full. Ἷ 
πληγή, Hs (πλήττω), ὦ blow. 37. 
PLAGUE. 
πλῆθος, τό, fulness, a great number, 
an amount, length. 21. 
πλήθω (πλέως), to be full. 
ἀγορά. PLETHORIC. 
πλήν, improp. prep. and conj., ea- 
cept. 62. 
πλήρης, ες (πλέως), full. 24. 
Τπληρόω, wow, etc., to fill, man, as 
a ship. 
ἱπλησιάζω, dow, to approach. 
πλησίος, a, ov, c. and 5. πλησιαί- 
Tepos, -aitaros, ὃ 71, N. 2 (πέλας, 
near), near ; πλησίον, as adv., near. 
πλήττω, Hew, n&a, ηγμαι, ἤχθην, 
2 p. πέπληγα, 2 ἃ. p. ἐπλήγην, to 
strike. APO-PLEXY. 
Ἰπλίνθινος, 7, ov, of brick. 
πλίνθος, ἡ, a brick. PLINTH. 
πλοῖον, τό (πλέω), a bout, trans- 
port, vessel. 11. Spe 
πλόος, contr. πλοῦς, ὁ (πλέω), ὦ 
voyaye, weather for sailing. 9. 
trrotctos, a, ov, rich, wealthy. 
ἐπλουτέω, iow, to be rich. 
πλοῦτος, ὁ, wealth. PLUTUS. 
πνέω, πνεύσομαι and -σοῦμαι, érvev- 
σα,πέπνευκα, ὃ 108, 2, toblow. PNEv- 
MATICS. 
πνίγω, ἰξω, ιξα, vyuat, 2 ἃ. p. ἐπνί- 
γὴν, to choke. 
πόθεν, inter. adv., § 87, 2, whence? 
ποῖ, inter. adv., § 87, 2, whither ? 
ποιέω, How, etc., to make, do, ac- 
complish, bring about, tnflict ; εὖ or 
κακῶς π., to treat well or ill, ὃ 165, 
n. 1. 18. 
{ποίημα, aros, τό, ὦ poem. 
ποιητής, οὔ, α POET. 
ποικίλος, 7, ον, many-colored. 
ποιμήν, ένος, ὁ (ποία and πόα, grass). 
a shepherd, 


See 


Tots 


ποῖος, a, ov, inter. pron., ὃ 87, 1, 
of what kind, what ? 
ἱπολεμέω, hore, etce., to war, make 
or wage war. 36. 
ἐπολεμικός, ἡ, dv, warlike, fitted for 
war. POLEMICS. 
ἱπολέμιος, a, ov, hostile, at war with, 
the enemy's ; πολέμιος, ὁ, an enenry tn 
war, οἱ πολ., the enemy; ) πολεμία 
(sc. χώρα), the enemy's country. 11. 
mddepos, ὁ, war, II. 
ἱπολι-ορκέω, ήσω, etc. (elpyw), to be- 
siege, blockade. το. 
ἱπολι-ορκία, as, a siege. 
πόλις, ews, ἡ, ὃ 53, 1, a city, slate. 
NA-PLEs. 
ἐπολιτεία, as, arepublic, government. 
fmodttebtw, εύὔσω, evoa, ευμαι, εὔθην, 
to be or live as a citizen. 
{aroditys, ov, a citizen. 4. PoLITics, 
ἱπολλάκις, often, frequently. 
ἱπολύ-πονος, ov, full of tol. 
πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, ὃ 70, and ὃ 73, 
1, much, many, large, vast, long, 
great, in great numbers. POLy-. 
{ἐπολυ-τελής, és (τέλος), costly. 
ἱπονέω, ήσω, etc., tv toil, be busy. 


5. 
Ἱπονηρία, ας, buseness. 
ἱπονηρός, ά, dv, bad, evil, vicious, 
dangerous, base, unprincipled. 
πόνος, ὁ (πένομαι), toil, hardship. 
ἱπορεία, as, αὶ journey, march. 
πορεύω, εύὔσω, evoa, eva, εὐθην 
(πόρος), to make go, convey ; mid. to 
go, proceed, journey, advance, march. 
13. 
πορθέω, How (πέρθω, to ravage), to 
ravage, lay waste, plunder. 
ἱπορίζω, ἐῶ, etc., to provide, bestow 
upon, procure, find. 29. 
πόρος, 6 (πέρα), a way across, pas- 
sage; hence, a resource, means. PORE. 
πορφύρεος, a, ov, contr. obs, ἃ, οὖν 
(πορφύρα, the purple-fish), purple. 
PorPuyry. 
πόσος, 7, ov, inter. pron., ὃ 87, 1, 
how much ? 
ποταμός, ὁ (πο-, stem of ἘΡΉα 
river. 9.. 
ποτέ, encl. indef. adv., ὃ 87, 2, at 
any time, ever, once; W. an inter. τ 
in the world, pray. 


33 


. προίημι 


πότερος, a, ov, inter. prom:, § 87, 
1, which of two ; πότερον...ἤ, whether 
ἐνόν, § 282, 4. 

ποῦ, inter. adv., ὃ 87, 2, where ? 

mov, encl, indef. adv., ὃ 87, 2, 
somewhere, anywhere, perhaps. 

πούς, ποδός, ὁ, ὦ FOOT. 17. TRI- 
POD. 

πρᾶγμα, aros, τό (πράττω), a thing 
done, deed, affair, wndertaking, mat- 
ter, thing; pl. affairs, trowble, PRAG- 
MATICAL. 

πρανής, és, PRONE, steep. 24. 

πρᾶξις, ews, ἡ (πράττω), «action, 
transaction, undertaking. 22. PRAXIS. 

πρᾶος, εἴα, ov, ὃ 70, N., dwime. 

πράττω, ἕω, etc., to do, execute, 
PRACTISE ; sometimes to fare, § 165, 
N. 2. 20. PRACTICAL. 

πράως (πρᾶος), lightly. 

πρέπω, ψω, Ya, ta be conspicuous, 
becoming ; often impers., 7 is fitting, 
proper. 

πρέσβυς, ews, ὁ (in sing. poet.), 
old ; as noun, an ambassador. PREs- 
BYTER. 

πρίασθαι, see ὠνέομαι. 
ἵπρίν, adv. or conj., before, sooner | 
than, until, 

πρό, prep., before. 62. 

mpo-ayopeva, to fore-tell. 

προ-άγω, to lead forward. 

προ-αισθάνομαι, to perceive before- 
hand. 

πρό-βατον, τό (προ-βαίνω, to go 

forth), usu. pl., cattle, ch. small cat- 
tle, sheep. 

ns δ sy to know beforehand. 

προ-δίδωμι, do give up, betray, de- 
sert. 
jmpo-Socla, as, treason. 
jarpo-S6rTys, ov, α traitor. 

προ-δραμών, see προ-τρέχω. 
πρό-ειμι (εἶμι), to yo forward. 
προ-έχω, 10 surpass. 

προ-θέω, to run forward or up. 
tarpo-Oupéopar, ήσομαι and ηθήσομαι, 
ήθην, to be eager, anxious. 
ἵπρο- -θυμία, as, zeal. 


Pro-. 


πρό-θυμος, ov, earnest, zealous. 26. 
προ-θύμως, readily y, zealously. 
προ-ίημι, to send forth; mid. to 





surrender, desert, abundon. 


προίστημι 94 ῥέω 
προ-ίστημι, to sct before; pf. to be| προ-τιμάω, to honor before or above. 


at the head of. 

προ-κατα-λαμβάνω, to seize before- 
hand, pre-occupy. 

PONY, to tell beforehand. Pro- 
LOGUE 

πρό- “yore, as (νόος), forethought. 

ΤΙρό-ξενος, ov, Proxenus, a general 
in the army of Cyrus the Younger. 

πρό-οιδα, to know beforchand. 

προ-οράω, to sce in front, perceive 
beforehand. 
προ-πέμπω, to send forward. 
πρός, prep., at or by the front of. 

PRos-opy. 
προσ-άγω, to advance. 
προσ-αγορεύω, to address, name, 
call, 

προσ-βολή, js (βάλλω), an attack. 

προσ-δέχομαι, fo receive. 

προσ-δοκάω, jow (δέχομαι), to ex- 
pect. 

προσ-εθίζω, to accustom. 

πρόσ-ειμι (εἰμί), to be attendant on. 

πρόσ-ειμι (εἶμι), to come to, against 
or on, approach, advance. 

προσ-ελαύνω, to march forward or 
. against. 

προσ-έρχομαι, to come on, approach. 
PROS-ELYTE. 

προσ-εύχομαι, to pray to. 

προσ-έχω, to hold to, apply; τὸν 
νοῦν προσέχειν, to direct attention to, 
give heed. 

προσ-ήκω, to be related to; mpoc- 
ἥκει, impers., i becomes. 

πρόσθεν (πρό), before, previously, 
sooner ; ὁ mp., the previous. 

προσ-ίημι, to let go to, ad-mit. 

προσ-καλέω, to swinnon. 

προσ-κυνέω, ήσω, etc. (κυνέω, to 
kiss), to do obeisance to, salute. 

προσ-πίπτω, to fall to, befall. 

προσ-τίθημι, to add to; mid. to 
accede to. 

προσ-τρέχω, to run wp to. 

προσ-φέρω, to bring to οὐ in. 

προσ-χωρέω, to go to, surrender, 

πρόσω (πρό), forth, far. from. 

πρότερος, α, ον, ὃ 78, 2, before, pre- 
vious; πρότερον, before, sooner, Jor- 
merly, previously. 

προ-τίθημι, do pud before, offer. 


62. 





προ-τρέποω, to (urn forward, exhort. 
προ-τρέχω, to run forward or before. 
προ-φαίνω, to show forth ; mid. to 
appear in front. 
ἱπρό-φασις, ews, ἡ, a pre-text. 21. 
πρό-φημι, to Sore- tell. 
Ἱπρο-φητεύω, cttw, to PROPHESY. 
προ-φύλαξ, axos, ὁ, an outquard, 
picket. 
προ-χωρέω, to go forward, prosper, 





| be favorable. 


πρῶτος, 7, ον, ὃ 73, 2, first. Proro-. 

φπρωτο-τόκος, ον (TikTw), bearing her 
Jirst- born. 

πτάρνυμαι, 2a. ἔπταρον, ὃ 108, 5, 
to sneeze. 

πτερόν, τό (πέτομαι, to fly), a wing. 

Ἱπτέρυξ, vyos, 7, a wing, flap. 

-πτωχός, H, dv (πτώσσω, to crouch), 
beggarly, mean ; as noun, ὦ poor man. 

πυκνός, ἡ, dv (πύξ, with clinched 
jist), close together. . 
' πύλη, ns, a fold of a double gate ; 
pl. gate or gates, pass. 25. 

πυνθάνομαι, πεύσομαι, πέπυσμαι, 
2 ἃ. ἐπυθόμην, § 108, 5, to learn by 
hearsay, ascertain, inquire. 40. 

πῦρ, πυρός, τό, pl. πυρά, dv, ὃ 60, 
1, FIRE. EM-PYREAN. 

πυραμίς, idos, ἡ, @ PYRAMID. 

πύργος, ὁ, ὦ tower. 

πυρός, ὁ, comm. pl., wheat. 

mo, encl. indef. adv., yet, up to 
this or that time, before. 

πωλέω, How, ήθην, to sell. 
POLY. 

πώ-ποτε, ever yet or before, ever. 

πῶς, interrog. adv., ὃ 87, 2, how ἢ 

mos, 610], indef. adv., ὃ 87, 2, in 
any way. 


Mono- 


P. 


easily. 

Los, a, ον, § 73, 1, easy. 
ίως, with ease, easily.’ 
ἐῥᾳ-θυμέω, jow (ῥᾷ: τθυμος, easy-tem- 


ῥᾷ, ὁ 
εῤᾷδι 
εῥᾳ 


pered), to lead a life of ease, 


ῥῴων, ῥᾷστος, see ῥᾷδιος. 
ῥέω, ῥεύσομαι, ἔρρευσα, ἐρρύηκα, 2 a. 


Ρ. ἐρρύην, ὃ 108, 2, to flow. 


telat i 


ῥήτωρ 35 


ῥήτωρ, opos, ὁ (stem ῥέ-, speak, see 


εἶπον), an orator. RHETORIC. 

ῥυγόω, wow, woa, ὃ 123, N. 3 (ῥῖγος, 
cold), to be cold. 

ῥίζα, ns, ὦ root, stem. 

ῥίπτω and ῥιπτέω, ῥίψω, οἴο., § 108, 
8, to throw, hurl, cast, cast aside. 
20. 

“Ῥόδιος, ὁ, ὦ Rhodian. 

ῥόδον, τό, ὦ 7056. 

ῥόος, contr. ῥοῦς, ὁ (ῥέω), a stream, 
current. 

ῥώννυμι, ἔρρωσα, ἔρρωμαι, ἐρρώσθην, 
§ 108, 5, to strengthen. 


=. 


σάλπιγξ, (γγος, 4, @ trumpet. 
ἸΣάμιος, ὁ 6, ὦ Samian. 
Σάμος, ἡ, Samos, an island. 
Σάρδεις, εων, αἱ, Sardis, a city of 
Lydia. 
σάρξ, σαρκός, ἡ, flesh. 
Ἰσατραπεύω, εύὐσω, to rule as satrap. 
σατράπης, ov, ὦ SATRAP. 4. 
άτυρος, ὁ, ὦ Satyr, half man and 
half goat, companion of Bacchus. 
ran és, clear, plain. 
σαφῶς, clearly. 
σβέννυμι, σβέσω, ἔσβεσα, ἔσβηκα, 
vil coxa ἐσβέσθην, 2 a. ἔσβην, ὃ 108, 
5, to exting guish. 
σε-αυτοῦ, 77s, sone. σαυτοῦ, 7s, 
§ 80, of thi yself or yourself. 
Ἰσεισμός, ὁ ὁ, a shaking, earth-quake. 
σείω, σείσω, etc., to shake. 
σελήνη, nS (σέλας, brightness), the 
moon, 
σεμνός, ἡ, dv (σέβομαι, to worship), 
holy, pious. 
Σεύθης, ov, Seuthes, a Thracian 
prince. 
σημαίνω, avo, να, acuat, ἀνθην, 
§ 108, 4, 11. (σῆμα, ὦ sign), to give a 
signal, give notice. 
σημεῖον, τό (σῆμα, ὦ sign), ὦ sign, 
standard. 14. 
leary no oud, he to be silent. 
, ἧς, silence. 
‘Sane a, as, Sicily, 
σῖτος, ὁ, pl. σῖτα, ee § 60, 2, corn, 
grain, food, τι. PARA-SITE. 





σπείρω 


σκάφος, τό (σκάπτω, to diy), a hol- 
low vessel, ship, boat. 
σκεδάννυμι, σκεδάσω or σκεδῶ, éxé- 
daca, ἐσκέδασμαι, ἐσκεδάσθην, § 108, 
5, to scatter. 
σκέπασμα, aros, τό (σκεπάζω, to 
cover, fr. σκέπας, ὦ covering), ὦ tent- 
cover. 
σκέπτομαι, ὃ 108, 3, see σκοπέω. 
Scepric. 
toKevd{o, dow, aca, acuat, prop. te 
use utensils, dress food ; hence, to 
prepare. 
ToKevh, js, equipment, dress. 
σκεῦος, τό, ὦ vessel or implement of 
any kind ; pl. baggage, things. 
$oKevo-pédpos, ον (φέρω), carrying 
baggage ; mase. as noun, @ baggage- 
carrier ; neut. as noun, @ beast of 
burden ; τὰ σκευοφόρα, the baggage- 
train, baggage. 
ToKyvéw, iow, to quarter. 
_ σκηνή, 7s, a tent. 5. SCENE. 
σκηπτός, ὁ (σκήπτω, to fall, dart), 
a thunderbolt. . 
Ἰσκηπτοῦχος, ὁ (ἔχω), a sceptre- 
bearer. 
σκῆπτρον, τό (σκήπτω, to prop), ὦ 
staff, SCEPTRE. 
σκιά, ds, shadow, shade. 
σκοπέω, σκέψομαι, ἔσκεμμαι, ἐσκε- 
ψάμην, to look intently, ascertain, to 
see to, consider. 29. Score. 
loKomrds, ὁ, ὦ scout. 
σκῦλον, τό (σκύλλω, to flay), comm. 
pl. spoils. 
σός, σή, σόν, ὃ 82, thy, your, yours. 
toodia, as, wisdom. PHILO-SOPHY. 


Τσοφιστής, οὔ (codifw, to make 


wise), a master of his craft, wise nuan. 


SopuIst. 
ἸΣοφο-κλῆς, ἔους, ὃ 52, 2, Ν. 8, 
Sophocles, the poet. 
σοφός, 7, dv, wise. 
σπανίζω, ιῶ (σπάνις, want), to lack. 
Σπάρτη, ys, Sparta. 
ἘΣπαρτιάἅτης, ov; ὦ Spartan. 
σπάρτον, τό, ὦ cord. 
σπάω, σπάσω, ete. w. p. and ἃ. p. 
ασμαι, άσθην, ὃ 113, N. 1, to draw. 
SPASM, 
σπείρω, σπερῶ, hides μα ἔσπαρμαι, 
2 ἃ. p., ἐσπάρην, ὃ 108, 4, 1]., to sow. 


σπένδω 


σπένδω, σπείσω, ἔσπεισα, ἔσπεισμαι, 
to over a libution, powr out as an 
offering ; mid. to make a. treaty. 
σπεύδω, ciow, evoa, to hasten, press 
on. 35. 
σπονδή, js (σπένδω), a Libation ; 
pl. a treaty, truce. 28. 
ἱσπουδαιο-λογέω, ἥσω (λόγος), to en- 
gage in conversation earnestly. 
ἱσπουδαῖος, a, ov, carnest, virtu- 
ous. 
σπουδή, ἢς (σπεύδω), haste. 
στα-, stem of ἵστημι, 4. ν. 
στάδιον, τό, pl. also οἱ στάδιοι, a 
stadium, as a measure of distance 
nearly @ “furlong. 
σταθμός, ὁ, a STATION, stopping- 
place ; hence, ὦ day’s journey, staye. 
ἐστάσις, ews, ἡ, dissension. 
σταύρωμα, aros, τό (σταυρύω, to pual- 
isade, fr. σταυρός, a stake), a stockade. 
στείβω, ἔστειψα, ἐστίβημαι, ὃ 108, 
2, to tread, beat down. 
στέλλω, στελῷ, ἔστειλα, ἔσταλκα, 
ἔσταλμαι, 2a. p. ἐστάλην, ὃ 108, 4, IL., 
to accoutre, send. 42. Avo-STLKE. 
στέργω, ἕω, ta, 2 p. ἔστοργα, to 
love, of the natural love of parents 
and children. 
στερέω, and στερίσκω, ὃ 108, 6, 
now, etc., to rob, deprive ; pass. στέ. 
Ῥομαι, ἥσομαι, μαι, ἤθην, to be de- 
prived of, be without, want. 47. 
στέρνον, τό, the breast, chest. 35. 
στερρῶς (στερρός, firm), resolutely. 
στέφανος, ὁ (στέφω, to encircle), a 
crown. 
στήλη, ns (στημι). @ pillar. 
στολάς, ddos, ἡ (στέλλω), a leath- 
ern jerkin. 
στολή, 7s (στέλλω), ἃ dress, gar- 
ment, STOLE. 
στόλος, ὁ (στέλλω), preparation, an 
expedition. 37. 
στόμα, ατος, τό, the mouth, van. 
torpateia, as, wn expedition. 
Ἰστράτευμα, aos, τό, prop. troops 
in the Jield, an army, host. " τῇ. 
ἱστρατεύω, evow, etc., to make an 
expedition, ch. of the commander ; 
mid. to make war, make or take part 
in an expedition, of both commander 
and soldiers, 31. 


36 





συμπέμπω 


ἱστρατ-ηγέω, σω, to lead, com- 
mand, STRATEGEM. 
torpat-nyos, ὁ (ἄγω), ὦ leader her an 
army, general. 
torpatia, ds, an army in the field 
or on the march, 13. 
στρατιώτης, ov, ὦ ξυΣόμει 4. 
ἸἸστρατο-πεδεύω, εὐσω, ete., fo en- 
camp, but comm. mid. as dep., fo en- 
camp, bivouac. 15. 
Ἰστρατό-πεδον, τό (πέδον, ground), 
a camp, encampment, 28. 
στρατός, ὁ, an army encamped or 
on the march. . 
torpetrrés, ὁ, a necklace. 
στρέφω, στρέψω, ἔστραμμαι, ἐστρέ- 
φθην, 2 ἃ. p. ἐστράφην, to turn, twist, 
pervert ; mid. to fuce about. 41. 
Lotpept- δικος,- ov (δίκη), perverting 
justice. 
στρουθός, ὁ, ἡ, ‘peep: any bird, as 
a sparrow, eagle; also an ostrich, 
when sometimes μέγας is added. 
στυγνός, ἡ, dv (στυγέω, to hate), 
stern. 
σύ, σοῦ, second pers. pron., ὃ 79, 
1, thou, you. 
συγ-γίγνομαι, ἐο meet. 
συγ- -γράφω, to compile, draw up. 
ov-~ye, i. 6. σύ γε, you for your part, 
ovy-Kahéw, ἐο call together. 
συγ-κατα-στρέφω, comm. mid., fo 
assist in subduing. 
σύγ-κειμαι, to be agreed upon ; εἰς 
τὸ συγκείμενον, sc. χωρίον, to the place 
agreed upon ; τὰ συγκείμενα, the thinys 
agreed upon, agreement. 
συγ-χωρέω, to go with, yield. 
συλ-λαμβάνω, to arrest. SYLLA- 
BLE. 
συλ-λέγω, to gather together, collect. 
LovA-Aoyh, Fs, α levy. 
συμ-βάλλω, to cast together ; 
to contribute. SYMBOL. 
ἱσυμ-βουλεύω, fo plan with, counsel, 
advise ; mid. to consult with. 28. 
συμ- βουλή, ἧς, advice. 
Tovp-paxta, as, an alliance. 51. 
συμ-μάχομαι, to fight along with. 
Lovp-paxos, ὁ, an ally, auxiliary. 
συμ-μίγνυμι, to mingle with, join, 
join battle. 48. 
συμ-πέμπω, to send with. 


mid. 


ΡΥ 


συμπίπτω 37 


συμ-πίπτω,; to grapple with. SymP- 

TOM. 
σύμ-πλεως, wy, very fill. 
συμ-πορεύομαι, to proceed with. 
συμ-πράττω, to assist in effecting. 
συμ-φέρω, to collect, be useful, to 

happen. 

σύμ-φημι, to acknowledge. 

συμ- ορά, ἂς (συμ-φέρω), an event, 

spe misfortune. 

rep., with. 62. SYN-. 

A Py to bring together, collect. 
. συν-αθροίζω, to collect together. 
συν-ακολουθέω, to follow closely, 

accompany. 
συν-άπ-ειμι (εἶμι), to depart with. 

. σύν-δειπνος, ὁ (δεῖπνον), a table- 


- companion. 


σύν-ειμι (εἰμί), to be with ; οἱ συν- 
évres, one’s associates. 

συν-εκ-βιβάζω, to join in getting 
out. 

συν-έλαβον, see συλ-λαμβάνω. 

συν-έλεξα, see συλ-λέγω. 

. συν-ενήνεγμαι, see συμ-φέρω. 
συν-έπομαι, to accompany. 
συν-εργός, ὁ (ἔργον), a co-worker. 
συν-έρχομαι, ἐο come together, con- 

vene, go vn a body. 
σύν-εσις, ews, ἡ (συν-(Ἦμι), wnder- 

standing. 

ἱσυν-εχής, és, holding together, con- 

tinwous ; ngut. as adv., wnceasingly. 
συν-έχω, to constrain. 
συν-ῆλθον, see συν-έρχομαι." 
συν-θήκη, ns (συν-τίθημι), comm. 

pl., ὦ treaty, compact. 
σύνθημα, ατος, τό (συν-τίθημιω), an 

agreement, password, watchword. 47. 

- συν-ίημι, to understand. 
συν-ίστημι, to set together; mid. 

w. p. and 2 a. act., to assemble. Sys- 


. SEM: 


. σύν-οιδα, fo be conscious with or 
to. 
συν-όντων; see σύν-ειμι. 
συν-ουσία, ας (σύν-ειμι), a being to- 
gether, intercourse. 
συν-τάττω, to draw up. SYNTAX. 
συν-τίθημι, fo put together ; mid. 
to make an agreement. SYNTHETIC, 
σύν-τομος, ον (τέμνων), concise, short. 
συν-τρίβω, fo crush together. 





σώφρων 


συν-ωφελέω, fo join in benefiting ; 
a. οὐδέν, to contribute no benefit. 
Συρακόσιος, 6, a Syracusan. 
ἸΣυρία, as, Syria. 
t Zuipros, a, ov, Syrian. 
Σύρος, ὁ, a Syrian. 
συ-σκευάζω, comm. mid., to collect 


| one’s baggage, pack up, make ready to 


start, 
σφαῖρα, as, a ball. SPHERE. 
σφάλλω, σφαλῶ, ἔσφηλα, ἔσφαλ- 
pat, 2 ἃ. p. ἐσφάλην, ὃ 108, 4, I1., to 
trip up, deceive; mid. to be thrown 
down, stumble, meet with.a reverse. 
46. Σ 
σφάττω or σφάζω, σφάξω, ἴσφαξα, 
ἔσφαγμαι, ἐσφάχθην rare, comm, 2 ἃ. 
p. ἐσφάγην, to slaughter, slay. 
σφεῖς, σφίσι, see οὗ. 
ἰσφενδονάω, ήσω, to use the sling, 
throw with a sling, sling. 
σφενδόνη, ns, α sling ; by meton. 
the missile. 32. 
σφέτερος, a, ov, poss. pron., ὃ 82, 
their, their own. 
pos, a, dv, vehement, severe ; 
σφόδρα, neut. pl. w. changed accent, 
extremely, greatly, very much. 
,opodpas, severely, savagely. 
toxordiw, dow, to be at leisure. 
SCHOLASTIC. 
σχολή, fs, leisure ; σχολῇ, at leis- 
ure, slowly. ScHOOL. 
σώζω, σώσω, etc. Ww. ἃ. p. ἐσώθην 
(σῶος), to save, preserve, keep sufe, 
bring in safety, conduct safely ; mid. 
to escape. 22. 
Zw-Kparns, eos, 6, Socrates. 
σῶμα, ατος, τό, the body. 47. 
σῶος, a, ov, contr. σῶς, σῶν, safe 
and sound, safe. 
ισωτήρ, ἦρος, voc. σῶτερ, ὁ (σώζω), 
a@ savior. 
jawtypla, as, safety, deliverance, 
preservation. 35. 
ἐσωτήριος, ον, promising safety ; 
σωτήρια, sc. ἱερά, thank-offerings Jor 
safety. 
tow-dpovéw, ήσω, to be wise. 
ἱσω-φροσύνη, ns, wisdom, discreet- 
ness, self-control. 
σώ-Φ ρων, ov (σῶος, φρήν), sownd- 
minded, wise, prudent, discreet. 50. 


, 
τα 


x i 


τά, τά-δε, see ὅδε. 
τάλαντον, τό, @ TALENT, worth 60 
μναῖ or 6000 δραχμαί. 
τάλας, τάλαινα, § 67, 
wretched. 
τἀναντία, by crasis for τὰ ἐναντία. 
τάξις, ews, ἡ (τάττω), arrangement, 
good order, discipline, rank, ranks, 
line, battle-array, division, band. 21. 
ταπεινόω, wow (ταπεινός, hwmble), 
to hwinble. 
ταράττω, diw, etc., to disturb, dis- 
order, stir up, throw into confusion, 
trouble, 20. 
| Tapaxos, ὁ, disturbance. 
Ἰαρσοί, οἱ, Tarsi, a city in Cilicia. 
τάττω, άξω, etc., to arrange, mar- 
shal, order, assign. 28. 
ταῦρος, ὁ, a bull. 
ταῦτα, See οὗτος. 
ταὐτά, ταὐτόν, by crasis for τὰ 
αὐτά, τὸ αὐτόν. TAUTO-LOGY. 
τάφος, ὁ (θάπτω), a tomb. 
TAPH. 
τάφρος, ἡ (θάπτω), a ditch, trench. 
Ἰταχέως, quickly, rapidly, suddenly ; 
ws τάχιστα, as quickly as possible. 
ταχύς, εἴα, U, ὃ 73, 1, swift, quick ; 
ταχύ as adv., see ταχέως ; τὴν ταχί- 
στην, SC. ὁδόν, the quickest way, adv. 
TAOS, ὁ, α pea-cock. 
τέ, post-posit. encl. conj., and; τὲ 
ligt: or τὲ... καί, both...and. 
Teyéa, as, Tegea, a city in Arcadia. 
| Teyeatns, ov, a man of Tegea. 
τεθνάναι, see θνήσκω. 
τέθρ-ιππον, τό (τέτταρες, ἵππος), a 
Jour-horse chariot, 26. 
τείνω, Tevd, trewa, τέτακα, τέταμαι, 
ἐτάθην, ὃ 108, 4, 11., to stretch. 42. 
TONE, TONIC. 
τεῖχος, τό, ὦ wall for defence, fort- 
ress, fort. 19. 
trekpatpopat, τεκμαροῦμαι, ἐτεκμη- 
ράμην, ὃ 108, 4, 11., to judge, con- 
clude. 
τέκμαρ, indecl., τό, a swe sign. 
Ἱτεκμήριον, τό, ὦ sure sign, positive 
proof. 38. 
τέκνον, τό (τίκτω), ὦ child. 
τελέθω, to arise, come forth. 


τάλαν, 


Ἐρι- 


98 





τιμωρός 


treXevtatos, a, ον, final, rearmost ; 
oi τελ., the rear. 

Tredevtdw, ήσω, etc., to end, finish 
life, die. 10. 

ἱτελευτή, ἣς, the end. 

tredéw, τελέσω or τελῶ, εσα, εκα, 
εσμαι, ἔσθην, to finish, fulfil an obli- 
gation, pay. 32. 

τέλος, τό (τέλλω, 10’ accomplish), 
end, accomplishment, tax, burden ; pl. 
by meton., magistrates. 19. 

τέμνω, τεμῶ, τέτμηκα, τέτμημαι, 
ἐτμήθην, 2 ἃ. ἔτεμον and érapor,§ 108, 
Ὁ, to cut. 44. A-TOM. 

τέρπω, τέρψω, ἔτερψα, ἐτέρφθην, to 
delight. 

ψτερψί-νοος, ov, gladdening the heart. 

i rérapros, n, ov, fourth. 

Tretp-akdoror, ar, a (ἑκατόν), four 
hundred. 

ἱ τετταράκοντα, forty. 

τέτταρες, apa, § 77, 1, four. TETR- 
ARCH. 

τεύξομαι, see τυγχάνω. 

τέχνη, ns (τίκτω), art, skill, trade. 
TECHNICAL. 
{τεχνίτης, ov, an artificer, work- 
man. 

τήκω, THEW, ἔτηξα, ἐτήχθην rare, 
2p. τέτηκα, 2 ἃ. p. ἐτάκην, ὃ 108, 2, 
to melt ; 2 p. to be melted. 

τήμερον (τ-, a demon. pron. prefix, 
and ἡμέρα), to-day Ἢ. 22. 4 

Τίγρης, nros, ὁ, the Tigris. 

τίθημι, θήσω, ἔθηκα, τέθεικα, τέθει- 

μαι, ἐτέθην, ὃ 108, 8, to put, place, 
enact ; τίθεμαι τὰ dada: either to stack 
arms, or to stand under arms, or to 
surrender. THESIS. 

τίκτω, τέξομαι, ἔτεξα, ἐτέχθνν; 2p. 
τέτοκα, ὃ ἃ. ἔτεκον, ὃ 108, 8, to beget, 
bring forth, produce. 

τίλλω, TIAG, ἔτῖλα, τέτιλμαι, ἐτίλ- 
θην, § 108, 4, 11., to pluck, torment. 

ἱτιμάω, jow, etc., to honor. 18. 

τιμή, ἧς (Tiw, to pay honor), honor. 
μτίμιος, a, ov, in honor. 

TTip-wpéw, ήσω, ete., to help, avenge ; 
mid. take vengeance on, punish ; pass. 
to be punished. 48. 

ἐτιμ-ωρία, as, punishment. 

μτιμ-ωρός, dv (αἴρω), upholding hon- 
or, helping. : 





~*~ 


tls 


τίς, τί, inter. δα -» § 84, who? 
which? what ἢ τί, as adv., why | ? 
τὶς, τὶ, indef. pron., ὃ 84, some, 


any, a certain ; Tis, as noun, some or 


any one; τὶ, as noun, something, as 
adv., at all. 
Τισσαφέρνης, cos, acc. nv and 7, ὁ, 
Tissuphernes, a Persian satrap. 
τιτρώσκω, τρώσω, ἔτρωσα, TETPW- 
μαι, ἐτρώθην, § 108, 6 and 8, to wound. 


rot, post-posit. encl. particle, in 
truth, indeed, surely. 
|rot-vuv, post-posit. conj., therefore. 


τοιόσδε, ἀάδε, dvde, demon. pron., | 


§ 87, 1, such, as follows. 

τοιοῦτος, αὐτη, ovTOv or οὔτο, 
demon. pron., ὃ 87, 1, such, as pre- 
cedes. 

τολμάω, ἤσω (τόλμα, boldness), to 
venture. 

ολμίδης, ov, Tolnides. 

[ tr εὐμα, ατος, τό, an arrow. 
"ἡ τοξεύω, εύσω, evoa, evar, to shoot 
with a bow, shoot. 7. 

trofucn, ἧς, sc. τέχνη, bowmanship. 
᾿ τόξον, τό, a bow. 13. 

piroterns, ov, ὦ bowman, archer. 


"Τόπος, ὁ ὁ, ὦ place, region, district. 
Toric, 

τοσοῦτος, αὐτη, οὔτον or otro, 
demon. pron., § 87, 1, so much, great, 
or large, pl. so many; τοσοῦτον, so 
much ‘space ; τοσούτῳ, ὃ 188, 2, by so 
much, the. 

τότε, at that time, then ; τοτὲ μέν... 
τοτὲ δέ, at one time...at another. 

tov-, by crasis for τὸ ἐ- or τὸ 6-. 

τραῦμα, aros, τό (τιτρώσκω), a 
wound. 49. 

τραφῆναι, see τρέφω. 

τράχηλος, 6, the neck, throat. 

τρεῖς, τρία, § 77, 1, THREE 

τρέπω, τρέψω, ἔτρέψα, χάτροφᾶ, τέ- 
τραμμαι, ἐτρέφθην, 2 ἃ. mid. ἐτραπό- 
μήν, to turn ; mid. betake one’s self, 
sometimes put to flight; εἰς φυγὴν 
τρέπω, to put to flight. 40. 

τρέφω, θρέψω, ἔθρεψα, τέτροφα, τέ- 
θραμμαι, ἐθρέφθην rare, 2 ἃ. p. ἐτρά- 
φην, to bring up, support, keep ; mid. 
to subsist. ͵ 


99 





ὑμεῖς, 


τρέχω, δραμοῦμαι, δεδράμηκα, ἔδρα- 
μον, ὃ 108, 9,.to run. 42. TROCHER, 
τριάκοντα (τρεῖς), thirty. 
τριακόσιοι, αἱ, a (τρεῖς, ἑκατόν), 
three hundred. 
Trp.Bh, js, a rubbing, constant prac- 
tice. 
τρίβω, τρίψω, etc., w. also 2 a. p. 
ἐτρίβην, to rub, thrash, as corn. 
Ττρι-ήρης, eos, ἡ, ὃ 52, 2 (dp- in 
ἀραρίσκω, to join), a trireme, a ship. 
TT piv-axpla, as, Trinacria, another 
name for the island of Sicily. 
τρίς, three times, thrice. 
Ἰτρισ-άσμενος, three times as glad. 
Ττρισ-χίλιοι, ar, a, three thousand. 
τρίτος, 7, ov (τρεῖς), third. 
Τροία, as, Troy. 
Ἰτρόπαιον, τό, @ TROPHY. 
τροπή, ἧς (τρέπω), defeat, rout. 
τρόπος, ὁ (rpérw), a turn, man- 
ner ; disposition, character, habit. 38. 
TRopr. 
τροφή, ἢ ἧς (τρέφω), food, swpport. 
TPOXOS, ὁ (τρέχω), ὦ wheel. 
τρυφή, ἧς (θρύπτω, to break. in 
pieces), luxury. 
Τρωικός, ἡ, dv (Τρώς, 7708, the 
founder of Troy), T'rajan. 
dvw, τεύξομαι, τετύχηκα, 2 a. 
ἔτυχον, § 108, 5, to hit, obtain, receive, 
happen, chance. 39. 
τύραννος, ὁ, ὦ TYRANT. 
τυρός, ὁ, ὦ cheese. 
τύρσις, Los, ἡ, ὦ TOWER. 
τυφλόω, wow (τυφλός, blind), to 
make blind, blind. 
τύχη; NS (τυγχάνω), fortune, luck, 
lot. 


‘ 


Y. 


{ὑβρίζω, ἐῶ, etc., to insult. 
ὕβρις, ews, ἡ, insolence. 
,tBorerétatros, 7, ov, s. as if fr. 
ὕβριστος, most insolent. 
ὕδωρ, ὕδατος, τό (ὕω, to rain), water. 
vids, 6, reg., but also w. forms as 
if fr. views, Sites: ason. 8. 
ὕλη, ns, ὦ wood. 
}dAfes, εσσα or εἰς, εν, woody. 
ὑμεῖς, -ὧν, -tv, -Gs, see σύ. 


ὑμέτερος 


| bpérepos, a, ov, poss. pron., § 82, 
your, yours. 

ὑπ-άρχω, to begin at the foundation, 
| commence, support, Savor, belong, be. 

ὕπ-ειμι (εἰμί), to be underneath. 
ὑπέρ, prep., over, above, 62. 

itrep- .βάλλω, to throw over; mid. 
to exceed, 

ὑπερ-έχω, fo be above, surpass. 

ὑπέρ-φρων, ov (φρήν), high-minded. 

ὑπηρετέω, How (ὑπηρέτης, an under- 
ling), to be a servant, serve, furnish. 

ὑπ-ισχνέομαι, ὑποσχήσομαι, ὑπέ- 
σχημαι, 2 ἃ. τη. ὑπεσχόμην, § 108, 5 
(ἔχω), to hale one’s self under, to 
promise. 

ὕπνος, ὁ; se. e 

ὑπό, prep., wader. 62. Hypo-. 

ὑπο-ζύγιον, τό (ζυγόν, @ YOKE), a 
beast of burden. 

ὑπο-λαμβάνω, to take wnder one’s 
protection ; to assume, suppose. 

ὑπο-λείπω, to leave behind. 

ὑπο-λύω, ‘to loosen below ; mid. to 
untie one’s shoes. 
. ὑπο-μένω, to be patient under, en- 
dure. 

ὑπ-οπτεύω, ecw, ὃ 105, 1, N. 2 
(ὕπ-οπτος, suspicious, ὑφ-οράω, to sius- 
pect), to suspect, apprehend, be appre- 
hensive. 

ὑπό-σπονδος, ov (σπονδή), under a 
crwce. 

ὑπο-χείριος, ov (χείρ), subject to. 

ὕπ-οχος, ov (ἔχω), subject to. 

ὑπ-οψία, as (ip-opdw, to suspect), 
suspicion, apprehension. 15. 
Tierepaios, a, ov, following, next ; 
τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ, on the next day. 

ὕστερος, a, ov (ὑπό, ὃ 73, 2), later; 
ὕστερον, subsequently. 

-ίημι, to send.under ; mid. yield. 

ὑφ-ίστημι, to put under ; mid, w. 
p- and 2 a. act., fo wndertake. 

ὕψος, τό (akin to ὕψι, on high), 
height. 19. 


®. 


αίην, see φημί. 

αίνω, φανῶ, ἔφηνα, πέφαγκα, πέ- 
φασμαι, ἐφάνθην, 2 p. πέφηνα intr., 
2 ἃ. p. ἐφάνην, § 108, 4, 11]., to show ; 


40 


battle. 





᾿Φφιλόθηρος 


mid. ἐο show one’s self, appear, be seen. 
42. PHENOMENON. 
φάλαγξ, ayyos, ἡ, a line of battle, 
phalanz ; κατὰ φάλαγγα, tr line of, 
16. 
φανερός, d, dv (paivw), apparent, 
in sight, visible, manifest, plain, con- 
spicuous. 25. 
φάρμακον, τό, a medicine. PHAR- 
MACY. 
φάσκω, ὃ 108, 6 (φημί), to say, 
state, allege. 
Sos, ἡ, ον, trifling, bad. . 
ἐν οἴσω, ἤνεγκα, ἐνήνοχα, ἐνήνε- 
eat, ἠνέχθην, ἃ. ἤνεγκον, ὃ 108, 9, 
to BEAR, carry, endure, produce, bring. 
45. PrERI-PH ERY. 
Ὁ, interj., alas / : 
εὔγω, φεδξομαι or φευξοῦμαι, 2 p. 
πέφευγα, 2 ἃ. ἔφυγον, ὃ 108, 2, to flee, 
retreat, flee from, shun, avoid, be ban- 
ished. 39. 4 
i hevyev, ovros, ὁ, @ FUGITIVE, exile ; 
pt. of foregoing ; for the voc. sing., 
see § 48, 2, (b), second geet 
φημί, φήσω, ἔφησα, § 129, IV., 
say, affirm, say yes; οὔ φημι, to Τὰ 
cline, refuse, deny. 
φθάνω, φθάσω and φθήσομαι, ἔφθα- 
σα, ἔφθακα, 2 ἃ. act. ἔφθην, ὃ 108, 5, 
to anticipate ; often to be translated 
by an adv., before, sooner, previously, 
§ 279, 2. 
φθαρτός, ἡ, dv (φθείρω, to destro Y)» 
destructible. 
φθέγγομαι, φθέγξομαι, ete. ,to sound, 
raise a cry, shout.. Di-PHTHONG. 
thdvéw, jow, noa, ήθην, to envy. 
φθόνος, ὁ, envy. 
φιάλη, ης, « broad, shallow ϑοιοῖ, 
φιλαίτερος, a comparative of φίλος, 





Φ 71, N. 2 


φιλ-άργυρος, ον (φίλος, &pyupos), 


Sond of money. ' 


φιλέω, tow, ete. (φίλος), to Jove, 
prop. of the love of friends. 18. 
φιλία, as (φίλος), friendship. 
φίλιος, a, ov (pires), friendly. 
φίλ-ιππος, ov (φίλος, ἵππος), fond 
of horses. 
L@ih-urmos, ὁ, Philip. PHILIPrPic. 

φιλό-θηρος, ov (φίλος, θῆρα, hunt- 
ing, fr. θήρ), fond of hunting. 





“ὙΌΣ ΜΡ. Βα ὦ 
Ξ to he 


φιλοκερδής ὡ 


φιλο-κερδής, ἐς (φίλος, κέρδος), 
greedy of gain. 

φιλο-κίνδυνος, ov (φίλος, κίνδυνος), 
Sond of danger. 

φιλο-μαθής, és (φίλος, μανθάνω), 
Sond of learning. 

ea as, the nightingale. 

ί 


λος, ἡ, ov, ὃ 73, 1, loved, be-| 
loved, dear, actively well-disposed Z 


φίλος, ὁ, a friend. 11. PHIL-, PHILO-. 
ἐφιλο-σοφία, as, the love of wisdoin, 
philosophy. 
{φιλό-σοφος, ον, fond of wisdom ; 
asc. as noun, ὦ PHILOSOPHER. 
_ εφιλό-τιμος, ov (τιμή), honor-loving. 
φλέψ, φλεβός, ἡ, ὦ vein. 
torvapéw, ήσω, to talk nonsense. 





nonsense. 40. 
ᾧλύαρος, ὁ (φλύω, to bubble), bab- 
bling. 
thoBepds, d, dv, fearful, terrible, 
alarming. 30. 
“ThoBéw, ήσω, noa, nua, ἤθην, to 
frighten ; mid. as dep., w. ἃ. p., to 
Sear, dread, 26. 
φύβος, ὁ (éBouar, to flee affrighted), 
Sear, fright. 46. 
φοινίκεος, a, ov, contr. φοινικοῦς, 
ἢ, obv, purple. 
οἴνιξ, cxos, ὁ, @ Phoenician; as 
common noun, φοῖνιξ, tle palm-tree. 
φονεύω (φόνος, mavrder, fr. an obs. 
φένω, to slay), to kill. 
φράζω, φράσω, 
PHRASE. 
φρήν, φρενός, ἡ, prop. the dia- 
phragm ; also, comm. pl., the mind, 
heart. - 
φἐφρονέω, how, noa, nxa, to think ; 
μέγα φ., to be haughty-minded ; κα- 
κῶς φ., to be evil-minded. 
φρόνησις, ews, 7, wisdom, prudence. 
ἐφροντίζω, ῶ, wa, «xa, to take 
thought for, be anxious. 
Ldpovris, idos, ἡ, thought. 
tpovp-apxos, ὁ (dpxw), the com- 
mantant of ὦ garrison. 27. 
povpds, ὁ (προ-οράω), a garrison- 
soldier, 
tPpvyla, as, Phrygia. 
TPpvyros, a, ov, Phry ygian. 
Φρύξ, vyds, ὁ, a Phrygian. 


ete., to tell. 


41 


ἐφλυαρία, as, silly talk, pl. foolerics, | 





χάρις 


φυγάς, dios, ὁ (φεύγω), an exile, 
FUGITIVE. 17. 

φυγή, ἧς (φεύγω), flight. 

φυλακή, ἧς, prop. ὦ guarding ; 
hence a guard, garrison, in the col- 
lective sense. 

ἰφύλαξ, axos, ὁ, ἡ, a guard, watcher, 
used of the individual. 16. 

φυλάττω, diw, ete., to guard, keen 
guard; mid. to guard one’s self 
against, take care. 34. 
ἐφυσιο-λόγος, ov, inquiring into 
nature. PHYSIOLOGY. 

φύσις, ews, ἡ, nature. 

φυτόν, τό, ὦ plant, 

φύω, φύσω, ἔφυσα, πέφυκα, 2 ἃ. 
ἔφυν, 2 ἃ. p. ἐφύην, to produce ; p. 
and 2 a., to be. 

φωνή, js, ὦ sound, the voice, speech, 
language. 10. PHONETIC. 


hop, φωρός, ὁ, ὦ thief. 


Χ. 


’ 
χαίρω, χαιρήσω, κεχάρηκα, κεχάρη- 
μαι and κέχαρμαι, 2 ἃ. p. ἐχάρην, 
§ 108, 4, Il. ἐο rejoice. 
Χαλδαῖοι, ol, the Chaldacans. 
txareralve, avd, nva, άνθην, § 108, 
4, I1., to be angry. 
χαλεπός, ἡ, dv, hard, dificult, 
grievous, severe, hursh, bitler, angry, 
cross, cruel, 32. 
ἰχαλεπῶς, grievously, severely, ex- 
ceedingly. 
χαλινός, ὁ, ὦ bridle. _ 
χάλκεος, a, ον, contr. χαλκοῦς, ἢ, 
obv, of bronze, bronze. 
χαλκός, ὁ, ‘bronze. 
φχάλκωμα, aros, τό, ὦ bronze utensil. 


43. 
Χάλος, 6, the river Chalus. 
Xadrvp, vos, ὁ, a Chalybian. 

CHALYBRATE. 
χαράδρα, ας (χαράττω, to cut), @ 

TAVINE. 

Txaples, εσσα, ev, ὃ 67, 2, graceful, 
pleasing, clever. - 
χαριέντως, pleasingly. 
txapifopar, coduar, to gratify, oblige, 
indulge. 
χάρις, ros, ἡ (χαίρω), grace, favor, 


χειμών 


χάριν οἷδα, to be grateful ; 


gratitude ; 
17. Kv- 


χάριν ἔχω, to feel gratitude. 
CHARIST. 
χειμών, Gvos, ὁ, winter, storm. 
χείρ, χειρός, gen. and dat. dual 
χεροῖν, dat. pl. χερσί, ἡ, the hand. 
37: 

{Χειρίςσοφος, ὁ, Chirisophus, a 
Spartan general in the army of Cyrus 
the Younger. 

ἐχειρο-πληθής, és (πλήθω), filling 
the hand. 
ἀχειρο-τονέω, ήσω (relvw), to hold up 
the hand, elect. ΄ 

μἐχειρόω, wow, but comm. mid. as 
dep., χειρόομαι, σομαι, etc., to get 
in hand, subdue. 

χείρων, ov, inferior, c. of κακός. 

Xeppo-vywos, ἡ, the Thracian Cher- 
sonesus. 

χθές, yesterday. 

χίλιοι, αι, a, a thousand. 

χιλός, ὁ, fodder ; ξηρὸς x., dried 
grass, hay. 

X{patpa,as,ashe-goat : the CHIMERA. 

χιτών, ὥνος, ὁ, a tunic. 
χιών, ὄνος, 7, snow. 50. 
ἰχορευτής, οὔ, a choral dancer. 

Txopevo, εύσω, etc., to dance. 

ἰχορο-διδάσκαλος, ὁ, a chorus-mas- 
ter. 

χορός, ὁ, either a circular dance, 
or @ band of dancers, CHORUS. 

χόρτος, ὁ, fodder, grass. 

χράομαι, ἥσομαι, etc., § 123, N. 2, 
to use, enploy, make use of, have the 
service of. 26. 

χρή; impers., χρήσει, imperf. ἐχρῆν 
or χρῆν, τὲ is necessary, one nrust, 
should, ought. 

χρήζω, ἥσω, σα, to want, wish, 

sire, 

χρῆμα, aros, τό (χράομαι), a thing 
used, comm. pl., things, goods, posses- 
sions, means, property, wealth, money. 
27. 

Χρῆναι, see χρή. 

χρήσιμος, ἡ, ον (χράομαι), useful. 


χρηστήριον, τό (χράω, to give an} 


ORCA, the seat of an oracle, an oracle. 
χρηστός, ἡ, ov (xpdouar), useful, 
worthy, good 


Χρόνος, ὁ, déme. 31. CHRONIC. 


42 





} Ψ 
ὠνέομαι 


ἰχρύσεος, a, ov, contr. χρυσοῦς, ῆ, 
οῦν, of gold, gold. 
Txpvoiov, τό, a piece of gold, gold, 


‘golden. 6. 


χρυσός, ὁ, gold. »CHRYSO-LYTE, 
ἰχρυσο-χάλινος, ov, with gold-stud- . 
ded bridle. 
χωλός, 7, dv, Lame. 
χώρα, ας, a country. 3. 
TxXwpéw, ἤσω or ήσομαι, etc., to give 
place, move on, go. 
Txaptov, τό, a confined place, strong- 
hold. 9. 
χωρίς, apart, apart from. 
χώρος, ὁ, 700m, space, place, 


Ψ, 


Ψάρος, ὁ, the river Psarus. 

γένω, ψέξω, ἔψεξα, ἔψεγμαι, to 
blame. 
ψέλιον, τό, a bracelet. 9. 
ἱψευδής, és, false. 24. 
ψεύδω, ψεύσω, ἔψευσα, ἔψευσμαι, 
ἐψεύσθην, to deceive ; mid. to lie. 31. 
PSEUD-ONYME. 

τ τὰ στης, ov, @ liar. 
φίζω, τῶ, etc. (ψῆφος, a pebble, 

fr. Yaw, to rub), comm. mid. as dep., 
to vote, decree, resolve, decide. 
ψψήφισμα, aros, τό, ὦ decree. 
Ψψιλός, ή, ov, bare. ἘΡΕΊΠΙΟΝ. 
ψόφος, ὁ, a noise, 

ψυχή, ἧς (ψύχω, to breathe), soul, 
life. 








PsyCHo-Loey. 
ψῦχος, τό (ψύχω, to blow), cold. 
ψψυχρός, d, dv, cold. 


2. 


ὦ, interjection, 0. 

ὧδε (ὅδε), thus, as follows, 

ᾧδή; ἧς (du), a song. ODE. 

@ETO, ὠήθην, see οἴομαι. 

ὠθέω, dow, ἔωσα, ἐώσμαι, ἐώσθην, 
§ 108, 7, to push. 44. 

ὦν, pt. of εἰμί. 

ὠνέομαι, ὠνήσομαι, ἐώνημαι, ἐωνή- 
θην, w. a 2 ἃ. mid. ἐπριάμην from a 
stem mpia- which has no present 
(Gvos, price), to buy, purchase. 


ὦνιος 43 


ὥὦνιος, a, ον (ὦνος, price), to be 
bought ; τὰ ὦνια, wares. 

ὥρα, as, a proper time, time, HOUR, 
w. ἐστί often omitted. Horo-scope. 

as, proclitic, 1. as a rel. adv., as, 
used 1: in elliptical expressions, as 
ws ἔπος εἰπεῖν, so to speak, ὃ 268; 
2. with participles, § 277, N. 2: 
3. as a preposition, to, see 62; 4. to 
strengthen a superlative, as ὡς τάχι- 
στα, as quickly as possible. 11. ὡς 
is used as a conj., 1. expressing a 
fact like ὅτι, that; 2. in ἃ final clause 
like ἵνα, in order that ; 3. w. the inf. 
to express result like ὥστε, so that, 





ὠφέλιμος 


or a temporal clause, when, or in the 
sense of ὅπως, how. 11]. ὡς w. nu- 
merals has the meaning of about. 
τὥσ-περ, rel. adv. , just as. 
| @o-Te, CON). expressing result, 1. w. 
the inf., so as, ὃ 266, 1; 2. w. the 
indic., 80 that, consequentl y, where- 
Sore, ὃ 237. 
ᾧτε, in the phrase ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε, on con- 
dition that, for the purpose of, § 267. 
arts, ἰδος; ἡ, ὦ bustard., 
ὠφελέω, How, etc. (ὄφελος), to bene- 
jit, wid, help. 36. 
εὠφέλημα, ατος, τό, an advantage, 


§ 266, N. 1; in a causal clause, since, | adele ἢ OF os, ov, serviceable. 


II. ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY. 


In general, for fuller information in regard to the Greek words here given, consult the 


foregoing Vocabulary. 


In case of synonymes, when the difference of use is not here 


pointed out, the Jirst or etymological meaning of the Greek words should be determined 
from the preceding Vocabulary, and so the proper word selected. Occasionally the 


words are interchangeable. 


Abandon 


Abandon, λείπω. 

Able, be —, δύναμαι. 

Abolish, λύω. 

About, ἀμφί or περί; 
be —, wéddw. 

Above, ὑπέρ. 

Abundance, ἀφθονία. 

Accomplish, ἐπιτελέω, 
περαίνω, or ποιέω, the 
last in the sense of 
simply to do. 

Accord, of one’s own —, 
εκων, 

According, — to, κατά. 

Accordingly, δή or οὖν. 

Account, on — of, διά. - 

Accuser, κατήγορος. 

Acknowledge, ὁμολο- 
yew. 

Action, ἔργον. 

Admiration, worthy of 
—, ἀξιοθαύμαστος. 

Admire, θαυμάζω. 

Adorn, κοσμέω. 

Advantage, ἀγαθόν. 

Affair, πρᾶγμα. 

Affirm, φημί. 

Afford, παρέχω. 

Again, πάλιν. 
Against, ἐπί or πρός. 
Age, old —, γῆρας: free 
From old —, ἀγήρως. 
Agree, duoroyéw; δὲ 
agreed upon, σύγκεϊ- 
μαι. 

Aid, βοήθεια ; ὠφελέω ; 
with the — of, σύν. 





Aim, — at, ἐφίεμαι. 


A. 
All, πᾶς ; on — sides, 


πάντοθεν. 


| Allow, περιοράω. ἡ 


Ally, σύμμαχος. 

Alone, μόνος. 

Along, παρά. 

Already, ἤδη. 

Also, καί. 

Always, ἀεί. 

Among, ἐν or παρά. 

And, καί, the reg. and 
stronger word, but 
sometimes 6é ; —then, 
εἶτα δέ; — yet, μέντοι. 

Anger, ὀργή. 
ngry, be —,  χαλεπαίνω. 

Animal, θηρίον, a wild 
animal ; ¢@ov, a living 
being. 

Announce, ἀγγέλλω or 
ἀπαγγέλλω. 

Another, ἄλλος ; one — 
ἀλλήλων. 

Answer, — or give —, 
ἀποκρίνομαι. 

Ant, μύρμηξ. 

Anxious, be —, φροντί- 
ἕω. 

Any, is; 
body, ris. 

Apparent, φανερός. 

Appear, φαίνομαι. 

Appoint, καθίστημι. 

Apprehension, ὑποψία. 

Apprehensive, le —, 
ἐννοέομαι. 

Approach, πλησιά gw or 
πρόσειμι. 


— one. or 





On this point, see the Preface. 


Authority 


Approve, ἐπαινέω. 

Archer, τοξότης. 

Arise, avicrapat. 

Arm, ὀπλίζω ; arms, ar- 
mor, ὅπλα. 

Army, στρατός, στρατιά, 
or στράτευμα. 

Arouse, ἀνίστημι. 

Arrangement, τάξις. 

Arrest, συλλαμβάνω. 

Arrive, ἀφικνέομαι. 

Arrow, τόξευμα. 

Artaxerxes, ᾿Αρταξέρ- 
ξης. ‘ 

As, ὡς ; (as much) —, 
ὁπόσος. 

Ascertain, πυνθάνομαι. 

Ask, ἐρωτάω, to inquire 
or question ; ἑητέω, to 
ask for, ask tosee, seek ; 
airéw, toask some one 
for something. 

Ass, ὄνος. 

Assemble, ἀθροίζω. 


| Assembly, ἐκκλησία. 


At, ἐν, εἰς, or ἐπί. 

Athenian, ᾿Αθηναῖος. 

Athens, ᾿Αθῆναι; to —, 
"Αθήναζε, 

Athlete, ἀθλητής. 

Attack, ἐπιτίθεμαι ; — 
or make the —, ἔπειμι. 


| Attempt, ἐπιχειρέω or 


πειράομαι. 
Attention, give — to, 

ἐπιμελέομαι. 
Authority, voyal—, βα- 


σιλεία. 


“Await 


Await, μένω, in the gen- 
eral sense; δέχομαι, 
the attack ofan enemy. 

Axe, ἀξίνη. 


B. 


Bad, κακός, in the general 
sense; πονηρός, in the 
sense of hurtful, dan- 
gerous, innately bad. 

Banish, ἐκβάλλω. 

Barbarian, βάρβαρος or 
βαρβαρικός. 

Basket, κάνεον. 

Bathe, λούομαι. 

Battle, μάχη. 

Be, εἰμί; --- at hand, πά- 
pert. 

Bear, φέρω. 

Beast, wild —, θηρίον; 

- — of burden, ὑποζύ- 
Ύιον. 

Beat, παίω. 

Beautiful, καλός. 

Because, ὅτι. 

Become, γίγνομαι. 

Befit, πρέπω; it is befit- 
ting, πρέπει. 

Before, πρό; πρόσθεν 
or πρότερον ; πρίν. 
Beg, — off, ἐξαιτέομαι. 

Beget, τίκτω. 

Begin, ἄρχομαι. 

Beginning, ἀρχή. 

Behavior, good — 
κοσμία. 

Behind, leave —, κατα- 
λείπω. 

Believe, νομίζω. 

Benefactor, εὐεργέτης. 

Benefit, ὠφελέω. 

Beseech, ἱκετεύω. 

Beside, παρά. 

Besides, πρός. 

Besiege, πολιορκέω. 

Bestow, —upon, πορίζω. 

Betake, — one’s self, 
τρέπομαι. 

Betray, προδίδωμι. 

Better, see Good. 

Between, μεταξύ. 


>p Beware, εὐλαβέομαι. 





45 


Bid, κελεύω. 

Bind, δέω. 

Bird, ὄρνις. 

Black, μέλας. 

Blame, μέμφομαι. 

Blessed, μάκαρ. 

Blind, — or make —, 
τυφλόω. 

Blow, πληγή. 

Boat, πλοῖον. 

Body, σῶμα. 

Bone, ὀστέον. 

Book, βιβλίον. 

Both, ἄμφω; on— sides, 
ἀμφοτέρωθεν ; ‘ 
and, καὶ ... καί, or τὲ 
Jes καί. 

Bow, τόξον. 

Bowl, κρατήρ. 

Bowman, τοξύτης. 

ΒΟΥ, παῖς. 

Brave, ἀγαθός. 

Bravely, ἀνδρείως. 

Brazen, χάλκεος. 

Breadth, εὖρος. 

Break, λύω. 

Breakfast, without —, 
ἀνάριστος. 

Breast, μαστός. 

Breastplate, θώραξ. 

Brick, πλίνθινος, adjec. 

Bridge, γέφυρα. 

Bring, ἄγω, prop. to 
lead, conduct, while 
φέρω signifies to bear, 
carry ; — about, ποιέω; 
— back word, ἀπαγ- 
γέλλω ; — in safety, 
σώζω; —together,cvr- 
άγω. 

Broad, εὐρύς. 

Brother, ἀδελφός. 

Build, ἐποικοδομέω. 

Bull, ταῦρος. 

Burn, καίω; — wp, κα- 
τακαίω.. 

Burst, — through or 
open, κατασχίζω. 

Bustard, ris. 

But, δέ or ἀλλά, the lat- 
ter being the stronger 
word; — also, ἀλχὰ 
καί. 





Child 


Buy, ὠνέομαι. 

By, ὑπό, with gen. of 
the agent; — land 
and sea, κατὰ yiv καὶ 
κατὰ θάλατταν. 


C. 


Call, comm. καλέω, in 
the sense both of sum- 
moning and naming ; 
sometimes λέγω, but 
in the sense only of 
naming; — owt, Bodw ; 
— together, συγκαλέω ; 
— an assembly, ἐκκλη- 
σίαν ποιέω. 

Camp, στρατόπεδον. 

Captain, λοχαγός. 

Captive, αἰχμάλωτος. 

Capture, λαμβάνω; be 
captured, ἁλίσκομαι. 

Care, — for, ἐπιμελέο- 
μαι. 

Carry, φέρω, in the gen- 
eral sense, while ἄγω 
signifies to convey by 
carriage ; back 
word, ἀπαγγέλλω ; — 
over, διαβιβάζω. 

Case, in that —, οὕτως. 

Cast, — or — aside, ῥίπ- 
τω OY ῥιπτέω. 

Cattle, βοῦς or κτῆνος, 
both in plur., the 
former the general 
word, the latter prop- 
erty in cattle. 

Cause, airia. 

Cavalry, ἱππικός, adjec. 

Cease, παύομαι. 

Celaenae, Κελαιναί, 

Certain, ὦ —, τὶς. 

Chalus, Χάλος. 

Chance, τυγχάνω. 

Change, μετατίθημι. 

Charge, ἵεμαι. 

Chariot, ἅρμα; four- 
horse —, τέθριππον. 

Chase, διώκω. 

Chastise, κολά ζω, 

Child, commonly παῖς, 


Choose 


but sometimes τέκνον 
(prop. that which is 
born, a bairn), or παι- 
diov (prop. the dim.) ; 
little —, παιδίον. 

Choose, aipéouat. 

Choral, — dancer, xo- 
peuT 7s. 

Cilicia, Κιλικία. 

Cilician, — woman or 
queen, Κίλισσα. 

Citizen, πολίτης. 

City, πόλις, used either 
of the place or the in- 
habitants, or of the 
two together, a town, 
city, state; ἄστυ, of 
the place only. 

Clear, σαφής ; make —, 
δηλόω. ᾿ 

Clearchus, Κλέαρχος. 

Close, κλείω. 

Close,—together, ἀθρόος. 


Cloud, νεφέλη; — of 


dust, κονιορτός. 

Cock, ἀλεκτρυών. 

Collect, συλλέγω οἱ 
ἀθροίζω ; --- together, 
συναθροίζω. 

Come, ἔρχομαι, εἶμι, ἥκω; 
be or have —, ἥκω ; — 
together, συνέρχομαι ; 
— along, παρέρχομαι; 

On, προσέρχομαι, 
ἔπειμι, or πρόσειμι; ; — 
to an end, λήγω. 

Command, κελεύω, to 
bid, order, but dpxw, 
to rule. 

Commander, ἄρχων. 

Commend, ἐπαινέω. 

Commit,— error, ἁμαρ- 
Tava, 

Common, κοινός. 

Companion, ἑταῖρος. 

Company, λόχος; im — 
with, σύν. 

Compel, ἀναγκάζω. 

Compose, γράφω. 

Comrade, ἑταῖρος. 

Conceal, κρύπτω. 

Condemn, — to death, 
θανατόω. 





46 


Condition, on — that, 
ἐφ᾿ ᾧ 

Conquer, νικάω. 

Conscious, be — to, σύν- 
o.da. 

Consider, σκέπτομαι, to 
look intently, observe, 
but νομίζω, to regard. 

Constant, βέβαιος. 

Consult, — with, συμ- 
βουλεύομαι. 

Contain, ἔχω. 

Contend, ἀγωνίζομαι. 

Contest, ἄγων ; judge of 
a—, ἀγωνοθέτης. 

Continue, διατελέω. 

Converse, διαλέγομαι. 

Convict, be convicted, 
ἁλίσκομαι. 

Corn, σῖτος. 

Corrupt, κακός. 

Costly, πολυτελής. 

Country, χώρα, lands, 
territory, but πατρίς, 
one’s fatherland. 

Courage, ἀρετή. 

Courageous, θαρραλέος. 

Courageously, θαρρα- 
λέως. ’ 

Covetousness, πλεονε- 
ξία. 

Cowardly, κακός. 

Co-worker, συνεργός. 

Crag, πέτρα. 

Criminal, κακοῦργος. 

Cross, διαβαίνω. 

Cultivate, ἀσκέω. 

Current, ῥόος. 

Cut, — to pieces, κατα- 
κόπτω; — off, ἀπο- 
κόπτω. 


Cydnus, Κύδνος. 
Cyrus, Κῦρος. 
D. 
Dagger, μάχαιρα. 
Dancer, choral —, xo- 
peurys. ° 
Danger, κίνδυνος ; fond 


of —, φιλοκίνδυνος. 
Daric, δαρεικός. 





Destroy 


Darius, Δαρεῖος. 

Daughter, θυγάτηρ. 

Day, ἡμέρα. 

Daybreak, at —, 
Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ. 

Dead, νεκρός : be —, τε- 
θνηκέναι or τεθνάναι. 

Deal, — out, νέμω. 

Death, θάνατος; con- 
demn to —, θανατύω ; 
put to —, ἀποκτείνω ; 
suffer —, ἀποθνήσκω. 

Deceive, éfarardw, or 
yevdw, to deceive by 
lying; — grossly, or 
completely, ἐξαπατάω. 

Declare, ἀποδείκνυμι or 
ἀποφαίνομαι. 

Decree, ψήφισμα. 

Deed, ἔργον. 

Deep, βαθύς. 

Defeat, νικάω; be de- 
Seated, ἡττάομαι. 

Defend, ἀμύνω. 

Delay, μέλλω, to be on 
the point of doing a 
thing, without actual- 
ly doing it ; διατρίβω, 
to spend one’s time, 
tarry ; —one’s march, 
ἐπέχω τῆς πορείας. 

Deliberate, βουλεύομαι. 

Delight, τέρπω. 

Deliver, — over, παρα- 
δίδωμι. 

Deliverance, σωτηρία. 

Delphi, Δελφοί. 

Democracy, δημοκρα- 
τία. 

Deny, οὔ φημι. 

Descend, καταβαίνω. 

Desert, καταλείπω. 

Deserted, ἔρημος. 

Designate, ἀποδείκνυμι. 

Desire, ἐθέλω or ἐπιθυ- 
μέω; ἐπιθυμία, or ἔρως, 
physical desire. 

Desist, παύομαι. 

Despise, καταφρονέω. 

Destroy, \vw; — witer- 
ly, ἀπόλλυμι, OY KaTa- 
σκάπτω in the sense 
of to raze, demolish. 


ἅμα 


Die 


Die, τελευτάω or ἀπο- 
θνήσκω. 

Difficult, χαλεπός. 

Discipline, τάξις. 

Discussion, λόγος. 

Disgraceful, αἰσχρός. 


ee ἀποκηρύτ- 
Dispirited, ἄθυμος ; be 
—, ἀθυμέω. 


Disposition, τρόπος. 

Distance, at a — from, 
πρόσω. 

Distant, be —, ἀπέχω. 

Ditch, τάφρον, 

Do, ποιέω or πράττω, in 
this sense used inter- 
changeably ; —harm, 
KaK@s rovew; —wrong, 
ἀδικέω. 

Dog, κύων. 

Door, θύρα. 

Down or — from, κατά 
with gen. 

Drag, — down, κατα- 
σπάω. 

Drama, δρᾶμα. 

Draw, ἄγω; --- up, τάτ- 


τω. 
Dread, ὀκνέω. 


Drive, ἐλαύνω ; —away, 
ἀπελαύνω. 

Dust, cloud of —, κο- 
νιορτός. 

Dwell, — in, οἰκέω. 


EK. 


Each, éxaoros; — time, 
ἑκάστοτε. 

Eagle, ἀετός. 

Earnest, σπουδαῖος. 

Earth, γῆ. 

Ease, with — or she Y, 
ῥᾳδίως. 

Easy, ῥᾷδιος. 

Educate, παιδεύω. 

Egypt, Αὔγυπτος. 

Egyptian, Αἰγύπτιος. 

Eight, ὀκτώ. 

Kither, — . Or, ἢ δ ἢ: 

Elect, αἱρέομαι. 





᾿ 47 


Embark, ἐμβαίνω. 
Embrace “ περιλαμβάνω. 
Emporium, ἐμπόριον. 
Empty, ἔξειμι, as ἃ river. 
Enact, τίθημι. 
Encamp, στρατοπεδεύω ; 
— near, παρασκηνέω. 

Encampment, στρατό- 
πεδον. 

Encircle, κυκλόω. 

End, παύω ; τέλος : come 
to an —, λήγω. * 
Enemy, πολέμιος, an 
enemy in war ; ἐχθρός, 
a personal enemy ; the 

—, οἱ πολέμιοι. 

Enslave, δουλόω. 

Entrust, ἐπιτρέπω. 

Envy, φθονέω, involv- 
ing the idea of ill- 
will, malice; (dow, 
with the idea of emu- 
lation. 

Equipment, κόσμος. 

Escape, ἀποφεύγω ; — 
notice or — the notice 
of, λανθάνω. 

Establish, καθίστημ. 

Even, καί ; not —, οὐδέ 
or μηδέ. 

Evening, ἑσπέρα. 

Ever, if ... —, εἴποτε. 

Every, πᾶς ; everything, 
πᾶν. 

Evident, δῆλος. 

Evil, κακός, πονηρός, see 
bad; an --- κακὸν ; 
evil-doer, κακοῦργος. 

Exceedingly, ἰσχυρῶς, 
strongly, forcibly ; χα- 
λεπῶς, severely, griev- 
ously. 

Execute, πράττω. 

Exercise, γυμνά fw. 

Exhibit, δείκνυμι. 

Exhort, προτρέπομαι.᾽ 

Exile, φυγάς. 

Expedition, στόλος, 
ὁδός or στρατεία ; take 
part in an —, στρα- 
τεύομαι ; make an — 
against, ἐπιστρατεύω. 


Expose, éxgalrw. 


Flesh-scraper 


Express, ἀποδείκνυμι. 
Eye, ὀφδαλμός. 


F. 


Fail, ἐπιλείπω. 

Fair, καλός. 

Faithful, πιστός. 

False, ψευδής. 

Famous, εὐκλεής. 

Far, — from, πρόσω. 

Fare, πράττω. 

Fated, ἐξ is --- ἀνάγκη 
ἐστίν. 

Father, πατήρ. 

Fatigue, be fatigued, 
κάμνω. 

Favor, χάρις. 

Fear, φόβος; φοβέομαι, 
δέδοικα, or δέδια, the 
first of instantaneous 
and inconsiderate fear, 
the last two of delib- 
erate and reasonable 
fear. 

Fearful, φοβερός. 

Fellow-Greeks, ὦ ἄν- 
δρες Ἕλληνες. 

Fellow-soldiers, ἄνδρες 
στρατιῶται, with or 
without ὦ. 

Fertile, εὔγεως. 

Few, ὀλίγος. 

Fidelity, εὔνοια. 

Fifteen, πεντεκαίδεκα. 

Fifty, πεντήκοντα. 

Fight, μάχη ; μάχομαι ; 
— tt out, διαπολεμέω. 

Fill, πίμπλημι. 

Find, εὑρίσκω. 

Fine, jfine-looking, εὐει- 
Ons. 

Fire, πῦρ; sect on —, 
καίω or ἐνάπτω. 

First, πρῶτος ; πρῶτον. 

Fish, ἰχθύς. 

Five, πέντε. 

Flatter, κολακεύω. 

Flatterer, κόλαξ. 

Flee, φεύγω or ἀποφεύ- 


yo. 
Flesh-scraper, στλεγ- 
vis. 





ΕΣ 


Flight 
Flight, φυγή ; put to—, 
_ τρέπω. 
Flow, péw. 


Follow, ἕπομαι ; as fol- 
lows, or the following, 
some case of ὅδε. 

Fond,—ofdanger, φιλο- 
κίνδυνος ; — of money, 
φιλάργυρος. 

Food, σῖτος. 

Foolish, ἠλίθιος. 

Foot, πούς; on —, πεζῇ. 

Foot-soldier, πεζός. 

For, γάρ ; εἰς or περί. 

Force, δύναμις ; be in —, 
μένω. 

Forget, ἐπιλανθάνομαι. 

Fort or fortress, τεῖχος. 

Fortunate, be —, εὖτυ- 
χέω. 

Found, κτίζω. 

Foundation, κρηπίς. 

Four, τέτταρες. 

Fourth, τέταρτος. 

Free, ἐλευθερόω or ἀπαλ- 
λάττω; — from old 
aye, ἀγήρως. 

Freedom, ἐλευθερία. 

Freeze, πήγνυμι. 

Friend, φίλος. 

Friendly, φίλος or φί- 
duos. 

Friendship, φιλία. 

From, ἐξ or ἀπό ; — the 
side of, παρά with gen. 

Front, in ---, ἔμπροσθεν. 

Fruit, καρπός. 

Fugitive, φεύγων. 

Fall, πλήρης ; very —, 
σύμπλεως ; — of toil, 
πολύπονος ; wt —speed, 
ἀνὰ κράτος. 


σ. 


Gain, κερδαίνω. 
Galley, πεντηκόντορος. 
Garrison, φυλακή. 
Gate, πύλη. 

Gazelle, δορκάς. 
General, στρατηγός. 





48 


Get, γίγνομαι ; ---- togeth- 
er, κτάομαι. 

Giant, γίγας. 

Gift, δῶρον. 

Girl, κόρη. 

Give, δίδωμι; — over, 
παραδίδωμι; «-- up, 
παραδίδωμι or ἀποδί- 
δωμι ; — way to, πεί- 
θομαι. 

Gladden, εὐφραίνω. 

Gladly, ἡδέως. 

Glory, κλέος. 

Go, εἶμι or ἔρχομαι ; be 
gone, οἴχομαι ; — up, 


ἀναβαίνω; — awiy, 
ἄπειμι; — forward, 
πρόειμι ; — through, 
διαβαίνω. 
Coat, ait. - 
Goblet, κύπελλον. 
God, θεός. 


Goddess, θεά. 
ld, χρυσίον. 

Golden, χρύσεος. 

Good, ἀγαθός, in the 
widest sense ; χρηστός, 
in the sense of useful, 
profitable. 

Govern, fil to—, apxixds. 

Grain, σῖτος. 

Grant, δίδωμι. 

Grapple, — with; συμ- 
πίπτω. 

Grass, χόρτος. 

Gratify, xapifoua. 

Great, μέγας, prop. of 
size; πολύς, prop. of 
number. 

Greatly, 
σφόδρα. 

Grecian, ᾿Ἑλληνικός. 

Greece, Ἑλλάς. 

Greek, Ἕλλην or Ἑλλη- 
νικός. 

Ground, --- arms, τίθε- 
μαι τὰ ὅπλα. 

Groundless, κενός. 

Guard, φύλαξ ; φυλάτ- 
τω; ---ασαϊηδὶ, φυλάτ- 
τομαι. 

Guest, ἕένος. 

Guide, ἡγεμών. 


μεγάλως or 


High 


ἘΝ ΤΕ 


Hall, ἀνώγεων. 

Halt, καταλύω, to un- 
yoke the baggage-cat- 
tle ; ἵστημι, to cause to 
stand, as soldiers; — 

under arms, τίθεμαι 
τὰ ὅπλα. 

Hand, χείρ; on the other 
—, ad; be ui —, wa- 
pee; yet lit —, χει- 
ρόομαι. 

Happen, τυγχάνω. 

Happiness, ὄλβος. 

Happy, εὐδαίμων ; re- 
gard —, εὐδαμονίζω. 

Harbor, λιμήν. 

Hard, χαλεπός. 

Hare, λαγώς. 

Harm, βλάπτω : do —, 
κακῶς ποιέω ; suffer—, 
κακῶς πάσχω. 

Haste, σπουδή. 

Hasten, σπεύδω. 

Hate, ἐχθαίρω or μισέω. 

‘Hateful, ἐχθρός. 

Have, éxw ; often by the. 
verb to be and dat., 
§ 184, 4. 

Hay, κάρφη. ' 

He, 8 144, 1; and —, 


‘ 


or but —, ὁ δέ. Sce 
Him. 

Head, to be at ihe — of, 
προέστηκα. 


Hear, ἀκούω. 

Hearing, ἀκοή. 

Heart, comm. ψυχή, but 
sometimes φρήν in the 


plur. 
Height, ὕψος, ἄκρον, or 
ὄρος. ᾿ 
Helmet, κράνος. 
Hem, — in, εἵργω. 
Hera, Ἥρα. 
Herald, κῆρυξ. 
Here, ἐνταῦθα or αὐτοῦ. 
Hereupon, ἐνταῦθα. 
Hermes, Ἑρμῆς. 
Hide, δέρμα ; κρύπτω. 
High, ἄνω ; high-mind- 





ed, ὑπέρφρων. 


—_ 


‘ 


Hill 


Hill, λόφος or γήλοφος. 
Him, oblique cases of 
αὐτός in the masc. 
Himself, ἑαυτοῦ, reflex. ; 
αὐτός, intens. like iyse. 
Hinder, κωλύω: 
From, ἀποκωλύω. 
Hire, μισθόομαι. 
His, often by the arti- 
cle; sometimes by av- 


Tov, gen. sing. masc.. 


of αὐτός ; — own, ἑαυ- 
τοῦ. 

Hit, ἀκοντίζω. 

Hither, δεῦρυ. 

Hold, ἔχω; — fast, κα- 
TEXW --- Up, ἀνατείνω. 

Home, at —, οἴκοι ; for 
— or homeward, ot- 
καδε, 

Homer, Ὅμηρος. 

Honor, τιμή; τιμάω ; ζω 
—, τίμιος ; without —, 
ἄτιμος. 

Hope, ἐλπίς ; of good —, 
εὔελπις. 

Hopeful, εὔελπις. 

Hoplite, ὁπλίτης. 

Horn, κέρας. 

Horse, ἵππος ; on horse- 
back, ἀφ᾽ ἵππου. 

Horseman, ἱππεύς. 

Hostile, πολέμιος. 

House, οἶκος, home, or 
οἰκία, dwelling. 

How, πῶς or ὅπως. 

However, μέντοι. 

Hundred, ἑκατόν. 

Hunger, λιμός. 

Hunt, θηρεύω or Cypdw. 


eal. 
I, ἐγώ, § 79, 1, and § 144, 
1, Ww; Ν. ᾿ 


Tdl>, ἀργός. 

If, εἰ or ἐάν. 

ΠῚ, κακόν ; κακῶς. 

Ill-treatment, πάθος, 

TImitate, μιμέομαι. 
Immediately, εὐθύς. 

Immortal, ἀθάνατος. 





49 


Impassable, ἄπορος. 

Impious, ἄθεος. 

Impose, ἐπιτίθημι. 

Imposition, ἐξαπάτη. 

Impost, δασμός. 

In, ἐ;. 

Indicate, διασημαίνω. 

Induce, — to return, 
ἀποστρέφω. 

Inferior, χείρων. 

Inflict, ἐμβάλλω or ἐπι- 
τίθημι. 

Injure, βλάπτω. 

Injustice, ἀδικία. 

Inspire, ἐντίθημι. 

Intend, μέλλω. 

Τηΐο, εἰς. 

Intrust, ἐπιτρέπω, 

Island, νῆσος. 


J. 


Jackal, θώς. 

Jar, βῖκος. 

Javelin, παλτόν. 

Join, συμ; -ἔγνυμι. 

Journey, πορεία or ὁδύς ; 
πορεύομαι. 

Judge, κριτής, in gener- 
al; δικαστής, of acourt 
of justice ; — of a con- 
test, ἀγωνοθέτης. 

Just, δίκαιος. 

Justice, δικαιοσύνη. 

Justly, δικαίως. 


K. 


Keep, τρέφω; kept, some- 
times the sign of the 
imperfect. 

Kill, κτείνω ; be killed. 
ἀποθνήσκω. 

Kind, γένος. 

Kindle, καίω. 

Kindly, εὔνοος. 

Kindness, εὐεργεσία. 

King, βασιλεύς ; be —, 
βασιλεύω. 

Knock, κόπτω. 

Know, γιγνώσκω or οἶδα. 


4 





Loss ΣΝ 


Lacedaemonian, Λακε- 
δα:μόνιος. 

Ladder, κλῖμαξ. 

Lament, ὀδύρομαι. 

Land, γῇ 

Language, φωνή. 

Large, μέγας. 

Law, νόμος. 

Lead, ἄγω, in general ; 
ἡγέυμαι, to go before, 
in order to conduct ; 
— forward, προάγω. 
eap, ἅλλομοι; ; —down, 
καταπηδάω. 

Learn, μανθάνω or πυν- 
θάνομαι. 

Leathern-bag, ἀσκός. 

Leave, λείπω or κατα- 
λείπω ; — behind, κα- 
ταλείπω. | 

Left, εὐώνυμος. 

Leisure, be at ---, σχο- 
Ad gw. 

Less, see Small. 

Lest, μή. 

Let, — loose, ἀφίημι. 

Letter, ἐπιστολή. 

Levy, συλλογή. 

Liberality, with great 
—, μεγαλοπρεπῶς, 

Libyan, Λίβυς. 

Lie, κεῖμαι, of position ; 
ψεύδω, to falsify ; — 
outstretched or tnac- 
tive, κατάκειμαι, 

Life, βίος. 

Lift, αἴρω. 

Light-armed, — _ sol- 
dier, γυμνής. 

Lighten, ἐπικουφίζω. 


“Lightly, πράως. 


Line, τάξις ; in —, or 
in — of battle, κατά 
φάλαγγα. 

Lion, λέων, 

Living, ios. 

Long, μακρός; — after, 
ἐφίεμαι. 

Loose, λύω. 

Loquacious, κωτίλος. 

Loss, be at a —, ἀπορέω. 


Lot 


Lot, τύχη. 

Love, φιλέω, ἀγαπάω, 
or στέργω. 

Luck, τύχη. 

Luxury, τρυφή. 

Lydia, Λυδία. 

Lycius, Λύκιος. 


Μ. 


Majority, the —, οἱ πολ- 


Not. 

Maeander, Μαίανδρος. 

Magistrates, τέλη, from 
τέλος. 

Make, ποιέω ; τίθημι, as 
laws; — war, πολε- 
μέω or στρατεύομαι; 
— known, μηνύω ; — 
the attack, ἔπειμι 3; — 
clear, δηλόω. 

Man, ἀνήρ or ἄνθρωπος; 
old —, γέρων ; young 
—, veavias. ; 5 

Manifest, φανερός or δῆ- 
dos. 

Manner, τρόπος. 

Many, see Much. 

March, πορεία ; ἐλαύνω 
or ἐξελαύνω ; — forth, 
away, or on, ἐξελαύνω ; 
— against, προσελαύ- 
vw. 

arket-place, ἀγορά. 

Marsyas, Μαρσύας. 

Matter, πρᾶγμα. 

Means, χρήματα. 

Mede, Μῆδος. 

Menon, Μένων. 

Mention, λέγω. 

Mercenary, fevxds or 
μισθοφόρος. ; 

Messenger, ἄγγελος. 

Middle, μέσος ; μέσον, 
as noun. 

Milesian, Μιλήσιος. 

Miletus, Μίλητος. 

Milk, γάλα. 

Milo, Μίλων. 

Miltiades, Μιλτιάδης. 

Mina, μνᾶ. 

Mind, νοῦς; be high- 
minded, μέγα φρονέω. 





50 


Misfortune, δυστυχία. 

Miss, ἁμαρτάνω. 

Money, ἀργύριον or χρή- 
ματα; fond of —, φι- 
Adpyupos. 

Month, μήν. 

Moon, σελήνη. 

Mortal, θνητός. 

Most, 5. of πολύς; μά- 
λιστα, adv. 

Mother, μήτηρ. 

Mount, ἀναβαίνω. 

Mountain, ὄρος. 

Mouth, στόμα. 

Move, κινέω. 

Movement, ὁρμή. 

Much, πολύς ; πολύ, as 
adv. 

Muse, Μοῦσα. ; 

Must, δεῖ; often the 
sign of the verbal in 
τέος. 

My, ἐμός ; often by the 
gen. sing. of ἐγώ. 

Myself, ἐμαυτοῦ, reflex. ; 
αὐτός, intens. like ipse. 


N. 


Name, ὄνομα. 

Nature, φύσις. 

Near, πρός or παρά; 
πλησίον or ἐγγύς. 

Necessary, it is —, δεῖ, 
or ἀνάγκη ἐστίν. 

Need, δέομαι; there is 
—, δεῖ. 

Neglect, ἀμελέω. 

Neighboring, πλησίον. 

Neither, — ... nor, οὔτε 
νον οὔτε, OF μήτε... μήτε. 

Never, οὔποτεου μήποτε. 

Nevertheless, ὅμως. 

Next, on the — day, τῇ 
ὑστεραίᾳ. 

Night, wi; by —, νύ- 
κτωρ. 

Nightingale, φιλομήλα. 

Nile, Νεῖλος. 

No, οὐδείς or μηδείς ; --- 
one or body, οὐδείς or 
μηδείς. 





Oracle 


Noble, γενναῖος. 

Nobly, γενναίως. _ 

Noise, κραυγή, a cry, 
shout ; θόρυβος, a con- 
fused noise, uproar. ὁ 

Nor, οὐδέ or μηδέ. 

Not, οὐ or μή; — yet, 
οὔπωον μήπω; ;—even, 
οὐδέ or μηδέ. 

Notice, escape — or 65- 
cape the — of, dav- 
θάνω. 

Now, viv, of time; δή, 
inferential ; ἤδη, al- 
ready. 

Number, dpiduéw; in 
great nunibers, πολύς. 


Ο. 


Ο, ὦ: — that! eitOe. 

Oath, ὅρκος. 

Obey, πείθομαι. 

Observe, νοέω. 

Obtain, τυγχάνω. 

Occupy, οἰκέω or κατέ- 
χω. 

Offering, pour out as an 
—, σπένδω. 

Often, πολλάκις. 

Old, — man, γέρων. 

Oligarchy, ὀλιγαρχία. 

On, ἐπί or ἐν; — ac- 
cownt of, διά ; — horse- 
back, ἀφ᾽ ἵππου. 

Once, ποτέ; at —, αὖ- 
τίκα, εὐθύς, or ἤδη. 

One, eis; — another, ἀλ- 
λήλων. 

Only, μόνον. 

Open, ἀνοίγω. 

Opinion, γνώμη. ͵ 

Opponent, ἀτιστασιώ- 
TNS. 

Oppose, κωλύω, in the 
sense of hindering ; 
ἐναντιόομαι, ἴῃ the 
sense of setting one’s 
self against. 


Or, ἤ. 
Oracle, μαντεία, the re- 
sponse; χρηστήριον, 


the seat of the oracle. 


Orator 


Orator, ῥήτωρ. 

Order, κελεύω ; in good 
—, εὐτάκτως. 

. Orestes, ᾿Ορέστης. 

Orontas, Ὀρόντας. 

Ostrich, στρουθός. 

Other, ἄλλος ; others, οἱ 
δέ, § 143, 1. 

Ought, χρή. 

Our, ἡμέτερος ; often the 
gen. plur. of ἐγώ. 

Out, — of sight, ἀφανής. 

Outrage, αἰκίζω. 

Overcome, κρατέω. 

Overthrow, καταλύω. 

Own, by the gen. of the 
proper reflex. pron. 


P. 


Pain, λύπη. 

Palace, βασίλεια. 

Palisade, σταύρωμα. 

Parasang, παρασάγγης. 

Parent, γονεύς. 

Park, παράδεισος. 

Part, μέρος. 

Pass, πάροδος ; — along, 
παραδίδωμι, trans., or 
mapépxouat, intrans. ; 
— by, mapépxouat ; — 
the word to one anoth- 
er, διαγγέλλω. 

Passable, — by wagons, 
ἁμαξιτός. 

Pausanias, Παυσανίας. 

Pay, μισθός ; τελέω or 
ἀποδίδωμι. 

Peace, εἰρήνη. 

Peacock, rads. 

Peltast, πελταστής. 

Penalty, ζημία. 

People, δῆμος. 

Perceive, αἰσθάνομαι. 

Perfidious, πανοῦργος. 

Perhaps, ἴσως. 

Perish, ἀπόλλυμαι. 


Perjure, — one’s self, 
ἐπιορκέω. 

Permit, ἐάω. 

Persian, Περσικός or 


ἹΙέρσης. 


Philosopher, 





51 


Person, ἄνθρωπος. 

Persuade, πείθω. 

φιλόσο- 
φος. 

Phrygia, Φρυγία ; Phry- 
gian, Φρύγιος. 

Picket-guard, προφύ- 
λ 


Piece, cut to pieces, κα- 
τακόπτω. 

Pilot, κυβερνήτης. 

Pisidian, Πισίδης. 

Pity, οἰκτείρω. 

Place, χωρίον or τόπος: 
stopping —, σταθμός ; 
take —, γίγνομαι; in 
this —, ἐνταῦθα ; in 
— of, ἀντί. 

Plain, πεδίον. 

Plait, πλέκω. 

Plan, βουλή ; βουλεύω. 

Play, παίζω. 

Pleased, be —, ἥδομαι. 

Pleasing, χαρίεις. 

Pleasure, ἡδονή. 

Pledges, πιστά. 

Plethrum, πλέθρον. 

Plot, ἐπιβουλή ; 
against, ἐπιβουλεύω. 

Plough, ἄροτρον. © 

Plunder, πορθέω, ἁρπά- 
ἕω, or διαρπάζω. 

Poet, ποιητής. 

Polished, ἕεστός. 

Poor, πτωχός ; — man, 
πένης. 

Possess, κέκτημαι. 

Possession, κτῆμα; pos- 
sessions, sometimes 
ἀγαθά. 

Possible, is —, ἔστιν or 
ἔξεστιν. 

Post, καθίστημι. 

Pour, — out as an offer- 
ing, σπένδω. 

Poverty, πενία. 

Power, xpdros; in the 
— of, ἐπί with dat. 
Practicable, εὔπρακτος. 

Praise, ἐπαινέω. 

Praiseworthy, ἐπαινε- 
Tos. 

Pray, εὔχομαι. 





Quickly 


Pre-eminently, διαφε- 
ρόντως. 
Prefer, αἱρέομαι. 
Present, παρών, part. of 
πάρειμι used as adj.; 
be —, πάρειμι. 
Press, πιέζω. 
Pretext, πρόφασις. 
Prize, ἄθλον. 
Proceed, πορεύομαι. 
Procure, ropi fw. 
Promise, ὑπισχνέομαι. 
Proof, τεκμήριον. 
Property, χρήματα. 
Propitious, ἵλεως. 
Prosperous, εὐδαίμων. 
Protection, ἐπικούρημα. 
Provide, ropi fw. 
Province, ἀρχή. 
Provisions, ἐπιτήδεια, 
with or without the 
art. 
Proxenus, Πρόξενος. 
Prudent, σώφρων. 
Publish, ἀποδείκνυμι. 
Punish, κολάζω or. ¢y- 
μιόω. 
Punisher, κολαστής. 
Punishment, in/lict —, 
δίκην ἐπιτίθημι. 
Purchase, ὠνέομαι. 
Purify, καθαίρω. 
Purple, φοινίκεος or πορ-- 
φύρεος. 
Purpose, for the — of, 
ἐφ᾽ wre. 
Pursue, διώκω. 
Pursuif, δίωξις, 
Put, τίθημι; — to flight, 
τρέπομαι; — to death, 


ἀποκτείνω ; — to vote, 
ἐπιψηφίζω ; — to sea, 
ἀνάγομαι ; — on, ἐν- 
δύνω. 


Pyramid, πυραμίς. 


9. 


Quail, ὄρτυξ. 
Question, épwrdw, 
Quick, ταχύς. 
Quickly, ταχύ. 


~ Raise 
R. 


Raise, — up, ἀνίστημι. 

Rank, τάξις. 

Ransom, λύομαι. 

Rapidly, ταχέως. 

Rather, μᾶλλον. 

Ravine, χαράδρα. 

Reach, — down, καθήκω. 

Read, ἀναγιγνώσκω. - 

Ready, make —, παρα- 
σκευάζομαι. 

Receive, λαμβάνω, Ἰη the 
sense of taking in one’s 
hand, laying hold of ; 
δέχομαι, in the sense 
of holding out one’s 
hand to receive what 
is offered, accepting. 

Reconcile, διαλλάττω or 
καταλλάττω. 

Refrain, ἀπέχομαι. 

Refuge, take —, κατα- 
φεύγω. 

Refuse, οὔ φημι. 

Regard, --- happy, εὐὖ- 
δαιμονίζω;; in --- to, 
πρός W. acc. 

Remain, μένω. 

Remember, μέμνημαι. 

Remit, ἀποπέμπω. 

Reputation, δόξα. 

Repute, in —, ἔνδοξος. 

Resolutely, creppas. 

Respect, αἰδώς ; with — 
to, πρός W. acc. 

Rest, ἀναπαύομαι ; the— 
of, ὁ ἄλλος ; the —, οἱ 
ἄλλοι or οἱ λοιποί. 

Restore, κατάγω. 

Restrain, κατέχω. 

Retaliate, ἀντιποιέω. 

Retreat, φεύγω. 

Return, induce te —, 
ἀποστρέφω. 

Revile, λοιδορέω. 

Revolt, ἀφίσταμαι. 

Reward, μισθός. 

Rich, πλούσιος : be —, 
πλουτέω. 

Ride, ἐλαύνω ; —. by, 
παρελαύνω ; — away, 
ἀπελαύνω. 





52 


Right, δίκαιος, morally ; 
δεξιός, direction. 

River, ποταμός. 

Road, ὁδός. 

Rob, crepéw, ἀποστερέω, 
or ἀφαιρέομαι. 

Robber, λῃστής ; — of 
temples, ἱερόσυλος. 

Robbery, λῃστεία. 

Robe, κάνδυς. 

Rock, πέτρα. 

Royal, βασίλειος or Ba- 
σιλικός ; — authoritiy, 
βασιλεία. 

Rule, ἄρχω. 

Run, τρέχω, in the gen- 
eral sense; θέω, de- 
notes haste and quick- 
ness, and is comm. 
used of bodies of men, 
a military term; — 
Sorward, προτρέχω ; 
— up, προσθέω. 

Rush, ἵεμαι or ὁρμάω ; 
— on, ὁρμάω. 


S. 


Sacred, ἱερός. 
Sacrifice, θυσία ; θύω. 
Safe, ἀσφαλής or σῶς. 
Safely, ἀσφαλῶς. 


Safety, σωτηρία or 
ἀσφάλεια ; with —, 
ἀσφαλῶς; in great- 


est —, ἀσφαλέστατα ; 
bring in —, σώζω. 

Sail, — away, ἀποπλέω 
or ἐκπλέω. 

Sailor, ναύτης. 

Same, αὐτός with the 
art., § 79, 2. 

Samian, Σάμιος. 

Sardis, Σάρδεις. 

Satrap, σατράπης. 

Save, σώζω. 

Savior, σωτήρ. 

Say, λέγω or φημί; εἷ- 
πον, said. 

Scout, σκοπός. 

Scrutinize, ἐξετάζω. 

Sea, θάλαττα; put to—, 
ἀνάγομαι. 





Simple 


Secret, κρυπτός. 

See, dpdw; — to, σκο- 
πέω. ~— 

Seek, (nréw. 

Seem, — best, δοκέω. 

Seer, μάντις. 

Self, αὐτός, ὃ 145, 1. 

Self-control, ἐγκράτεια. 

Sell, ἀποδίδομαι. 

Send, πέμπω or tinue; 
— for, μεταπέμπομαι ; 
— back or home, ἀπο- 
πέμπω ; — word, πα- 
ραγέλλω. 

Sense, αἴσθησις. 

Senseless, ἄνοος. 

Separate, ἀποσπάω or 
διίστημι. 

Servant, θεράπων. 

Serve, — for hire, θη- 
τεύω. 

Set, ἵστημι; --- on fire, 
καίω or ἐνάπτω ; — 
out, ὁρμάομαι. 

Seven, ἑπτά. 

Severe, χαλεπός. 

2nd αἰσχύνη. 


Sherk ὀξύς. 
erd, ποιμήν. 


Shiad. ἀσπίς. 

Ship, ναῦς. 

Shoot, τοξεύω. 

Shout, κραυγή ; Bodw. 

Show, φαίνω, to make to 
appear, to cause to be 
seen ; δείκνυμι or ἐπι- 
δείκνυμι, prop. to show 
with the finger, hence 
to show in general. 

Shun, φεύγω. 

Sick, be —, ἀσθενέω. 

Side, from the — of, 
παρά with gen.; on all 
sides, πάντοθεν; on 
both sides, apporépw- 
θεν. 

Sight, ὅρασις ; out of —, 
ἀφανής ; i —, κατα- 
φανής. 

Silent, be —, σιγάω. 

Silver, ἀργύριον ; — or 
of —, ἀργύρεος. 

Simple, ἁπλύος. 


ee 


aa Ke αὐ ee ee ee 
’ 


Since . 


Since, ἐπεί or ὁπότε. 

Sing, ἄδω, 

Singer, ἀοιδός. 

Sink or — down, κατα- 
δύω, trans. 

Six, ἕξ, 

Skill, τέχνη. 

Skin, διφθέρα. 


et διαβολή. 


lave, δοῦλος ; be a --, 
δουλεύω. 

Slaughter, κόπτω. 

Slay, ἀποκτείνω, ἀπόλ- 
λυμι; be slain, ἀπο- 
θνήσκω. 

Sleep, ὕπνος ; καθεύδω. 

Sling, σφενδόνη. 

Slinger, σφενδονήτης. 

Slowly, σχολῇ. 

Small, μικρός. 

Smelling, ὄσφρησις. 

Snare, παγίς. 

Sneeze, πτάρνυμαι. 

So, οὕτως, adv. of man- 
ner; δή, logical par- 
ticle of inference ; be 
—, οὕτως ἔχω. 

Socrates, Σωκράτης. 

Soldier, στρατιώτης ; 
light-armed —, γυ- 


μνής. 

Some, zis; οἱ μέν, 8148," 
1; — one or body, τὶς. 

Sometimes, éviore. 

Son, vids, in general ; 
mats, child, of either 
sex, - 

Song, φδή. 

Sooner, πρόσθεν. 

Soothsayer, μάντις. 

Sophist, σοφιστής. 

Sophocles, Σοφοκλῆς. 

Sorrow, 

Sort, of every —, παντο- 
δαπός. 

Soul, θυμός. 

Sound, σημαίνω, to give 
a signal, with a per- 

. sonal subject ; φθέγ- 
youat, of any loud, 
clear sound. 

Source, πηγή. 

Sparta, Σπάρτη. 





53 


Spartan, Σπαρτιάτης. 

Speak or — of, λέγω: 
᾿εἶπον, spoke ; — the 
truth, ἀληθεύω. 

Spear, λόγχη. 

Speech, λόγος. 

Speed, at full —, ἀνὰ 
κράτος. 

Spoils, σκῦλα. 

Sportsman, θηρευτής. 

Square, πλαίσιον. 

Stack, — arms, τίθεμα. 
τὰ ὅπλα. 

Stadium, στάδιον. 

Stag, ἔλαφος. 

Stage, σταθμός. 

Stand, ἵσταμαι or ἕστη- 
κα; — by, παρίστα- 
μαι; --- around, περι- 
ἰσταμαι; “--- wnder 
arms, τίθεμαι τὰ ὅπλα. 

Standard, σημεῖον. 

State, λέγῳ ; πόλις. 

Station, σταθμός. 

Steal, κλέπτω. 

Steep, πρανής. 

Stern, στυγνός. 

Still, ἔτι. 

Stir, — up, ταράττω. 

Stone, λίθος ; βάλλω. 

Stop, — fighting, xara- 
λύω. 

Stopping-place, σταῦ- 
μός. 

Straightway, εὐθύς. 

Stranger, ξένος. 

Stream, ῥόος. 

Strengthen, ῥώννυμι. 

Strife, ἔρις. 

Strike, παίω, strike with 
the hand or some- 
thing in it ; πλήττω, 
a stronger word. 

Strive, — after, ὀρέγο- 
μαι. 

Strong, ἰσχυρός. 

Stronghold, χωρίον or 
χωρίον ἰσχυρόν. 

Struggle, ἀγών. 

Successfully, καλῶς. 

Suffer, racxw; —deuth, 
ἀποθνήσκω. 

Summit, ἄκρον. 


The 


Summon, καλέω. 

Sun, ἥλιος. 

Supperless, ἄδειπνος. 

Support, τρέφω. 

Surmount, 

Surpass, ὑπερέχω. 

Surprise, be surprised, 
θαυμάζω. 

Surrender, παραδίδωμι. 

Surround, περιέχω. 

Suspect, ὑποπτεύω. 

Suspicion, ὑποψία. 

Swear, — falsely, ἐπιορ- 
κέω. 

Sweat, ἱδρώς. 

Sweet, ἡδύς, agreeable 
in a very wide sense; 
γλυκύς, prop. sweet to 
the taste. 

Sword, short —, ἀκινά- 
KS. 

Syracusan, Συρακόσιος. 

Syrian, Σύριος. 


τι 


Take, \auBdvw ;— place, 
γίγνομαι; --- away, 
ἀφαιρέω. 

Talent, τάλαντον. 

Targeteer, πελταστής. 

Taste, γεῦσις ; γεύομαι. 

Teacher, διδάσκαλος. 

Tegea, Teyéa. 

| Team, ζεῦγος. 

| Tell, λέγω ; εἶπον, told. 

Temple, veds; robber of 
temples, ἱερόσυλος. 

Ten, δέκα; — thousand, 
μύριοι. 

Tent, σκηνή. 

Terrify, ἐκπλήττω. 

Test, βάσανος. 

Than, ἤ. 

That, ἐκεῖνος, demon. 
pron.; ὅτι, in indir. | 
dise.; iva, ws, ὅπως, in 
the sense of ὧν order 
that ; μή, after verbs of 
fearing ; so —; ὥστε; 
O or would —, εἴθε. 

The, ὁ, ἡ, τό. 





Theatre 


Theatre, θέατρον. 

Their, often by the ar- 
ticle ; sometimes by 
αὐτῶν, gen. plur. of 
αὐτός. 

Them, oblique cases of 
αὐτός in the plur. 

Themistocles, Θεμιστο- 
κλῆς. 

Themselves, ἑαυτῶν, 
reflex.; αὐτοί, intens. 
like ipse. 

Then, τότε, of time; 
δή, inferential ; ἔνθα, 
thereupon; and —, 
εἶτα δέ. a, 

Thence, ἐντεῦθεν. 

There, ἐνταῦθα, of place : 
when merely expletive 
not to be translated ; 
be —, πάρειμι. 

Therefore, οὖν, dpa, or 
TOLVUY. 

Thereupon, ἐνταῦθα or 
ἔνθα. 

Thermopylae, Θερμοπύ- 
λαι. 

These, sec This. 

Thief, φώρ. 

Think, voul (ζω or olwau. 

Third, τρίτος. 

Thirty, τριάκοντα. 

This, οὗτος or ὅδε, § 148, 

1 


N. 1. 
Those, see That. = 





turn, ἀντεπιμελέομαι. 
Thousand, χίλιοι ; two 
—, δισχίλιοι ; ten —, 
μύριοι. 
Thrace, Opaxn. 
Thracian, Θρᾷξ. 
Three, rpets; — hun- 
dred, τριακόσιοι. 
Through, διά. 
Throw, ῥίπτω ; 
ἐμβάλλω. 
Thus, ὧδε, in the sense 
ot as follows. 
Tigris, Τίγρης. 
Time, χρόνος, in gener- 
al; ὥρα, season, hour ; 
proper —, καιρός ; at 


—_ 


— in, 


54 


that —, τότε : each —, 
ἑκάστοτε: 12 —, εὐκαί- 
pws. 

Tissaphernes, 
φέρνης. 

Το, εἰς, ἐπί, παρά, ὡς, 
ΟΥ πρός. 

Toil, πόνος ; full of —, 
πολύπονος. 

Tongue, γλῶσσα. 

Τοο, ἄγαν. 


Τισσα- 


| Torch, λαμπάς. 


Touch, ἁφή ; ἅπτομαι. 

Tower, τύρσις. 

Track, ἔχνιον. 

Traitor, προδότης. 

Transgress, ἁμαρτάνω. 

Transport, διαβιβάζω. 

Treason, προδοσία. 

Treasure, θησαυρός. 

Treaty, σπονδαί or συν- 
θήκη. 

Tree, δένδροιῳ 

Trench, τάφρος. 

Tribute, δασμός. 

Trireme, τριήρης. 

Trojan, Τρωικός. 

Trophy, τρόπαιον. 

\-Trouble, ταράττω or 
ἀνιάω. 

Troy, Τροία. 

Truce, σπονδαί. 

True, ἀληθής. 

Trumpet, σάλπιγξ. 

Trust, πιστεύω or πέ- 


wasn: 

Truth, speak the —, ἀλη: 
θεύω.. 

Try, ἐπιχειρέω or πειράο- 
μαι. 


Tumult, θόρυβος. 

Tunic, χιτών. 

Turn, τρέπω, trans.; 
τρέπομαι, intrans. 

Twenty, εἴκοσι. 


Two, δύο; — thousand, 
δισχίλιοι. 
Tyrant, τύραννος. . 
U. 
Underneath, ble —, 





ὕπειμι. 





Wagon 


Understanding, σύνε- 
σις. 

Undertaking, πρᾶξις, 
πρᾶγμα, or ἔργον. 

Unfinished, ἀτελής. 

Unfortunate, ἀτυχής or 
δυστυχής. 

pneu arded, ἀφύλακτος. 
Unjust, ἃ Saag. 

nless = {7} not. 

Came. 
σκεύαστος. 

Unprincipled, πονηρός. 

Unseemly, αἰσχρός. 

Until, μέχρι, ἄχρι, ἔστε, 
ἕως, or πρίν. 

Upon, ἐπί. 

Uprightness, δικαιοσύ- 


ἀπαρα- 


νη. 

Uproar, θόρυβος. 

Urge, κελεύω. 

Us, see I. 

Use, make — of, xpdo- 


μαι. 
Useful, χρήσιμος. 


V. 


Valor, ἀρετή. 

Vast, πολύς. 

Vengeance, fake — on, 

* ἀποτίνομαι or τιμωρέο- 
μαι. 

Very, μάλα. 

Vex, λυπέω. 

Vicious, πονηρός. 

Victorious, be —, νικάω. 

Vigilant, ἐπιμελής. 

Village, κώμη; village- 
chief, κωμάρχης. 

Villager, κωμήτης. 

Vine, ἄμπελος. 

Violate, παραμελέω. 

Virtue, ἀρετή. 

Voice, φωνή. 

Voyage, πλόος. 


W. 
Wagon, ἅμαξα ; passa- 


ble by wagons, ἁμαξι- 
τ: 


La 
os. 


Wailing 


Wailing, ὀδυρμός. 
Wait, περιμένω; — for, 
ἀναμένω OY περιμένω. 
Wall, τεῖχος ; build a 
— to intercept, ἀποτει- 

χίζω. 

War, πόλεμος : at —, 
πολέμιος ; — or make 
—, πολεμέω. 

Ward, — off, ἀμύνω. 

Watchword, σύνθημα. 

Water, ὕδωρ. 

Way, 656s; give — to, 
πείθομαι ; in this —, 
οὕτως. 

Wealth, πλοῦτος. 

Wear, ἔχω; --- out, κα- 
τατρίβω. 

Weep, δακρύω. 

Weight, βάρος. 

Well, εὖ or καλῶς ; it is 
—, καλῶς ἔχει. 

Well-armed, εὔοπλος. 

Well-born, εὐγενής. 

Well-disposed, εὔνοος. 

Wet, βρέχω. 

What, τίς, inter.; ὅς, 
rel.; ὅστις, gen. rel. 
and indir. inter. 

Whatever, ὅστις. 

When, ὡς, ἐπεί, or ἐπει- 
ὃ 


ή. 
Whence, πόθεν. 
Whenever, ὁπότε or 
ἐπειδή. 


Where, ἔνθα or ὅπη. 
Wherefore, ὥστε. 
Wherever, ὅπου. 
Whether, εἰ. 
Which, ὅς. 
Whichever, ὁπότερος. 
Whip, μάστιξ. 
White, λευκός. 





55 


Whither, ποῖ. 

Who, τίς, inter. ; ὅς, rel. 

Whole, ὅλος or πᾶς. 

Whosoever, és. 

Why, τί. 

Width, εὖρος. 

Wife, γυνή. 

Wild, ἄγριος ; --- beast, 
θηρίον. 

Willing, be —, ἐθέλω. 

Wind, ἄνεμος. 

Wine, olvos. 

Wing, κέρας. 

Winter, χειμών. 

Wisdom, σοφία. 

Wise, σοφός. 

Wish, ἐθέλω or βούλο- 


μαι. 

With, σύν, ἔχων ; — the 
aid of, σύν ; --- respect 
to, πρός. 

Withdraw, ἀποσπάω or 
ἀναχωρέω. 

Within, εἴσω, indicates 
the motion of going 
into the place ; ἔνδον, 
in the sense of in the 
inside, without im- 
plying such motion; 
ἐντός, prop. inwardly, 
but sometimes with a 
case after it. 

Without, ἄνευ; --- break- 
JSast, ἀνάριστος. 

Witness, μάρτυς. 

Wolf, λύκος. 

Woman, γυνή ; old —, 
ypats; Cilician —, 
Κίλισσα. 

Wonder, θαυμάζω. 

Wonderful, θαυμαστός. 

Wooden, ξύλινος. 

Word λόγος ; bring or 


Zeus 


carry back —, ἀπαγ- 
γέλλω ; send —, mra- 
ραγγέλλω ; pass the — 
to one another, διαγ- 
γέλλω. 
Work, ἐργάζομαι. 
orse, c. οἵ κακός. 
Worthy, ἄξιος. 
Would, — that, εἴθε or 
εἰ γάρ. 
Wound, τιτρώσκω. 
Write, γράφω. 
Wrong or do —, ἀδικέω ; 


AN wrong-doing, ἁμαρτία. 


X. 


Xenias, Zevias. 
Xenophon, Ξενοφῶν. 


- 


εἰ 


Year, ἐνιαυτός. 

Yet, not —, οὔπω ov μή- 
πω; and —, καίτοι. 

Yield, ὑφίεμαι. 

You, ov. 

Young, véos; — man, 
νεανίας. 

Your or yours, σός or 
ὑμέτερος, and often by 
the gen. of ov. 

Yourself, σεαυτοῦ, re- 
flex.; αὐτός, intens. 
like dpse. 

Youth, νεότης. 


Z. 


Zealous, πρόθυμος. 





Zeus, Zevs. 





Prices Reduced. Boston, July, 1877. 


GINN .& HEATH, 
Publishers, 


138 Tremont Place, . . . . BOSTON. 





Terms: Cash in Thirty Days. Trade Price List. 





ENGLISH. 
A MANUAL OF ENGLISH LITERATURE, Histori- 


eal and Critical: With an Appendix on English Metres. By Tuomas AR- 
NOLD, M. A., of University apace Oxford. American Edition, ieee πάρα 
Cloth. 549 pages . J 3 a ae - $1.50 
This manual presents in a small compass an accurate and cesta ete of ie 
lish literature. It is divided into two sections. The first of these, treating of the 
history of the subject, gives a complete list of the various English authors aud their 
works, from~the earliest times down to the year 1850. 


CARPENTER’S INTRODUCTION TO ANGLO- 

AXON. An Introduction to the study of the Anglo-Saxon Language, Com- 

oui an Elementary Grammar, Selections for Reading with Notes, and a 

Vocabulary. By Srepaen H. CARPENTER, Professor of Logic and English Litéra- 

ture in the University of Wisconsin, and Author of ‘* ee of the XIV. fe 
tury.” 12mo. Cloth. 212 pages 5 ἃ ὦ 20 


CRAIK’S ENGLISH OF SHAKESPEARE. [IIlustrated 
in a Philological Commentary on his Julius Cesar, by Gzorce L. CRAIK, Queen’s 
College, Belfast. Edited eis Wicks seit Cambridge. ei Cpe 402 ἜΣ: 
pages. . . τῇ 


ELEMENTS OF GEOMETRY. By Grorcr A. Went- 
word, Phillips Academy, Exeter. 


ENGLISH OF THE XIV. CENTURY. Illustrated by 
Notes, Grammatical and Etymological, on Chaucer’s Prologue and Knight’s 
Tale. Designed to serve as an Introduction to the Critical Study of English. 
By Srepsen H. Carpenter, A. M., Professor of Rhetoric and English Literature 
- in the State University of Wisconsin. 12mo. Cloth. 327 pages - : δεν τον: 


ENTIALS ENGLISH GRAMMAR, : for the 
Use of Schools. By Prof. W. D. Wurrney, of Yale College. {2mo. αθὴν 


This work is founded or on the author’s studies of aaeonee in verona “and on his 
experience as an examiner in English grammar for one of the departments of Yale 
College, and as a teacher of French and German in the same institution. 

It endeavors to teach the facts of English grammar in such a way as shall lay the 
best foundation for further and_higher study of language in every department. 

The work begins with the formation of the simple sentence and the distinction of 
the parts of speech; it next explains the inflection of English words, and the forma- 
tion of derivative and compound words: the parts of speech are then taken up in 
order and treated in detail; and chapters of syntax close the work. The added 
‘exercises give due opportunity of practice upon the matters taught. 


1 















FITZ’S TERRESTRIAL GLOBE. Mounted and Operated 
by an entirely new Method, with a Manual designed to accompany the Globe, the 
whole forming an easy and practical introduction to the study of Astronomy 
and Physical Geography. 
Six-inch Clobe- - - - - + 3° + $15.00 
Twelve-inch Clobe - .- - + + 80.00 
The Globe, as mounted, makes such phenomena as the seasons, the changes in the 
length of day and night, ete.. etc., at once clear to the apprehension of an ordinary 
child. For the usual verbal explanations which overtask the untrained imagination, 
it substitutes material surfaces and lines and real motions, and thus aids the mind 
of the learner in the hifhest possible degree in torming correct and lasting impres- 
sions of phenomena which, however interesting, are in the abstract not easily 
understood. 


FITZ’S MANUAL. 12mo. 120pages . 70 
the Manual which accompanies the above Globe contains every direction for 

its use,with an explanation of the subjects which it is speciaily designed to illustrate, 

such as the changes in the length of day and night, the seasons, twilight, ete. 
A collection of more than forty problems is also given, with full directions for 

working them, and numerous practical exercises to be worked out by the learner on 

the Globe. Questions for examination and miscellaneous exercises are added at the 

end. 


HUDSON’S FAMILY SHAKESPEARE: Plays selected 


and prepared, with Notes and Introductions, for Use in Families, 


Volume I., containing As You Like It, The Merchant of Venice, Twelfth Night, 
First and Second of King Henry the Fourth, Julius Cesar, and Hamlet. 

Volume II., containing The Tempest, The Winter’s Tale, King Henry the Fifth, 
King Richard ‘the Third, King Lear, Macbeth, and Antony and Cleopatra. 

Volume III. , containing A Midsummer N ight’s Dream, Much Ado about Nothing, 
King Henry the Kighth, tomeo and Juliet, Ὁ ymbeliue, Goriolarus, and Othello. 

And Hudson’s Life, Art, and Chagpotere of Shakespeare 2 vols , 


5 vols. Cloth. : : : 5 ᾿ ᾿ ὶ ᾿ A 
Half morocco Ἔ δ 5 ; β Σ δ : τ 3 4 
Fullcalf . : Ἂ : Σ ς ὃ : * 


HUDSON’S LIFE, ART, AND CHARACTERS OF 
SHAKESPEARE. Including an Historical Sketch of the Origin and Growth 
ef the Drama in England, with Studies in the Poet’s Dramatic Architecture, 
Delineation of Character, Humor, Style, and Moral Spirit, also with Critical 
Discourses on the following plays, A Midsummer Night’s Dream, The Mer- 
chant of Venice, The Merry Wives of Windsor, Much Ado about Nothing, As 
You Like It, Twelfth Night, All’s Well that Ends Well, Measure for Measure, 
The Tempest, The Winter's Tale, King John, King Richard the Second, King 
Henry the Fourth, King Henry the Fifth, King Richard the Third, King Henry 
the Eighth, Romeo and Juliet, Julians Cesar, Hamlet, Macbeth, King Lear, 
Antony and Cleopatra, Othello, Cymbeline, a and Coriolanus. In Two Volumes. 
12mo. Cloth. 969 pages . Σ zi : -Ξ J . 8.00 


HUDSON’S SERMONS. lI6mo. Cloth, . . . . . 4% 
HUDSON’S SCHOOL SHAKESPEARE. 1580 Series. 


Containing As You Like It, THe Two Parts or Henry IV., 
THe MERCHANT OF VENICE, Julius C2SAR, 
TWELFTH NIGHT, HAMLET. 
Selected and prepared for Use in Schools, Clubs, Classes, and Families. With Τη- 
troductions and Notes. By the Rev. Henry N. Hupson. 12mo. Cloth. 686pages. 150 


HUDSON’S SCHOOL SHAKESPEARE. 2d Series. 


git 
sss 


Containing THE TEMPEsT, Kine Ricnarp THE THIRD, 
THe WINTER’sS TALE, Kine Lear, 
Kine Henry THE ΕἼΕΤΗ, sige aati Awroxy AND i να 
12mo. Cloth 678 pages. : Ἂ » . 1.80 
HUDSON’S SCHOOL SHAKESPEARE. 84 Series. 
Containing A MipsuMMER Nicat’s Dream, RoMEO AND JULIET, 
Muca Apo ΑΒΟΌΤ Nordine, CYMBEL'NE, 
King Henry VIII., OTHELLO. CorIoLANUS, 
12mo. Cloth. 655 pages. .« νὼ τ Palit ΜΝ ΠΥΡῚ - Ἂ . 150 


2 


HUDSON’S SEPARATE PLAYS OF SHAKESPEARE. 


THE MERCHANT OF VENICE. In Paper Cover . 

JULIUS CAESAR. In Paper Cover. - ; ‘ ᾿ ὃ 
HAMLET. In Paper Cover é : ; - . < ᾿ : ‘ 
THE TEMPEST. In Paper Cover .. . ; ; ὰ “ : 
MACBETH. In Paper Cover : : - parted . 

HENRY THE EIGHTH. In Paper Cover : : ; : . 

AS YOU LIKE IT . ᾿ : 4 : ᾿ : 

HENRY THE FOURTH. /Partl.. . . =... et, 

KING LEAR . 2 : ὰ ; ὲ : F Ξ 3 
MUCH ADO ABOUT NOTHING ; : ᾿ A ᾿ : ; 
ROMEO AND JULIET. ἢ ὶ ὃ : ‘ : F “ : . ‘ 
OTHELLO , : K : 2 j Ἢ A 

A MIDSUMMER NIGHT'S DREAM ὲ : ᾿ z Ἶ ᾿ F ᾿ 
HENRY THE FIFTH : : 3 ; : ἜΣΑΝ 


HUDSON’S P Ἐ 
BOOKS OF perpen de oe eee 
BURKE. Section I. Preface, Contents, and pages 113-218 7 
BURKE. ΒΈΟΤΙΟΝ II. Life, Contents, and pages 219- 8ῦ , .. . 
WEBSTER. Section I. Preface, Contents, and pages 335 - 421 “ 

WEBSTER. Section II, Life, Contents, and pages 421 - 552 
BACON. Preface, Life, Contents, and pages 688 -- 686 ‘ 
WORDSWORTH. Section 11, Preface and pages 129 - 251 
COLERIDGE AND BURNS. Preface and Contents 504 - 614 
ADDISON. AND GOLDSMITH. 80 pages. ‘aa 


HUDSON’S TEXT-BOOK OF POETRY, From Worps- 
WorTH, CoLERIDGE, BURNS, BEATTIE, GOLDSMITH, and THomson. With Sketches 
of the Authors’ Lives. For use in Schools and Classes. PY, the Rev. H. N. 
Hupson. 12mo. Cloth. 704 pages . ᾿ 


Two thirds of the volume is filled with Wordsworth ; who has now made good 
his position as one of the five great chiefs of English’ poetry, and whose works 
embody, in the highest form, whatever is noblest and best in the English poetical 
literature of the last hundred years. The whole of 7he Excursion, the first two 
books of the Prelude, Michael, The Brothers, Tintern Abbey, Laodamia. On the Power 


of Sound, Ode on Immortality, and a large number of smaller pieces are included. . 


The selections from Coleridge are The ancient Mariner, Christabel, Fears in Sqlitude, 

and eighteen other pieces. From Burns, The Cotter’s Saturday Night, The Twa 

Dogs, Tam O'Shanter, The Vision, and twenty-six other poems, and also twenty- 

nine of the songs. From Beattie, The Minstrel; from Goldsmith, The Desert ἃ 
Village; and from Thomson, The "Castle of Indolence: these being generally regarded 

as the best poems of those authors. In all cases, except a few pieces of Words- 
worth’s, the poems are given entire, as the authors wrote them. 


HUDSON’S TEXT-BOOK OF PROSE. From Bourxz, 
Wesster, and Bacon. With Notes and Sketches of the mene Lives. By the 
Rev. H. N. Hupson. 12mo, Cloth. 648 pages . ὃ i ; 


This work is intended as ἃ sort of companion volume to the preceding. It is made 


up on the same general principle, the contents being selected with a view to unite, 
as far as may be, the culture of high and pure literary tastes with the attainment 
of liberal and useful knowledge. The selections from Burke are Letter to the Sher- 
iffs of Bristol, Speech on Economical Reform, Speech to the Electors of Bristol, and A 
Letter toa Noble Lord, all given entire ; also twenty-nine other pieces gathered, as 
seemed best, from the author’s various works. From Webster, Speech in Reply to 
Hayne, Speech on the Presidential Protest, and discourse on The Character of Wash- 
ington; also thirty-two shorter pieces from other speeches. From Bacon thirty 
of the fifty-eight Essays, all given entire, and several choice selections from Advance- 
ment of Learning. 


- $0 30 


SSss 


ΒΘ ΒΕ REE 


150 


HALSEY’S GENEALOGICAL AND CHRONOLOGI- 
CAL CHAKT of the Rulers of England, Scotiand, France, Germany, and 
Spain. By C.8.Hatsry. Mounted, is Χ 48 inches. Folded and Bound in 4to, 
10> Χ 12 inches i 2 ᾿ ᾧ Ξ 
Unbound . ν Ἔ “ Ἀ = 


HALSEY’S BIBLE CHART OF GENEALOGY AND 

pee Sine trom the Creation to A. Be: ia need Re U, 8. 

LSEY . Ἴ Ὁ 
Gnbeand 


' This Chart is designed to o illustrate Bible History Ἂς ΕΣ on ὃ a clear +a shiapli 
plan the genealogy and chronology of the principal persons mentioned in the Scrip- 
tures. 


HARVARD EXAMINATION PAPERS. Collected and 
arranged by RK. F. Leiguton, A. M., Master of Melrose High School. Third 
Edition, eonisining babes of June and Biss Se cake 76. 1s Cloth. 
3848 pages”. . 

These are all the ἘΠΕ ΤΕΙς (except on the ΤΡ ΤΝ of Geometey)" in the form of 
papers, which have been used in the examinations for admission to Harvard College 
since 1860. They will furnish an excellent series of Questions in Modern, Physical, 
and Ancient Geography; Grecian and Roman History ; Arithmetic and. Algebra ; 
Plane and Solid Geometry ; Logarithms and Trigonometry ; Latin and Greek Gram- 
mar and Composition ; Physics and Mechanics. They have been published in this 
form for the convenience of Teachers, classes in High Schools, and especially for 
pupils preparing for college. 


OUR WORLD, No.I.; or, First Lessons in Geography. 
Revised edition, with new Maps, by Mary L. Hatt. Small quarto. 119 pages . 


Designed to give children clear and lasting impressions of the different countries and 
inhabitants of the earth rather than to tax the memory with mere, names and details. 


OUR WORLD, No. II.; or, Second Series of Lessons 
in Geography. By Mary L Hat. With fine illustrations of the various coun- 
tries, the inhabitants and their occupations, and two distinct series of Maps, 
5 pages physical, and 19 Pages of spec —— eb tact ἀντι: oes 
181 pages ; = 

This book is ΕΣ if uae in edited with the First Sileioa: to cover the 
usual course of geographical study. It is based upon the principle that it is more 
useful to give vivid conceptions of the physical features and political associations of 
different regions than to make pupils tamiliar with long lists of places and a great 
array of statistics. 


OUTLINES OF THE ART OF EXPRESSION. By J. 


H. Gitmore, Professor of Logic, Rhetoric, and ere in the Ey, of 
Rochester. 12mo. Cloth. 117 pages. 


This little book was not manufactured to meet a pod καθὰ ΟΣ it is believed 
that a demand for such a work has long existed. It grew, in the author’s class- 
room, out of an attempt to remedy the defective training in English of students who 
were, in other respects, qualified to pursue to advantage a college course. With a 
cursory survey of English Grammar (from the logical and historical point of view) 
it combines brief practical suggestions with reference to (¢ Jom position and Rhetoric,, 
together with examples for criticism and topics for practice in the construction of 
sentences. 

The book was privately printed, for the use of the author’s classes, a year ago, and 
is given to the public, at the request of many teachers, in the hope that it may be 
useful to college professors who desire some brief, but comprehensive manual of 
English on which to condition candidates for admission to college. The lack of such 
a manual has compelled many a college professor either to give instruction, during 
the Freshman year, which should devolve on the preliminary training school, or 
to approach his proper work in Rhetoric and English at a very great disadvantage. 

The attention of teachers of rhetoric in our colleges — and also in our academies 
and high schools — is especially called to the work as likely to meet a felt necessity. 
They will find it intensely direct and practical ; yet resting, it is hoped, upon a sound 
theoretical basis which will facilitate the work of further and more systematic in- 
struction. 

While Professor Gilmore’s ART OF EXPRESSION has this special adaptation, the pub- 
lishers believe that it cannot wisely be overlooked wherever, for any reason, an 
intelligent review of English Gra:amar is desired. 


4 


$1.00 
50 


1.40 


PEIRCE’S TABLES OF LOGARITHMIC and TRIG- 
ONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS TO THREE AND FOUR PLACES OF 
DECIMALS. By James Mitts Perce, bien onmad eae of es sgeisssase at 
Harvard University. Quarto, Cloth . = - $0.56 


PEIRCE’S ELEMENTS OF toganrrr : with an 
Explanation of the Author’s THREH AND FOUR-PLACE TABLES, By James 
Mitts Peirce, University Professor of eo hipaa at Harvard bapgwre i 
12mo. Cloth. 92 pages 5 2 -70 


This Work is a Companion to THREE AND FOUR PLACE TABLES OF LOGA- 
RITHMIC AND TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTLONS, by the same Authors. 


STEWART’S ELEMENTARY PHYSICS. American 
Edition. With QUESTIONS and EXERCISES. By Pror. G. A. Hit, of Har- 
vard University. 18mo. Cloth. 580 pages 5 ᾽ ee 1.25 


The Questions will be direct and exhaustive upon the text of Mr. Stewarts york: 
After the Questions will be given a series of easy Exercises and Problems, designed, 
in the hands of a good teacher,;.to arouse and strengthen in the student’ 8 mind the 
power of reasoning in accordance with sound scientific methods. 


SEARLE’S OUTLINES OF ASTRONOMY. By Ar- 
THUR SEARLE, of Harvard College Observatory. 1l6mo. Cloth. . 483 pages . . 1.40 


This work is intended to give such elementary instruction in the principal branches 
of Astronomy as is required in High Schools or by any students not far advanced in 
mathematics. It is illustrated by carefully prepared engravings, aad contains some 
information on each of the following subjects : τος 

1. The chief results of astronomical inquiry up to the present ἜΝ with regard to 
the general constitution of the universe, and, in particular, with regard to the stars, 
planets, nebulz, comets, and meteors. 

2. The methods of astronomical research, and their bg a to the arts. 

8. The general principles of theoretical astrononiy. 

4. The history of astronomy. 

5. Astronomical statistics. 


ATLANTIC PRIMARY ARITHMETIC. st Nos 


bers. By G. L. Demarest. 18mo. 256 pages . - 85 
THE ELEMENTS OF PLANE TRIGONOMETRY. 
ey H. N. Wueerer, A. M., of Cambridge. 12mo. Cloth. 120 pages : 94 
THE LIVING WORD; or, ΒΡ prin ane τ τευ νὰν 12τηο.. 

Cloth. 153 pages . ὦ “ oO 


THE ODES OF HORACE, IN ENGLISH VERSE. 


By Caskie Harrison, Professor of Ancient Languages in the ah es Ὁ of the 
South. Part I., containing the First Book. 12mo. Paper Cover. 50 


THE NATIONAL MUSIC COURSE. In Four Books. 
For Public Schools. By Jutius Ercapere, J. B. SHarLanp, L. W. Mason, H. E. 
Hott, Supervisors of Music in Public Schools of Boston, Mass. 


PRIMARY OR FIRST MUSIC READER. 16mo. 96 pages 23 
A course of exercises in the elements of Vocan Music AND SIGHT- SINGING, with 
choice rote songs for the use of youngest pupils. 


INTERMEDIATE MUSIC READER. 1l6mo. 192 pages 53 

Including the Second and Third Music Readers. A course of instruction in the 
elements of Vocal Music and Sight-Singing, with choice rote songs, in two and three 
parts, based on the elements of harmony. 


THE FOURTH MUSIC READER. 8vo. 336 pages. . 112 


This work, prepared to follow the Third Music Reader, is also adapted, under a 
competent instructor, to be used in High Schools where no previous systematic in- 
struction has been given. ΤῸ this end a brief but thorough elementary course is 
given, with musical theory, original solfeggios, a complete/system of triad practice, 
and sacred music and song, with accompaniment for the piano. The music intro- 
duced is of a high order, and by the best masters, and is calculated to cultivate the 
taste, as well as to extend the knowledge and skill of the pupils. 


5 


THE FIFTH, or HIGH SCHOOL MUSIC READER 
FOR MIXkv VOICES. Containing a full Course of Advanced Solfeggios for 
One and Two Voices, and a carefully selected number of easy Four-Part Songs, 
taken from the works of the best composers. This work has been especially 
compiled to meet the growing wants of our High Schools for a higher grade of 
music than is contained in works now used in such schools. 8vo. 299 pages . . $0.94 


N. B.—The Tenor Part in many of the songs may be either omitted or sung by 
the altos (boys). 


THE ABRIDGED FOURTH MUSIC READER. 8yo. 


288 pages “ 94 
SECOND MUSIC READER. l6mo. 96 pages . . . 30 
THIRD MUSIC READER. l6mo. 96pages. . . - BO 


THE NATIONAL MUSIC CHARTS. By Lurner 
WHITING Mason. An invaluable aid to Teachers of Common Schools in imparting 
a practical knowledge of Music, and teaching Children to sing at sight. In Four | 
Series. Forty Charts each, size 25 x 86 inches, 


FIRST SERIES. : . ‘ = ‘ 3 ‘ ὃ os ΣῈ ᾧ : - - 10.00 
SECOND SERIES. Ξ . ‘ ὃ ὃ ; Ξ . ᾿ . : ° 10 00 
THIRD SERIES 5 5 Ξ Χ ς ὃ - 10.00 
FOURTH SERIES Bo L. Ἢ MiBon ὌΝ B. ΓΗ , ὰ . : a», -L0.00 
EASED τως Se At Te Cn eee Pe ee ΤΏ 


THE NATIONAL MUSIC TEACHER. A Practical 
Siuide for oe Vocal Music to tactic) ee By L. W. Mason. 8vo. 


72 pages . . . - . . . . . . 45 
THE TEACHER'S IMPROVED CLASS - BOOK. ΞΡ 


wat Pemiaoh, πὴ me the arrangement of saan ΤΕ ΘῈ: the Saeeneaas 
Cui\ss-Boox: 1. The names of pupils in any class need to be entered but once for 
an entire term. 2. The standing for the three months, instead of needing to be com- 
piled-from different parts of the book, is present to the eye at one view. 


ANNALS OF THE ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVA- 
TORY OF HARVARD COLLEGE. Vol. VIII. Results of Observations 
made or directed by Witu1am CrancH Bonp, A M., Greorce Pxitiies Bonn, 
A. M., and Josepn Wrntock, A. M 

PART I.— Historical Account of the Observatory from October, 1855, to 
October, 1876. 
PART II.—I. Astronomical Engravings of the Moon, Planets, etc. 
II. Astronomical Engravings illustrating Solar Phenomena. 


6 


GREEK. 


GOODWIN’S GREEK GRAMMAR. By Wri W. 


Goopwin, Ph. D., Eliot Professor of Greek oe in Harvard ica ithe 


12mo. Halt morocco. 262 pages . gin, : 5 . 


The object of this Grammar is to state general τε ιρλδὲ clearly and ‘Aistinetly, 
with special regard to those who are preparing for college. In the sections on the 
Moods are stated, for the first time in an elementary form, the principles which are 
elaborated in detail i in the author’s “ Syntax of the Greek ‘Moods and Tenses.”? 


GREEK MOODS AND TENSES. The Sixth Edition. 
By Witi1AM W. Goopwin, Eliot Professor of Greek Literature in Llarvard Uni- 
versity. lvol. 12mo. Cloth. 264 pages . : ; 


This work was first published in 1860, and it appeared ic in a new peer ἔνα en- 
larged and in great part rewritten —in 1865. In the present edition the whole has 
been again revised ; some sections and notes have been rewritten, and a few notes 
have been added, The object of the work is to give a plain statement of the princi- 
ples which govern the construction of the Greek Moods and Tenses, — the most im- 
portant and the most difficult part of Greek Syntax. 


GOODWIN’S GREEK READER. Consisting of Extracts 
from Xenophon, Plato, Herodotus, and Thucydides ; being the full amount of 
Greek Prose required for admission at Harvard. With Maps, Notes, Keferences 
to GOODWIN’S GREEK GRAMMAK, and parallel References to CROSBY’S and 
HADLEY’S GRAMMARS. Second edition, edited by Proressor W. W. ΡΣ 
win, of Harvard College. 12mo. Half morocco. 884 WARE he e's E 


The revised edition contains the first and second books of the Anabasis (in place 
of the third and fourth books of the former editions) with copious notes, the greater 
part of the second book and an extract from the seventh of the Hellenica, with the 
first chapter of the Memorabilia, of Xenophon ; the last part of the Apology , and the 
beginning and end of the Phaedo. of Plato; selections from the sixth, seventh, and 
eighth books of Herodotus, and from the fourth book of Thucydides. 


GOODWIN’S SELECTIONS FROM -‘XENOPHON 
AND HERODOTUS. With Notes adapted to Goodwin’s Greek Grammar, 
Parallel References to Crosby’s and Hadley’s Grammars, and copper-plate 
Maps. Edited by Proressorn W. W. Goopwin and Joun WILLIAMS WHITE, of 
Harvard College. 12mo. Half morocco 408 pages . : . 


This book contains the first four books of the Anabasis, and the potion ΤῊΝ οἵ 
the second book of the Hellenica, of Xenophon ; and extracts from the sixth, seventh, 
and eighth books of Herodotus, It has been prepared for the use of those who from 
want of time or for other reasons are unable to read the greater variety of selections 
in Greek Prose which are contained in Goodwin’s Greek Reader. 


THE FIRST FOUR BOOKS OF THE ANABASIS 
OF XENOPHON. Edited, with copious Notes and References to Goodwin’s 
Greek Grammar, Parallel References to Crosby’s and Hadley’s Grammars, and 
a copper-plate Map, by PRroressor W. W. Goopwin and JOHN WILLIAMS WH: nl 
of Ilarvard College. 12mo. Half morocco. 240 pages δ A 


LEIGHTON’S GREEK LESSOWS. Prepared to accompany 
Goodwin’s Greek Grammar. By R. F. gees: Master of Melrose “— School. 
12mo, Half morocco, 264 pages - 2 ὺ 


This work contains about one. hundred ΠΣ τς. with a. progressive series of exer- 
cises (both Greek and English), mainly selected from the first book of Xenophon’s 
Anabasis. The exercises on the Moods are sufficient, it is believed, to develop the 
general priggiples as stated in the Grammar. The text of four chapters of the 
peasy is given entire, with notes and references. Full vocabularies accompany 
the 


7 


1.18 


1.31 


1.50 


94 


1.18 


LIDDELL & SCOTT’S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXI- 
CON. Abridged from the new Oxford Edition. New Edition. With Appendix 
of Proper and Geographical Names, by J. M. Warton. Square 12mo. 885 pages. 


Morocco back . 2 4 4 ; a - : 7 ; - 5 - $ 


Sheep binding . : : : z A ‘ J 3 


LIDDELL & SCOTT’S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXI- 
CON. The sixth Oxford Edition mgt NG! πῶ 1 eG Pages. 
Morocco back . . : . Ἶ . Py 
Sheep binding. : . τ ἃ Ξ 


The English editions of Liddell & Scott are not προκρίνων but pee has been 
thoroughly revised, enlarged, and printedanew. ‘I'he sixth edition, published in 1869, 
is larger by one eighth than the fifth, and contains 1,865 pages. It is an entirely dif. 
ferent work from the first edition, the whole department of etymology having been 
rewritten in the light of modern investigations, and the forms of the irregular verbs 
being given in greater detail by the aid of Veitch’s Catalogue. No student of Greek 
can aftord to dispense with this invaluable Lexicon, the price of which is now for the 
first time brought within the means of the great body of American scholars. 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES AND CRITO. 
Edited by Joun WILLIAMS Wuite, Ph. D., Assistant ἔχοβοβοος of Greek in 
Harvard University. 


The basis of this work will be the German edition of Dr. Christian Cron. (Platons 
Vertheidigungsrede des Sokrates und Kriton. Sechste Auflage. Leipzig, Teubner, 
1875.) To the matter contained in Dr. Cron’s edition there will be added notes by 
the Editor and from other sources, analyses, and extended references to Goodwin 
aud Hadley. The book will be for the class-room, and all matter not of direct value 
to the student will be rigidly excluded. 


THE GDIPUS TYRANNUS OF SOPHOCLES. Ed- 


ited, with an Introduction, Notes, and full explanation of the metres, by Joun 
Wiams Wurre, Ph. Ὁ. , Assistant Professor of Greek in Harvard University. 
12mo. Cloth. 319 pages . A . : ἃ 4 2 


THE MEDEA OF EURIPIDES. Edited, with Notes and 


an Introduction, by Freperic D. ALLEN, Ph. D., ΗΘ ἴα th the reennts of 
Cincinnati. 12mo. Cloth. 141 pages “ee 2 


SIDGWICK’S INTRODUCTION TO GREEK 
PROSE COMPOSITION. 12mo. Cloth. 280 pages . 


WHITE’S FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. Prepared 
to accompany Goodwin’s Greek Grammar, and designed as an Introduction to 
his Greek Reader. By JoHN WILLIAMS Ware, Ph D., Assistant Professor of 
Greek in Harvard University. 12mo. Half moroceo. 305 pages 


A series of seventy-five lessons with progressive Greek-English and English-Greek 
exercises. Followed by a series of additional exercises on Forms, and complete 
vocabularies. 


WHITON’S SELECT ORATIONS OF LYSIAS. Com- 
prising the Defence of Mantitheus, the Oration against Eratosthenes, the 
Reply to “* The Overthrow of the Democracy,”’ and the Areopagitic Oration 
concerning the Sacred Olive-Trunk. Edited by James Morris Wuairton, Ph. Ὁ. 
12mo. 151 pages ] Ξ Ξ 

The grammatical notes deal alanine ehcliy with the syntax, —as befits a aes. of 
this grade;— and have been prepared with a special aim to elucidate the usage of 
the verb. References are made, for the most part, to Goodwin’s Greek Moods and 

Tenses, and Goodwin’s and Hadley’s Grammars. 


YONGE’S ENGLISH- GREEK BEXICON: Rates 
12mo. Cloth. 483 pages 3 Ἂ 


2.25 
2.60 


10.00 
11 00 


1.12 


‘ 


1.18 


94 


LATIN. 


ALLEN & GREENOUGH’S LATIN GRAMMAR: 


a Latin Grammar for schools and colleges, founded on Comparative Grammar. 
12mo. Half morocco, 290 pages (including supplementary Outliues of Syntax, 
with new and greatly enlarged Index) ‘ 2 . . δ , . Ἢ 


The features of this grammar to which we invite attention, are: 1. The scientific 
form of statement in the Etymology, corresponding to the most advanced views of 
comparative philologists; 2. The comparison with kindred languages suggested 
throughout, especially in numerous brief philological notes, and in references to the 
syntax of Goodwin’s Greek Grammar; the grouping and subordination of topics in 
the Syntax,— which contains nearly 200 cross-references, with upwards of 1,000 
citations from classic authors, —so that unusual brevity is attained without sacri- 
fice of completeness. 


ALLEN & GREENOUGH’S LATIN METHOD: a 
Method of Instruction in Latin; being a companion and guide in the study of 
Latin Grammar. With elementary instruction in Reading at Sight, Exercises 
in Translation and Writing, Notes, and Vocabularies ; also ‘‘ Outlines of Syn- 
tax,’ taken from the Latin Grammar. 12mo, Cloth, 184 pages . Ε ἱ 


ALLEN & GREENOUGH’S LATIN COMPOSITION: 
an Elementary Guide to Writing in Latin. Part I. Constructions of Syntax; 
Part 11, Exercisés in Translation. 12mo. Cloth. 198 pages . Ε ὃ 

Part First (which is published separately) consists of thirty progressive Lessons, 

with full instructions, exercises, and vocabulary ; and is designed ‘‘ to furnish a 


sufficient amount of study and practice in Latin composition during the last year™ 


of preparation for college, or the first of a college course.”? Part Second consists of 
about forty exercises in translation, chiefly narrative, adapted to the use of advanced 
or college classes ; with annotated references to the Lessons of Part I., and to the 
sections of a special Introduction on the Choice of Words, the Form of the Sentence, 
and Idiomatic Usages 


ALLEN & GREENOUGH’S CASSAR: Casar’s Gallic 
War: Four Books. With Historical Introduction, Notes, and a Copperplate 
Map of Gaul. [With a full Vocabulary by R. F. PENNELL, of Phillips Exeter 
Academy.] 12mo. Half morocco. 282 pages . . : : ° : ἔ 
Without Vocabulary . . J 4 ‘ 3 


The text of this edition is that of Nipperdey, important variations being noticed. 


The notes are unusually full in historical illustration, derived largely from Momm- 
sen, Long, Merivale, the ‘‘ History of Julius Cesar’? by Napoleon III., and the 
excellent school edition of Moberly. In the earlier portions they are especially de- 
signed to guide in a systematic and careful study of Latin syntax. 


ALLEN & GREENOUGH’S SALLUST: The Conspiracy 
of Catiline as related by Sallust. With Introduction and Notes explanatory 
and historical. 12mo. Cloth. 84 pages . Ξ : 2 ῖ 5 . - 


ALLEN & GREENOUGH’S CICERO: Select Orations of 
Cicero, chronologically arranged, covering the entire period of his public life. 
From the text of Baiter and Kayser. With Life, general and special Introduc- 
tions, and Index of topics discussed. 12mo. Half morocco. 394 pages . 

The text without notes. - . : Pale . . 


It is the design of this edition to give a full view of Cicero’s public career, as ora- 
tor and statesman, extending through about forty of the most eventful years of the 
later Republic. With this view, the selection includes the earliest and the latest 
of his public orations, while the special Introductions cover very fully the inter- 
vening political history. Besides the orations more commonly read in schools, are 
given the Roscius and Sestius (abridged), with the first against Verres and the last 
Philippic, — thirteen in all,— with one or two short passages of special celebrity, for 
practice in reading at sight. Especial care has been taken in the department of 
Antiquities, which has been treated in numerous notes (in smaller type), some of 
them — as that on the Roman Aristocracy — being brief essays on the several topics. 

The Introduction contains a classified list of all the works of Cicero, with the 
occasions and topics of all of his orations. 

9 


$1.12 


1.12 
.90 


ALLEN & GREENOUGH’S CATO MAJOR: Cicero 
De Senectute,a Dialogue on Old Age. With Introduction (on the adoption in 
Rome of the Greek philosophy) and Notes. 12mo. Cloth. 57 pages - 


ALLEN & GREENO'WGH’S OVID: Selections from the 
Poems of Ovid, chiefly the Metamurphoses. With special Introductions πλούτωι 
and Index of Proper Names. 12mo. Half morocco. 283 pages Ξ 


The introductions toe the passages from the Metamorphoses (23 in number) give 
the entire argument of the poem, that of omitted portions bracketed. Tne other 
selections include those of special interest as illustrating the poet’s life; and a list 
is given of all his writings, with their topics and occasions. The Notes contain 
brief instructions on scanning at sight. 


ALLEN & GREENOUGH’S VIRGIL: The Poems of 
Virgil ; Vol. I. containing the. Pastoral Poems (Sucolics) and Six Books of the 
neid. Chiefly from the text of Ribbeck, with select various Readings, Intro- 
ductions, Notes, and Index of Plants (compiled chiefly from Fée’s Flore de 
Virgile, Soares μῆς Lemaire’s “ ei Sh Classica ke seidls ee, Half 
morocco, 312 p : . ῳ Ἀ Σ i 
The text without μὲ ax : Ὰ . . . 

The Notes of this edition (which are prief sd very numerous} are particle 
indebted to Conington,and are designed ‘‘to give not only what may serve the 
learner in the bare understanding of the text; but, along with it, some hint of that 
wealth of traditional interpretation which is more important, perhaps, i in the study 
of Virgil than in that of any other ancient poet,” 


ALLEN & GREENOUGH’S VIRGIL. hebes rane 2 
lary. 12mo. Half morocco, 588 pages . é 


ALLEN & GREENOUGH’S Course No.I. A Full Pre- 


paratory Course of Latin Prose; consisting of Four Books of Czesar’s Gallic 
War, Sallust’s Conspiracy of Catiline, Kight Orations of a and =a = 
TUTE (Cato Major). l2mwo. Πα] morocco. 6582 pages 


ALLEN & GREENOUGH’S Course No. II. Second 


Preparatory Course of Latin Prose ; containing Four Books of Cesar’s Gallic War, 
and Eight Orations of Cicero. With See ere by RK. FB. na Lame. 
Half morocco. 518 pages. Ἢ ° 4 


N. B. Course No. I. is identical with the First Course prescribed for admission to 
Harvard College. Course No. II. includes the usual amount required at other col- 
leges. 


ALLEN & GREENOUGH’S CICERO. Eight Orations 
of Cicere. With bine cacnmmed by R. F. a 12mo. Half morocco. 


pages a . . . 6 . © . . . 


ALLEN’S LATIN GRAMMAR. 12mo. Cloth. 182 pages 
ALLEN’S LATIN LESSONS. 12mo. Cloth. 146 pages . 
ALLEN’S LATIN READER: Consisting of Selections from 


Czesar (the invasion of Britain and account of the Gallic and German popula- 
tions), Curtius (Anecdotes of Alexander), Nepos (Life of Hannibal), Sallust 
(Jugurtha, abridged), Ovid, Virgil, Plautus, and Terence (single scenes), Cicero 
and Pliny (Letters), and Tacitus (the Conflagration of Rome). With Notes and 
a General Vocabulary. The Notes have been eee to Allen & eho 
Grammar. 12mo. Half morocco. 532 pages . Ν 


ALLEN’S LATIN SELECTIONS. Containing the first 134 
pages of Allen’s Latin Reader. With Notes adapted to Ae & 8.5 Latin Gram- 
mar. 12mo. Half morocco. 190 pages. : . τ ὃ 


10 


" 


$ 0.56 


1.40 


1.88 


188 


1.75 


“" 


a 2 ore. 
te 
Shee 


= 





ee ae ee τ 
= : 


ALLEN’S LATIN COMPOSITION. An Introduction to 
Latin Composition. (By W. F. ALLEN.) New edition, adapted to Allen & Green- 
ough’s Grammar. 12mo. Cloth. 118 pages . .. . ... . ~~, 

This book includes a careful review of the principles of Syntax (beginning with 

Indirect Discourse;, with exercises in various styles of compusition selected trom 

classical authors. Also short exercises for oral practice. 


ALLEN’S SHORTER COURSE OF LATIN PROSE. 
Consisting chietly of the Prose Selections of Allen’s Latin Keader (to p. 184), 

- the Notes being wholly rewritten, enlarged, and adapted to Allen ἃς Green- 
ough’s Grammar ; accompanied by Six Orations of Cicero, — the Manilian, the 
four Catilines, and Archias. With Vocabulary. 12mo. Half morocco, 648 
pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 


ALLEN’S LATIN PRIMER. A First Book of Latin for 
Boys and Girls. (By J. H. ALLEN.) 12mo. Cloth. . 182 pages ; 


This is designed for the use of scholars of a younger class, and consists of thirty 
Lessons arranged so as to give afull outline of the grammar, with brief Rules of Syn- 
tax, Tables of Inficction, and interlined exercises for practice in reading, compiled 
from Historie Sacre, ‘The reading selections which follow include DiaJogues from 
Corderius and Erasmus (with translation), narratives, nursery songs, mediwval 
hymns, etc., being made up in great part from modern Latin writers. 


ALLEN’S LATIN LEXICON: a General Vocabulary of 
Latin, with Supplementary Tables of Dates, Antiquities, etc. By J. H. ALLEN, 
12mo. Cloth. 214 pages . F Ξ 5 A : : rip ἂς : 

This little dictionary contains “‘ about 15,000 words of common use, besides more 
than 1,300 proper names or adjectives, and about 200 dates (exclusive of the Tables), 
covering the more important points of classical history and mythology.” It is be- 
lieved to\be complete for the entire introductory course of Latin authors, including 

Ovid and Virgil. ; 


LEIGHTON’S LATIN LESSONS. Prepared to aecompany 


Allen & Greenough’s Latin Grammar. By R. F. Lereuron, former Master of 
Melrose High School. Revised Edition. 12mo. Half morocco. 3852 pages 


This work presents a progressive series of exercises (both Latin and English) in 


about eighty Lessons, illustrating the grammatical forms and the simpler principles: 


of syntax. Synonymes and Rules of Quantity are introduced from the first. The 
amount of illustrative matter in exercises for reading and writing or oral practice 
is very large, including portions of Vir1 Rom&, and Woodford’s Epitome of the First 
Book of Cesar. Full Vocabularies (prepared by R. F. PENNELL) accompany the 
book, with questions for examination and review of the grammar. 

The Lessons have been entirely rewritten, considerably simplified, and more care- 
fully graded. With each lesson, definite directions have been given in regard to the 
amount of the grammar to be learned. By decreasing the exercises to be translated 


᾿ into English, space has been given to increase correspondingly the amount to be put 


into Latin. Some instruction on the formation of words has been given, and the 
references to the grammar on that subject largely increased. The vocabularies 


have also been carefully revised. 


MADVIG’S LATIN GRAMMAR. (Carefully revised by 


Tuomas A. Tuacuer, Yale College. 12mo. Half morocco. 517 pages . .- 


A book of the very highest authority in Latin Syntax, and admirably adapted to 
the wants of Teachers and College Classes. 


NEW LATIN METHOD: a Manual of Instruction in Latin 


on the Basis of a Latin Method prepared by J. H. ALLEN and J. B. GREENOUGH. 
12mo.. Cloth. 244 pages . ; va ge Ph Maer sera 


The “New Method” contains: 1. About thirty Eiemenrary Lessons on the 


Sorms of the language, and the constructions suggested by the definitions of cases, 
moods, etc., accompanied by full Paradigms, and Exercises in Latin and English, 
with partial vocabularies. N.B. This portion of the book can be used independently 
of the Grammar, and is sufficient for a course of about a year’s study. — 2. Con. 
STRUCTIONS OF SyNTAX symmetrically grouped, with full references to the Grammar, 


11 


$ 0.90 


1.12 


2.25 


- 


each topic being illustrated by numerous examples, with exercises to be rendered 
into Latin, so as to make a full elementary manual of Latin Composition. — 3. ON 
ReEapDinG Latin: brief sections on the Latin Sentence, with examples of analysis and 
translation; the Derivation of Words; and Reading at Sight.—4. Reaping Les- 
SONS, With Vocabularies, and Tabular List of Synonymes. 


THE LATIN VERB. Illustrated se ae pentane By C. H. 
Parkuurst. 12mo. Cloth. 55 pages ° ᾿ = é 


WHITE’S J UNIOR STUDENT’S LATIN- ENGLISH 
LEXICON. Square 12mo. 662 pages. ace back . = 


WHITE’S JUNIOR STUDENT’S LATIN-ENGLISH 
AND ENGLISH-LATIN LEXICON. By the Rey. J. T. Wurre,D D., of 


Ὁ. C. C. Oxford, Kector of St. Martin, Byte sich ego Revised Edition. 


Square 12mo. 1058 pages. Sheep ; Ξ ᾿ ὥρας ὩΣ 


‘The present work aims at furnishing in both its ae a sufficiently extensive 
vocabulary for all practical purposes. The Latin words and phrases are in all cares 
folfowed by the name of some standard Latin writer, as a guaranty of their author- 
ity ; and as the work is of a strictly elementary character, the conjugation of the 
verbs and the genders and genitive cases of the substantives are uniformly added. 
In the preparation of this portion of the book, Dr. Wuirz has had the assistance of 
some of the best scholars both of Oxford and Cambridge. ” —. Guardian. 


WHITE’S JUNIOR STUDENT’S ENGLISH-LATIN 
LEXICON. Square 12mo. Sheep. 392 pages ¥ 
We have contracted with Messrs. Longmans, Green, & Co., of Londo for the 


sole agency in this country for the above Latin Lexicons, and shall endeavor to meet 
the demands of the trade. 


$-0.35 


2.95 
2.40 





τ ὙΠ ΤΥ rn Foe es Cy Ae 
riete PR or χροὶ ee F 
9 ΨΨΥ 


ESSENTIALS OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
FOR THE USE OF SCHOOLS. 


By PROF. W. D. WHITNEY, 


OF YALE COLLEGE, 





This work is founded on the author’s studies of language in general, and 
on his experience as an examiner in English grammar for one of the depart- 
ments of Yale College, and as a teacher of French and German in the same 


. institution. 


It endeavors to teach the facts of English grammar in such a way as shall 
lay the best foundation for further and higher study of language in every 
department. 

It assumes that English-speaking children know in general the usages 
of their own tongue, and, taking advantage of this fact, it endeavors to 
point out to them what most requires their notice if they are to understand 
the language they use. It directs their attention to underlying principles 
and rules, to all the matters which grammatical science has found most 
calling for notice, to the distinctions of proved importance, and the terms 
which every student of language needs to understand and use. It follows 
thus the inductive method, proceeding from familiar facts to classifications 
and generalizations and definitions. 7 

Everything is sought to be made so clear, by starting from what is sim- 
plest, and by the plainest illustration, that it shall be fully understood by 
every ordinary learner. Excessive classification and abstract definition are 
carefully avoided. 

The work begins with the formation of the Simple sentence and the dis- 
tinction of the parts of speech; it next explains the inflection of English 
words, and the formation of derivative and of compound words; the parts 
of speech are then taken up in order and treated in detail; and chapters 
of syntax close the work. The added exercises give due opportunity of 
practice upon the matters taught. 

The author holds that the study of English grammar may be made an 
efficient introduction and aid to the study of other languages, both modern 
and ancient; and also that even those who have pursued the grammar of 
foreign languages, as Latin, will find that of English very valuable both as 
complement of the knowledge so gained and as test of its reality. 


Sample copies 50 cents, post paid. 





GINN & HEATH, Publishers, 


13 Tremont Puracez, 20 Bonn SrreeEt, 56 Manrson STREET, 
Boston. New York. Chicago. 


FITZ’S TERRESTRIAL GLOBE, 


MOUNTED AND OPERATED BY AN ENTIRELY NEW METHOD, 


WITH A MANUAL 
DESIGNED TO ACCOMPANY THE GLOBE, 


The whoie forming an easy and practical introduction to the study of Astronomy 
and Physical Geography. 


; --------ΦΦ------ 


The Globe presents many new features, and is mounted in an ingenious 
and original way, for which patents have been taken out in this and in for- 
eign countries. The Globe, as mounted, makes such phenomena as the 
seasons, the changes in the length of day and night, etc., etc., at once clear 
to the apprehension of an ordinary child. For the usual verbal expia- 
nations which overtask the untrained imagination, it substitutes material 
surfaces and lines and real motions, and thus aids the mind of the learner 
in the highest possible degree in forming correct and lasting impressions 
of phenomena which, however interesting, are in the abstract not easily 
understood. 

All the phenomena which can be illustrated, or problems which can be 
solved by large and costly terrestrial globes, can be illustrated and solved 
by this globe, and many of them much more simply and clearly. There are 
also other problems which it is believed admit of solution upon this globe 
alone. The Globe has been examined, by numerous teachers and astrono- 
mers, all of whom have expressed their approval of it in the strongest terms. 

The Manual which accompanies this Globe contains every direction for 
its use, with an explanation of the subjects which it is specially designed to 
illustrate, such as the changes in the length of day and night, the seasons, 
twilight, ete. 

A collection of more than forty problems is also given, with full directions 
for working them, and numerous practical exercises to be worked out by the 
learner on the Globe. Questions for examination and miscellaneous exer- 
cises are added at the end. 

It is believed that no more interesting and profitable mode of studying 
this subject can be devised, whether for the family or the school. High 
Schools and Academies should have several Globes, so that all the learners 
may be able to use them frecly. 





fey 
\ 
el. 


S, wr “wail 


a Α 


a) 





UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
BERKELEY 


Return to desk from which borrowed. 
This book i is DUE on the last date stamped below. 





9 Jan52MLA "ἢ 4 
Mantel | 


JAN 04 1988 











LD 21-95m—11,’50 (2877816) 476 


ete ee 





we τ, δ. BERKELEY LIBRARIES 


“ ty iil 


ΠΣ cOOb2270b2 











[, 4 2, /} e 
pat sho é ¢ >i K 7 
ὙΠ ew : ΠΣ: = a 
9} ΘΟΕ εἰ πο πος od con ὃ 1 
Ae rie 
fae s 
On lla ae Ve 
968316 | 
ὸ 
ΕἾ 
Ι a J 
vj 
f 
THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
τ = 7 Αἱ Ξ Se ein Ε ΣΙ 
“«“ | : ; f Ἢ on 
Τὺ ἜΣ isin τ, Lu ¥e 








Ὁ κε aie 





; 


we . 
πῶσ ας 65. 8 a ieee 








XK 





ΟΣ 
fey 











ie 7 
hoes 


δὴ 
vs, 
feat, 
AR 
Ns 
retesta! 
ry Tre tse 


a 


a 
fi: 
ι 


ty D 4 
Hts 
Pheer yes 
4a ‘ 
ἐν 
wh AE 
CAR h 


-ἐξ wet " - 
ποτ 


~~ 


ahi 


et nar 


mS 
shy 
te 
Ν 


wa - 

eee rine 
mars 
rts 


t 
ΟΝ 

f 
το τὶ 


. 


9 a ae 
erent mat 
eu 


ἣν 


me 


“ey ; 
eae 

AS : 

ee reot ns : τὴς 

nee ae 

ges mt 

Ὁ ee 


Meus 
ate 





Far) 


Seo 

es Ν San! 

ἘΣ . eae 

; nape 
ee 


ater 





Pte eet πο 
a laer, 
Bern : 

sett’ ahd δ 
Le abate 

ant 
enero 





